Bomtrm

Oracler Bills of Material
Technical Reference
Manual
RELEASE 11i
May 2001
A90198_01
Oracler Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual
Release 11i
The part number for this book is A90196–01. To order this book, use set part number A90198–01.
Copyright E 1999, 2001. Oracle Corporation. All rights reserved.
Major Contributors: Amy Sonczalla, Girish Divate, Wilson Lau, Manimaran Govindaraju, Sachin Patel
Contributors: Martin Ertel, Zoe Mitchell
This Technical Reference Manual (TRM) in any form, software or printed matter, contains proprietary information of Oracle Corporation; it is
provided under an Oracle Corporation agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and is also protected by copyright, patent, and
other intellectual property law. Restrictions applicable to this TRM include, but are not limited to: (a) exercising either the same degree of care to
safeguard the confidentiality of this TRM as you exercise to safeguard the confidentiality of your own most important Confidential Information or
a reasonable degree of care, whichever is greater; (b) maintaining agreements with your employees and agents that protect the Confidential
Information of third parties such as Oracle Corporation and instructing such employees and agents of these requirements for this TRM; (c)
restricting disclosure of this TRM to those of your employees who have a ”need to know” consistent with the purposes for which this TRM was
disclosed to you; (d) maintaining this TRM at all times on your premises; (e) not removing or destroying any proprietary or confidential legends
or markings placed upon this TRM in whatever form, software or printed matter; and (f) not reproducing or transmitting this TRM in any form or
by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of Oracle Corporation. You should not use this
TRM in any form, software or printed matter, to create software that performs the same or similar functions as any Oracle Corporation products.
The information in this TRM is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the TRM in any form, software or printed matter,
please report them to us in writing. Oracle Corporation does not warrant that this TRM is error–free. This TRM is provided to customer ”as–is”
with no warranty of any kind. This TRM does not constitute Documentation as that term is defined in Oracle’s agreements.
Reverse engineering of the Programs (software and documentation) associated with this TRM are prohibited. The Programs associated with this
TRM are not intended for use in any nuclear, aviation, mass transit, medical, or other inherently dangerous applications. It shall be licensee’s
responsibility to take all appropriate fail–safe, back–up, redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the
Programs are used for such purposes, and Oracle disclaims liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs.
Restricted Rights Legend

This TRM and the Programs associated with this TRM delivered subject to the DOD FAR Supplement are ’commercial computer software’ and
use, duplication and disclosure of the TRM and the Programs associated with this TRM shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the
applicable Oracle license agreement. Otherwise, this TRM and the Programs associated with this TRM delivered subject to the Federal
Acquisition Regulations are ’restricted computer software’ and use, duplication and disclosure of the TRM and the Programs associated with this
TRM shall be subject to the restrictions in FAR 52.227–14, Rights in Data –– General, including Alternate III (June 1987). Oracle Corporation, 500
Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065.
Oracle is a registered trademark, and CASE*Exchange, Enabling the Information Age, Hyper*SQL, NLS*Workbench, Oracle7, Oracle8, Oracle 8i,
Oracle Access, Oracle Application Object Library, Oracle Discoverer, Oracle Financials, Oracle Quality, Oracle Web Customers, Oracle Web
Employees, Oracle Work in Process, Oracle Workflow, PL/SQL, Pro*Ada, Pro*C, Pro*COBOL, Pro*FORTRAN, Pro*Pascal, Pro*PL/I, SmartClient,
SQL*Connect, SQL*Forms, SQL*Loader, SQL*Menu, SQL*Net, SQL*Plus, and SQL*Report are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle
Corporation. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
CAUTION
T his Technical Reference Manual in any form –– software or

printed matter –– contains proprietary, confidential information
that is the exclusive property of Oracle Corporation. If you do not
have a valid contract with Oracle for the use of this Technical Reference
Manual or have not signed a non–disclosure agreement with Oracle
covering this Technical Reference Manual, then you received this
document in an unauthorized manner and are not legally entitled to
possess or read it.
Use, duplication, and disclosure are subject to restrictions stated in
your contract with Oracle Corporation.
Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 – 1
Chapter 2 High–Level Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

Overview of High–Level Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
Database Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
Public Table List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 23
Public View List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 42
Forms and Table View List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 44
Internal View List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 48
Single Organization View List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 52
Multilingual View List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 53
Module List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 54
Chapter 3 Detailed Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 1

Overview of Detailed Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 2
Table and View Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 3
(Detailed Design
continued from Volume 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 393
Index
Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract
Contents v
vi Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

CHAPTER
1 Introduction
T he Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual provides the

information you need to understand the underlying structure of
Oracle Bills of Material. After reading this manual, you should be able
to convert your existing applications data, integrate your existing
applications with Oracle Bills of Material, and write custom reports for
Oracle Bills of Material, as well as read data that you need to perform
other tasks.
This chapter introduces you to the Oracle Bills of Material Technical
Reference Manual, and explains how to use it.
Introduction 1–1
Introduction
At Oracle, we design and build applications using Oracle Designer, our
systems design technology that provides a complete environment to
support developers through all stages of a systems life cycle. Because
we use a repository–based design toolset, all the information regarding
the underlying structure and processing of our applications is available
to us online. Using Oracle Designer, we can present this information to
you in the form of a technical reference manual.
This Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual contains detailed,
up–to–date information about the underlying structure of Oracle Bills
of Material. As we design and build new releases of Oracle Bills of
Material, we update our Oracle Designer repository to reflect our
enhancements. As a result, we can always provide you with an Oracle
Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual that contains the latest
technical information as of the publication date. Note that after the
publication date we may have added new indexes to Oracle Bills of
Material to improve performance.
About this Manual

This manual describes the Oracle Applications Release 11i data model,
as used by Oracle Bills of Material; it discusses the database we include
with a fresh install of Oracle Applications Release 11i. If you have not
yet upgraded to Release 11i, your database may differ from the
database we document in this book.
If you have upgraded from a previous release, you might find it helpful
to use this manual with the appropriate Oracle Applications Product
Update Notes manual. The product update notes list database changes
and seed data changes in Oracle Bills of Material between releases. The
Oracle Applications Product Update Notes Release 11 manual describes the
changes between Release 10.7 and Release 11, and the Oracle
Applications Product Update Notes Release 11i manual describes the
changes between Release 11 and Release 11i.
You can contact your Oracle representative to confirm that you have
the latest technical information for Oracle Bills of Material. You can
also use OracleMetaLink which is accessible through Oracle’s Support
Web Center (http://www.oracle.com/support/elec_sup).
1–2 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

Finding the Latest Information
The Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual contains the latest
information as of the publication date. For the latest information we
encourage you to use OracleMetaLink which is accessible through
Oracle’s Support Web Center (http://www.oracle.com/support/elec_sup).
Audience
The Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual provides useful
guidance and assistance to:
• Technical End Users
• Consultants
• Systems Analysts
• System Administrators
• Other MIS professionals
This manual assumes that you have a basic understanding of
structured analysis and design, and of relational databases. It also
assumes that you are familiar with Oracle Application Object Library
and Oracle Bills of Material. If you are not familiar with the above
products, we suggest that you attend one or more of the training
classes available through Oracle Education (see: Other Information
Sources: page 1 – 8).
How This Manual is Organized

This manual contains two major sections, High–Level Design and
Detailed Design.
High–Level Design
This section, Chapter 2, contains database diagrams and lists each
database table and view that Oracle Bills of Material uses. This chapter
also has a list of modules.
Introduction 1–3
Detailed Design
This section, Chapter 3, contains a detailed description of the Oracle
Bills of Material database design, including information about each
database table and view you might need for your custom reporting or
other data requirements.

How to Use This Manual
The Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual is a single,
centralized source for all the information you need to know about the
underlying structure and processing of Oracle Bills of Material. For
example, you can use this manual when you need to:
• Convert existing application data
• Integrate your Oracle Bills of Material application with your
other applications systems
• Write custom reports
• Define alerts against Oracle Applications tables
• Configure your Oracle Self–Service Web Applications
• Create views for decision support queries using query tools
• Create business views for Oracle Discoverer
You need not read this manual cover to cover. Use the table of contents
and index to quickly locate the information you need.
How Not To Use This Manual
Do not use this manual to plan modifications

You should not use this manual to plan modifications to Oracle Bills of
Material. Modifying Oracle Bills of Material limits your ability to
upgrade to future releases of your Oracle Bills of Material application.
In addition, it interferes with our ability to give you the high–quality
support you deserve.
We have constructed Oracle Bills of Material so that you can customize
it to fit your needs without programming, and you can integrate it with
your existing applications through interface tables. However, should
you require program modifications, you should contact our support
team (see: Other Information Sources: page 1 – 8). They can put you
in touch with Oracle Services, the professional consulting organization
of Oracle. Their team of experienced applications professionals can
make the modifications you need while ensuring upward compatibility
with future product releases.
Introduction 1–5
Do not write data into non–interface tables
Oracle reserves the right to change the structure of Oracle Applications
tables, and to change the meaning of, add, or delete lookup codes and
data in future releases. Do not write data directly into or change data
in non–interface tables using SQL*Plus or other programming tools
because you risk corrupting your database and interfering with our
ability to support you.
Moreover, this version of the Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference
Manual does not contain complete information about the dependencies
between Oracle Bills of Material applications tables. Therefore, you
should write data into only those tables we identify as interface tables.
If you write data into other non–interface tables, you risk violating
your data integrity since you might not fulfill all the data dependencies
in your Oracle Bills of Material application.
You are responsible for the support and upgrade of the logic within the
procedures that you write, which may be affected by changes between
releases of Oracle Applications.
Do not rely on upward compatibility of the data model

Oracle reserves the right to change the structure of Oracle Bills of
Material tables, and to change the meaning of, add, or delete lookup
codes and other data in future releases. We do not guarantee the
upward compatibility of the Oracle Bills of Material data model. For
example, if you write a report that identifies concurrent requests that
end in Error status by selecting directly from Oracle Application Object
Library tables, we do not guarantee that your report will work properly
after an upgrade.
About Oracle Application Object Library

The Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual may contain
references to tables that belong to Oracle Application Object Library.
Oracle Application Object Library is a collection of pre–built
application components and facilities for building Oracle Applications
and extensions to Oracle Applications. Oracle Application Coding
Standards use the Oracle Application Object Library and contains
shared components including but not limited to –– forms, subroutines,
concurrent programs and reports, database tables and objects,
messages, menus, responsibilities, flexfield definitions and online help.

☞ Attention: Oracle does not support any customization of
Oracle Application Object Library tables or modules, not even
by Oracle consultants. (Oracle Application Object Library
tables generally have names beginning with FND_%.)
Accordingly, this manual does not contain detailed information
about most Oracle Application Object Library tables used by
Oracle Bills of Material.
A Few Words About Terminology

The following list provides you with definitions for terms that we use
throughout this manual:
Relationship
A relationship describes any significant way in which two tables may
be associated. For example, rows in the Journal Headers table may
have a one–to–many relationship with rows in the Journal Lines table.
Database Diagram
A database diagram is a graphic representation of application tables
and the relationships between them.
Summary Database Diagram

A summary database diagram shows the most important application
tables and the relationships between them. It omits tables and
relationships that contribute little to the understanding of the
application data model. Typically, a summary database diagram shows
tables that contain key reference and transaction data.
Module
A module is a program or procedure that implements one or more
business functions, or parts of a business function, within an
application. Modules include forms, concurrent programs and reports,
and subroutines.
Application Building Block

An application building block is a set of tables and modules (forms,
reports, and concurrent programs) that implement closely–related
Introduction 1–7
database objects and their associated processing. Said another way, an
application building block is a logical unit of an application.
QuickCodes
QuickCodes let you define general purpose, static lists of values for
window fields. QuickCodes allow you to base your program logic on
lookup codes while displaying user–friendly names in a list of values
window. QuickCodes simplify name and language changes by letting
you change the names your end users see, while the codes in your
underlying programs remain the same.
Form
A form is a module comprised of closely related windows that are used
together to perform a task. For example, the Enter Journals form in
Oracle General Ledger includes the Enter Journals window, the Batch
window, and the More Actions window among others. The Enter
Journals window is the main window, and from it, you can use buttons
to navigate to other windows in the form. The form name usually
corresponds to the main window in the form, and is frequently a
window you open directly from the Navigator.
Other Information Sources

There are additional information sources, including other
documentation, training and support services, that you can use to
increase your knowledge and understanding of Oracle Designer, Oracle
Application Object Library, and Oracle Bills of Material. We want to
make these products easy for you and your staff to understand and
use.
Oracle Designer Online Documentation

The online help for Oracle Designer describes how you can use Oracle
Designer for your development needs.
Oracle Applications Developer’s Guide

This guide contains the coding standards followed by the Oracle
Applications development staff. It describes the Oracle Application
Object Library components needed to implement the Oracle
Applications user interface described in the Oracle Applications User

Interface Standards. It also provides information to help you build your
custom Developer forms so that they integrate with Oracle
Applications.
Oracle Applications User Interface Standards

This manual contains the user interface (UI) standards followed by the
Oracle Applications development staff. It describes the UI for the
Oracle Applications products and how to apply this UI to the design of
an application built using Oracle Forms 6.
Oracle Bills of Material User Guide

Your user guide provides you with all the information you need to use
your Release 11i Oracle Bills of Material application. Each user guide is
organized for fast, easy access to detailed information in a function–
and task–oriented organization.
Oracle Self–Service Web Applications Online Documentation

This documentation describes how Oracle Self–Service Web
Applications enable companies to provide a self–service and secure
Web interface for employees, customers, and suppliers. Employees can
change their personal status, submit expense reports, or request
supplies. Customers can check on their orders, and suppliers can share
production schedules with their trading partners. This documentation
is available in HTML only.
Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide

This guide provides flexfields planning, setup and reference
information for the Oracle Bills of Material implementation team, as
well as for users responsible for the ongoing maintenance of Oracle
Applications product data. This manual also provides information on
creating custom reports on flexfields data.
Oracle Workflow Guide

This manual explains how to define new workflow business processes
as well as customize existing Oracle Applications–embedded workflow
processes. You also use this guide to complete the setup steps
necessary for any Oracle Applications product that includes
workflow–enabled processes.
Introduction 1–9
Oracle Alert User Guide
This manual explains how to define periodic and event alerts to
monitor the status of your Oracle Applications data.
Multiple Reporting Currencies in Oracle Applications

If you use the Multiple Reporting Currencies feature to report and
maintain accounting records in more than one currency, use this
manual before implementing Oracle Bills of Material. This manual
details additional steps and setup considerations for implementing
Oracle Bills of Material with this feature.
Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications

If you use the Oracle Applications Multiple Organization Support
feature to use multiple sets of books for one Oracle Bills of Material
installation, use this guide to learn about setting up and using Oracle
Bills of Material with this feature. This book describes the Oracle
Applications organization model, which defines business units and the
relationships between them in an arbitrarily complex enterprise.
Functional and technical overviews of multiple organizations are
presented, as well as information about how to set up and implement
this feature set in the relevant Oracle Applications products.
Oracle Manufacturing, Distribution, Sales and Service Open

Interfaces Manual
This manual contains up–to–date information about integrating with
other Oracle Manufacturing applications and with your other systems.
This documentation includes open interfaces found in Oracle
Manufacturing.
Oracle Applications Messages Manual

The Oracle Applications Messages Manual contains the text of
numbered error messages in Oracle Applications. (Oracle Applications
messages begin with the prefix ”APP–”.) It also provides information
on the actions you take if you get a message. Note: This manual is
available only in HTML format.
1 – 10 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

Installation and System Administration
Oracle Applications Installation Release Notes

This manual contains a road map to the components of the release,
including instructions about where to access the Release 11i
documentation set.
Oracle Applications Concepts

Designed to be the first book the user reads to prepare for an
installation of Oracle Applications. It explains the technology stack,
architecture, features and terminology for Oracle Applications Release
11i. This book also introduces the concepts behind and major uses of
Applications–wide features such as MRC, BIS, languages and character
sets (NLS, MLS), BIS, Self–Service Web Applications and so on.
Installing Oracle Applications

Describes the One–Hour Install process, the method by which Release
11i will be installed. This manual includes all how–to steps, screen
shots and information about Applications–wide post–install tasks.
Using the AD Utilities

This manual contains how–to steps, screen shots and other information
required to run the various AD utilities such as AutoInstall, AutoPatch,
AD Administration, AD Controller, Relink and so on. It also contains
information about when and why you should use these utilities.
Upgrading Oracle Applications

This manual contains all the product specific pre– and post–upgrade
steps that are required to upgrade products from Release 10.7 (NCA,
SC and character–mode) or Release 11 of Oracle Applications. This
manual also contains an overview chapter that describes all the tasks
necessary to prepare and complete a upgrade of Oracle Applications.
Oracle Applications System Administrator’s Guide

This manual provides planning and reference information for the
Oracle Applications System Administrator. It contains information on
how to define security, customize menus and manage concurrent
processing.
Introduction 1 – 11
Oracle Applications Product Update Notes
This book contains a summary of each new feature we added since
Release 11, as well as information about database changes and seed
data changes that may affect your operations or any custom reports
you have written. If you are upgrading from Release 10.7 you also
need to read Oracle Applications Product Update Notes Release 11.
Oracle Self–Service Web Applications Implementation Manual

This manual describes the setup steps for Oracle Self–Service Web
Applications and the Web Applications Dictionary.
Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User Guide

If you are implementing more than one Oracle product, you can use the
Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard to coordinate your setup
activities. This guide describes how to use the wizard.
Other Information
Training
Oracle Education offers a complete set of training courses to help you
and your staff master Oracle Applications. We can help you develop a
training plan that provides thorough training for both your project
team and your end users. We will work with you to organize courses
appropriate to your job or area of responsibility.
Training professionals can show you how to plan your training
throughout the implementation process so that the right amount of
information is delivered to key people when they need it the most. You
can attend courses at any one of our many Educational Centers, or you
can arrange for our trainers to teach at your facility. In addition, we
can tailor standard courses or develop custom courses to meet your
needs.
Support
From on–site support to central support, our team of experienced
professionals provides the help and information you need to keep
Oracle Bills of Material working for you. This team includes your
Technical Representative, Account Manager, and Oracle’s large staff of
consultants and support specialists with expertise in your business

area, managing an Oracle server, and your hardware and software
environment.
Introduction 1 – 13
About Oracle
Oracle Corporation develops and markets an integrated line of
software products for database management, applications
development, decision support, and office automation, as well as
Oracle Applications, an integrated suite of more than 75 software
modules for financial management, supply chain management,
manufacturing, project systems, human resources, and sales and
service management.
Oracle products are available for mainframes, minicomputers, personal
computers, network computers, and personal digital assistants,
allowing organizations to integrate different computers, different
operating systems, different networks, and even different database
management systems, into a single, unified computing and information
resource.
Oracle is the world’s leading supplier of software for information
management, and the world’s second largest software company.
Oracle offers its database, tools, and applications products, along with
related consulting, education, and support services, in over 145
countries around the world.
Thank You
Thanks for using Oracle Bills of Material and this technical reference
manual!
We appreciate your comments and feedback. At the back of this
manual is a Reader’s Comment Form that you can use to explain what
you like or dislike about Oracle Bills of Material or this technical
reference manual. Mail your comments to the following address or call
us directly at (650) 506–7000.
Oracle Applications Documentation Manager
Oracle Corporation
500 Oracle Parkway
Redwood Shores, California 94065
U.S.A.
Or, send electronic mail to appsdoc@us.oracle.com.

CHAPTER
2 High–Level Design
T his chapter presents a high–level design for Oracle Bills of

Material that satisfies the business needs we specify during
Strategy and Analysis. It contains database diagrams for Oracle Bills
of Material application building blocks, lists of database tables and
views, and a list of modules.
High–Level Design 2–1

Overview of High–Level Design
During High–Level Design, we define the application components
(tables, views, and modules) we need to build our application. We
specify what application components should do without specifying the
details of how they should do it.
You can refer to this High–Level Design chapter to quickly acquaint
yourself with the tables, views, and modules that comprise Oracle Bills
of Material applications. And, you can prepare yourself to understand
the detailed design and implementation of Oracle Bills of Material.
Summary Database Diagram

The Summary Database Diagram section graphically represents the
most important application tables and the relationships between them.
It omits tables and relationships that contribute little to the
understanding of the application data model. Typically, a summary
database diagram shows tables that contain key reference and
transaction data.
We prepare a summary database diagram to describe, at a conceptual
level, the key information on which our business depends. Later, we
refine this summary database diagram, breaking it into multiple
database diagrams (generally, one per application building block) to
represent all the tables and relationships we need to implement our
application in the database.
Review the Summary Database Diagram section to see at a glance the
major tables and relationships on which your Oracle Bills of Material
application depends.
Database Diagrams
The Database Diagrams section graphically represents all Oracle Bills
of Material applications tables and the relationships between them,
organized by building block.
Use this section to quickly learn what tables each Oracle Bills of
Material application building block uses, and how those tables
interrelate. Then, you can refer to the Table and View Definitions
sections of Chapter 3 for more detailed information about each of those
tables.

Table Lists
The Table List sections list the Oracle Bills of Material applications
tables. Because a product might not include at least one table for each
type, this Technical Reference Manual might not include each of the
following sections.
Public Tables
Use the Public Table List section to quickly identify the tables you are
most interested in. Then, you can refer to the Table and View
Definitions sections of Chapter 3 for more detailed information about
those tables.
In addition, this manual may contain full documentation for one or
more of the following Application Object Library tables: FND_DUAL,
FND_CURRENCIES, and FND_COMMON_LOOKUPS.
Internal Tables
This section includes a list of private, internal tables used by Oracle
Bills of Material; we do not provide additional documentation for these
tables.
View Lists
The View List sections list the Oracle Bills of Material views, with one
section for each type of view. Because a product might not include at
least one view for each type, this Technical Reference Manual might not
include each of the following sections.
Use this section to quickly identify the views you are most interested
in. Then, you can refer to the Table and View Definitions sections of
Chapter 3 for more detailed information about those views.
Public Views
This section lists views that may be useful for your custom reporting or
other data requirements. The list includes a description of the view,
and the page in Chapter 3 that gives detailed information about the
public view.

Web Views
This section lists views that you may need to configure your
Self–Service Web applications. The list includes a description of the
view, and the page in Chapter 3 that gives detailed information about
the web view.
Internal Views
This section includes each private, internal view that Oracle Bills of
Material uses.
Multiple Reporting Currency Views

This list includes views that were created to support the Multiple
Reporting Currencies feature.
Module List
The Module List section briefly describes each of the Oracle Bills of
Material applications modules. This section lists forms, reports, and
concurrent programs.
A form is a module comprised of closely related windows that are used
together to perform a task. For example, the Enter Journals form in
Oracle General Ledger includes the Enter Journals window, the Batch
window, and the More Actions window. The Enter Journals window is
the main window, and from it, you can use buttons to navigate to other
windows in the form. The form name usually corresponds to the main
window in the form, and is frequently a window you can open directly
from the Navigator.
The Reports and Concurrent Programs lists include processes you can
submit from the Submit Requests window or other windows, as well as
processes that are submitted automatically by Oracle Bills of Material.
Use your user guide to learn more about reports and concurrent
processes.

Database Diagramming Conventions
We use the following notational conventions in our database diagrams:
Figure 2 – 1
Database Diagram
Conventions Server Model Diagram Elements and Notation Recursive foreign key
(Pig's Ear)
Title Bar
Column/attribute
details section
Relational Table
Foreign key
constraint Arc
EMP
Delete rule indicator
Primary key column (#*) # * EMPNO
Mandatory column (*) * DEPTNO
DEPT
Values in the foreign key # * DEPTNO
must match the primary key
* DNAME
Mandatory and Optional Foreign Keys
A value entered in the column in the foreign key

must match a value in the primary key column.
A value entered in the column in the foreign key

must match either a value in the primary key column,
or else it must be null.

Tables – are the basic unit of storage in the database. A hand symbol
preceding the title in the table’s title bar indicates that the table is not
owned by this application but shared with another.
Foreign key constraint – is a type of referential integrity constraint for
checking the integrity of data entered in a specific column or set of
columns. This specified column or set of columns is known as the
foreign key.
Delete rule indicator – determines the action to be taken when an
attempt is made to delete a related row in a join table. A line through
the foreign key constraint, as shown on the above diagram, indicates
that this action is restricted.
Arcs – specify that, for any given row in a table, a value must be
entered in one of the arc columns. The remaining columns within the
arc must be null.

Oracle Bills of Material Summary Database Diagram

Database Diagrams
This section graphically represents all Oracle Bills of Material tables
and the relationships between them, organized by building block. Use
this section to quickly learn what tables each Oracle Bills of Material
application building block uses, and how these tables interrelate. Then,
you can refer to the Table and View Definitions sections of Chapter 3
for more detailed information about each of those tables.
This section contains a database diagram for each of the following
Oracle Bills of Material application building blocks:
• Diagram 1: Average Cost Overview
• Diagram 2: Cost Information
• Diagram 3: Cost Detail
• Diagram 4: Periodic Distributions and IPV
• Diagram 5 Periodic Cost Overview
• Diagram 6: Standard Cost Overview
• Diagram 7: Bill of Material Structures
• Diagram 8: Bills of Material Scheduling Overview
• Diagram 9: Routings
• Diagram 10 Deletes
• Diagram 11 Engineering Change Order

Some tables, especially important reference tables, appear in more than
one database diagram. When several building blocks use a table, we
show that table in each appropriate database diagram.
Average Cost Overview

This diagram shows the tables and relationships that support average
costing in Oracle Cost Management. Oracle Work in Process tables are
also included to show how Work in Process uses average costing.
Cost Information
This diagram shows the tables and relationships that support item and
resource cost information. All costs reference a cost type, sub–element
and optionally reference an activity.
Cost Detail
This diagram shows how Oracle Cost Management accesses, stores,
and processes cost information in Oracle Manufacturing. The tables
and relationships displayed include bill, routing, resource and item cost
information.
Periodic Distributions and IPV

This diagram includes tables and relationships that support IPV and
accounting distributions for periodic costing. The relationships adhere
to the SLA architecture for accounting. It gives an overview of the
integration of Oracle Cost Management with Oracle Purchasing and
Oracle Payables.
Periodic Cost Overview

This diagram shows the tables and relationships that support periodic
costing in Oracle Cost Management. This functionality is new to
Release 11i. The Oracle Inventory and Oracle Work in Process tables

have also been included to give a complete overview of the periodic
costing functionality.
Standard Cost Overview

This diagram shows the tables and relationships that support standard
costing in Oracle Cost Management.
Bill of Material Structures

This diagram shows the tables and relationships that hold
manufacturing bill of material information. These tables support the
definition and maintenance of any type of bill of material– including
planning, model, option class, and standard bills.
Bills of Material Scheduling Overview

This diagram shows the tables and relationships that hold department
and resource availability information. These tables support the
definition of a manufacturing calendar, department, resources, and
shifts. Oracle Shop Floor Management, Oracle Work in Process, Oracle
Master Scheduling/MRP, Oracle Capacity, and Oracle Inventory use
this department and resource availability information to forecast, plan,
and schedule material and resource requirements.
Routings
This diagram shows the tables and relationships that hold
manufacturing routing information. These tables support the definition
and maintenance of all routing information– including operation,
resource, usage, and cost details.
Deletes
This diagram shows the tables and relationships that support deleting
item information. This includes item, bill of material, component,
routing, and operation deletions.
Engineering Change Order

This diagram shows the tables and relationships that contain
Engineering Change Order information. It reveals how revised items
can be implemented as ECO revisions through the ECO approval
process.

How to Use These Database Diagrams
Here is an example of how you might use these database diagrams:
Suppose you want to write a custom application to interface your
Oracle Bills of Material application with your non–Oracle routing
system. You want to see how your Oracle Bills of Material application
defines a routing for an item. You turn to the Routing Diagram to see
the table structure for assembling an item using a bill of material. You
learn that components for any item can have a primary and alternate
routing. Moreover, you can see that routings for an item can be defined
as a common routing for another assembly item and that routings are
composed of operation sequences. Next, turn to the Table Definitions
section in Chapter 3 to learn about the columns in each of these tables
to facilitate the integration of your data.
High–Level Design 2 – 11
Diagram 1: Average Cost Overview

Diagram 2: Cost Information
Diagram 3: Cost Detail

Diagram 4: Periodic Distributions and IPV
Diagram 5: Periodic Cost Overview

Diagram 6: Standard Cost Overview
Diagram 7: Bill of Material Structures

Diagram 8: Bills of Material Scheduling Overview
Diagram 9: Routings

Diagram 10: Deletes
Diagram 11: Engineering Change Order

Public Table List
This section lists each public database table that Oracle Bills of Material
uses and provides a brief description of each of those tables. The page
reference is to the table description in Chapter 3.
Note that ”public” tables are not necessarily intended for write access by
custom code; Oracle Corporation supports write access using only
standard Oracle Applications forms, reports, and programs, or any SQL
write access to tables explicitly documented as API tables. For more
information, see the How Not To Use This Manual section of this book’s
Introduction.
Oracle Bills of Material uses the following Public tables:
Table Name Description
ACTIVITY_COSTS (See page 3 – 7)
AK_ATTRIBUTES Attribute name, properties and the application ID which

define an attribute (See page 3 – 8)
AK_ATTRIBUTES_TL Translations for AK_ATTRIBUTES (See page 3 – 10)
AK_EXCLUDED_ITEMS List of secured attributes that should be hidden from a user

based on their responsibility id (See page 3 – 11)
AK_FLOWS Defines a flow and associates a primary page to a flow (See

page 3 – 12)
AK_FLOWS_TL Translations for AK_FLOWS (See page 3 – 13)
AK_FLOW_PAGES Links a page to a flow and defines the primary region for
each page (See page 3 – 14)
AK_FLOW_PAGES_TL Translations for AK_FLOW_PAGES (See page 3 – 16)
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS Links a region to a page (See page 3 – 17)
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGION_ITEMS Links a region item to a region (See page 3 – 19)
AK_FLOW_REGION_RELATIONS Links two page regions together by a foreign key (See page
3 – 21)
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS Foreign keys for an object (See page 3 – 23)
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_TL Translations for AK_FOREIGN_KEYS (See page 3 – 24)
AK_FOREIGN_KEY_COLUMNS Links an attribute to a foreign key (See page 3 – 25)
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES This table is used by the Configurator (CZ) team and is used
to store items (See page 3 – 26)
AK_LOADER_TEMP A temporary table that is used by the AK loaders (See page

3 – 27)
AK_LOOKUP_CODES Defines the lookup codes, type and description that are
used within the AK system (See page 3 – 28)
AK_MULTIORG_VALIDATION_TEMP Temporary validation table used by the Multi–Org

Validation Report. (See page 3 – 29)
AK_OBJECTS Defines an object and the application id of the owner of the

object (See page 3 – 30)
AK_OBJECTS_TL Translations for AK_OBJECTS (See page 3 – 32)
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Links an attribute to an object (See page 3 – 33)
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_TL Translations for AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES (See page

3 – 36)
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_NAVIGATION Defines a specific object attribute value which allows access

to a region (See page 3 – 37)
AK_OBJECT_VALUES_TEMP Temporary table for building the LOV of attribute values in

the AKDPICKF form (See page 3 – 39)
AK_REGIONS Defines a region (See page 3 – 40)
AK_REGIONS_TL Translations for AK_REGIONS (See page 3 – 42)
AK_REGION_ITEMS Links an item to a region (See page 3 – 43)
AK_REGION_ITEMS_TL Translations for AK_REGION_ITEMS (See page 3 – 47)
AK_RESP_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES Specifies attributes that can be accessed based on a users

responsibility id (See page 3 – 48)
AK_UNIQUE_KEYS Unique keys for an object (See page 3 – 49)
AK_UNIQUE_KEY_COLUMNS Links an attribute to a unique key (See page 3 – 50)
AK_WEB_USER_SEC_ATTR_VALUES Web user security attributes value (See page 3 – 51)
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL Invoice distribution line information (See page 3 – 52)
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL Tax code information (See page 3 – 65)
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS Alternate designators (See page 3 – 68)

BOM_ATO_CONFIGURATIONS Unique configuration definition (See page 3 – 73)
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS Bills of material (See page 3 – 74)
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_ARCHIVE Bills of material archive (See page 3 – 77)
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE Bills of material interface table (See page 3 – 79)
BOM_CALENDARS Workday calendars (See page 3 – 81)
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES Workday calendar dates (See page 3 – 83)
BOM_CALENDAR_EXCEPTIONS Workday calendar exceptions (See page 3 – 85)
BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS Workday calendar shifts (See page 3 – 87)
BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES Workday calendar weekly start dates (See page 3 – 89)
BOM_CAL_YEAR_START_DATES Workday calendar yearly start dates (See page 3 – 90)
BOM_CMYTEMP (See page 3 – 91)
BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP Temporary data for bill of material comparisons (See page

3 – 92)
BOM_CONFIG_EXPLOSIONS Temporary data for ATO configurator window (See page

3 – 94)
BOM_CTO_ORDER_DEMAND BCOD (See page 3 – 98)
BOM_CTO_ORDER_LINES bom cto order lines (See page 3 – 99)
BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS (See page 3 – 100)
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES Deleted entities in BOM and INV (See page 3 – 101)
BOM_DELETE_ERRORS Errors occurring when deleting entities (See page 3 – 103)
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS Delete groups of BOM and INV entities (See page 3 – 104)
BOM_DELETE_SQL_STATEMENTS SQL statements used to check and delete entities (See page
3 – 106)
BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES Component and operations to be deleted (See page 3 – 108)
BOM_DEPARTMENTS Departments (See page 3 – 110)
BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES Department classes (See page 3 – 116)
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES Resources associated with departments (See page 3 – 117)
BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS Descriptive elements assigned to model/option bills (See
page 3 – 119)
BOM_DEPEND_DESC_ELEM_ARCHIVE Descriptive elements assigned to model/option bills (See

page 3 – 120)
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES Department Resource Instances (See page 3 – 121)
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS Exception sets (See page 3 – 122)
BOM_EXCEPTION_SET_DATES Used for workday exception templates (See page 3 – 123)
BOM_EXPLOSIONS Pre–exploded model bills for use by Order Entry (See page
3 – 124)
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP Temporary data for indented bills of material (batch

processes) (See page 3 – 127)
BOM_FORM_QUERY Retrofitted (See page 3 – 133)
BOM_IMPLOSION_TEMP Temporary data for item usage (Item Where Used Report)
(See page 3 – 134)
BOM_INTERFACE_DELETE_GROUPS Delete group names for Bill, Routing and Engineering

change order Open Interface (See page 3 – 136)
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS Bill of material components (See page 3 – 137)
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_ARCHIVE Bill of material components (See page 3 – 142)
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_INTERFACE Bill of material components interface data (See page 3 – 146)
BOM_ITEM_BACKFLUSH_SUBINV Not currently used – to be used in future releases (See page

3 – 151)
BOM_LISTS Temporary list of data about reporting entities (See page

3 – 152)
BOM_LOW_LEVEL_CODES Temporary data for low level item codes (See page 3 – 153)
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS Matrix cell values for mixed model maps (See page 3 – 154)
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER Header information for a mixed model map (See page

3 – 155)
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROCESSES Processes or line operations and summary information for

mixed model maps (See page 3 – 157)
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS Routings (See page 3 – 159)

BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS Routing operation networks (See page 3 – 162)
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES Resources on operations (See page 3 – 164)
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 166)
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES Routing operations (See page 3 – 167)
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_ARCHIVE Archive of deleted resources on operations (See page

3 – 171)
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE Operation resources interface data (See page 3 – 173)
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_ARCHIVE Archive of deleted routings (See page 3 – 179)
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE Routing interface data (See page 3 – 181)
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_ARCHIVE Routing operations (See page 3 – 184)
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE Routing operation interface data (See page 3 – 186)
BOM_PARAMETERS Bills of material parameters (See page 3 – 194)
BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES Workday calendar period start dates (See page 3 – 196)
BOM_REFERENCE_DESGS_ARCHIVE Component reference designators (See page 3 – 197)
BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS Component reference designators (See page 3 – 198)
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE Reference designator interface data (See page 3 – 200)
BOM_RESOURCES Resources, overheads, material cost codes, and material

overheads (See page 3 – 203)
BOM_RESOURCES_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 208)
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES Resource capacity modifications (See page 3 – 212)
BOM_RESOURCE_EMPLOYEES Bom employee resources (See page 3 – 214)
BOM_RESOURCE_EQUIPMENTS Bom equipment resources (See page 3 – 215)
BOM_RESOURCE_FLEX_FENCES Tolerance percentage by which the present capacity of a

particular resource or a line can be increased (See page
3 – 216)
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS Resource Setups (See page 3 – 217)
BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS Resource shift information (See page 3 – 218)
BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES Resource Instances modifications (See page 3 – 219)
BOM_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS_ARCHIVE Routing revisions archive (See page 3 – 221)
BOM_SETUP_TRANSITIONS Setup Transitions (See page 3 – 222)
BOM_SETUP_TYPES Setup Types (See page 3 – 223)
BOM_SHIFT_DATES Workday calendar shift dates (See page 3 – 224)
BOM_SHIFT_EXCEPTIONS Workday calendar shift exceptions (See page 3 – 225)
BOM_SHIFT_TIMES Workday calendar shift times (See page 3 – 227)
BOM_SMALL_EXPL_TEMP Temporary data for indented bills of material (on–line

processes) (See page 3 – 228)
BOM_SMALL_IMPL_TEMP Temporary data for item usage (View Item Usage window)
(See page 3 – 234)
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS Standard operations (See page 3 – 236)
BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES Standard operation resources (See page 3 – 245)
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS Substitute components (See page 3 – 248)
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPS_ARCHIVE Substitute components (See page 3 – 250)
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE Substitute component interface data (See page 3 – 251)
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCES Substitue Resources (See page 3 – 254)
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCE_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 256)
BOM_WORKDAY_PATTERNS On/Off workday patterns for calendars and shifts (See page
3 – 257)
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS Results of the rollup for rough cut capacity (See page
3 – 259)
CRP_SIMULATION_SETS Simulation set names (See page 3 – 262)
CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES stores information about

the library that should be called during the periodic
distribution process for GAAP Accounting. (See page
3 – 263)
CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES stores information about

PL/SQL packages that are called during the periodic
distribution process. (See page 3 – 264)

CST_ACCT_LIB_PACKAGES CST_ACCT_LIB_PACKAGES stores associations between
the library for GAAP accounting and any PL/SQL package
that should be called for a transaction event during periodic
distribution process. (Seepage 3 – 265)
CST_ACTIVITIES Activity definition associated with activity costing (See page

3 – 266)
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS Cost associated with the activity (See page 3 – 268)
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 269)
CST_AE_HEADERS Header Information for Periodic Accounting Distributions

(See page 3 – 270)
CST_AE_HEADERS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 272)
CST_AE_LINES Stores debits and credits for Periodic Distributions (See

page 3 – 273)
CST_AE_LINES_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 275)
CST_AP_VARIANCE_BATCHES Stores the parameters for each Invoice Variance Transfer

Program run (See page 3 – 276)
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS Stores the variance information for a purchase order

distribution for each batch run (See page 3 – 277)
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 278)
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES Stores the variance information detail for a purchase order

distribution and each batch run (See page 3 – 279)
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 280)
CST_BIS_MARGIN_BUILD Stores margin analysis load run parameters (See page

3 – 281)
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY Margin analysis summary table for reporting purposes (See

page 3 – 282)
CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES Uniquely identifies WIP accounting class for a cost group in

each organization (See page 3 – 285)
CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT Stores the assembly units completed at each operation step

(See page 3 – 286)
CST_COMP_SNAP_INTERFACE Stores the assembly units completed at each operation step
to be interfaced through the transactions interface (See page
3 – 287)
CST_COMP_SNAP_TEMP Stores the assembly units completed at each operation step

to be interfaced through the transactions temporary table
(See page 3 – 288)
CST_COST_ELEMENTS Cost elements definition (See page 3 – 289)
CST_COST_ELEM_EXP_TYPES Expenditure types for cost elements. (See page 3 – 290)
CST_COST_GROUPS Stores cost group definitions (See page 3 – 291)
CST_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS Accounts for a cost group for an average costing

organization (See page 3 – 293)
CST_COST_GROUP_ASSIGNMENTS Stores the organization assignment (See page 3 – 294)
CST_COST_TYPES Stores cost type definitions (See page 3 – 295)
CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY Cost rollups information and cost type purge information

(See page 3 – 297)
CST_COST_UPDATES Cost update history (See page 3 – 299)
CST_COST_UPDATES_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 301)
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS Department overhead cost definition (See page 3 – 302)
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 304)
CST_DISTRIBUTION_MASTER WIP resource transaction seeded data (See page 3 – 305)
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS Standard elemental cost history (See page 3 – 306)
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 307)
CST_ENCUMBRANCE_LINES Stores encumbrance account distributions for periodic

costing (See page 3 – 308)
CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP Temporary, indented bill of material (See page 3 – 310)
CST_INQUIRY_TEMP Temporary table for item cost inquiry (See page 3 – 311)
CST_INQUIRY_TYPES Types of item cost inquiry (See page 3 – 312)
CST_INTERFACE_ERRORS Stores invalid records due to error in the item cost definition
(See page 3 – 315)
CST_INV_LAYERS Stores layer information (See page 3 – 316)


CST_INV_LAYER_COST_DETAILS Stores inventory layer cost details (See page 3 – 317)
CST_ITEM_COSTS Item cost summary (See page 3 – 318)
CST_ITEM_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 320)
CST_ITEM_COSTS_INTERFACE Interface table for item cost (See page 3 – 321)
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS Item cost detail information (See page 3 – 323)
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 326)
CST_ITEM_CST_DTLS_INTERFACE Interface table for item cost detail information (See page
3 – 327)
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS Default value for the overhead cost (See page 3 – 330)
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 332)
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS Detailed cost information by element and level (See page

3 – 333)
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 334)
CST_LE_COST_TYPES Holds information about the legal entity/cost (See page

3 – 335)
CST_LISTS Item list for item exploder (See page 3 – 337)
CST_LOW_LEVEL_CODES Temporary table for cost rollup (See page 3 – 338)
CST_MARGIN_BUILD Stores margin analysis load run parameters (See page

3 – 339)
CST_MARGIN_SUMMARY Margin analysis summary table for reporting purposes (See

page 3 – 340)
CST_MARGIN_TEMP Margin analysis summary table for reporting purposes (See

page 3 – 343)
CST_MASS_EDITS Item cost mass edit historical information (See page 3 – 346)
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJUSTED_COSTS Stores inflation adjustment values (See page 3 – 347)
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_KARDEX_DATA Stores data that supports the Inflation Adjustment Kardex

Report (See page 3 – 349)
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_PER_STATUSES Stores inflation status for each period. (See page 3 – 350)
CST_MGD_INFL_TSF_ORG_ENTRIES Stores transfer organization information for inflation

adjustment. (See page 3 – 351)
CST_ORG_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS Stores the accounts defined against an organization cost
group (See page 3 – 352)
CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_ACCOUNTS_TEMP Temporary table for storing accrual accounts for Accrual

Reconciliation for periodic costing (See page 3 – 353)
CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_RECONCILE_TEMP Temporary table for Accrual Reconciliation for periodic

CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS Stores the write–off information for Accrual Reconciliation

for periodic costing (See page 3 – 356)
CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 358)
CST_PAC_EXPLOSION_TEMP Stores distinct parent–child combinations of items for a

given period and organization cost group. (See page 3 – 359)
CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS Stores the item cost and quantity in a period and

organization cost group. (See page 3 – 360)
CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 362)
CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS Stores the details of the item cost in a period and

CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 364)
CST_PAC_LOW_LEVEL_CODES Stores low level codes for items for a given period and
CST_PAC_PERIODS Holds information about periodic costing open and closed

periods for each legal entity. (See page 3 – 366)
CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES Holds the status for each process phase in a particular

period and organization cost group (See page 3 – 367)
CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS Stores the layer quantity of an item by period for periodic

CST_PC_COST_DET_INTERFACE Periodic Item Cost Details Interface Table (See page 3 – 369)
CST_PC_ITEM_COST_INTERFACE Periodic Item Cost Header Interface Table (See page 3 – 370)
CST_PC_TXN_HISTORY CST_PC_TXN_HISTORY stores historical information about

transactions processed by the periodic cost processor. (See
page 3 – 372)
CST_PERIOD_VALUE_TEMP Temporary table used by View WIP Value form (See page
3 – 373)

CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS Stores cost information for each layer (See page 3 – 374)
CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 376)
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS Stores acquisition cost per period, organization cost group

for periodic costing (See page 3 – 377)
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 379)
CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS Stores detailed acquisition cost per period, organization cost

group. (See page 3 – 380)
CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 382)
CST_REPORT_TYPES Column selection option for item cost report (See page
3 – 383)
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS Resource and outside processing resource cost definition

(See page 3 – 385)
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive (See page 3 – 387)
CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS Resource that an overhead is applied to (See page 3 – 388)
CST_ROLLUP_DELETE_TEMP Temporary table for rollup identifier for deleting No table

description
CST_SC_BOM_EXPLOSION Supply Chain Bill of Material Explosion Table No table

description
CST_SC_BOM_STRUCTURES Supply Chain Bill of Material Structures No table

description
CST_SC_LISTS Supply Chain List for Assemblies to rollup No table

description
CST_SC_LOW_LEVEL_CODES Supply Chain Low Level Codes No table description
CST_SC_ROLLUP_HISTORY Supply Chain Rollup History No table description
CST_SC_SOURCING_RULES Supply Chain Sourcing Rule Snapshot No table description
CST_STANDARD_COSTS Standard cost history No table description
CST_STANDARD_COSTS_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive No table description
CST_STD_COST_ADJ_TEMP Temporary table for standard cost adjustment No table

description
CST_STD_COST_ADJ_VALUES Standard cost adjustment value computed by standard cost
update No table description
CST_STD_COST_ADJ_VALUES_EFC Euro as a Functional Currency Archive No table description
CST_VALUE_REPORT_TEMP Temporary table used by inventory value report No table

description
CST_WIP_LAYERS CST_WIP_LAYERS stores information about each inventory

layer in WIP No table description
CST_WIP_LAYER_COST_DETAILS CST_WIP_LAYER_COST_DETAILS stores the elemental

cost, by level, of inventory layers in WIP No table
description
CST_WIP_OPERATION_TXN_COSTS CST_WIP_OPERATION_TXN_COSTS stores snapshots of

WIP operations tables No table description
CST_WIP_VALUE_HISTORY CST_WIP_VALUE_HISTORY stores snapshots of

WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES No table description
CZ_ATTRIBUTE_LIST_NAMES Configurator attribute list names No table description
CZ_ATTRIBUTE_LIST_VALUES Configurator attribute list values No table description
CZ_AUTOSELECTION_ITEMS Configurator autoselection items No table description
CZ_AUTOSELECTION_RANGES Configurator autoselection ranges No table description
CZ_CONSTRAINTS Configurator constraints No table description
CZ_CONSTRAINT_ASSIGNMENTS Configurator constraint assignments No table description
CZ_CONSTRAINT_CLAUSES Configurator constraint clauses No table description
CZ_CONSTRAINT_MESSAGES_TL Configurator constraint messages (Translated) No table

description
CZ_ERRORS Configurator errorsNo table description
CZ_ERROR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Configurator error attribute values No table description
CZ_ERROR_CLAUSES Configurator error clauses No table description
ENG_AUTO_NUMBER_ECN Holds the prefix and numbers for auto numbering an

engineering change order (ECO) No table description
ENG_CHANGE_ORDER_REVISIONS Engineering change order (ECO) reasons No table

description

ENG_CHANGE_ORDER_TYPES Engineering change order types No table description
ENG_CHANGE_PRIORITIES Engineering change order priorities No table description
ENG_CHANGE_REASONS Engineering change order reasons No table description
ENG_CURRENT_SCHEDULED_DATES Current and historical ECO scheduled implementation

dates No table description
ENG_ECN_APPROVAL_LISTS Engineering change order approval lists No table

description
ENG_ECN_APPROVERS Engineering change order approvers No table description
ENG_ENGINEERING_CHANGES Engineering change orders No table description
ENG_ENG_CHANGES_INTERFACE Mass change orders No table description
ENG_REVISED_COMPONENTS Implemented and cancelled revised components No table

description
ENG_REVISED_ITEMS Pending and implemented revised items No table

description
ENG_REVISED_ITEMS_INTERFACE Mass change details No table description
FINANCIALS_SYSTEM_PARAMS_ALL Oracle Financials system parameters and defaults No table

description
FND_APPLICATION Applications registered with Oracle Application Object

Library No table description
FND_CONCURRENT_PROGRAMS Concurrent programs No table description
FND_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS Concurrent requests information No table description
FND_CURRENCIES Currencies enabled for use at your site
FND_DESCR_FLEX_COLUMN_USAGES Correspondences between application table columns and

descriptive flexfield segments No table description
FND_DESCR_FLEX_CONTEXTS Structure names for descriptive flexfields No table

description
FND_DUAL Dummy base table used by a form block that does not have
a real base table (for commit purposes)
FND_FLEX_VALUE_SETS Value sets used by both key and descriptive flexfields No

table description
FND_FORM Application forms registered with Oracle Application
Object Library No table description
FND_ID_FLEX_SEGMENTS Key flexfield segments setup information and

correspondences between table columns and key flexfield
segments No table description
FND_ID_FLEX_STRUCTURES Key flexfield structure information No table description
FND_LOOKUP_VALUES QuickCode values No table description
FND_PROFILE_OPTIONS User profile options No table description
FND_PROFILE_OPTION_VALUES Values of user profile options defined at different profile

levels No table description
FND_TABLES Tables registered in applications No table description
FND_TERRITORIES Territories, also known as countries No table description
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS Account combinations No table description
GL_PERIODS Calendar period definitions No table description
GL_SETS_OF_BOOKS Set of books definitions No table description
GL_TRANSLATION_RATES Foreign currency translation rates
HR_ALL_ORGANIZATION_UNITS Organization unit definitions.
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL Work location definitions
MRP_AUDIT_SQL_STATEMENTS Holds SQL statements for the information audit
MRP_DESIGNATORS Plan names
MRP_PLANNING_EXCEPTION_SETS Controls for a set of exception messages
MRP_PLANS Settings for a specific plan name
MRP_SYSTEM_ITEMS MRP item master
MTL_ACTUAL_COST_SUBELEMENT Stores the material overhead subelements
MTL_ATP_RULES ATP computation rules
MTL_CATALOG_SEARCH_ITEMS Items returned by item searches
MTL_CATEGORIES_B Code combinations table for item categories No table

description

MTL_CATEGORY_ACCOUNTS Asset and expense accounts by item category, by
subinventory
MTL_CATEGORY_SETS_B Category Sets
MTL_CATEGORY_SET_VALID_CATS Valid categories for category sets
MTL_CST_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS Actual cost information by element, by level No table

description
MTL_CST_TXN_COST_DETAILS The cost of a transaction by element, by level No table

description
MTL_CYCLE_COUNT_HEADERS Defines cycle count header information
MTL_DEFAULT_CATEGORY_SETS Default category set for a particular functional area No table

description
MTL_DEMAND Sales order demand and reservations
MTL_DEMAND_INTERFACE Temporary demand storage for the transaction processor

No table description
MTL_DESCRIPTIVE_ELEMENTS Descriptive element definitions for an item catalog group

MTL_DESCR_ELEMENT_VALUES Stores the descriptive element values for a particular item

MTL_DESC_ELEM_VAL_INTERFACE Not used currently
MTL_INTERFACE_ERRORS Item open interface errors
MTL_INTERFACE_PROC_CONTROLS Interface Processes Control Parameters
MTL_INTERORG_PARAMETERS Inter–organization relationships
MTL_ITEM_ATTRIBUTES Item attributes table
MTL_ITEM_CATALOG_GROUPS Item catalog groups
MTL_ITEM_CATEGORIES Define item assignments to categories
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS Definitions for stock locators
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS Item revisions
MTL_ITEM_STATUS Material status definitions
MTL_ITEM_SUB_INVENTORIES Item–subinventory assignments
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS Material transaction table (See page 3 – 420)
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP Temporary table for processing material transactions (See

page 3 – 428)
MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATIONS Unit allocations among repetitive schedules (See page

3 – 435)
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES FIFO quantities by control level and receipt (See page

3 – 455)
MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS Stores the elemental cost for a given transaction in a period

(See page 3 – 460)
MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS Stores the material overhead sub–elements that are charged

for a given transaction in a particular period. (See page
3 – 463)
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS Transaction details for a period (See page 3 – 465)
MTL_PARAMETERS Inventory control options and defaults (See page 3 – 467)
MTL_PENDING_ITEM_STATUS History of item–status assignments (See page 3 – 474)
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY Period summary inventory values for subinventories (See

page 3 – 477)
MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS (See page 3 – 479)
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES Physical inventory definitions (See page 3 – 485)
MTL_PICKING_RULES Picking Rule Definitions (See page 3 – 493)
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS Routing revisions (See page 3 – 528)
MTL_SALES_ORDERS Local definitions of sales orders (See page 3 – 534)
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES Subinventory definitions (See page 3 – 537)
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS Item–subinventory–locator assignments (See page 3 – 541)
MTL_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Item status code attribute values (See page 3 – 567)
MTL_SUPPLY Stores incoming supply information (See page 3 – 571)
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B Inventory item definitio
ns (See page 3 – 579)
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE Inventory Items Open Interface table (See page 3 – 600)

MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS Material transaction distributions (See page 3 – 628)
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS Transaction lot numbers (See page 3 – 639)
MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES Inventory Transaction Types Table (See page 3 – 643)
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL Unit of measure definitions (See page 3 – 654)
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS Serial number transactions (See page 3 – 656)
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL Unit of measure classes (See page 3 – 659)
MTL_UOM_CLASS_CONVERSIONS Conversions between base units of two different classes (See

page 3 – 660)
MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS Unit of measure conversion table for both default and item
specific conversions (See page 3 – 662)
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS Organization accounting period definition table (See page

3 – 670)
ORG_GL_BATCHES General Ledger transfer information for each batch (See

page 3 – 674)
PAY_COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX Cost Allocation key flexfield combinations table. (See page

3 – 675)
PA_PROJECTS_ALL Information about projects
PA_TASKS User–defined subdivisions of project work No table

description
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL Purchase order distributions (See page 3 – 684)
PO_HEADERS_ALL Document headers (for purchase orders, purchase

agreements, quotations, RFQs) (See page 3 – 693)
PO_LINES_ALL Purchase document lines (for purchase orders, purchase

agreements, quotations, RFQs) (See page 3 – 701)
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL Document shipment schedules (for purchase orders,

purchase agreements, quotations, RFQs) (See page 3 – 708)
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL Requisition headers (See page 3 – 730)
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL Requisition lines (See page 3 – 734)
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_ALL Header–level information about invoices, debit memos,

chargebacks, commitments and credit memos No table
description
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES_ALL Invoice, debit memo, chargeback, credit memo and
commitment lines
RA_CUST_TRX_LINE_GL_DIST_ALL Accounting records for revenue, unearned revenue and

unbilled receivables
RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_ALL Transaction type for invoices, commitments and credit

memos No table description
RA_TERRITORIES Territory information (See page 3 – 768)
RCV_PARAMETERS Organization–level receiving controls (See page 3 – 771)
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS Shipment and receipt header information (See page 3 – 776)
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES Receiving shipment line information (See page 3 – 780)
RCV_SUPPLY Summary information about items in receiving/inspection

RCV_TRANSACTIONS Receiving transactions (See page 3 – 784)
SO_LINE_DETAILS Order line schedule details
SO_PICKING_LINES_ALL Picking lines
WIP_ACCOUNTING_CLASSES Accounting classes
WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE Requests to process cost transactions (See page 3 – 799)
WIP_DEF_CAT_ACC_CLASSES Default accounting classes
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS Discrete jobs (See page 3 – 804)
WIP_ENTITIES Information common to jobs and schedules (See page

3 – 810)
WIP_LINES Production lines
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS Shop floor move transactions (See page 3 – 818)
WIP_MOVE_TXN_INTERFACE Requests to process shop floor move transactions (See page

3 – 821)
WIP_OPERATIONS Operations necessary for jobs and schedules (See page

3 – 825)
WIP_OPERATION_OVERHEADS Overheads for operations in an average costing organization

WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES Resources necessary for operations (See page 3 – 828)


WIP_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS Stores the cost of each resoure, overhead, outside processing
and job close transation by entity, period, cost group No
table description
WIP_PAC_PERIOD_BALANCES Stores periodic balance of all WIP entities within a cost

group by period No table description
WIP_PARAMETERS WIP specific organization level parameters (See page

3 – 831)
WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES Job and schedule charges, by accounting period (See page

3 – 835)
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS Line/assembly associations (See page 3 – 838)
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES Repetitive schedules (See page 3 – 841)
WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS Components required by jobs and schedules (See page

3 – 844)
WIP_REQ_OPERATION_COST_DETAILS Costs for material requirements in an average costing

organization No table description
WIP_SCRAP_VALUES Cost information for assembly scrap transactions No table

description
WIP_SO_ALLOCATIONS Allocations of job assemblies to sales orders No table

description
WIP_TRANSACTIONS WIP resource transactions (See page 3 – 851)
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS Debits and credits due to resource transactions (See page

3 – 855)
WIP_TXN_ALLOCATIONS Resource transaction allocations for repetitive schedules No

table description
WIP_TXN_INTERFACE_ERRORS Errors encountered during resource and move transaction

processing
Public View List
This section lists each public database view that Oracle Bills of Material
uses and provides a brief description of each of those views. These
views may be useful for your custom reporting or other data
requirements. The page reference is to the detailed view description in
Chapter 3.
Oracle Bills of Material uses the following public views:
View Name Description
BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_ALL_V View for bill/routing alternates list of values – all records

(See page 3 – 69)
BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_VAL_V View for bill/routing alternates list of values – only enabled

records (See page 3 – 71)
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_ALL_V View for department list of values – all records (See page
3 – 112)
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_VAL_V View for department list of values – only enabled records

(See page 3 – 114)
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_VIEW Operation resources view (See page 3 – 176)
BOM_ORG_CAL_DATES_VIEW Calendar dates by organization (See page 3 – 190)
BOM_ORG_CAL_PERIODS_VIEW View for period start dates (See page 3 – 191)
BOM_ORG_CAL_WEEKS_VIEW Week start dates (See page 3 – 192)
BOM_ORG_SHIFT_DATES_VIEW Shift dates for an organization’s calendar – used in Calendar

window (See page 3 – 193)
BOM_RESOURCES_ALL_V View for resource list of values – all records (See page
3 – 206)
BOM_RESOURCES_VAL_V View for resource list of values – only enabled records (See
page 3 – 209)
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_ALL_V Standard operations – all records (See page 3 – 239)
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_VAL_V Valid standard operations (See page 3 – 242)
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCES_V No view description
CST_ELEMENT_OPYLD_COST_VIEW No view description
CST_INV_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_V No view description


CST_LAYER_ACTUAL_COSTS_V No view description
CST_LAYER_ACTUAL_COST_DTLS_V No view description
CST_STD_WMS_INV_ADJ_VIEW Standard cost update adjustment No view description
CST_WIP_LAYER_COSTS_DTLS_V No view description
FND_COMMON_LOOKUPS View of QuickCodes provided for backward compatibility

No view description
FND_LOOKUPS Oracle Application Object Library QuickCodes
MFG_LOOKUPS No view description
Forms and Table View List
This section lists supplementary views that are not essential to the
Release 11i data model, but simplify coding or improve performance of
Developer. For example, many of these views are used as base tables in
Oracle Bills of Material forms.
Warning: We do not recommend you query or alter data using
these views. Furthermore, these views may change
dramatically in subsequent minor or major releases of Oracle
Bills of Material.
Oracle Bills of Material uses the following Forms and Table views:
• BOM_BILL_ALTERNATES_V
• BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_V
• BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_QF_V
• BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES_V
• BOM_DELETE_ERRORS_V
• BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES_V
• BOM_DEPARTMENTS_V
• BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES_V
• BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS_V
• BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES_EMP_V
• BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES_EQP_V
• BOM_EXPL_INQUIRY_VIEW
• BOM_IMPL_INQUIRY_V
• BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_V
• BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_V
• BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS_V
• BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROC_V
• BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_V
• BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS_V
• BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_V
• BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES_V
• BOM_PRODUCTFAMILY_MEM_V

• BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS_V
• BOM_RESOURCES_V
• BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES_V
• BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS_V
• BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES_EMP_V
• BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES_EQP_V
• BOM_ROUTING_ALTERNATES_V
• BOM_SETUP_TYPES_V
• BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_V
• BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES_V
• BOM_STP_STD_OP_RESOURCES_V
• BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS_V
• BOM_SUB_COMPS_QF_V
• CST_ACTIVITIES_V
• CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_V
• CST_AP_VARIANCE_V
• CST_AVG_ELEM_COSTS_V
• CST_CG_COST_HISTORY_V
• CST_COST_GROUPS_V
• CST_COST_HISTORY_V
• CST_COST_TYPES_V
• CST_COST_UPDATES_V
• CST_CQL_CIC_ITEM_COSTS_V
• CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_V
• CST_DEPOVH_COST_TYPES_V
• CST_DISTRIBUTION_V
• CST_INV_DISTRIBUTION_V
• CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_V
• CST_ITEM_COST_TYPE_V
• CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_V
• CST_LE_COST_TYPES_V
• CST_MGD_LIFO_ITEM_COSTS_V
• CST_MGD_LIFO_PERIODS_V
• CST_MTL_RCV_TXN_V
• CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_V
• CST_PAC_LEGAL_ENTITIES_V
• CST_PAC_PERIODS_V
• CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES_V
• CST_PAC_RECEIVING_VALUES_V
• CST_PAC_WIP_TXN_V
• CST_PERIOD_VALUE_V
• CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_V
• CST_RESOURCE_COST_TYPES_V
• CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS_V
• CST_WIP_ENTITY_V
• CZ_ATTRIBUTE_LIST_NAMES_V
• CZ_AUTOSELECTION_ITEMS_V
• CZ_AUTOSELECTION_RANGES_V
• CZ_COMPONENT_SELECTIONS_V
• CZ_CONSTRAINT_ASSIGNMENTS_V
• CZ_CONSTRAINT_CLAUSES_V
• CZ_CONSTR_ATTR_LEFT_V
• CZ_CONSTR_ATTR_RIGHT_V
• CZ_ERRORS_SUMMARY_V
• CZ_ERRORS_V
• CZ_ERROR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_V
• CZ_ERROR_CLAUSES_V
• CZ_INST_ATTR_VALUES_V
• CZ_ITEM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_V
• CZ_SYSTEM_COMPONENTS_V

• ENG_WF_PROCESS_V
• HR_ORGANIZATION_UNITS
• MTL_EMPLOYEES_VIEW
• MTL_ITEM_FLEXFIELDS
• MTL_ORGANIZATIONS
• MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS_VIEW
• ORG_ORGANIZATION_DEFINITIONS
• ORG_ORGANIZATION_DEFINITIONS2
• PER_PEOPLE_X
Internal View List
This section lists each private, internal view that Oracle Bills of Material
uses.
Warning: Oracle Corporation does not support access to Oracle
Applications data using these views, except from standard
Oracle Applications forms, reports, and programs.
Oracle Bills of Material uses the following internal views:
• BOM_BILL_NO_HOLD_REVISIONS_V
• BOM_BILL_RELEASED_REVISIONS_V
• BOM_CALENDARS_VIEW
• BOM_CALENDAR_MONTHS_VIEW
• BOM_CALENDAR_WEEKS_VIEW
• BOM_CONSOLIDATE_EXPLOSION_VIEW
• BOM_EXPLOSION_VIEW
• BOM_IMPLOSION_VIEW
• BOM_IMPL_INQUIRY_VIEW
• BOM_ITEM_CURRENT_REV_VIEW
• BOM_ITEM_REVISIONS_VIEW
• BOM_LINES_VIEW
• BOM_LINE_DETAILS_VIEW
• BOM_PICKING_LINES_VIEW
• BOM_REF_DESIGNATORS_VIEW
• BOM_ROUTING_REVISIONS_VIEW
• BOM_RTG_CURRENT_REV_VIEW
• BOM_SHIFT_MONTHS_VIEW
• BOM_SHIFT_WEEKS_VIEW
• BOM_SUB_COMPONENTS_VIEW
• CST_ACCOUNTING_EVENT_TYPES_V
• CST_ACTIVITIES_VAL_V
• CST_ACTIVITY_COST_VIEW
• CST_ACTIVITY_DEPT_COST_VIEW

• CST_ACTIVITY_FLEX_COST_VIEW
• CST_ACTIVITY_OP_COST_VIEW
• CST_AEL_GL_INV_V
• CST_AEL_GL_WIP_V
• CST_AEL_SL_INV_V
• CST_AEL_SL_WIP_V
• CST_AVG_DIST_ACCTS_V
• CST_CG_ITEM_COSTS_VIEW
• CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES_V
• CST_CODE_ACTIVITY_COST_VIEW
• CST_CODE_COST_VIEW
• CST_CODE_DEPARTMENT_COST_VIEW
• CST_CODE_FLEX_COST_VIEW
• CST_CODE_OPERATION_COST_VIEW
• CST_COST_TYPES_ALL_V
• CST_COST_TYPES_VAL_V
• CST_DEFAULT_COST_VIEW
• CST_DEFAULT_DETAIL_COST_VIEW
• CST_DETAIL_COSTS_FOR_GL_VIEW
• CST_DETAIL_COST_VIEW
• CST_DISTRIBUTION_VIEW
• CST_ELEMENT_ACTIVITY_COST_VIEW
• CST_ELEMENT_CODE_COST_VIEW
• CST_ELEMENT_COST_VIEW
• CST_ELEMENT_DEPT_COST_VIEW
• CST_ELEMENT_OP_COST_VIEW
• CST_GL_TRANSLATION_VIEW
• CST_INTRANSIT_VALUE_VIEW
• CST_ITEM_COSTS_FOR_GL_VIEW
• CST_ITEM_COSTS_VIEW
• CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_V
• CST_OPERATION_LEVEL_COST_VIEW
• CST_PAC_AEL_GL_INV_V
• CST_PAC_AEL_GL_RCV_V
• CST_PAC_AEL_GL_WIP_V
• CST_PAC_AEL_SL_INV_V
• CST_PAC_AEL_SL_RCV_V
• CST_PAC_AEL_SL_WIP_V
• CST_PERIOD_BALANCES_VIEW
• CST_PM_MATL_TXN_V
• CST_PM_PENDING_TXN_V
• CST_PROJMFG_CMT_VIEW
• CST_PROJ_EXP_TYPES_VAL_V
• CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_V
• CST_ROLLUP_DATE_VIEW
• CST_STD_COST_ADJ_TMP1_V
• CST_STD_COST_ADJ_TMP2_V
• CST_STD_INV_ADJ_VIEW
• CST_STD_WIP_ADJ_VIEW
• CST_TOTAL_COST_VIEW
• CST_WIP_COST_ELEM_VARIANCES_V
• CST_WIP_ENTITY_VIEW
• CST_WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES_V
• CST_WIP_TXN_TYPE_VIEW
• CST_WIP_VARIANCES_V
• MRP_BOM_PLAN_NAME_LOV_V
• MTL_DEFAULT_SETS_VIEW
• PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES_EXPEND_V
• PA_ORGANIZATIONS_EXPEND_V
• RCV_RECEIVING_VALUE_VIEW

• SO_ORDER_LINE_STATUS
• WIP_NON_STANDARD_CLASSES_VAL_V
• WIP_REPETITIVE_CLASSES_VAL_V
• WIP_STANDARD_CLASSES_VAL_V
Single Organization View List
Multi–Organization Support is a feature that allows you to implement
multiple sets of books within a single installation of Oracle Payables,
Oracle Receivables, Oracle Purchasing, and Oracle Order
Entry/Shipping. Instead of using multiple installations to provide data
security, data is secured by operating unit.
In Release 10.7, we added a column, ORG_ID, to each base table that
requires ”partitioning” by operating unit, including all transaction tables
and many reference tables, then renamed these tables to end with the
suffix _ALL. Then, to take the place of the renamed table, we create a
view (named like the Release 10.6 or earlier table) containing a WHERE
clause that automatically restricts data to a single operating unit. The
WHERE clause relies upon the value of an Oracle global variable to
indicate the current organization.
If you want to retrieve all information, regardless of operating unit,
query the _ALL table. For example, if you are running a
cross–organization report, you probably want to query the _ALL table.
However, if you want to report against only a single organization or
operating unit, query the corresponding cross–organizational view,
using the familiar 10.6–style table name. The view definition will
automatically retrieve only data for your current operating unit.
Additional Information: Multiple Organizations in Oracle
Applications
Oracle Bills of Material uses the following Single Organization views:

• PO_DISTRIBUTIONS
• PO_HEADERS
• PO_LINES
• PO_LINE_LOCATIONS
• PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS
• RA_CUSTOMER_TRX
• RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES
• RA_CUST_TRX_LINE_GL_DIST
• SO_HEADERS
• SO_LINES
• SO_ORDER_TYPES_115

Multilingual View List
This section lists each MultiLingual database view that Oracle Bills of
Material uses. MultiLingual views were created to allow certain seed
data to be available in multiple national languages simultaneously.
Oracle Bills of Material uses the following Multilingual views:
• CZ_CONSTRAINTS_VL
Module List
This section lists each form, report and concurrent program comprising
Oracle Bills of Material.
Forms
BOMFDBAD Define Alternates
BOMFDBCO Define Standard Comments
BOMFDBOM Define Bill of Material
BOMFDBPR Define Bills of Material Parameters
BOMFDCAL Define Workday Calendar
BOMFDCON Define Delete Constraint
BOMFDDEL Delete Item Information
BOMFDEXS Define Workday Exception Sets
BOMFDMCC Define Material Sub–Elements
BOMFDMCO Mass Change Bill of Material
BOMFDODC Define Department Classes
BOMFDODP Define Department
BOMFDORS Define Resource
BOMFDPFI Define Product Family
BOMFDRRV Define Routing Revisions
BOMFDRSO Define Standard Operation
BOMFDRTG Define Routing
BOMFQBCP View Bill of Material Comparison
BOMFQBIN View Indented Bill of Material
BOMFQMMM Mixed Model Map
BOMFQWIN View Item Usage
BOMFQWRS View Resource Usage
CSTFDATY Define Activity
CSTFDCEA Expenditure Types for Cost Elements
CSTFDCGA Cost Groups
CSTFDCTP Define Cost Type

CSTFDMOD Define Item Overhead Defaults
CSTFDMSE Material Subelements
CSTFDOVH Define Overhead
CSTFEACU Average Cost Update
CSTFITCT Item Costs
CSTFPLWD Default WIP Accounting Classes for Categories
CSTFQITD Material Transaction Distributions
CSTFQSCH View Item Standard Cost History
CSTFQSCU View Standard Cost Update
CSTFQWTD WIP Transaction distribution
CSTFQWVS WIP Value Summary
CSTQICCG Item Cost History
CSTQINII Item Interface Inquiry
CZFACONS Assign Constraints
CZFDCFGR Configurator
CZFDCONS Define Constraints
CZFICIAV Constraint Details
CZFIERRS Messages Summary
CZFSUIAV Configurator Attribute Values
INVIDITM Organization Items
INVIDREV Define Item Revisions
INVSDOIO Define Organization Parameters
INVTMSMG Start Managers
INVTTUAV Update Item Costs
Reports
BOMCPCFG Purge Configuration Items Report
BOMRASSY Bill of Material Listing Report
BOMRBCMP Bill of Material Comparison Report
BOMRBOMC Consolidated Bill of Material Report
BOMRBOMS Bill of Material Structure Report
BOMRDBAD Alternates Report
BOMRDBCO Standard Comments Report
BOMRDBPR Bills of Material Parameters Report
BOMRDDEL Delete Item Information Report
BOMRDEXS Exception Sets Report
BOMRDODC Department Classes Report
BOMRDODP Department Report
BOMRDORS Resource Report
BOMRDRSO Standard Operation Report
BOMRDRTG Routing Report
BOMRWUIT Item Where Used Report
BOMRWURS Resource Where Used Report
CRPRRBOR Bill of Resources Report
CSTRAIVR All Inventories Value
CSTRBICR BOM Indented Cost Report
CSTRCTCR Cost Type Comparison
CSTRDICR Detailed Item Cost
CSTRDJVA WIP Discrete Job Value for Average Costing
CSTREIVR Elemental Inventory Valuation
CSTRELCR Elemental Cost
CSTRFICR Flexible Item Cost
CSTRINVR Inventory Valuation
CSTRISLR Inventory Subledger
CSTRITVR Intransit Valuation
CSTRMRGA Margin Analysis Report
CSTROVHD Overhead
CSTRUSIA Inventory Standard Cost Adjustments
CSTRUSJA WIP Standard Cost Adjustments
CSTRUSTA Intransit Standard Cost Adjustments
CZRSUAWU Attribute and AutoSelection/AutoExclusion Item
Where Used Report
CZRSUCMR Configuration Messages Report

CZRSUIWU AutoSelection/AutoExclusion Item and Attribute
Where Used Report
ENGRCNDR Engineering Change Order Detail Report
ENGRCNSR Engineering Change Order Schedule Report
INVARCLI Cycle Count Listing Report
INVARCPA Cycle Count Pending Approval Report
INVARCTA Cycle Count Entries and Adjustments Report
INVARORE Cycle Count Open Requests Report
INVARPAR Physical Inventory Adjustments Report
INVARPMT Physical Inventory Missing Tag Listing
INVARPSL Physical Inventory Counts Report
INVARRTA Cycle Count Schedule Requests Report
INVDRRSV Item Reservations Report
INVIRCXR Customer Item Cross References Report
INVIRILC Locator Quantities Report
INVIRITS Item Definition Summary
INVIRSIQ Subinventory Quantities Report
INVIRSNO Serial Number Detail
INVISMMX Min–max Planning Report
INVM2MQT Multiple Organization Inventory Report
INVMRMQT Multiple Organization Inventory Report
INVSROPT Organization Parameters Listing
INVTRELT Expired Lots Report
INVTRLNT Lot Transaction Register
INVTRREG Transaction Register
INVTRSNT Serial Number Transaction Register
POXDLPDT Receipt Traveler
RCVTXRTR Receiving Transactions Regisiter
WIPDJDAT Discrete Job Data Report
WIPDJORQ Discrete Job Shortage Report
WIPDJPCK Discrete Job Pick List Report
WIPDJRTG Discrete Job Routing Sheet
WIPLBOSP WIP Outside Processing Report
WIPLBPER Resource Performance Report
WIPMTLCT WIP Location Report
WIPREDAT Repetitive Schedule Data Report
WIPRELIN Repetitive Line Report
WIPREORQ Repetitive Schedule Shortage Report
WIPREPCK Repetitive Pick List Report
WIPRERTG Repetitive Routing Sheet
WIPREVAL Repetitive Value Report
WIPSULIN Production Line Report
WIPSUPMT WIP Parameters Report
WIPTRTXN Resource Transaction Report
WIPTSMOV Move Transaction Report
WIPUTACD WIP Account Distribution Report
WIPUTVAL WIP Value Report
Concurrent Programs
BMCCCI AutoCreate Configuration Items
BMCCLT Roll up cumulative leadtimes
BMCDEL Delete Item Information
BMCMUD Mass Change Bills of Material
BMCOIN Bills of Material and Routing Interface
BMCPCL Build Workday Calendar
BMCREX Explode Bills of Material
BMCRLT Calculate Manufacturing Leadtimes
BOMCCIPD Deactivate Configuration Item
BOMPBCMP Stored procedure for bom compare results
BOMPBEXP BOM exploder
BOMPBXIN BOM exploder for inquiry
BOMPCCLT Leadtime rollup procedure
BOMPCEDC Check for an existing duplicate configuration

BOMPCHDU Find and match duplicate configuration items
BOMPECOD Stored procedure that deletes an ECO and all the
associated data
BOMPEXPL Package to call the three BOM exploders
BOMPIINQ Packaged procedure for the imploder inquiry
BOMPIMPL Packaged procedure for the imploders
BOMPINRV Increment revision for an item and return the new
revision
BOMPKMUD Stored package that creates an ECO for mass change
bills of material.
BOMPLDCB Packaged function that loads the BOM and Routing
interface tables
BOMPLDCI Packaged function that loads the inventory interface
tables
BOMPMBHD Explode bills marked for reexplosion in temp table
BOMPMCFG Procedure containing functions to Match and Reserve
ATO Configurations
BOMPNORD Exploder call from Enter Orders form
BOMPOPIF Main package for Bill and Routing Open Interface
BOMPRFIL Stored procedure that retrieves profile values
BOMPXINQ Package to call the BOM exploders for the inquiry
CMCACW Actual Cost Worker
CMCCCI Project Manufacturing Material Cost Collection
Worker
CMCCCM Project Manufacturing Cost Collection Manager
CMCCCU Update standard costs
CMCCCW Project Manufacturing WlP Cost Collection Worker
CMCCOC Copy item cost across organizations
CMCCTM Resource Cost Transaction Manager
CMCCTW Resource Cost Transaction Worker
CMCICU Update standard costs
CMCMCW Material Cost Worker
CMCMEC Mass edit cost information
CMCPAM PAC Manager
CMCPAW PAC Worker
CMCPIM Period Cost Import Manager
CMCPIW Period Cost Import Worker
CMCTCM Cost Manager
CMRCCU Pending cost adjustment reports
CMRICU Simulate standard cost update
CSOCINT Service OC Interface
CSTCMDEL Purge Margin Analysis
CSTCMLOD Margin Analysis Load
CSTCSCAC Copy activity costs
CSTCSCIC Copy item costs
CSTCSCOC Copy overhead costs
CSTCSCRC Copy resource costs
CSTCSCRO Copy resource overhead associations
CSTCSEIA Edit item accounts
CSTCSMIA Edit item accounts
CSTCSPCH Purge standard cost history
CSTCSPCT Purge cost type information
CSTCSPCU Purge Standard Cost History
CSTCSROL Delete Temporary Rollup Data
CSTCUSIA Launch inventory standard cost adjustment report
CSTCUSJA Launch WIP Standard Cost Adjustment Report
CSTCUSTA Launch Intransit Standard Cost Adjustment Report
CYCROL Bill of Resources Load
ENCACN Automatic Engineering Change Order Implementation
ENCECP Engineering Change Order Purge program
INCACG Generate Count Requests
INCFIF Compile item forecast
INCIPS Update item statuses with pending statuses
INCTSN Initialize serial numbers for inventory items
INVPPRCI Packaged function that processes the Item Interface
tables.

WICDCL Close discrete jobs

CHAPTER
3 Detailed Design
T his chapter presents a detailed design for implementing Oracle

Bills of Material. It contains detailed definitions of tables and
views that you may need to reference to write custom reports or use for
other data extraction.
Detailed Design 3–1

Overview of Detailed Design
During Detailed Design, we specify in detail how each applications
component should work. We prepare detailed definitions of tables and
views.
You can refer to this Detailed Design chapter to gain a detailed
understanding of the underlying structure and processing of Oracle
Bills of Material that enables you to:
• Convert existing application data
• Integrate your Oracle Bills of Material application with your
other applications systems
• Write custom reports
• Define alerts against Oracle Applications tables
• Create views for decision support queries using query tools
• Configure your Oracle Self–Service Web Applications
Table and View Definitions

The Table and View Definitions section contains a detailed definition of
Oracle Bills of Material applications tables. For each table, it provides
information about primary keys, foreign keys, QuickCodes, indexes,
triggers, and sequences. It also gives you a detailed description of each
column and its characteristics. In addition, it provides the SQL
statement that defines each view. Review this section to get a detailed
understanding of what tables your Oracle Bills of Material application
contains, and how it uses them to hold and access the information it
needs.

Table and View Definitions
This section contains a detailed description of each Oracle Bills of
Material table and view that you may need to reference. For each table,
it presents detailed information about:
• Primary keys
• Foreign keys
• Column descriptions
• Indexes
• Oracle sequences
• Triggers
• View derivations
Because Oracle does not support customization of Oracle Application
Object Library tables, we do not provide you with detailed information
about them. Consequently, this section does not document all the
FND_% tables Oracle Bills of Material uses.
The following sections appear in each table or view description:
Foreign Keys
To help you understand the relationships between tables, we list each
foreign key contained in a table. For each foreign key in a table, we list
the primary key table name (the table to which a foreign key refers), its
corresponding primary key columns, and the foreign key columns that
refer to those primary key columns.
When the primary key table has a composite primary key, we list each
column of the composite key sequentially.
If a table contains two or more distinct foreign keys that refer to the
same primary key table, we repeat the primary key table name and list
each of the distinct foreign keys separately.
QuickCodes Columns
When a database column contains a QuickCodes value, which we
implement using a foreign key to FND_LOOKUPS, MFG_LOOKUPS,
or to some other lookup table, we list the QuickCodes type (lookup

type) to which the QuickCodes value must belong and a complete list
of QuickCodes values and meanings. Some QuickCodes can be
defined by you in the application. These values are designated as
User–defined.
Column Descriptions
We list the important characteristics of each column in a table or view.
These characteristics include whether the column is part of the table’s
primary key, whether Oracle8i requires a value for this column, and the
data type of the column. We also give you a brief description of how
Oracle Bills of Material uses the column.
When a column is part of a table’s primary key, we append the notation
(PK) to the name of that column.
To help you understand which columns Oracle Bills of Material uses
and which columns it does not use, we alert you to any unused
column. When no module uses a database column, we show one of the
following legends in the Description column:
Not currently Oracle Bills of Material does not use this column,
used although the column might be used in a future
release.
No longer used Oracle Bills of Material no longer uses this column.
AutoInstall installs this column. Subsequent
versions of Oracle Bills of Material might not
include this column.
No longer Oracle Bills of Material no longer uses this column.
installed If you upgraded your software from an earlier
version, you may still have this column, depending
upon whether you chose to delete it during an
upgrade process. If you install Oracle Bills of
Material, you do not have this column.
Standard Who Columns

Most Oracle Bills of Material tables contain standard columns to
support \ Row Who. When your program or SQL*Plus command
selects a row from a table, use these columns to determine who last
updated the row. If your program or SQL*Plus command updates or

inserts a row in an interface table, you must populate each of the five
standard Who columns:
LAST_UPDATE_DATE Date when a user last updated this row
LAST_UPDATED_BY User who last updated this row (foreign
key to FND_USER.USER_ID)
CREATION_DATE Date when this row was created
CREATED_BY User who created this row (foreign key to
FND_USER.USER_ID)
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN Operating system login of user who last
updated this row (foreign key to
FND_LOGINS.LOGIN_ID). You should
set this to NULL, or to 0 if NULL is not
allowed
Since every table containing Who columns has several foreign keys to
the tables FND_USER and FND_LOGINS, we do not include the
foreign key columns LAST_UPDATED_BY, CREATED_BY, or
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN in a table’s list of foreign keys.
Additional Who Columns for Concurrent Programs

Some Oracle Bills of Material tables also contain several additional
Who columns to distinguish between changes a user makes with a form
and changes a concurrent program makes. When a concurrent
program updates or inserts a row in a table, the concurrent program
populates the following additional Who columns:
REQUEST_ID Concurrent request ID of program that last
FND_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS.RE-
QUEST_ID)
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID Application ID of program that last
FND_APPLICATION.APPLICATION_ID)
PROGRAM_ID Program ID of program that last updated
this row (foreign key to FND_CONCUR-
RENT_PROGRAM.CONCURRENT_PRO-
GRAM_ID)
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE Date when a program last updated this
row

Since every table containing these additional Who columns has several
foreign keys to the tables FND_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS,
FND_APPLICATION, and FND_CONCURRENT_PROGRAM, we do
not include the foreign key columns REQUEST_ID,
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID, or PROGRAM_ID in a table’s list of
foreign keys.
Indexes
If an Oracle Bills of Material table uses an Oracle8i index, we list the
database columns that comprise that index, in sequential order.
Note: The indexes we document in this manual correspond to
unique keys we specified during product development and testing.
In some cases, we may add additional indexes during the porting
process to fine–tune performance on specific platforms; therefore,
there may be minor differences between the indexes documented in
this book and the indexes for production versions of Oracle Bills of
Material.
Sequences
Oracle Bills of Material uses Oracle8i sequence generators to generate
unique integers. If any table column gets its value from an Oracle8i
sequence generator, we list the name of the corresponding sequence
generator and the name of the column that stores the unique integer.
Database Triggers
If a table has one or more active database triggers, we provide a brief
explanation of each database trigger and when it fires.
View Derivation
For each Oracle Bills of Material view you may need to reference, we
include important elements from the SQL statement that defines or
creates a view. By studying this view definition, you can understand
exactly how a view derives its contents.

ACTIVITY_COSTS
Column Descriptions
Name Null? Type Description
ACTVTYCOST_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
Sequences
Sequence Derived Column
ACTVTYCOST_SEQ ACTVTYCOST_ID

AK_ATTRIBUTES
AK_ATTRIBUTES contains information about the attributes you define.

You need one row for each attribute.
Each attribute has a name, an application that owns the attribute,
formatting properties, a default value, a prompt, and a data type (i.e.,
Number, Varchar2, Date, etc.).
QuickCodes Columns
Column QuickCodes Type QuickCodes Table
DATA_TYPE DATA_TYPE AK_LOOKUP_CODES
BOOLEAN Boolean
DATE Date
DATETIME Datetime
NUMBER Number
URL URL
VARCHAR2 Varchar2
HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT AK_LOOKUP_CODES
CENTER Center
LEFT Left
RIGHT Right
VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT AK_LOOKUP_CODES
BOTTOM Bottom
CENTER Center
TOP Top
Column Descriptions
ATTRIBUTE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Attribute identifier
ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the attribute belongs to
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LENGTH NULL NUMBER(15) Number of characters to be
displayed for the attribute
label
ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_LENGTH NULL NUMBER(15) Number of characters to be
displayed for the attribute
value
BOLD NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Bold flag (’Y’ – Bold the
attribute value, ’N’ – Do not
bold the attribute value)
ITALIC NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Italic flag (’Y’ – Italicize
the attribute value, ’N’ – Do
not italicize the attribute
value)
VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Vertical Alignment for
attribute
HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Horizontal alignment for
attribute
DATA_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Data type of attribute
UPPER_CASE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether the
attribute should be in upper
case (’Y’ – upper case, ’N’ –
not upper case)

Column Descriptions (Continued)
DEFAULT_VALUE_VARCHAR2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Default value of attribute when
the data type of the attribute
is VARCHAR
DEFAULT_VALUE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER(15) Default value of attribute when
is NUMBER
DEFAULT_VALUE_DATE NULL DATE Default value of attribute when
is DATE or DATETIME
LOV_REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) LOV Region identifier
LOV_REGION_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the LOV Region belongs to
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who Column
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard Who Column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who Column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard Who Column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who Column
ITEM_STYLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)
DISPLAY_HEIGHT NULL NUMBER
CSS_CLASS_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
POPLIST_VIEWOBJECT NULL VARCHAR2(240)
POPLIST_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE NULL VARCHAR2(80)
POPLIST_VALUE_ATTRIBUTE NULL VARCHAR2(80)
CSS_LABEL_CLASS_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
Indexes
Index Name Index Type Sequence Column Name
AK_ATTRIBUTES_U1 UNIQUE 4 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
6 ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID

AK_ATTRIBUTES_TL
AK_ATTRIBUTES_TL stores translated information about the attributes

in AK_ATTRIBUTES. Each row includes the language the row is
translated to, the name, description, and label of the attribute, and the
attribute identifier which uniquely identifies the attribute. You need one
row for each attribute in each of the installed languages. Each row
includes a language and SOURCE_LANG column which can be used to
determine if a value has been translated or defaulted.
Foreign Keys
Primary Key Table Primary Key Column Foreign Key Column
AK_ATTRIBUTES ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID
ATTRIBUTE_CODE ATTRIBUTE_CODE
Column Descriptions
LANGUAGE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) The language code of the
language which the translatable
fields are translated to
NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Name of the attribute
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LONG NULL VARCHAR2(80) Label/Prompt of attribute
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_SHORT NULL VARCHAR2(40) A short label/prompt of
attribute (this column is
obsolete, do not use)
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Description of attribute
SOURCE_LANG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Language code of the language
which the values of the
translatable columns were
originally entered
Indexes
AK_ATTRIBUTES_TL_U1 UNIQUE 4 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
8 LANGUAGE

AK_EXCLUDED_ITEMS
AK_EXCLUDED_ITEMS contains attributes which should be hidden

from users based on their responsibility ID. You need one row for each
attribute that you want hidden for a specific responsibility.
AK_QUERY_PKG currently makes use of this table and it returns the
attribute and attribute’s value. AK_QUERY_PKG also sets a flag
(SECURED_COLUMN=Y) to inform the developer that this attribute (or
column) should be secured (hidden) from the current user.
Foreign Keys
FND_RESPONSIBILITY RESPONSIBILITY_ID RESPONSIBILITY_ID
APPLICATION_ID ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID
Column Descriptions
RESPONSIBILITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Responsibility ID of the
application user
RESP_APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Product team’s application ID
which the responsibility ID
belong to
ATTRIBUTE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of attribute which
the user with the
responsibility ID cannot access
Indexes
AK_EXCLUDED_ITEMS_U1 UNIQUE 2 RESPONSIBILITY_ID
4 RESP_APPLICATION_ID
6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
Detailed Design 3 – 11
AK_FLOWS
AK_FLOWS contains flows and their primary page. A flow represents a

series of pages that are returned by AK_QUERY_PKG. You need to
create one row for each flow.
Each row must include a primary page code which indicates the starting
page for the flow.
Foreign Keys
AK_FLOW_PAGES FLOW_APPLICATION_ID FLOW_APPLICATION_ID
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_APPLICATION_ID PRIMARY_PAGE_APPL_ID
PAGE_CODE PRIMARY_PAGE_CODE
Column Descriptions
FLOW_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flow unique identifier
FLOW_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the flow belong to
PRIMARY_PAGE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of primary page of
the flow
PRIMARY_PAGE_APPL_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the primary flow page
belong to
defining column
Indexes
AK_FLOWS_U1 UNIQUE 2 FLOW_CODE
4 FLOW_APPLICATION_ID

AK_FLOWS_TL
AK_FLOWS_TL stores translated information about the flows in

AK_FLOWS. Each row includes the language the row is translated to,
the translated attributes of the flow, and the flow identifier which
uniquely identifies the flow. You need one row for each flow in each of
the installed languages. Each row includes a language and
SOURCE_LANG column which can be used to determine if a value has
been translated or defaulted.
Foreign Keys
AK_FLOWS FLOW_APPLICATION_ID FLOW_APPLICATION_ID
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
Column Descriptions
NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of flow
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Description of flow
originally entered
Indexes
AK_FLOWS_TL_U1 UNIQUE 4 FLOW_CODE
8 LANGUAGE
AK_FLOW_PAGES
AK_FLOW_PAGES defines the pages for a flow. A page represents a

series of regions that are returned by AK_QUERY_PKG. You will need
one row for each page you want to assign to a flow.
Each page must contain a primary region which indicates the starting
region for that page.
Foreign Keys
AK_FLOWS FLOW_APPLICATION_ID FLOW_APPLICATION_ID
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS FLOW_APPLICATION_ID FLOW_APPLICATION_ID
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_APPLICATION_ID PAGE_APPLICATION_ID
PAGE_CODE PAGE_CODE
REGION_APPLICATION_ID PRIMARY_REGION_APPL_ID
REGION_CODE PRIMARY_REGION_CODE
Column Descriptions
PAGE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flow page identifier
PAGE_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the flow page belong to
PRIMARY_REGION_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of primary region
for the page
PRIMARY_REGION_APPL_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the primary flow page
region belong to
defining column

Indexes
AK_FLOW_PAGES_U1 UNIQUE 4 FLOW_CODE
10 PAGE_CODE
12 PAGE_APPLICATION_ID
AK_FLOW_PAGES_TL
AK_FLOW_PAGES_TL stores translated information about the flow

pages in AK_FLOW_PAGES. Each row includes the language the row is
translated to, the translated attributes of the flow page, and the flow
page identifier which uniquely identifies the flow page. You need one
row for each flow page in each of the installed languages. Each row
includes a language and SOURCE_LANG column which can be used to
determine if a value has been translated or defaulted.
Foreign Keys
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_CODE PAGE_CODE
Column Descriptions
NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Name of flow page
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Description of flow page
originally entered
Indexes
AK_FLOW_PAGES_TL_U1 UNIQUE 4 FLOW_CODE
10 PAGE_CODE
14 LANGUAGE

AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS contains regions that belong on a page.

You will need one row for each region that you want to assign to a page.
You can further specify the sequence that a region will appear on a page,
the region’s style and the region’s parent region.
Foreign Keys
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_CODE PAGE_CODE
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_CODE PAGE_CODE
REGION_APPLICATION_ID PARENT_REGION_APPLICATION_ID
REGION_CODE PARENT_REGION_CODE
AK_REGIONS REGION_APPLICATION_ID REGION_APPLICATION_ID
REGION_CODE REGION_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
REGION_STYLE REGION_STYLE AK_LOOKUP_CODES
FORM Single Row
TABLE Multi Row
Column Descriptions
REGION_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flow page region unique
identifier
REGION_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the flow page region
belong to
DISPLAY_SEQUENCE NULL NUMBER(15) The sequence number of
displaying flow page region
REGION_STYLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Defines the style for the
region
NUM_COLUMNS NULL NUMBER(15) Number of columns for this flow
page region
PARENT_REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Parent region for this flow
page region
PARENT_REGION_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the parent region belong
to
ICX_CUSTOM_CALL NULL VARCHAR2(80) Link to a URL which the
application can access
defining column
Indexes
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS_U1 UNIQUE 4 FLOW_CODE
10 PAGE_CODE
16 REGION_CODE
18 REGION_APPLICATION_ID
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS_U2 NOT UNIQUE 2 FLOW_CODE
6 PAGE_CODE
10 DISPLAY_SEQUENCE

AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGION_ITEMS
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGION_ITEMS contains flow page region items

that links to another page or to a URL. You need one row for each link
that you want as part of your flow.
Foreign Keys
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_CODE PAGE_CODE
REGION_APPLICATION_ID REGION_APPLICATION_ID
AK_REGION_ITEMS REGION_CODE REGION_CODE
REGION_APPLICATION_ID REGION_APPLICATION_ID
ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID
Column Descriptions
REGION_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flow page region identifier
REGION_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the flow page region
belong to
ATTRIBUTE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of flow page region
item which is usually the same
as the attribute identifier in
AK_ATTRIBUTES
which the flow page region item
belong to
TO_PAGE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Target page identifier for this
flow. If this has been
specified, then
TO_URL_ATTRIBUTE_CODE and
TO_URL_ATTRIBUTE_APPL_ID must
be null
TO_PAGE_APPL_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the target page belong
to. If this has been
specified, then
TO_URL_ATTRIBUTE_CODE and
TO_URL_ATTRIBUTE_APPL_ID must
be null
TO_URL_ATTRIBUTE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Target URL attribute
itentifier, this value must
exist in AK_ATTRIBUTES with
DATA_TYPE = ’URL’.
TO_PAGE_CODE and
TO_PAGE_APPL_ID must be null in
order to use this field
TO_URL_ATTRIBUTE_APPL_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the target URL attribute
belong to. To use this field,
TO_PAGE_CODE and
TO_PAGE_APPL_ID must be null
defining column
Indexes
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGION_ITEMS_U1 UNIQUE 4 FLOW_CODE
10 PAGE_CODE
16 REGION_CODE
22 ATTRIBUTE_CODE

AK_FLOW_REGION_RELATIONS
AK_FLOW_REGION_RELATIONS defines the foreign key relationship

between two flow page regions. You will need one row for each
relationship that you want to create.
Each relationship must specify the flow, the ”From” (parent) page
region, the ”To” (child) page region and the foreign key that links the
”From” (parent) page region to the ”To” (child) page region.
Foreign Keys
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_APPLICATION_ID FROM_PAGE_APPL_ID
PAGE_CODE FROM_PAGE_CODE
REGION_APPLICATION_ID FROM_REGION_APPL_ID
REGION_CODE FROM_REGION_CODE
FLOW_CODE FLOW_CODE
PAGE_APPLICATION_ID TO_PAGE_APPL_ID
PAGE_CODE TO_PAGE_CODE
REGION_APPLICATION_ID TO_REGION_APPL_ID
REGION_CODE TO_REGION_CODE
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS FOREIGN_KEY_NAME FOREIGN_KEY_NAME
Column Descriptions
FOREIGN_KEY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of foreign key
relationship between the from
flow page region and the to
flow page region
FROM_PAGE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) From flow page identifier
FROM_PAGE_APPL_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the from flow page belong
to
FROM_REGION_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) From flow page region
identifier
FROM_REGION_APPL_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the from flow page region
belong to
TO_PAGE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Destination flow page
identifier
TO_PAGE_APPL_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the destination flow page
belong to
TO_REGION_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Destination flow page region
identifier
TO_REGION_APPL_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the destination flow page
region belong to
APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Application ID of product team
who defined this flow page
region relation
defining column
Indexes
AK_FLOW_REGION_RELATIONS_U1 UNIQUE 4 FLOW_CODE
8 FOREIGN_KEY_NAME
12 FROM_PAGE_CODE
14 FROM_PAGE_APPL_ID
18 FROM_REGION_CODE
20 FROM_REGION_APPL_ID
24 TO_PAGE_CODE
26 TO_PAGE_APPL_ID
30 TO_REGION_CODE
32 TO_REGION_APPL_ID

AK_FOREIGN_KEYS
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS defines the foreign keys that belong to an object.

You must create one row for each foreign key you wish to associate to an
object.
For each foreign key, you must specify the database object name, unique
(primary) key name and the application owner of the foreign key.
Foreign Keys
AK_OBJECTS DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
AK_UNIQUE_KEYS UNIQUE_KEY_NAME UNIQUE_KEY_NAME
Column Descriptions
FOREIGN_KEY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier for a foreign
key relationship.
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of database object
which contains the foreign key.
UNIQUE_KEY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of primary key of
the database object that has
been specified in
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME.
APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Application Id of product team
who defined this foreign key
relationship.
defining column
Indexes
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 UNIQUE_KEY_NAME
3 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_U1 UNIQUE 1 FOREIGN_KEY_NAME
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_TL
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_TL stores translated information about the

foreign keys in AK_FOREIGN_KEYS. Each row includes the language
the row is translated to, the attributes for the foreign key and the foreign
key identifier which uniquely identifies the foreign key. You need one
row for each foreign key in the installed languages. Each row includes a
language and SOURCE_LANG column which can be used to determine
if a value has been translated or defaulted.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
FOREIGN_KEY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier for this
foreign key relationship
FROM_TO_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(45) A user friendly name for the
FROM_TO_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(1500) Description of the foreign key
relationship
TO_FROM_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(45) A user friendly name of the
reverse foreign key
relationship
TO_FROM_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(1500) Description of the reverse
originally entered
Indexes
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_TL_U1 UNIQUE 2 FOREIGN_KEY_NAME
4 LANGUAGE

AK_FOREIGN_KEY_COLUMNS
AK_FOREIGN_KEY_COLUMNS defines the columns (attributes) that

belong to the foreign key. You will need one row for each column that
makes up the foreign key.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
FOREIGN_KEY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier of the
ATTRIBUTE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Attribute identifier of the
foreign key column
ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application Id
which the attribute belong to
FOREIGN_KEY_SEQUENCE NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Sequence number of foreign key
column
defining column
Indexes
AK_FOREIGN_KEY_COLUMNS_U1 UNIQUE 1 FOREIGN_KEY_NAME
4 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
AK_FOREIGN_KEY_COLUMNS_U2 UNIQUE 1 FOREIGN_KEY_NAME
2 FOREIGN_KEY_SEQUENCE
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES is used by the Configurator (CZ) team

and is used to store items.
Column Descriptions
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Database object identifier
KEY_VALUE1 (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(100) First key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE2 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Second key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE3 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Third key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE4 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Fourth key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE5 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Fifth key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE6 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Sixth key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE7 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Seventh key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE8 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Eigth key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE9 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Ninth key value of database
object
KEY_VALUE10 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(100) Tenth key value of database
object
VALUE_VARCHAR2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Value of attribute if the
attribute is a varchar
VALUE_DATE NULL DATE Value of attribute if the
attribute is a date
VALUE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER(15) Value of attribute if the
attribute is a number
Indexes
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
4 KEY_VALUE1
6 KEY_VALUE2
8 KEY_VALUE3
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
10 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
4 KEY_VALUE1
6 KEY_VALUE2

AK_LOADER_TEMP
AK_LOADER_TEMP functions as a temporary buffer table for the AK

Java loader program.
When the AK Java loader uploads a flat file from disk to the database,
each line in the flat file is read by the Java program and copied to this
table. The AK loader PL/SQL procedures read this table and perform
the database upload.
When the AK Java loader downloads information from the database,
each row in this table is first populated by the AK loader PL/SQL
procedures. The AK Java loader program then reads each row from this
table and creates a flat file on the local file system.
Column Descriptions
TBL_INDEX NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Record number(index) in this
table
LINE_CONTENT NULL VARCHAR2(2000) A copy of a row from the loader
flat file
AK_LOOKUP_CODES
AK_LOOKUP_CODES contains lookup code, lookup type and

description of each lookup codes. It also contains translation
information for the description of lookup code. You need one row for
each lookup code/type that you want.
Column Descriptions
LOOKUP_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Name of the lookup code
LOOKUP_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Defines the type of lookup code
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(80) A user friendly description of
the lookup type
LANGUAGE (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(4) The language code of the
SOURCE_LANG NULL VARCHAR2(4) Language code of the language
originally entered
Indexes
AK_LOOKUP_CODES_U1 UNIQUE 2 LOOKUP_CODE
4 LOOKUP_TYPE
6 LANGUAGE

AK_MULTIORG_VALIDATION_TEMP
This is a temporary validation table used by the Multi–Org Validation

Report.
Column Descriptions
CODE NULL VARCHAR2(5) Validation entity identifier
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER(22) Identifier of the organization
for which the report is being
run.
OPERATING_UNIT NULL VARCHAR2(60) operating unit identifier
APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(22) Application identifier for this
validation
RESPONSIBILITY_ID NULL NUMBER(22) Responsibility identifier for
this validation
RESPONSIBILITY NULL VARCHAR2(100) Responsibility name for this
validation
USER_PROFILE_OPTION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) User profile name for this
validation
PROFILE_LEVEL NULL VARCHAR2(80) Profile level forthis
validation
PROFILE_OPTION_VALUE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Profile value for this
validation
AK_OBJECTS
AK_OBJECTS contains database object name and the owner (application

id) of the database object name. You need one row for each object that
you want to define.
An object is a logical representation of a database view. The database
object name is the name of a view in the database. Thus, there can only
be one AK_OBJECTS per view. This view must exist in FND_VIEW or
ALL_VIEWS.
You must specify a unique key name for each database object name.
Column Descriptions
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier of a database
object
PRIMARY_KEY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Primary key of the database
object
DEFAULTING_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
contains code used to populate
default values to the
attributes for this object
DEFAULTING_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in the PL/SQL
package which is used to
populate default values for the
attributes on the object
VALIDATION_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
contains code used to validate
the attributes for this object
VALIDATION_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in the PL/SQL
package which is used to
validate the attributes for
this object
APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the database object
belong to
defining column

Indexes
AK_OBJECTS_U1 UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
AK_OBJECTS_TL
AK_OBJECTS_TL stores translated information about the objects in

AK_OBJECTS. Each row includes the language the row is translated to,
the translated attributes of the object, and the object identifier which
uniquely identifies the object. You need one row for each object in each
of the installed languages. Each row includes a language and
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier of database
object
NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) User friendly name of database
object
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Description of database object
originally entered
Indexes
AK_OBJECTS_TL_U1 UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
4 LANGUAGE

AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES defines the attributes on an object. You will

need one row for each attribute you want to assign to an object.
You must define formatting properties (i.e.,
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LENGTH, BOLD, ITALIC,
VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT, etc.) for each attribute.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
DATA_SOURCE_TYPE DATA_SOURCE_TYPE AK_LOOKUP_CODES
3RD NORMAL 3rd Normal
4TH NORMAL 4th Normal
VIEW View
DATA_STORAGE_TYPE DATA_STORAGE_TYPE AK_LOOKUP_CODES
3RD NORMAL 3rd Normal
4TH NORMAL 4th Normal
CENTER Center
LEFT Left
RIGHT Right
BOTTOM Bottom
CENTER Center
TOP Top
Column Descriptions
ATTRIBUTE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Attribute identifier of a
database object
ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the object attribute
belong to
COLUMN_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) User friendly name of object
attribute
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LENGTH NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Length of the attribute’s
prompt/label
object attribute value, ’N’ –
Do not bold the object
attribute value)
the object attribute value, ’N’
– Do not italicize the object
attribute value)
VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Vertical Alignment for the
object attribute
HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Horizontal alignment for object
attribute
DATA_SOURCE_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Data soure type specifies where
the object attribute comes from
DATA_STORAGE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Data source type specifies
where the object attribute is
stored
TABLE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) User friendly name of database
object
BASE_TABLE_COLUMN_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Base table column name
REQUIRED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether the
object attribute should be
required (’Y’ – required, ’N’ –
not required)
DISPLAY_VALUE_LENGTH NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Number of characters of object
attribute to be displayed
LOV_REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) LOV Region identifier
LOV_REGION_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application ID
which the LOV region is
belonged to
LOV_FOREIGN_KEY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lov foreign key relationship
identifier
LOV_ATTRIBUTE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) LOV attribute identifier
LOV_ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the lov attribute belong
to
DEFAULTING_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
contains the stored procedure
to populate default values into
this object attribute
DEFAULTING_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in PL/SQL
package which populates default
values into this object
attribute
VALIDATION_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
contains the procedure to
validate the object attribute’s
value
VALIDATION_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in PL/SQL
package which contains the
procedure to validate the
object attribute’s value
DEFAULT_VALUE_VARCHAR2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Default value of object
attribute when the data type of
the object attribute is VARCHAR
DEFAULT_VALUE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER(15) Default value of object
the object attribute is NUMBER
DEFAULT_VALUE_DATE NULL DATE Default value of object
the object attribute is DATE
TRANSLATION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag which indicates whether
the mapping database column is
translatable, valid values are
’Y’ and ’N’.
defining column

Indexes
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_U1 UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_TL
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_TL stores translated information about the

object attribute in AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES. Each row includes the
language the row is translated to, the translated attributes of the object
attribute, and the object attribute identifier which uniquely identifies the
object attribute. You need one row for each object attribute in each of the
installed languages. Each row includes a language and SOURCE_LANG
column which can be used to determine if a value has been translated or
defaulted.
Foreign Keys
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
Column Descriptions
database object
belong to
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LONG NULL VARCHAR2(80) Label/Prompt of object
attribute
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_SHORT NULL VARCHAR2(30) A short label/prompt of object
attribute (this column is
SOURCE_LANG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) The language code of the
Indexes
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_TL_U1 UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
10 LANGUAGE

AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_NAVIGATION
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_NAVIGATION is used only by Configurator

(CZ). This table provides navigation to a region by attribute value. You
need to create one row for each object attribute value that will allow
navigation to a region.
You must specify a target ”To” region for each object attribute value. If
at run time, the object attributes value entered by the user matches a row
in this table, the user will have access to the target region associated
with this object attribute value.
Foreign Keys
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
AK_REGIONS REGION_APPLICATION_ID TO_REGION_APPL_ID
REGION_CODE TO_REGION_CODE
Column Descriptions
database object
belong to
VALUE_VARCHAR2 (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(240) Value of object attribute if
attribute is a VARCHAR
VALUE_DATE (PK) NULL DATE Value of object attribute if
attribute is a DATE
VALUE_NUMBER (PK) NULL NUMBER(15) Value of object attribute if
attribute is a NUMBER
TO_REGION_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Target region identifier
TO_REGION_APPL_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
that the target region belong
to
defining column
Indexes
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_NAVIGAT_U1 UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
10 VALUE_VARCHAR2
12 VALUE_DATE
14 VALUE_NUMBER

AK_OBJECT_VALUES_TEMP
AK_OBJECT_VALUES_TEMP is used to create the LOV for the Value

field on the Run Flows form. The lov for the Value field calls a package
called AK_RUN_FLOW_PKG which uses this table to store the results
from running AK_QUERY_PKG.EXEC_QUERY.
This table should never be populated by any user.
Column Descriptions
TRACE_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Trace number
REGION_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
that this region belong to
REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Region identifier
DISPLAY_VALUE NULL VARCHAR2(510) Display value
KEY_VALUE1 NULL VARCHAR2(240) First key value of the database
object which the region is
based on
KEY_VALUE2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Second key value of the
database object which the
region is based on
KEY_VALUE3 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Third key value of the database
based on
KEY_VALUE4 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Fourth key value of the
region is based on
KEY_VALUE5 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Fifth key value of the database
based on
KEY_VALUE6 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Sixth key value of the database
based on
KEY_VALUE7 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Seventh key value of the
region is based on
KEY_VALUE8 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Eighth key value of the
region is based on
KEY_VALUE9 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Ninth key value of the database
based on
KEY_VALUE10 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Tenth key value of the database
based on
AK_REGIONS
AK_REGIONS contains regions and the application owner of the region.

A region contains a set of items that may be returned by
AK_QUERY_PKG. You need to one row for each region.
Each row must include a database object name and a region style. You
can also specify the number of columns that are to be displayed on the
region as well as an URL for the region.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
REGION_STYLE REGION_STYLE AK_LOOKUP_CODES
FORM Single Row
TABLE Multi Row
Column Descriptions
REGION_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Region identifier
REGION_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the region belong to
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Database object identifier
REGION_STYLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Region style of the region to
be displayed
NUM_COLUMNS NULL NUMBER(15) Number of columns of region to
be displayed
REGION_DEFAULTING_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
to populate default values of
regions
REGION_DEFAULTING_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in PL/SQL
values of regions
REGION_VALIDATION_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
validate default values of
regions
REGION_VALIDATION_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in PL/SQL
procedure to validate default
values of regions
ICX_CUSTOM_CALL NULL VARCHAR2(80) A URL to launch an html file
defining column

APPLICATIONMODULE_OBJECT_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(240)
NUM_ROWS_DISPLAY NULL NUMBER
REGION_OBJECT_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(240)
IMAGE_FILE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
column for putting icon file
name when displaying region
title
ISFORM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) column to indicate whether this
region is a form
HELP_TARGET NULL VARCHAR2(240) stores location of product
team’s specific help file
STYLE_SHEET_FILENAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) file name of style sheet that
applies to the region
VERSION NULL VARCHAR2(30) OAFramework version number
APPLICATIONMODULE_USAGE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Application Module Usage name
ADD_INDEXED_CHILDREN NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether the
region items of the region
would be added as indexed
children by OAFramework
Indexes
AK_REGIONS_U1 UNIQUE 4 REGION_CODE
AK_REGIONS_TL
AK_REGIONS_TL stores translated information about the regions in

AK_REGIONS. Each row includes the language the row is translated to,
the translated attributes of the region, and the region identifier which
uniquely identifies the region. You need one row for each region in each
of the installed languages. Each row includes a language and
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Friendly user name of region
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Description of region
originally entered
Indexes
AK_REGIONS_TL_U1 UNIQUE 4 REGION_CODE
8 LANGUAGE

AK_REGION_ITEMS
AK_REGION_ITEMS defines the item (attribute or object attribute) on a

region. An item is a single attribute or object attribute that exists on a
region. You will need one row for each item you want to assign to a
region.
You must define formatting properties (i.e.,
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LENGTH, BOLD, ITALIC,
VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT, etc.) for each item. You must also specify if
the item is an attribute or object attribute with the
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG. This table also allows you to specify other
properties for the item.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
CENTER Center
LEFT Left
RIGHT Right
ITEM_STYLE ITEM_STYLE AK_LOOKUP_CODES
BUTTON Button
CHECKBOX Checkbox
HIDDEN Hidden
IMAGE Image
POPLIST Poplist
SPINBOX Spinbox
TEXT Text
LOV_DEFAULT_FLAG LOV_DEFAULT_FLAG AK_LOOKUP_CODES
N No
Y Yes
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG AK_LOOKUP_CODES
N Attribute
Y Object Attribute
ORDER_DIRECTION ORDER_DIRECTION AK_LOOKUP_CODES
ASC Ascending
DESC Descending
BOTTOM Bottom
CENTER Center
TOP Top
Column Descriptions
DISPLAY_SEQUENCE NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Sequence number for displaying
region items. Each sequence
number should be unique within
the same region
NODE_DISPLAY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Node display flag (’Y’ –
Display this region item in a
node, ’N’ – Do not display this
region item in a node)
NODE_QUERY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) This flag indicates whether the
value of this region item can
be queried (NODE_QUERY_FLAG =
’Y’) or not
(NODE_QUERY_FLAG=’N’)
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LENGTH NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Prompt/label length for this
item
region item, ’N’ – Do not bold
the region item)
the region item, ’N’ – Do not
italicize the region item)
VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Vertical Alignment for the
region item
HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Horizontal alignment for the
region item
ITEM_STYLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Style of region item
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicates if this item is
an attribute
(OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG = ’N’)
or an object attribute
(OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG = ’Y’)
UPDATE_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicates whether this
attribute is updatable
(UPDATE_FLAG = ’Y’) or not
(UPDATE_FLAG = ’N’)
REQUIRED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicates whether this
attribute is input required for
the region (REQUIRED_FLAG =
’Y’) or not (REQUIRED_FLAG =
’N’)
DISPLAY_VALUE_LENGTH NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Length of region item to be
displayed
SECURITY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Security Code
LOV_REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) LOV region identifier
LOV_REGION_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the LOV region belong to
LOV_FOREIGN_KEY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lov foreign key relationship
identifier
LOV_ATTRIBUTE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) LOV attribute identifier
LOV_ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Product team’s application id
which the lov attribute belong
to
LOV_DEFAULT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) LOV default flag

REGION_DEFAULTING_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
to populate default values into
this region item
REGION_DEFAULTING_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in PL/SQL
values into this region item
REGION_VALIDATION_API_PKG NULL VARCHAR2(30) PL/SQL package name which
validate the region item’s
value
REGION_VALIDATION_API_PROC NULL VARCHAR2(30) Procedure name in PL/SQL
procedure to validate the
region item’s value
ORDER_SEQUENCE NULL NUMBER(15) Order Sequence
ORDER_DIRECTION NULL VARCHAR2(30) Direction of sorting values of
region items
DEFAULT_VALUE_VARCHAR2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Default value of region item
when the data type of the
region item is VARCHAR
DEFAULT_VALUE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER(15) Default value of region item
region item is NUMBER
DEFAULT_VALUE_DATE NULL DATE Default value of region item
region item is DATE
ICX_CUSTOM_CALL NULL VARCHAR2(80) A URL to launch an html file
defining column
DISPLAY_HEIGHT NULL NUMBER
SUBMIT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1)
ENCRYPT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1)
NESTED_REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
NESTED_REGION_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER
VIEW_USAGE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
VIEW_ATTRIBUTE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
CSS_CLASS_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
POPLIST_VIEWOBJECT NULL VARCHAR2(240)
IMAGE_FILE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
URL NULL VARCHAR2(2000)
POPLIST_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE NULL VARCHAR2(80)
POPLIST_VALUE_ATTRIBUTE NULL VARCHAR2(80)
ITEM_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30)
CSS_LABEL_CLASS_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
MENU_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) menu_name references menu_name
in FND_MENUS table
MENU_ID NULL NUMBER
FLEXFIELD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(40) FND Flexfield name
FLEXFIELD_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Application ID of Flexfield
TABULAR_FUNCTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Function code to put in this
region item if this region item
is used as a function
TIP_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type of tip message of region
item if the region item has a
tip
TIP_MESSAGE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) message_name of tip message in
FND_NEW_MESSAGES table
TIP_MESSAGE_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER application ID of tip message
name
FLEX_SEGMENT_LIST NULL VARCHAR2(4000) column for attaching flex
fields to a region item
ENTITY_ID NULL VARCHAR2(30) ENTITY_ID references
DATA_OBJECT_CODE column in
FND_DOCUMENT_ENTITIES
ANCHOR NULL VARCHAR2(1) For defining same page
hyperlink
POPLIST_VIEW_USAGE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Picklist View Usage Name
TARGET NULL VARCHAR2(1) this is an old column of
ANCHOR, keeping this here for
backward compatibility
SORTBY_VIEW_ATTRIBUTE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Indicates which view attribute
that the table region is sorted
by
Indexes
AK_REGION_ITEMS_U1 UNIQUE 4 REGION_CODE
10 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
AK_REGION_ITEMS_U2 UNIQUE 4 REGION_CODE
8 DISPLAY_SEQUENCE

AK_REGION_ITEMS_TL
AK_REGION_ITEMS_TL stores translated information about the region

items in AK_REGION_ITEMS. Each row includes the language the row
is translated to, the translated attributes of the region item, the region
identifier which uniquely identifies the region item and the region items
label. You need one row for each region item in each of the installed
languages. Each row includes a language and SOURCE_LANG column
which can be used to determine if a value has been translated or
defaulted.
Foreign Keys
AK_REGION_ITEMS REGION_APPLICATION_ID REGION_APPLICATION_ID
Column Descriptions
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_LONG NULL VARCHAR2(80) Label/Prompt for this region
item
ATTRIBUTE_LABEL_SHORT NULL VARCHAR2(30) A short label/prompt for this
region item (this column is
originally entered
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(2000)
Indexes
AK_REGION_ITEMS_TL_U1 UNIQUE 4 REGION_CODE
10 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
14 LANGUAGE
AK_RESP_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES
AK_RESP_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES contains attributes that are

displayed or hidden from a user based on the user’s responsibility ID.
You need one row for each attribute/responsibility ID combination.
AK_QUERY_PKG uses this table in conjunction with the
AK_WEB_USER_SEC_ATTR_VALUES table (please see this description
for more details). Together, both tables defines what attributes a user
may or may not see.
Foreign Keys
FND_RESPONSIBILITY RESPONSIBILITY_ID RESPONSIBILITY_ID
APPLICATION_ID ATTRIBUTE_APPLICATION_ID
Column Descriptions
RESPONSIBILITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Responsibility ID of
application user
RESP_APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Product team’s application ID
which the responsibility ID
belong to
ATTRIBUTE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of attribute which
the user with the
responsibility ID can access
Indexes
AK_RESP_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES_U1 UNIQUE 2 RESPONSIBILITY_ID
4 RESP_APPLICATION_ID
6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE

AK_UNIQUE_KEYS
AK_UNIQUE_KEYS defines the unique keys that belong to an object.

You must create one row for each unique key you wish to associate to an
object. Generally the unique key is the primary key of a view, though
some views may have additional unique keys.
For each unique key, you must specify the database object name, unique
key name and the application owner of the unique key.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
UNIQUE_KEY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier of unique key
relationship
DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of database object
which contains the unique key
APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Application Id of product team
who defined this unique key
relationship
defining column
Indexes
AK_UNIQUE_KEYS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 DATABASE_OBJECT_NAME
AK_UNIQUE_KEYS_U1 UNIQUE 1 UNIQUE_KEY_NAME
AK_UNIQUE_KEY_COLUMNS
AK_UNIQUE_KEY_COLUMNS defines the columns (attributes) that

belong to the unique key. You will need one row for each column that
makes up the unique key.
Foreign Keys
AK_UNIQUE_KEYS UNIQUE_KEY_NAME UNIQUE_KEY_NAME
Column Descriptions
UNIQUE_KEY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier of unique key
relationship
UNIQUE_KEY_SEQUENCE NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Sequence number of the unique
key column
unique key column
defining column
Indexes
AK_UNIQUE_KEY_COLUMNS_U1 UNIQUE 1 UNIQUE_KEY_NAME
4 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
AK_UNIQUE_KEY_COLUMNS_U2 UNIQUE 2 UNIQUE_KEY_NAME
4 UNIQUE_KEY_SEQUENCE

AK_WEB_USER_SEC_ATTR_VALUES
AK_WEB_USER_SEC_ATTR_VALUES contains user IDs, attributes and

attributes values that define if an attribute is secure for a specific user.
You need one row for each user/attribute/value that you want to
secure.
AK_QUERY_PKG uses this table in conjunction with the
AK_RESP_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES table. Together, both tables dictates
to AK_QUERY_PKG what rows should be returned.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
WEB_USER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER User ID
secured attribute
VARCHAR2_VALUE (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(240) Varchar value used to determine
if the user can view this
secured attribute
DATE_VALUE (PK) NULL DATE Date value used to determine if
the user can view this secured
attribute
NUMBER_VALUE (PK) NULL NUMBER Number value used to determine
if the user can view this
secured attribute
Indexes
AK_WEB_USER_SEC_ATTR_VALUES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 WEB_USER_ID
6 ATTRIBUTE_CODE
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL holds the distribution line

information that you enter for invoices. There is a row for each invoice
distribution. A distribution line must be associated with an invoice. An
invoice can have multiple distribution lines.
Your Oracle Payables application automatically creates rows in this table

when: 1) you choose a distribution set at the invoice level 2) you import
expense reports 3) you match an invoice to a purchase order or receipt; it
uses information from the matched purchase order or receipt 4) you
import invoices via the Open Interface Import process 5) you select to
automatically calculate tax 6) you select to automatically do
withholding.
Each invoice distribution line has its own accounting date. When you
account for an invoice, your Oracle Payables application creates
accounting events, accounting entry headers and accounting entry lines
for those distribution lines that have accounting dates included in the
selected accounting date range for the Payables Accounting Process.
The accounting entries can then be transferred over to General Ledger
by running the Transfer to General Ledger process which creates journal
entries.
Values for POSTED_FLAG may be Y for accounted distributions or N

for distributions that have not been accounted. Values for
ACCRUAL_POSTED_FLAG may be Y if distribution has been
accounted and system is setup for accrual basis accounting or N if either
distribution has not been accounted or accrual basis accounting is not
used.
Values for CASH_POSTED_FLAG may be Y if distribution has been

accounted and system is set up for cash basis accounting, N if either
distribution has not been accounted or system is not setup for cash basis
accounting or P if distribution has been partially accounted in the cash
set of books.
The MATCH_STATUS_FLAG indicates the approval status for the

distribution. Values for the MATCH_STATUS_FLAG can be null or N
for invoice distributions that Approval has not tested or T for
distributions that have been tested or A for distributions that have been
tested and approved.
Invoice distributions may be interfaced over/from Oracle Assets or

Oracle Projects. Your Oracle Payables application sets the

ASSETS_ADDITION_FLAG to U for distributions not tested by Oracle
Assets; Oracle Assets then adjusts this flag after it tests a distribution for
assignment as an asset. To avoid the same invoice distribution being
interfaced to both Oracle Projects and Oracle Assets, you must interface
any project–related invoice distribution to Oracle Projects before you can
interface it to Oracle Assets. If the project–related invoice distribution is
charged to a capital project in Oracle Projects, Oracle Projects sets the
ASSET_ADDITION_FLAG to P when the PA_ADDITION_FLAG is set
to Y, Z or T. Oracle Assets only picks up invoice distributions with the
ASSET_ADDITION_FLAG set to U and if project–related, with the
PA_ADDITION_FLAG set to Y, Z, or T. PA_ADDITION_FLAG tracks
the status of project–related supplier invoice distribution lines and
expense report distribution lines. For supplier invoice distributions
entered via Oracle Payables, the PA_ADDITION_FLAG is set to N if the
distribution is project–related, otherwise it is set to E and it is updated
by Oracle Projects when the distribution is processed by the Oracle
Projects Interface Supplier Invoice process. Oracle Projects sets the
PA_ADDITION_FLAG to Y or Z after the item is successfully processed,
or may be set to a rejection code if the line is rejected during transfer to
Oracle Projects; see QuickCodes listing for all the errors. You must
correct the rejection reason an try to retransfer the line. For supplier
invoice adjustment lines interfaced from Oracle Projects to Oracle
Payables (whic h must net to zero with another line), the value for the
PA_ADDITION_FLAG is set to T. For expense report distributions
interfaced from Oracle Projects to Oracle Payables via Invoice Import,
this value is set to N. This row is never picked up by the Interface
Supplier Invoices process based on the
AP_INVOICES.INVOICE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE = EXPENSE
REPORT. For expense report adjustment lines interfaced from Oracle
Projects to Oracle Payables which net to zero with another line, this
value is set to T. Both lines are associated with the original invoice by
the Oracle Projects Interface Expense Reports to AP process.
Values for the ENCUMBERED_FLAG are as follows: Y indicates a

regular distribution that has been successfully encumbered by Payables;
W indicates a regular distribution that has been encumbered in advisory
mode even though insufficient funds existed; H indicates a regular
distribution that has not been encumbered because it was put on hold; N
or null indicates a regular line that has not been encumbered because it
has not been looked at yet; D is the same as Y for a reversal distribution
line; X is the same as W for a reversal distribution line; P is the same as
H for a reversal distribution line; R indicates a line to be ignored by
encumbrance and approval code because neither the original nor the
reversal distributions were looked at and they offset each other so, they
can be ignored.
This table corresponds to the Distributions window.
Foreign Keys
AP_ACCOUNTING_EVENTS_ALL ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID
AP_AWT_GROUPS GROUP_ID AWT_GROUP_ID
AP_AWT_GROUPS GROUP_ID AWT_ORIGIN_GROUP_ID
AP_AWT_TAX_RATES_ALL TAX_RATE_ID AWT_TAX_RATE_ID
AP_BATCHES_ALL BATCH_ID BATCH_ID
AP_CREDIT_CARD_TRXNS_ALL TRX_ID CREDIT_CARD_TRX_ID
AP_INCOME_TAX_REGIONS REGION_SHORT_NAME INCOME_TAX_REGION
AP_INVOICES_ALL INVOICE_ID INVOICE_ID
AP_INVOICES_ALL INVOICE_ID PARENT_INVOICE_ID
AP_INVOICES_ALL INVOICE_ID AWT_INVOICE_ID
AP_INVOICES_ALL INVOICE_ID COMPANY_PREPAID_INVOICE_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID PREPAY_DISTRIBUTION_ID
AP_INVOICE_PAYMENTS_ALL INVOICE_PAYMENT_ID AWT_INVOICE_PAYMENT_ID
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL TAX_ID TAX_CODE_ID
FND_CURRENCIES CURRENCY_CODE RECEIPT_CURRENCY_CODE
GL_BC_PACKETS PACKET_ID PACKET_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID DIST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID RATE_VAR_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID PRICE_VAR_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE
GL_SETS_OF_BOOKS SET_OF_BOOKS_ID SET_OF_BOOKS_ID
GL_USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODES USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES EXPENDITURE_TYPE EXPENDITURE_TYPE
PA_EXP_ORGS_IT ORGANIZATION_ID EXPENDITURE_ORGANIZATION_ID
PA_PROJECTS_ALL PROJECT_ID PROJECT_ID
PA_TASKS TASK_ID TASK_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID RCV_TRANSACTION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
DIST_MATCH_TYPE DIST_MATCH_TYPE AP_LOOKUP_CODES
IP Item distribution Matched to
Purchase Order
IR Item distribution Matched to
Receipt
Null Not Matched
OR Other Charge distribution
matched to Receipt
FINAL_MATCH_FLAG FINAL MATCH CODE ap_lookup_codes
D Done
N No
Y Yes
LINE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE INVOICE DISTRIBUTION TYPE AP_LOOKUP_CODES
AWT Withholding Tax
FREIGHT Freight
ICMS ICMS
IPI IPI
ITEM Item
MISCELLANEOUS Miscellaneous

QuickCodes Columns (Continued)
PREPAY Prepayment
TAX Tax
PA_ADDITION_FLAG PA_ADDITION_FLAG PA_LOOKUPS
A Accumulation error (obsolete
in V4)
B No open PA period
C Task does not allow charges
D Outside project dates
E Non–project related invoice
distributions
I Outside task dates
J Project level transaction
controls violated
K Task level transaction con-
tols violated
M Invalid project/task com-
bination
N New line not yet processed
by Oracle Projects
P Project is closed
Q Transaction control exten-
sion violated
S Temporary status used during
processing
T Adjustment line transferred
from Oracle Projects
V Invalid data (catch–all
error)
X Burdening error
Y Transferred to Oracle Proj-
ects
Z Net zero adjustment line.
Never transferred to PA
Column Descriptions
ACCOUNTING_DATE NOT NULL DATE Accounting date
ACCRUAL_POSTED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if
distribution has been accounted
for in the accrual set of books
(Y or N)
ASSETS_ADDITION_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if
distribution has been
transferred into Oracle Assets
(U, Y, or N)
ASSETS_TRACKING_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if
distribution line is tracked in
Oracle Assets (Y or N)
CASH_POSTED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if
distribution has been accounted
for in the cash set of books (Y
or N)
DISTRIBUTION_LINE_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Distribution line number
DIST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting flexfield identifier
for account associated with a
distribution line
INVOICE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Invoice identifier
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard Who column
LINE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Name of line type
PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Accounting period name
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Set of books identifier
ACCTS_PAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) No longer used
AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Invoice distribution amount
BASE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount of invoice in functional
currency, only used for foreign
currency invoices
BASE_INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Price variance amount in
functional currency for invoice
distribution line matched to a
purchase order or receipt
BATCH_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Invoice batch identifier
CREATED_BY NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
CREATION_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description
EXCHANGE_RATE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Amount of exchange rate
variance for invoice
FINAL_MATCH_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Final match indicator for
purchase order.
INCOME_TAX_REGION NULL VARCHAR2(10) Reporting region for
distribution line for 1099
supplier
INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Amount of price variance in
invoice currency for invoice
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
MATCH_STATUS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Approval status
POSTED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if invoice
distribution line has been
accounted
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Purchase order distribution
line identifier for purchase
order or receipt matched
invoice distributions
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Concurrent Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Concurrent Who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Concurrent Who column
QUANTITY_INVOICED NULL NUMBER Quantity billed for purchase
order or receipt matched
invoice distributions
RATE_VAR_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Flexfield identifier
for exchange rate variance
account for distribution line
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Concurrent Who column
REVERSAL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if
distribution line is reversing
another distribution line
TYPE_1099 NULL VARCHAR2(10) 1099 type
UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price for purchase order
or receipt matched invoice
distributions
VAT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) No longer used
AMOUNT_ENCUMBERED NULL NUMBER No longer used
BASE_AMOUNT_ENCUMBERED NULL NUMBER No longer used
ENCUMBERED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating encumbrance
status of distribution line

EXCHANGE_DATE NULL DATE Date exchange rate is effective
for foreign currency invoices
EXCHANGE_RATE NULL NUMBER Exchange rate for a foreign
currency invoice
EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Exchange rate type for a
foreign currency invoice
PRICE_ADJUSTMENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) No longer used
PRICE_VAR_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Flexfield identifier
for price variance account
associated with a distribution
line matched to a purchase
order or receipt
QUANTITY_UNENCUMBERED NULL NUMBER No longer used
STAT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount associated with a
distribution line for measuring
statistical quantities
AMOUNT_TO_POST NULL NUMBER No longer used
ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield segment
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield structure
defining column
BASE_AMOUNT_TO_POST NULL NUMBER No longer used
CASH_JE_BATCH_ID NULL NUMBER(15) No longer used
EXPENDITURE_ITEM_DATE NULL DATE Date for project expenditure
item used to build Accounting
Flexfield for project–related
distribution line
EXPENDITURE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier for project
organization used to build
Accounting Flexfield for
project–related distribution
line
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project expenditure type used
to build Accounting Flexfield
for project–related
distribution line
JE_BATCH_ID NULL NUMBER(15) No longer used
PARENT_INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier for invoice matched
to a credit or debit memo
PA_ADDITION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if project
related invoice distributions
have been transferred into
Oracle Projects
PA_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER(22,5) Project item quantity used to
build Accounting Flexfield for
line
POSTED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER No longer used
POSTED_BASE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER No longer used
PREPAY_AMOUNT_REMAINING NULL NUMBER Amount of prepayment that can
still be applied to an invoice
PROJECT_ACCOUNTING_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Oracle Projects Descriptive
Flexfield context column
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier for project used to
build Accounting Flexfield for
line
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier for project task
used to build Accounting
Flexfield for project–related
distribution line
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction code for creating
US Standard General Ledger
journal entries (Oracle Public
Sector Payables)
USSGL_TRX_CODE_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) USSGL Transaction Code
Descriptive Flexfield context
column
EARLIEST_SETTLEMENT_DATE NULL DATE No longer used
REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) No longer used
QUANTITY_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Quantity variance amount for
invoice distribution lines
matched to purchase order or
receipt
BASE_QUANTITY_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Quantity variance amount in
functional currency for invoice
distribution lines matched to
PACKET_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Budgetary control packet
identifier for lines that fail
funds checking
AWT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to determine if
distribution is subject to
withholding tax (Y, N, null)
AWT_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Withholding tax group
identifier
AWT_TAX_RATE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Withholding tax rate identifier
AWT_GROSS_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount subject to withholding
tax
AWT_INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Refers to the withholding tax
invoice created from this
distribution

AWT_ORIGIN_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Foreign key to AP_AWT_GROUPS;
refers to the parent
withholding tax group; this
column is only populated for
automatically created
withholding tax distributions
REFERENCE_1 NULL VARCHAR2(30) Reference information from
Oracle Projects expense reports
or other external source
invoice loading program
REFERENCE_2 NULL VARCHAR2(30) Reference information from
Oracle Projects expense reports
or other external source
invoice loading program
ORG_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Organization identifier
OTHER_INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) No longer used
AWT_INVOICE_PAYMENT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Refers to the parent invoice
payment. This column is
populated only for
automatically created
withholding tax distributions
at payment time
GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(150) Reserved for country–specific
functionality
GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Reserved for country–specific
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
AMOUNT_INCLUDES_TAX_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the amount in
the AMOUNT column includes tax.
Used for Automatic Tax
Calculation
TAX_CALCULATED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether tax has
automatically been calculated
on the distribution
LINE_GROUP_NUMBER NULL NUMBER(15) Value to identify each item
line to which you want to
prorate
RECEIPT_VERIFIED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether receipts
verified
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether receipts
required
RECEIPT_MISSING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether receipts
missing
JUSTIFICATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Expense justification
EXPENSE_GROUP NULL VARCHAR2(80) Expense group
START_EXPENSE_DATE NULL DATE Date when incurred expense
started. Used for Expense
Reports
END_EXPENSE_DATE NULL DATE Date when incurred expense
ended. Used for Expense Reports
RECEIPT_CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Currency code of receipt. Used
for Expense Reports
RECEIPT_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Exchange rate for currency of
receipt. Used for Expense
Reports
RECEIPT_CURRENCY_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount in receipt currency.
Used for Expense Reports
DAILY_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Daily expense amount. Used for
Expense Reports
WEB_PARAMETER_ID NULL NUMBER Self–Service Web Applications
parameter identifier
ADJUSTMENT_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reason for expense adjustment
AWARD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) If Oracle Grants Accounting is
installed, the award ID is used
with data in project columns to
track grant information
MRC_DIST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
only: Concatenated string of
reporting set of books id and
expense account associated with
distribution line pairs
MRC_BASE_AMOUNT NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
invoice in primary currency
pairs, only applicable for
foreign currency invoices
MRC_BASE_INV_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
price variance amount in
primary currency for invoice
purchase order pairs

MRC_EXCHANGE_RATE_VARIANCE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
currency conversion rate
variance for invoice
purchase order pairs
MRC_RATE_VAR_CCID NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
currency conversion rate
variance account for
distribution line pairs
MRC_EXCHANGE_DATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
currency conversion date pairs
MRC_EXCHANGE_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
currency conversion rate pairs
MRC_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
currency conversion rate type
pairs
MRC_RECEIPT_CONVERSION_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
reporting set of books id,
currency conversion rate from
receipt currency to reporting
functional currency pairs
DIST_MATCH_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Flag that indicates type of
distribution match
RCV_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Receipt identifier for receipt
matched invoice distributions
INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier for this
table
PARENT_REVERSAL_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Invoice distribution identifier
for distribution being reversed
by the current distribution
TAX_RECOVERY_RATE NULL NUMBER Tax recovery rate for
distribution. Used when
partially recoverable tax is
enabled
TAX_RECOVERY_OVERRIDE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Y or N indicates if the user
overwrote the default tax
recovery rate. If the user
overwrote the recovery rate,
this overwritten rate is
recorded and should not be
re–default. Null indicates no
nonrecoverable tax enabled
TAX_RECOVERABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether this tax line
is recoverable or not. Used for
tax lines
TAX_CODE_OVERRIDE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if the user overwrote
the tax code. (Y or N). Tax
code is not redefaulted after
user overwrites it
TAX_CODE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) The tax code that was used on
this distribution for the
invoice date
PA_CC_AR_INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier of the corresponding
receivable intercompany invoice
in Oracle Receivables
PA_CC_AR_INVOICE_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER(15) Line number of the
corresponding receivable
intercompany invoice in Oracle
Receivables
PA_CC_PROCESSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates the processing status
of this invoice line by Oracle
Projects in the Receiver
Operating Unit
MERCHANT_DOCUMENT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(80) Third party document number.
Used for Expense Reports
MERCHANT_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Third party name. Used for
Expense Reports
MERCHANT_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Third party reference. Used
for Expense Reports
MERCHANT_TAX_REG_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(80) Third party tax registration
number. Used for Expense
Reports
MERCHANT_TAXPAYER_ID NULL VARCHAR2(80) Third party tax identification
number. Used for Expense
Reports
COUNTRY_OF_SUPPLY NULL VARCHAR2(5) Country where services or goods
were originated. Used for
Expense Reports
MATCHED_UOM_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) UOM used for the quantity
invoiced during matching of
this distributions
GMS_BURDENABLE_RAW_COST NULL NUMBER(22,5) Burdenable Raw Cost
ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting event identifier.
Refers to the accounting event
that accounted for the
distribution
PREPAY_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Invoice distribution identifier
for the distribution on the
prepayment that originated the
prepayment application
represented by the current
distribution
CREDIT_CARD_TRX_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Credit card transaction
identifier
UPGRADE_POSTED_AMT NULL NUMBER This column is only used during
the upgrade t create
accounting entries for Cash
basis accounting
UPGRADE_BASE_POSTED_AMT NULL NUMBER This column is only used during
the upgrade t create
accounting entries for Cash
basis accounting
INVENTORY_TRANSFER_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(1) Inventory transfer status
indicates whether the invoice
distribution has been processed
by the transfer invoice
variance program. A value of
’N’ indicates that the
distribution has not been
transferred. A value of NULL
indicates that either the
distribution was transferred or
is not eligible for transfer to
inventory valuation. The
default value of this column at
the time of distribution
creation is ’N’

COMPANY_PREPAID_INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Invoice ID when this line is an
prepaid credit card transaction
CC_REVERSAL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Invoice ID when this line is an
prepaid credit card transaction
PREPAY_TAX_PARENT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) ID of basis for tax calculation
AWT_WITHHELD_AMT NULL NUMBER Stores AWT withheld amount
INVOICE_INCLUDES_PREPAY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Prepayment included in invoice
amount
Indexes
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 RATE_VAR_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N11 NOT UNIQUE 1 PRICE_VAR_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N12 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_INVOICE_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N13 NOT UNIQUE 1 PROJECT_ID
2 TASK_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N14 NOT UNIQUE 1 PA_ADDITION_FLAG
3 PROJECT_ID
5 REQUEST_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N15 NOT UNIQUE 1 AWT_INVOICE_PAYMENT_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N16 NOT UNIQUE 2 AWT_INVOICE_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N17 NOT UNIQUE 5 RCV_TRANSACTION_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N18 NOT UNIQUE 5 ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N19 NOT UNIQUE 5 INVENTORY_TRANSFER_STATUS
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 POSTED_FLAG
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N20 NOT UNIQUE 5 PREPAY_DISTRIBUTION_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 DIST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 ACCOUNTING_DATE
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 BATCH_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 ASSETS_ADDITION_FLAG
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 ACCRUAL_POSTED_FLAG
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_N9 NOT UNIQUE 1 CASH_POSTED_FLAG
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVOICE_ID
2 DISTRIBUTION_LINE_NUMBER
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_U2 UNIQUE 5 INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID
Sequences
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_S INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : AX_AP_INVOICE_DIST_ARU1

Trigger Time : AFTER
Trigger Level : ROW
Trigger Event : UPDATE
This trigger captures information needed to create subledger accounting events when Oracle
Payables and the set of books used is defined as a subledger in the Global Accounting Engine
application. This trigger may insert/update/delete rows in the AX_DOCUMENT_STATUSES and
AX_EVENTS tables. This trigger captures accounting events related to Oracle Payables invoices.
It fires right after each invoice distribution line?s matching status, accrual posting flag, or
accounting date is changed.
Trigger Name : AX_AP_INVOICE_DIST_ARDI1
Trigger Level : ROW
Trigger Event : INSERT, DELETE
Payables and the set of books used is defined as a subledger in the Global Accounting Engine
application. This trigger may insert/update/delete rows in the AX_DOCUMENT_STATUSES and
AX_EVENTS tables. This trigger captures accounting events related to Oracle Payables invoices.
It fires right after each invoice distribution line is created or deleted.
Trigger Name : AP_MRC_INVOICE_DISTS_BIUD

Trigger Time : BEFORE
Trigger Level : ROW
Trigger Event : INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE
This MRC trigger exists only when you install the Multiple Reporting Currencies feature. It
is executed when you perform an insert, update, or delete statement on the table
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL.
For each record being inserted/updated/deleted in AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL, this trigger
inserts/updates/deletes corresponding reporting currency records in the MRC subtable,
AP_MC_INVOICE_DISTS. In addition, this trigger also populates the MRC VARCHAR2 columns in
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL.
Trigger Name : JL_BR_AP_TAX_HOLDS

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger prevents Payables from automatically creating ”Tax Variance” and ”Tax Amount
Range” holds when Brazilian taxes exist.
This trigger is installed and active only if Latin American Localizations have been installed.
The validation is performed when the current country is Brazil.

AP_TAX_CODES_ALL
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL contains information about the tax codes you

define. You need one row for each tax code you want to use when
entering invoices. When you enter invoices, you can use a list of values
to select a tax code defined in this table. Your Oracle Payables
application also uses TAX_RATE to calculate use tax when you enter a
taxable amount for an invoice.
This table corresponds to the Tax Names window.
Foreign Keys
AP_OTHER_PERIOD_TYPES PERIOD_TYPE AWT_PERIOD_TYPE
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL TAX_ID OFFSET_TAX_CODE_ID
AP_TAX_RECVRY_RULES_ALL RULE_ID TAX_RECOVERY_RULE_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TAX_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
PO_VENDORS VENDOR_ID AWT_VENDOR_ID
PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL VENDOR_SITE_ID AWT_VENDOR_SITE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
TAX_TYPE TAX TYPE AP_LOOKUP_CODES
OFFSET Offset Tax Code
SALES Sales Tax
USE Use Tax
Column Descriptions
NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Tax code name
TAX_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Tax code identifier
TAX_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of tax code (for example,
SALES or USE)
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Set of Books identifier
TAX_RATE NULL NUMBER Tax rate
TAX_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Flexfield identifier
for tax expense account
INACTIVE_DATE NULL DATE Inactive date
defining column
AWT_VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Tax authority supplier
identifier
AWT_VENDOR_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Tax authority supplier site
identifier
AWT_PERIOD_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Foreign key to AP_OTHER
_PERIOD_TYPES; used in
conjunction with period limit
AWT_PERIOD_LIMIT NULL NUMBER Amount limit for withheld
amount per supplier
RANGE_AMOUNT_BASIS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicates whether amount ranges
apply to amount subject to
withholding or to the amount
withheld
RANGE_PERIOD_BASIS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicates whether amount ranges
apply to the amount withheld
to–date per period or to the
amount per invoice
ORG_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Organization identifier
VAT_TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) VAT transaction type
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
WEB_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates if Tax Name
is enabled for Self–Service
Expenses
TAX_RECOVERY_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) A tax recovery rule identifier
assigned to this tax code.
Foreign Key to
AP_TAX_RECVRY_RULES_ALL,
reference RULE_ID
TAX_RECOVERY_RATE NULL NUMBER Tax recovery rate assigned to
this tax code as an alternative
to a tax recovery rule
START_DATE NULL DATE Effective start date for this
tax code
ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Enabled flag for this tax code.
This provides additional
flexibility for effective date
handling across tax codes
AWT_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Specifies the type of rate for
a withholding tax (F – Flat
rate, P – Period limit, R –
Amount ranges)
OFFSET_TAX_CODE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Tax Code ID for related offset
tax
Indexes
AP_TAX_CODES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 NAME
AP_TAX_CODES_U1 UNIQUE 1 TAX_ID
Sequences
AP_TAX_CODES_S TAX_ID
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS stores the alternate designators

that you use to define alternate bills of material and routings.
You cannot use the alternate designator to define an alternate bill or
routing after its DISABLE_DATE.
Foreign Keys
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
Column Descriptions
ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator code
ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Organization identifier
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard Who column
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Disable date
defining column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent Who column
Indexes
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_ALL_V
View based on BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS table. Main

columns are ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE, DESCRIPTION,
DISABLE_DATE, and ORGANIZATION_ID. No records are filtered
out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_ALL_V
as SELECT
BAD.ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE,
BAD.DESCRIPTION,
BAD.DISABLE_DATE,
BAD.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BAD.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BAD.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BAD.CREATION_DATE,
BAD.CREATED_BY,
BAD.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE1,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE2,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE3,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE4,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE5,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE6,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE7,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE8,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE9,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE10,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE11,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE12,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE13,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE14,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE15,
BAD.REQUEST_ID,
BAD.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BAD.PROGRAM_ID,
BAD.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE
FROM BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS BAD
Column Descriptions
ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator code
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Organization identifier
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who database
defining column

BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_VAL_V
View based on BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS table. Main

columns are ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE, DESCRIPTION,
DISABLE_DATE, and ORGANIZATION_ID. Disabled records are
filtered out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_VAL_V
as SELECT
BAD.ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE,
BAD.DESCRIPTION,
BAD.DISABLE_DATE,
BAD.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BAD.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BAD.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BAD.CREATION_DATE,
BAD.CREATED_BY,
BAD.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE1,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE2,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE3,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE4,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE5,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE6,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE7,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE8,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE9,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE10,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE11,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE12,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE13,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE14,
BAD.ATTRIBUTE15,
BAD.REQUEST_ID,
BAD.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BAD.PROGRAM_ID,
BAD.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE
FROM BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS BAD
WHERE trunc(nvl(disable_date, sysdate + 1)) > trunc(sysdate)
Column Descriptions
ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator code
defining column

BOM_ATO_CONFIGURATIONS
BOM_ATO_CONFIGURATIONS stores information about configuration

items. Each configuration item is associated with a base model and has
a list of options and option classes chosen for the configuration. It also
contains the quantities of components per configuration item. The last
referenced date indicates the most recent date on which a duplicate
configuration was found by the AutoCreate Configuration program.
Column Descriptions
CONFIG_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Configuration item identifier
BASE_MODEL_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Base model identifier
COMPONENT_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Component item identifier
COMPONENT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Concatenated string of item
identifiers
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity per of component
LAST_REFERENCED_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last referenced date of the
configured item
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column
CFM_ROUTING_FLAG NULL NUMBER
Indexes
BOM_ATO_CONFIGURATIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 BASE_MODEL_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
4 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_ATO_CONFIGURATIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 CONFIG_ITEM_ID
2 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS stores information about manufacturing

and engineering bills of material. Each row in this table represents a
unique manufacturing or engineering bill and is identified by
BILL_SEQUENCE_ID.
Oracle Bills of Material stores planning bills, model/option structures
and standard bills in this table. The item’s BOM_ITEM_TYPE attribute
dictates the type of bill of material defined in this table. There is no
identifier in this table that differentiates planning, model, option class,
standard bills or product families.
If a bill shares its structure with another bill in the same or a different
organization, COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID refers to that common
bill. This is a mandatory column that equals BILL_SEQUENCE_ID if
there is no common bill reference.
If an engineering change order creates a new bill of material for an item,
PENDING_FROM_ECN stores the ECO number that originates this new
bill.
Foreign Keys
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR
ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS BILL_SEQUENCE_ID COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
ENG_ENGINEERING_CHANGES CHANGE_NOTICE PENDING_FROM_ECN
HR_ALL_ORGANIZATION_UNITS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B ORGANIZATION_ID COMMON_ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
QuickCodes Columns
ASSEMBLY_TYPE ECG_BOM_COMP_SEL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Manufacturing
2 Engineering
Column Descriptions
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier of
manufactured assembly
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator code

COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier of
common bill
SPECIFIC_ASSEMBLY_COMMENT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Specific bill of material
comment
PENDING_FROM_ECN NULL VARCHAR2(10) Change notice that created this
bill of material
defining column
ASSEMBLY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Assembly type: 1=Manufacturing
bill 2=Engineering bill
COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of common bill
BILL_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Bill of material unique
identifier
COMMON_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier of
common bill
NEXT_EXPLODE_DATE NULL DATE Next date when pre–explosion
will be refreshed
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project Identifier for Project
Manufacturing
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Task identifier for Project
Manufacturing
ORIGINAL_SYSTEM_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50)
Indexes
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_U2 UNIQUE 2 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
Sequences
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_S BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : BOMTBOMX

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger updates the REXPLODE_FLAG in the BOM_EXPLOSIONS table for the INSERT, UPDATE or
DELETE of a row. For a product family this trigger nulls out the PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID column
in the MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS table for DELETES.

BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Group program to archive deleted Bills of Material.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Manufacturing
2 Engineering
Column Descriptions
COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier of
common bill
comment
bill of material
defining column
ASSEMBLY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Assembly Type: 1=Manufacturing
COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of common bill
identifier
common bill
will be refreshed
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project identifier for Project
Manufacturing
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Task_identifier for Project
Manufacturing
ORIGINAL_SYSTEM_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Original system that data for
the current record has come
from
Sequences
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_S BILL_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE temporarily stores bills of material

before loading information into Oracle Bills of Material. This table
contains user friendly columns which allow you to easily enter your
data as well as their corresponding foreign keys. Oracle Bills of Material
will derive column values you do not enter, after performing the proper
validation. For example, you enter the ORGANIZATION_CODE and
Oracle Bills of Material will fill in the corresponding
ORGANIZATION_ID for you.
Also, if you enter REVISION, Oracle Bills of Material will insert a record
into MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS for your bill item.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Manufacturing
2 Engineering
PROCESS_FLAG BOM_INTERFACE_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Awaiting validation
2 Validation started
3 Validation failed
4 Validation succeeded
5 Processing started
6 Processing failed
7 Processing succeeded
Column Descriptions
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier of
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
CREATED_BY NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier of
common assembly
comment
bill
defining column
ASSEMBLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Assembly Type: 1=Manufacturing
COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique bill identifier for
common bill
BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Bill of material unique
identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand source line – used for
ATO
SET_ID NULL VARCHAR2(10) Set identifier – used for ATO
common organization
DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Demand source type – used for
ATO
DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Demand source header identifier
– used for ATO
TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Row identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Row status
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviation of organization
name
COMMON_ORG_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviation of common
organization name
ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated bill item segments
COMMON_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated common bill item
segments
will be refreshed
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Bill revision
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Type of action: CREATE,
UPDATE, or DELETE
Indexes
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 SET_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

BOM_CALENDARS
BOM_CALENDARS stores the definition of your workday calendar.

You can follow any of the four following type of quarters for your yearly
calendar identified by Quarterly Calendar Type
1. 4–4–5 : quarterly pattern having two 4 weeks followed
by a 5 week period
2. 5–4–4 : one 5 week followed by two 4 week periods
3. 13 periods : for calendar year
4. regular months of calendar year
QuickCodes Columns
QUARTERLY_CALENDAR_TYPE BOM_CALENDAR_QT MFG_LOOKUPS
1 445 weekly quarter pattern
2 544 weekly quarter pattern
3 Regular calendar months
4 13 period calendar
Column Descriptions
CALENDAR_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Workday calendar identifier
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
QUARTERLY_CALENDAR_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Quarterly Calendar Type Code
DAYS_ON NULL NUMBER Number of consecutive working
days
DAYS_OFF NULL NUMBER Number of consecutive
non–working days
CALENDAR_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Beginning date for the calendar
CALENDAR_END_DATE NOT NULL DATE Ending date for the calendar
defining column
DATABASE_IN_SYNC NULL VARCHAR2(1) Compiled calendar is up to date
with the database (yes/no)
Indexes
BOM_CALENDARS_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE

BOM_CALENDAR_DATES
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES stores data compiled by the workday

calendar for the base calendar. This table stores every date between the
calendar start date and calendar end date for the given calendar using a
specified exception set.
The workday calendar program sequences each work day for the
calendar, starting with 1. Non–working days have NULL values for
SEQ_NUM. PRIOR_SEQ_NUM and NEXT_SEQ_NUM point to the
previous and next workdays. For rows that represent workdays, prior
equals next. For non–working days prior points to previous workday
and next points to next workday.
Foreign Keys
BOM_CALENDARS CALENDAR_CODE CALENDAR_CODE
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS EXCEPTION_SET_ID EXCEPTION_SET_ID
Column Descriptions
EXCEPTION_SET_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Exception set unique identifier
CALENDAR_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Calendar date
SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number (for working
days only)
NEXT_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Next sequence number
PRIOR_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Prior sequence number
NEXT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date corresponding to next
sequence number
PRIOR_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date corresponding to prior
sequence number
Indexes
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 NEXT_DATE
2 CALENDAR_CODE
3 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PRIOR_DATE
2 CALENDAR_CODE
3 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SEQ_NUM
2 CALENDAR_DATE
3 CALENDAR_CODE
4 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
Indexes (Continued)
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_DATE
2 CALENDAR_CODE
3 EXCEPTION_SET_ID

BOM_CALENDAR_EXCEPTIONS
BOM_CALENDAR_EXCEPTIONS stores exception dates for a calendar.

You can define these exception dates to be working or non–working
days. The workday calendar program uses this information to generate
your workday calendar.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
EXCEPTION_TYPE BOM_ON_OFF MFG_LOOKUPS
1 On
2 Off
Column Descriptions
EXCEPTION_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Exception date
EXCEPTION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Exception type (1 for On and 2
for Off)
defining column
Indexes
BOM_CALENDAR_EXCEPTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
3 EXCEPTION_DATE

BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS
BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS stores the shift information that you define

for a calendar (CALENDAR_CODE). You define each shift
(SHIFT_NUM), its description (DESCRIPTION), and shift workday
pattern (DAYS ON and DAYS OFF). A calendar can have multiple
shifts, each having its own workday pattern and exception dates. Each
shift also has its own shift times. The workday calendar program
generates a shift calendar for every shift you define.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
SHIFT_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Shift number
DAYS_ON NULL NUMBER Number of consecutive working
days
DAYS_OFF NULL NUMBER Number of consecutive
non–working days
defining column
Indexes
BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 SHIFT_NUM

BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES
BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES stores all the weeks between the

calendar start date and calendar end date for a calendar and exception
set. All calendar week start dates are valid work days. A sequence is
generated beginning from the first week start date. The next week start
date and prior week start date are also stored in this table.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
WEEK_START_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Week start date
NEXT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date corresponding to the next
working date
PRIOR_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date corresponding to the prior
working date
SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Sequence number (for working
days)
Indexes
BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
3 WEEK_START_DATE
BOM_CAL_YEAR_START_DATES
BOM_CAL_YEAR_START_DATES stores the year start dates for your

calendar and exception set.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
YEAR_START_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Calendar year start date
Indexes
BOM_CAL_YEAR_START_DATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
3 YEAR_START_DATE

BOM_CMYTEMP
Column Descriptions
PROGRAM_UPDATED_DATE NULL DATE Concurrent Who column
BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP
BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP stores information about a comparison of

two bills of material. This table is used by both Oracle Bills of Material
and Oracle Engineering for the View Bill of Material Comparison
window and the Bill of Material Comparison report.
Each row may have ASSEMBLY_ID1, or ASSEMBLY_ID2, or both the
columns populated. If ASSEMBLY_ID1 alone is populated it means that
component is unique to the first bill in the comparison. If
ASSEMBLY_ID2 alone is populated it means that component is unique
to the second bill in the comparison. If ASSEMBLY_ID1 and
ASSEMBLY_ID2 are both populated, it means that component is
common to the two bills being compared.
SEQUENCE_ID is the unique key to this table for a given execution of
an inquiry or report. It contains the next available sequence number
from the sequence BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP_S.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ID1
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ID2
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID1
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID2
Column Descriptions
SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Unique ID used to identify the
results of a comparison of two
bills of material
ASSEMBLY_ID1 NULL NUMBER First assembly identifier
ASSEMBLY_ID2 NULL NUMBER Second assembly identifier
ITEM_NUM NULL NUMBER Item sequence within bill of
material structure, which
overrides operation sequence
number as basis for BOM sorts
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of component in parent
assembly
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number
COMPONENT_YIELD_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Factor by which a quantity is
multiplied to obtain component
yield
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Effective date
IMPLEMENTATION_DATE NULL DATE Date on which engineering
change will be implemented
PLANNING_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Planning factor
OPTIONAL NULL NUMBER Optional (yes or no)

COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID1 NULL NUMBER Component sequence ID in first
bill of material
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID2 NULL NUMBER Component sequence ID in second
bill of material
Indexes
BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SEQUENCE_ID
Sequences
BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP_S SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_CONFIG_EXPLOSIONS
This table contains temporary copies of rows in BOM_EXPLOSIONS.

This is so the Configurator window can perform updates on exploded
bills of material without effecting pre–explosions.
Column Descriptions
TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Top Bill Sequence Identifier
BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Bill of material unique
identifier
EXPLOSION_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(20) Optional, Included or All
components
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Component unique identifier
COMPONENT_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Component item identifier
PLAN_LEVEL NOT NULL NUMBER Level in bill
EXTENDED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Extended quantity including
quantity per, yield, and
shrinkage
SORT_ORDER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Sorting sequence for the
explosion
CREATION_DATE NULL DATE Who column
CREATED_BY NULL NUMBER Who Column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NULL NUMBER Who column
GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Explosion identifier
SESSION_ID NULL NUMBER Session identifier
SELECT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Whether this component has been
ordered
SELECT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Order quantity
TOP_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item identifier of level 0 item
CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
SYSTEM_ID NULL NUMBER System–generated identifier of
order header
HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER System–generated identifier of
order header
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER System–generated identifier of
order, configuration or
shipment schedule line

ITEM_SVRID NULL NUMBER System–generated identifier of
order header
LIST_PRICE NULL NUMBER The price of the item on the
price list
SELLING_PRICE NULL NUMBER Actual price charged to
customer
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of component in bill
of material
SO_BASIS NULL NUMBER Quantity basis used by Oracle
Order Entry to determine how
many units of component to put
on an order
OPTIONAL NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
optional in bill of material
MUTUALLY_EXCLUSIVE_OPTIONS NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if one or more
children of component can be
picked when taking an order
CHECK_ATP NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if ATP check is
required
SHIPPING_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
allowed to ship
REQUIRED_TO_SHIP NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
required to ship
REQUIRED_FOR_REVENUE NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
required for revenue
INCLUDE_ON_SHIP_DOCS NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
included on shipping documents
INCLUDE_ON_BILL_DOCS NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
included on billing documents
LOW_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Minimum quantity allowed on an
order
HIGH_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Maximum quantity allowed on an
order
PICK_COMPONENTS NULL NUMBER (not currently used)
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure code of
component
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure of component
BASE_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Base item identifier
ATP_COMPONENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item
may have components requiring
ATP check
ATP_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating ATP must be
checked when item is ordered
BOM_ITEM_TYPE NULL NUMBER Type of item
PICK_COMPONENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating all shippable
components of should be picked
REPLENISH_TO_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Assemble to order flag
SHIPPABLE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating shippable item
CUSTOMER_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating customer
orderable item
INTERNAL_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating internally
orderable item
CUSTOMER_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
customer orderable
INTERNAL_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
internally orderable
SO_TRANSACTIONS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Sales order transactions flag
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier
CONFIGURATOR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating if component is
used by the configurator form
PRICE_LIST_ID NULL NUMBER System–generated identifier of
price list
ROUNDING_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Rounding factor used to
determine order quantity
PRICING_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) User defined attribute that
adjusts the list price of an
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
COMPONENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(1000) Concatenation of component item
identifiers
LOOP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates whether a loop is
detected
PARENT_BOM_ITEM_TYPE NULL NUMBER Parent item’s bom item type
ITEM_NUM NULL NUMBER Item unit cost

change order was implemented
REXPLODE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether to
re–explode
COMMON_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Common bill of material unique
identifier
COMP_BILL_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Bill Sequence identifier of
component
COMP_COMMON_BILL_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Common bill sequence id of
component
NUM_COL1 NULL NUMBER Updatable column for
Configurator
Configurator
Configurator
DATE_COL1 NULL DATE Updatable column for
Configurator
Configurator
Configurator
CHAR_COL1 NULL VARCHAR2(80) Updatable column for
Configurator
Configurator
Configurator
PREVIOUS_SELECTED_QTY NULL NUMBER This column is no longer used.
AUTO_SELECTED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER This column is no longer used.
SELECTED_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER This column is no longer used.
CONFIG_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER This column is no longer used.
CONFIG_REV_NBR NULL NUMBER This column is no longer used.
Indexes
BOM_CONFIG_EXPLOSIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
BOM_CONFIG_EXPLOSIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 SESSION_ID
BOM_CTO_ORDER_DEMAND
Column Descriptions
BCOD_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
OE_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
ATO_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
REQUIRED_DATE NOT NULL DATE
REQUIRED_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
ORDER_QUANTITY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3)
HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER
PARENT_DEMAND_TYPE NULL NUMBER(1)
FORECAST_VISIBLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1)
DEMAND_VISIBLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1)
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER
LAST_UPDATED_DATE NOT NULL DATE
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE
Indexes
BOM_CTO_ORDER_DEMAND_N1 NOT UNIQUE 5 OE_LINE_ID
BOM_CTO_ORDER_DEMAND_N2 NOT UNIQUE 5 ATO_LINE_ID
BOM_CTO_ORDER_DEMAND_U1 NOT UNIQUE 5 BCOD_LINE_ID

BOM_CTO_ORDER_LINES
bom cto order lines
QuickCodes Columns
PERFORM_MATCH YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
Column Descriptions
ATO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER(10)
BATCH_ID NULL VARCHAR2(30)
BOM_ITEM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
COMPONENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(1000)
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER
CONFIG_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER(20)
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER(20)
ITEM_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
LINK_TO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER(10)
ORDERED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER
ORDER_QUANTITY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3)
PARENT_ATO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER(10)
PERFORM_MATCH NULL VARCHAR2(1)
PLAN_LEVEL NULL NUMBER
SCHEDULE_SHIP_DATE NULL DATE
SHIP_FROM_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER(10)
TOP_MODEL_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
Indexes
BOM_CTO_ORDER_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TOP_MODEL_LINE_ID
BOM_CTO_ORDER_LINES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_ATO_LINE_ID
BOM_CTO_ORDER_LINES_U1 NOT UNIQUE 5 LINE_ID
BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS
BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS
QuickCodes Columns
COST_ROLLUP YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CREATE_BOM YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CREATE_SRC_RULES YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
Column Descriptions
CONFIG_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER(20)
COST_ROLLUP NULL VARCHAR2(1)
CREATE_BOM NULL VARCHAR2(1)
CREATE_SRC_RULES NULL VARCHAR2(1)
LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
MODEL_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER(20)
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
ORGANIZATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER(10)
RANK NULL NUMBER(10)
RCV_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER(10)
TOP_MODEL_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10)
Indexes
BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 10 LINE_ID
20 MODEL_ITEM_ID
30 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TOP_MODEL_LINE_ID

BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES stores information about items, bills, or

routings you choose to delete in your delete group.
Oracle Bills of Material stores the item number and description of the
item you delete in ITEM_CONCAT_SEGMENTS and
ITEM_DESCRIPTION. These values are stored to report and query on if
you delete the item.
PRIOR_PROCESS_FLAG stores whether the row originates from the
user or is automatically created by Oracle Bills of Material. If a user
entered the row, the Delete Item User–exit process does not affect the
row.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS BILL_SEQUENCE_ID BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE BOM_DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Bill of material
3 Routing
4 Component
5 Operation
DELETE_STATUS_TYPE BOM_DELETE_STATUS_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Pending
2 Check ok
3 Error
4 Deleted
PRIOR_COMMIT_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
PRIOR_PROCESS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Delete entity unique identifier
DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Delete group unique identifier
DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Type of delete entity
identifier
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Routing unique identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item unique identifier

ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator of bom or
routing being deleted
ITEM_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Item description
ITEM_CONCAT_SEGMENTS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Item concatenated key flexfield
segments
DELETE_STATUS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Delete entity status
DELETE_DATE NULL DATE Date entity was deleted
PRIOR_PROCESS_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether this row has
been exploded into its bill or
routings for child
organizations
PRIOR_COMMIT_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the row is user
entered or loaded automatically
Indexes
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID
Sequences
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES_S DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_DELETE_ERRORS
BOM_DELETE_ERRORS stores information about constraints that are

violated for every entity that you try to delete. Oracle Bills of Material
retrieves the translated error message using the message name
associated with every failed constraint.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_DELETE_SQL_STATEMENTS SQL_STATEMENT_NAME SQL_STATEMENT_NAME
BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
Column Descriptions
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Component unique identifier
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Routing operation unique
identifier
ERROR_SEQUENCE_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Error sequence number
SQL_STATEMENT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Name of failed sql statement
Indexes
BOM_DELETE_ERRORS_U1 UNIQUE 1 DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID
2 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
4 ERROR_SEQUENCE_NUMBER

BOM_DELETE_GROUPS
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS stores header information about the group of

entities you want to delete.
You can group items, bills, routings , operations, components, bill and
routings, or items, bills and routings in a single group.
QuickCodes Columns
ACTION_TYPE BOM_DELETE_ACTION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Check
2 Delete
DELETE_TYPE BOM_DELETE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Bill of material
3 Routing
4 Component
5 Operation
6 Bill and routing
7 Item, bill and routing
ENGINEERING_FLAG BOM_NO_YES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No
2 Yes
Column Descriptions
DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Group unique identifier
DELETE_GROUP_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10)
Name of the delete group
DELETE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of delete
ACTION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of action
DATE_LAST_SUBMITTED NULL DATE Date the concurrent program was
last submitted
ENGINEERING_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether the delete group is for
engineering or manufacturing
entities
DELETE_COMMON_BILL_FLAG NULL NUMBER(1) Common Bill Flag
DELETE_ORG_TYPE NULL NUMBER Organization Type
ORGANIZATION_HIERARCHY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Organization Hierarchy Name

Indexes
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS_U1 UNIQUE 1 DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 DELETE_GROUP_NAME
Sequences
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS_S DELETE_GROUP_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_DELETE_SQL_STATEMENTS
This table stores information about delete statements and constraints.

Oracle Bills of Material provides you with a pre–defined set of
constraints to maintain data integrity. You should not delete these
constraints. You can add your own constraints using the Define Delete
Constraints (BOMFDCON) window. Oracle Bills of Material also stores
delete sql statements that the Delete program (BMCDEL) uses to purge
data from the database.
QuickCodes Columns
ACTIVE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE BOM_DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Bill of material
3 Routing
4 Component
5 Operation
DELETE_ON_SUCCESS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
PREDEFINED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
SQL_STATEMENT_TYPE BOM_DELETE_SQL_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Constraint
2 Delete
Column Descriptions
SQL_STATEMENT_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Name that uniquely identifies a
sql statement
SQL_STATEMENT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of sql statement
ACTIVE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether this sql
statement is active
DELETE_ON_SUCCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER For a constraint, indicate
whether delete should occur
when sql statement succeeds
(returns rows) or whether
delete should occur when sql
statement fails (returns no
rows)
DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of delete entity
MESSAGE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of the message to be
produced when the sql statement
fails
SQL_STATEMENT NULL LONG Sql statement

SEQUENCE_NUMBER NOT NULL NUMBER Number that identifies the
sequence in which the
constraints or deletes for this
delete entity type will execute
ARCHIVE_TABLE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(32) For delete statements, name of
table to archive deleted rows
PREDEFINED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if constraint is
seeded or user defined
Indexes
BOM_DELETE_SQL_STATEMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 SQL_STATEMENT_NAME
BOM_DELETE_SQL_STATEMENTS_U2 UNIQUE 1 SQL_STATEMENT_TYPE
2 DELETE_ENTITY_TYPE
3 SEQUENCE_NUMBER

BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES
BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES stores information about components

and operations that you select to delete.
Oracle Bills of Material stores the concatenated component segments, to
refer to the part number, if you delete the component item.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
DELETE_STATUS_TYPE BOM_DELETE_STATUS_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Pending
2 Check ok
3 Error
4 Deleted
Column Descriptions
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Component unique identifier
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Routing operation unique
identifier
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NOT NULL DATE Effective date
FROM_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) From End Item Unit Number
COMPONENT_CONCAT_SEGMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Component item concatenated key
flexfield segments
ITEM_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number of the
component within the bill
TO_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) To End Item Unit Number
OPERATION_DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department in which the
operation takes place
DELETE_STATUS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Delete status
DELETE_DATE NULL DATE Date the sub–entity was deleted

Indexes
BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 DELETE_ENTITY_SEQUENCE_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_DEPARTMENTS
BOM_DEPARTMENTS stores department information. You cannot use

the department in an operation after its DISABLE_DATE.
DEPARTMENT_ID uniquely identifies each row. You can assign a
delivery location for each department if you use outside processing
resources.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL LOCATION_ID LOCATION_ID
Column Descriptions
DEPARTMENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Department unique identifier
DEPARTMENT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department code
DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department class code
defining column
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Location identifier
PA_EXPENDITURE_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier for the
expenditure organization
SCRAP_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Scrap account of department
EST_ABSORPTION_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Estimated scrap absorption
account

Indexes
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 DEPARTMENT_CODE
Sequences
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_S DEPARTMENT_ID

BOM_DEPARTMENTS_ALL_V
View based on BOM_DEPARTMENTS table. Main columns include

DEPARTMENT_ID, DEPARTMENT_CODE, DESCRIPTION,
DISABLE_DATE, ORGANIZATION_ID. No records are filtered out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_DEPARTMENTS_ALL_V
as SELECT
BD.DEPARTMENT_ID,
BD.DEPARTMENT_CODE,
BD.DESCRIPTION,
BD.DISABLE_DATE,
BD.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BD.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BD.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BD.CREATION_DATE,
BD.CREATED_BY,
BD.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BD.DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE,
BD.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BD.ATTRIBUTE1,
BD.ATTRIBUTE2,
BD.ATTRIBUTE3,
BD.ATTRIBUTE4,
BD.ATTRIBUTE5,
BD.ATTRIBUTE6,
BD.ATTRIBUTE7,
BD.ATTRIBUTE8,
BD.ATTRIBUTE9,
BD.ATTRIBUTE10,
BD.ATTRIBUTE11,
BD.ATTRIBUTE12,
BD.ATTRIBUTE13,
BD.ATTRIBUTE14,
BD.ATTRIBUTE15,
BD.REQUEST_ID,
BD.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BD.PROGRAM_ID,
BD.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE,
BD.LOCATION_ID
FROM BOM_DEPARTMENTS BD
Column Descriptions
DEPARTMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Department unique identifier

defining column
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Location unique identifier

BOM_DEPARTMENTS_VAL_V
View based on BOM_DEPARTMENTS table. Main columns include

DEPARTMENT_ID, DEPARTMENT_CODE, DESCRIPTION,
DISABLE_DATE, ORGANIZATION_ID. Disabled records are filtered
out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_DEPARTMENTS_VAL_V
as SELECT
BD.DEPARTMENT_ID,
BD.DEPARTMENT_CODE,
BD.DESCRIPTION,
BD.DISABLE_DATE,
BD.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BD.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BD.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BD.CREATION_DATE,
BD.CREATED_BY,
BD.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BD.DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE,
BD.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BD.ATTRIBUTE1,
BD.ATTRIBUTE2,
BD.ATTRIBUTE3,
BD.ATTRIBUTE4,
BD.ATTRIBUTE5,
BD.ATTRIBUTE6,
BD.ATTRIBUTE7,
BD.ATTRIBUTE8,
BD.ATTRIBUTE9,
BD.ATTRIBUTE10,
BD.ATTRIBUTE11,
BD.ATTRIBUTE12,
BD.ATTRIBUTE13,
BD.ATTRIBUTE14,
BD.ATTRIBUTE15,
BD.REQUEST_ID,
BD.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BD.PROGRAM_ID,
BD.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE,
BD.LOCATION_ID
FROM BOM_DEPARTMENTS BD
Column Descriptions

defining column

BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES
BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES stores information about department

classes which you can use to group departments.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department class code
defining column
Indexes
BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES_U1 UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_CLASS_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES stores information about resources

that you assign to a department. You then use these resources on routing
operations. You can define multiple resources for a department.
SHARE_CAPACITY_FLAG determines if the current department shares

its capacity with other departments. SHARE_FROM_DEPT_ID indicates
the department which shares the capacity shares of a resource with your
department.
You can use RESOURCE_GROUP_NAME to group resource

assignments to departments. Oracle Capacity uses this information
when performing resource rollups.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT_ID DEPARTMENT_ID
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES DEPARTMENT_ID SHARE_FROM_DEPT_ID
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID RESOURCE_ID
MRP_PLANNING_EXCEPTION_SETS EXCEPTION_SET_NAME EXCEPTION_SET_NAME
MTL_ATP_RULES RULE_ID ATP_RULE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
AVAILABLE_24_HOURS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
CTP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
SHARE_CAPACITY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Resource unique identifier
SHARE_CAPACITY_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Allow sharing of capacity
SHARE_FROM_DEPT_ID NULL NUMBER Share capacity from department
identifier
CAPACITY_UNITS NULL NUMBER Resource capacity
RESOURCE_GROUP_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Resource use category

AVAILABLE_24_HOURS_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Resource is available 24 hours
or by shifts
defining column
CTP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating capacity must
be checked when resource is
ordered
EXCEPTION_SET_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) Name of the exception set
ATP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of the available to
promise rule used
UTILIZATION NULL NUMBER Resource Utilization
EFFICIENCY NULL NUMBER Resource Efficiency
SCHEDULE_TO_INSTANCE NULL NUMBER Schedule To Instance
Indexes
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
2 RESOURCE_ID

BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS
BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS stores information about the

descriptive elements assigned to a bill of material. You can only assign
descriptive elements to model and option class bills of material. You can
choose from those defined in MTL_DESCRIPTIVE_ELEMENTS. For
model bills of material, you can only choose descriptive elements that
are in the model item’s catalog group.
The descriptive elements assigned to a bill of material are used to assign
descriptive element values to configuration items that are created for
model/option sales orders.
Foreign Keys
MTL_DESCRIPTIVE_ELEMENTS ELEMENT_NAME ELEMENT_NAME
Column Descriptions
identifier
ELEMENT_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive element name
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last update date
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Last updated by
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Creation date
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Created by
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Last update login
Indexes
BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
2 ELEMENT_NAME

BOM_DEPEND_DESC_ELEM_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Group program to archive deleted descriptive elements

assigned to model/option bills of material.
Column Descriptions
identifier
ELEMENT_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive element name
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last update date
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Last updated by
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Creation date
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Created by
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Last update login

BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES stores department resource instances

information.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES DEPARTMENT_ID DEPARTMENT_ID
RESOURCE_ID RESOURCE_ID
Column Descriptions
INSTANCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Instance Identifier
RESOURCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Resource unique identifier
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial Number
defining column
Indexes
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES_U1 UNIQUE 2 INSTANCE_ID
4 DEPARTMENT_ID
6 RESOURCE_ID
8 SERIAL_NUMBER
Sequences
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES_S INSTANCE_ID

BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS stores exception sets required to compile your

calendar.
Column Descriptions
EXCEPTION_SET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Exception set name
LAST_UPDATED_BY NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
defining column
Indexes
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS_U1 UNIQUE 1 EXCEPTION_SET_NAME
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS_U2 UNIQUE 1 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
Sequences
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS_S EXCEPTION_SET_ID

BOM_EXCEPTION_SET_DATES
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS_DATES stores the dates for the exception set
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
1 On
2 Off
Column Descriptions
EXCEPTION_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Specifies the date for the
exception
EXCEPTION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Specifies whether the exception
is an off day or an on day
defining column
Indexes
BOM_EXCEPTION_SET_DATES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 3 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
BOM_EXCEPTION_SET_DATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 EXCEPTION_DATE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID

BOM_EXPLOSIONS
This table contains permanent explosions of all model bills for use by
Oracle Order Management. It contains components with all effective
dates (within limits). There are three types of explosions: Optional,
Included, or Both. The types refer to whether the component is
mandatory or optional.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID TOP_ITEM_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
Column Descriptions
TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Bill identifier of level 0
items
identifier of parent
EXPLOSION_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(20) Optional, included or all
components
shrinkage
explosion
CREATION_DATE NULL DATE Who column
CREATED_BY NULL NUMBER Who column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NULL NUMBER Who column
TOP_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier of level 0 item
defining column

of material
Order Management to determine
how many units of component to
put on an order
required
allowed to ship
required to ship
order
order
component
ATP check
components should be picked
orderable item
orderable item
customer orderable
identifiers
detected

material structure
re–explode
identifier of parent
COMP_BILL_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Component’s bill sequence
identifier
COMP_COMMON_BILL_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Component’s common bill
sequence identifier
EXPLODE_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER (not used)
NUM_COL1 NULL NUMBER (not used)
DATE_COL1 NULL DATE (not used)
CHAR_COL1 NULL VARCHAR2(80) (not used)
Indexes
BOM_EXPLOSIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
2 EXPLOSION_TYPE
3 PLAN_LEVEL
4 EFFECTIVITY_DATE
5 DISABLE_DATE
BOM_EXPLOSIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMP_COMMON_BILL_SEQ_ID
2 TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
3 EXPLOSION_TYPE
BOM_EXPLOSIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
2 EXPLOSION_TYPE
3 REXPLODE_FLAG
BOM_EXPLOSIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_EXPLOSIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 EXPLODE_GROUP_ID
BOM_EXPLOSIONS_U1 UNIQUE 2 TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
4 EXPLOSION_TYPE
6 SORT_ORDER

BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP stores temporary, indented bill of material

structures for batch processes (Cost Rollup, Bill Structure Report) and
Oracle Order Management. The explosion process (BOMPEXPL)
populates this table when exploding a single or a range of bills of
material.
GROUP_ID identifies all rows generated from an explosion.

SESSION_ID groups a number of explosions. This is currently used
only by Oracle Order Management.
TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID is the bill sequence id of the exploded bill.
The explosion process constructs SORT_ORDER that correctly

determines the node of the row in the bill structure. You must order the
rows by SORT_ORDER to retrieve the correct bill structure. The
following information shows an example of how the sort order is
determined ( inventory_item_ids are in parentheses).
= A (11) |
+––––––+––––––+ | | B(12) C(13)
| | +––+––+ +––+––+ | |
| | D(14) E(15) F(16) G(17)
= Component Sort_order ––––––––– –––––––––– A 001

B 001001 C 001002 D 001001001 E
001001002 F 001002001 G 001002002
When you select and order by SORT_ORDER, you get: = A .B

..D ..E .C ..F ..G
Oracle Order Management uses COMPONENT_CODE to uniquely

identify the bill that uses a component. COMPONENT_CODE for
Oracle Order Management is built by concatenating
component_item_ids and using ’–’ as the delimiter.

The bill loop check process uses COMPONENT_CODE to detect loops.
COMPONENT_CODE store s the concatention of item ids down any
branch in the indented structure tree. The explosion process left pads
the ids with 0s up to 16 characters. For example:
= Component Component_code –––––––––

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
A 0000000000000011 B 0000000000000011000000000000012 C
0000000000000011000000000000013 D
0000000000000011000000000000012000000000000014 E
0000000000000011000000000000012000000000000015 F
0000000000000011000000000000013000000000000016 G
0000000000000011000000000000013000000000000017
The explosion and bill loop check processes set the LOOP_FLAG to 1, if
a loop is detected in the assembly.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS BILL_SEQUENCE_ID TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID TOP_ITEM_ID
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR TOP_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR
Column Descriptions
items
identifier
shrinkage
explosion

ordered
EXTEND_COST_FLAG NULL NUMBER Whether to extend cost for this
item
TOP_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator for level
0
defining column
order header
order, configuration or
price list
customer
COMPONENT_YIELD_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Component yield
ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Item unit cost
INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
to be used when rolling up
costs
BASED_ON_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether cost
will be rolled up
ACTUAL_COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Actual cost type identifier
of material
SHRINKAGE_RATE NULL NUMBER Planned shrinkage rate
put on an order
required
allowed to ship

required to ship
order
order
component
ATP check
components should be picked
orderable item
INTERNAL_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item has been
internally ordered
customer orderable
INTERNAL_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item can be
internally ordered
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
transactable
STOCK_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
stockable
price list
defining column
item
item
item

item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
identifiers
detected
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating item is an
inventory asset
PLANNING_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Factor used to multiply
component quantity with to
obtain planning quantity
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Supply type
material structure
SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Supply subinventory
SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supply locator identifier
COMPONENT_REMARKS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Component remarks
CHANGE_NOTICE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Engineering change order number
OPERATION_LEAD_TIME_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Operation offset from first
operation in routing

re–explode
identifier
Indexes
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
2 GROUP_ID
3 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
2 PLAN_LEVEL
3 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
2 LINE_ID
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 SESSION_ID
Sequences
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_S GROUP_ID
BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP_SESSION_S SESSION_ID

BOM_FORM_QUERY
Column Descriptions
QUERY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE – Retrofitted
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE – Retrofitted
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
DATE1 NULL DATE – Retrofitted
NUMBER1 NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
CHAR1 NULL VARCHAR2(80) – Retrofitted
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE – Retrofitted
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER – Retrofitted
Indexes
BOM_FORM_QUERY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 QUERY_ID
2 DATE1

BOM_IMPLOSION_TEMP
BOM_IMPLOSION_TEMP stores temporary information about where

an item is used in a bill of material structure. The item implosion
process generates this information by recursively travelling up the bill of
material structure. This table is used by the Item Where Used Report.
SEQUENCE_ID is the unique identifier for each implosion process.
LOWEST_ITEM_ID is the item that you are imploding.
CURRENT_ITEM_ID is the item id of the current row.
PARENT_ITEM_ID is the item id of the parent of the current item.
LOWEST_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR is the alternate of each first
level parent of the imploded item.
SORT_CODE stores information about a particular node in the indented
structure. You must order the rows by SORT_ORDER to retrieve the
correct bill structure. The following example shows how the sort order
is determined (inventory_item_ids are in parentheses).
A (11)
|
+––––––+––––––+
| |
B(12) C(13)
| |
+––––+––––+ +––––+––––+
| | | |
D(14) E(15) F(16) G(17)
|
F(16)
An implosion of item F will generate the following sort orders:

Item Sort Order
–––––––––– ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
F 001
D 001001
C 001002
B 001001001
A 001002001
A 001001001001
When you select and order by SORT_ORDER, you get:

F
.D
..B
...A
.C
..A

Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID CURRENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID PARENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR LOWEST_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS COMPONENT_ITEM_ID LOWEST_ITEM_ID
Column Descriptions
SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(22) Implosion identifier
LOWEST_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of item to implode
CURRENT_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier of current
component
PARENT_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier
ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate bom designator
CURRENT_LEVEL NOT NULL NUMBER Implosion level
SORT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Sort sequence
LOWEST_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate bom designator of
level 1 items
CURRENT_ASSEMBLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Assembly type
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Component quantity
REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Revised item unique identifier
IMPLEMENTED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicator if component row is
implemented or pending
Indexes
BOM_IMPLOSION_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SEQUENCE_ID
2 CURRENT_LEVEL
3 PARENT_ITEM_ID
Sequences
BOM_IMPLOSION_TEMP_S SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_INTERFACE_DELETE_GROUPS
BOM_INTERFACE_DELETE_GROUPS contains the default delete

group names for bills, components, routings, and operations. These
names are used when the Bill, Routing, and ECO Open Interfaces are
instructed to delete these type of objects.
Column Descriptions
ENTITY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Name of the entity the delete
group name is used for. The
values in this column can only
be:
BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE,
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_INTERFACE,
BOM_OP_ ROUTINGS_INTERFACE, or
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE
DELETE_GROUP_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Delete group name for the
entity type you are deleting
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the delete group
Indexes
BOM_INTERFACE_DELETE_GROUPS_U1 UNIQUE 2 ENTITY_NAME

BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS stores information about bills of

material components. This table only stores single–level components.
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID uniquely identifies each row. There is
one row per component on an operation within a given date range.
This table is the main child table of BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS and

references the parent using BILL_SEQUENCE_ID. It uses
EFFECTIVITY_DATE and DISABLE_DATE to time phase components
into a bill of material. The Bill of Material window enforces that only
one row for a component in an operation is effective at a given time.
REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID points to the revised item on an ECO

that affects a particular component row. If IMPLEMENTATION_DATE
is null, the component is pending on an engineering change that has not
yet been implemented. IMPLEMENTATION_DATE is either NULL
(pending on ECO) or equals EFFECTIVITY_DATE (implemented).
OLD_COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID points to the original component
row affected by this component row through an engineering change.
This table also contains certain columns relating to shipping, billing and
accounting for revenue on a customer order through Oracle Order
Management. CHECK_ATP determines if an ATP check is required for
this item when placing an order and overrides the Item level ATP flag.
LOW_QUANTITY and HIGH_QUANTITY define minimum and
maximum quantities of this component item that can be placed on an
order if the customer chooses to override COMPONENT_QUANTITY.
OPTIONAL decides if a component is a required option class you have
to choose from (for Option Class items) or a required item (for Standard
items) when taking an order. For Option Class items,
MUTUALLY_EXCLUSIVE_OPTIONS decides if one or more of its
components can be placed on an order when you pick this option class.
OPERATION_LEAD_TIME_PERCENT is denormalized for

performance from BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES when rolling up
cumulative leadtimes.
The ORGANIZATION_ID for the component can be derived from the

BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS table using BILL_SEQUENCE_ID.
Foreign Keys
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID OLD_COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID

Foreign Keys (Continued)
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OPERATION_SEQ_NUM OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
ENG_REVISED_ITEMS REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_ITEM_SUB_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS SECONDARY_LOCATOR SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID
QuickCodes Columns
ACD_TYPE ECG_ACTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
BOM_ITEM_TYPE BOM_ITEM_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Model
2 Option class
3 Planning
4 Standard
5 Product Family
CHECK_ATP SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
INCLUDE_IN_COST_ROLLUP SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
INCLUDE_ON_BILL_DOCS SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
INCLUDE_ON_SHIP_DOCS SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
INVENTORY_TYPE MTL_INVENTORY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inventory items
7 Engineering items
MUTUALLY_EXCLUSIVE_OPTIONS SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
OPTIONAL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
PICK_COMPONENTS SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
QUANTITY_RELATED SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
REQUIRED_FOR_REVENUE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No

REQUIRED_TO_SHIP SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
SHIPPING_ALLOWED SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
SO_BASIS BOM_SO_BASIS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Option class
2 None
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE WIP_SUPPLY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
Column Descriptions
material structure
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity of component in bill
of material
COMPONENT_YIELD_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Factor used to multiply
obtain required component
quantity
defining column

PLANNING_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Factor used to multiply
QUANTITY_RELATED NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier to indicate if this
component has quantity related
reference designators
put on an order
optional in bill
INCLUDE_IN_COST_ROLLUP NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if this
component is to be used when
rolling up costs
CHECK_ATP NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if ATP check is
required
allowed to ship
required to ship
displayed on shipping documents
INCLUDE_ON_BILL_DOCS NULL NUMBER (not currently used)
order
order
ACD_TYPE NULL NUMBER Add, change, or disable code
for component on an engineering
change order
OLD_COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of original
component row an ECO effects
identifier
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER WIP supply type code
(denormalized from
corresponding column in
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUNCES)
REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Engineering change order
revised item identifier

COST_FACTOR NULL NUMBER (not currently used)
BOM_ITEM_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of item (denormalized from
BOM Item Type in
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS)
FROM_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) From End Item Unit Number
TO_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) To End Item Unit Number
from
ECO_FOR_PRODUCTION NULL NUMBER Indicates if this component on
an Engineering Change Order is
only for WIP jobs
Indexes
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
2 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
4 EFFECTIVITY_DATE
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 OLD_COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 5 CHANGE_NOTICE
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 2 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
4 FROM_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER
6 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_U1 UNIQUE 2 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
7 EFFECTIVITY_DATE
8 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
9 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
11 FROM_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_U2 UNIQUE 2 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
Sequences
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_S COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : BOMTBICX

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger marks the preexploded data in BOM_EXPLOSIONS for re–explosion. It sets the
REXPLODE_FLAG = 1 for the records that reference the bill in which the component record is
being changed.

BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Group program to archive deleted components.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
1 Model
2 Option class
3 Planning
4 Standard
5 Product Family
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Inventory items
7 Engineering items
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes

2 No
1 Option class
2 None
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
Column Descriptions
material structure
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity of component in bill
of material
COMPONENT_YIELD_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Factor used to multiply
obtain required component
quantity
defining column

PLANNING_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Factor used to multiply
QUANTITY_RELATED NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier to indicate if this
put on an order
optional in bill
INCLUDE_IN_COST_ROLLUP NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if this
rolling up costs
CHECK_ATP NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if ATP check is
required
allowed to ship
required to ship
order
order
change order
component row an ECO affects
identifier
(Denormalized from
BOM_ITEM_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of item (denormalized from
BOM Item Type in
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS)

Sequences
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_S COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_INTERFACE
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_INTERFACE temporarily stores

information about bill of material components. This table is shared by
the Bills of Material and Engineering Change Order open interfaces.
This table contains user friendly columns which allow you to easily
enter your data as well as their corresponding foreign keys. The open
interfaces will derive column values you do not enter, after performing
the proper validation. For example, you enter the
ORGANIZATION_CODE and the open interfaces will fill in the
corresponding ORGANIZATION_ID for you.
Also, you can enter ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID, ORGANIZATION_ID and

ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR instead of BILL_SEQUENCE_ID.
The open interfaces will fill in the corresponding BILL_SEQUENCE_ID.
In addition, you can enter BILL_SEQUENCE_ID,

COMPONENT_ITEM_ID, OPERATION_SEQ_NUM, and
EFFECTIVITY_DATE instead of COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID. The
open interfaces will fill in the corresponding
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID.
You can enter one reference designator and one substitute component
for each component you enter. Oracle Bills of Material will insert these
records into the tables, BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS and
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS, respectively.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
1 Model
2 Option class
3 Planning
4 Standard
5 Product Family
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No

1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 Option class
2 None
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
Column Descriptions

material structure
of material
COMPONENT_YIELD_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Factor used to multiply
component quantity to obtain
required component quantity
defining column
QUANTITY_RELATED NULL NUMBER Identifier to indicate if this
put on an order
optional in bill
INCLUDE_IN_COST_ROLLUP NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if this
rolling up costs
required
allowed to ship
required to ship

order
order
change order
component row that an ECO
affects
identifier
MODEL_COMP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Component sequence identifier
from model bill (for ATO)
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviation for organization
name
COMPONENT_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated component item
segments
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated bill item segments
REVISED_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated revised item
segments
LOCATION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(81) Supply location name
REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(15) Component reference designator
SUBSTITUTE_COMP_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier of
the substitute component
SUBSTITUTE_COMP_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
BOM_ITEM_TYPE NULL NUMBER Type of item (denormalized from
BOM Item Type in
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS)
(Denormalized from
DDF_CONTEXT1 NULL VARCHAR2(30) Used by Mass Change

DDF_CONTEXT2 NULL VARCHAR2(30) Used by Mass Change
NEW_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Updated value for the
operation_seq_num
OLD_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number in
the original component record
that an ECO affects
NEW_EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Updated value for the
effectivity_date
OLD_EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Value of effective date in the
original component record that
an ECO affects
ASSEMBLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Assembly type of the parent
bill
INTERFACE_ENTITY_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(4) Record used for Bill or ECO
Open Interface: BILL, ECO
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Type of action: CREATE, UPDATE
or DELETE
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier that
links rows pertaining to the
same business object
ENG_REVISED_ITEMS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier for
linking rows pertaining to the
same business object
ENG_CHANGES_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier to link
rows corresponding to the same
business object
Indexes
BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
2 EFFECTIVITY_DATE
3 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
4 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_IFCE_KEY
BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

BOM_ITEM_BACKFLUSH_SUBINV
This table is not used in this release.
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier
LOCATION_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Physical location type code
LOCATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Location code
SUBINVENTORY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory name
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Stock locator identifier
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL NUMBER Concurrent Who column
defining column

BOM_LISTS
BOM_LISTS stores a list of items, bills, or routings that the list builder
(BMLFLX) generates for a range of items.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR
Column Descriptions
SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER List identifier
ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate bill/routing
designator
ASSEMBLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Indicates whether manufacturing
or engineering assembly
CONC_FLEX_STRING NULL VARCHAR2(240) Concatenated item flex segments
Indexes
BOM_LISTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 SEQUENCE_ID
2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
3 ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR
Sequences
BOM_LISTS_S SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_LOW_LEVEL_CODES
BOM_LOW_LEVEL_CODES stores temporary data for cumulative

rollup of lead times. It also stores the exploded BOM structure for an
assembly. The value of LOW_LEVEL_CODE for an item
(INVENTORY_ITEM_ID) determines which level it is in the BOM
structure. The cumulative lead time
(CUMULATIVE_TOTAL_LEAD_TIME), and cumulative manufacturing
lead time (CUM_MANUFACTURING_LEAD_TIME) are calculated for
all make–items at each BOM level.
Column Descriptions
ROLLUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Rollup identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier
LOW_LEVEL_CODE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Low Level Code
CUMULATIVE_TOTAL_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Cumulative total lead time
CUM_MANUFACTURING_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Cumulative manufacturing lead
time
PLANNING_MAKE_BUY_CODE NULL NUMBER Planning Make buy code
Indexes
BOM_LOW_LEVEL_CODES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ROLLUP_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 LOW_LEVEL_CODE
Sequences
BOM_LOW_LEVEL_CODES_S ROLLUP_ID

BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS contains the matrix cell values for

mixed model maps. The cell values include product, demand, machine
time, labor time, total time, and process volume.
Foreign Keys
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROCESSES MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID
GROUP_NUMBER GROUP_NUMBER
SEQUENCE_ID SEQUENCE_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRODUCT_ITEM_ID
Column Descriptions
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Mixed Model Map identifier
GROUP_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Processes in a Mixed Model Map
are grouped together in sets of
5. This column shows in which
set the process exists.
SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Specifies whether process is
displayed in position 1, 2, 3,
4 or 5 within the group
PRODUCT_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Product item identifier
DEMAND NOT NULL NUMBER Amount of demand for the
product
MACHINE_TIME NULL NUMBER Amount of machine time used in
a process
LABOR_TIME NULL NUMBER Amount of labor time used in a
process
TOTAL_TIME NULL NUMBER Amount of total time used in a
process
PROCESS_VOLUME NULL NUMBER Process volume in a process
Indexes
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS_U1 UNIQUE 2 MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID
4 GROUP_NUMBER
6 SEQUENCE_ID
8 PRODUCT_ITEM_ID

BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER stores the header information

for a mixed model map. This includes the line, product family, demand,
and various display options.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID FAMILY_ITEM_ID
WIP_LINES LINE_ID LINE_ID
Column Descriptions
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for a mixed
model map
LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Line identifier
FAMILY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Product Family item identifier
DEMAND_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of demand. Options include
Forecast, MPS or MDS.
DEMAND_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of the Forecast, MDS or
MPS
START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Beginning date used in the
Mixed Model Map generation
END_DATE NOT NULL DATE End date used in the Mixed
Model Map generation
DEMAND_DAYS NOT NULL NUMBER Number of working days
available
HOURS_PER_DAY NOT NULL NUMBER Number of hours available per
day
BOOST_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Boost percentage
PROCESS_OR_LINEOP NOT NULL NUMBER Option to view either processes
or line operations. One
represents Process and two
represents Line Operation.
SORT_ORDER NOT NULL NUMBER Option to order processes or
line operations. One represents
By Display Sequence and two
represents By Code.
TIME_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Option which determines what
Labor, Machine, and Total Times
to pick up from the flow
routing. One represents
Rolled–Up Time and two
represents User Entered.
IPK_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER Option which determines how
IPKs needed is calculated. One
represents Total and two
represents By Machine.
TIME_UOM NOT NULL NUMBER Option which determines what
unit of measure to display the
time values in. One represents
Hour, two represents Minute,
and three represents Second.
SAVE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Determines whether header is
saved to the database. One
represents Yes and two
represents No.

Indexes
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER_U1 UNIQUE 2 MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER_U2 UNIQUE 4 LINE_ID
8 FAMILY_ITEM_ID
10 ORGANIZATION_ID
12 PROCESS_OR_LINEOP

BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROCESSES
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROCESSES contains processes or line

operations and summary information for mixed model maps.
Foreign Keys
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS OPERATION_CODE OPERATION_CODE
Column Descriptions
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Mixed Model Map identifier
GROUP_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Processes in a Mixed Model Map
are grouped together in sets of
5. This group number
represents in which set the
process exists.
SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Specifies whether process is
displayed in position 1, 2, 3,
4 or 5 within the group
OPERATION_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Either the Process or Line Op
name
MACHINE_WEIGHTED_TIME NULL NUMBER Weighted machine time for a
process
LABOR_WEIGHTED_TIME NULL NUMBER Weighted labor time for a
process
TOTAL_WEIGHTED_TIME NULL NUMBER Weighted total time for a
process
MACHINES_NEEDED NULL NUMBER Number of machines needed in a
process
MACHINES_ASSIGNED NULL NUMBER Number of machines assigned to
a process
MACHINES_NEEDED_DELTA NULL NUMBER The difference between the
Machines Needed for the current
map and the baseline map
LABOR_NEEDED NULL NUMBER Number of labor resources
needed
LABOR_ASSIGNED NULL NUMBER Number of labor resources
assigned
LABOR_NEEDED_DELTA NULL NUMBER The change between the labor
needed for the current map and
the baseline map
TAKT_TIME NULL NUMBER Calculated time for a process
or line operation
TAKT_TIME_FOR_ASSIGNED NULL NUMBER Time calculated from assigned
machines or labor for a process
or line operation
IN_PROCESS_KANBAN NULL NUMBER IPKs needed for a process
IN_PROCESS_KANBAN_DELTA NULL NUMBER The change between the IPKs
needed in the current map and
the baseline map

Indexes
BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_U1 UNIQUE 2 MIXED_MODEL_MAP_ID
4 GROUP_NUMBER
6 SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS stores information about

manufacturing and engineering routings.
If a routing shares its operation steps with another routing in the same
organization, COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID is a reference to
that common routing This is a mandatory column that equals
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID if there is no common reference If the
routing references a common routing, Oracle Bills of Materials populates
the INVENTORY_ITEM_ID of the common into
COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
Foreign Keys
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CTP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
ROUTING_TYPE BOM_NO_YES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No
2 Yes
Column Descriptions
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Routing unique identifier
ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator code

ROUTING_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Routing type: 2=Engineering
routing 1=Manufacturing routing
common assembly
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Routing identifier of common
routing
ROUTING_COMMENT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Specific comment about routing
COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory for
assembly
COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Destination location for
assembly
defining column
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier from WIP
Lines used in Flow
Manufacturing
CFM_ROUTING_FLAG NULL NUMBER Continous flow or traditional
routing
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Use this routing in Mixed Model
Map calculation
PRIORITY NULL NUMBER For information only
TOTAL_PRODUCT_CYCLE_TIME NULL NUMBER Total time that an assembly
takes along the primary path in
the operation network,
calculated by Flow
Manufacturing
be checked when item is ordered
Manufacturing
Manufacturing
PENDING_FROM_ECN NULL VARCHAR2(10) Pending From Ecn
ORIGINAL_SYSTEM_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Original System Reference

Indexes
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 LINE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 CTP_FLAG
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR
Sequences
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_S ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS
BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS stores information about routing

networks. The routing network is defined for processes or line
operations. Each row in this table represents the connection between
two processes or line operations. The column TRANSITION_TYPE
stores the type of connection between two processes or line operations.
The connection type can be Primary, Alternate, or Rework. The column
PLANNING_PCT stores the planning percent for a connection.
This table is populated by the Flow Routings window.
Foreign Keys
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID FROM_OP_SEQ_ID
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID TO_OP_SEQ_ID
Column Descriptions
FROM_OP_SEQ_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER From routing operation
identifier
TO_OP_SEQ_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER To routing operation identifier
TRANSITION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Primary, Alternate or Rework
connection
PLANNING_PCT NULL NUMBER Planning Percentage
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Effective Date
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Disable Date
defining column

Indexes
BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS_U1 UNIQUE 1 FROM_OP_SEQ_ID
2 TO_OP_SEQ_ID

BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES stores information about resources

that you require to complete operations on routings. You may assign
multiple resources or assign the same resource multiple times at any
operation.
The manufacturing lead time process calculates
RESOURCE_OFFSET_PERCENT. You may override the value in the
Define Routing window. CRP will use this value to calculate resource
availability. If you re–run the manufacturing lead time process, it will
recalculate and update RESOURCE_OFFSET_PERCENT for scheduling.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID RESOURCE_ID
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS SETUP_ID SETUP_ID
CST_ACTIVITIES ACTIVITY_ID ACTIVITY_ID
QuickCodes Columns
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE BOM_AUTOCHARGE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
BASIS_TYPE CST_BASIS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
SCHEDULE_FLAG BOM_RESOURCE_SCHEDULE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
3 Prior
4 Next
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Routing operation unique
identifier
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Resource sequence number

ACTIVITY_ID NULL NUMBER Activity identifier
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Use standard rate for shopfloor
transactions
ASSIGNED_UNITS NOT NULL NUMBER Resource units assigned
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Resource usage rate
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT_INVERSE NOT NULL NUMBER Resource usage rate inverse
BASIS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Basis type identifier
SCHEDULE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Schedule the resource
RESOURCE_OFFSET_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Resource offset percent from
the start of the routing
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Autocharge type for shopfloor
moves
defining column
SCHEDULE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Scheduling sequence number
SUBSTITUTE_GROUP_NUM NULL NUMBER Substitute group number
PRINCIPLE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Principle Flag
SETUP_ID NULL NUMBER Setup Type unque identifier
CHANGE_NOTICE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Change Notice
ACD_TYPE NULL NUMBER Acd Type
Indexes
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 RESOURCE_ID
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_U2 UNIQUE 1 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
2 RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
4 ACD_TYPE

BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_EFC
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_EFC is used exclusively as an archive

table for the ”Euro as a functional currency” project. It mirrors the table
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES prior to conversion to the euro
currency.
Column Descriptions
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Sequence indicator
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT_INVERSE NOT NULL NUMBER Inverse resource usage rate
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Resource Sequence Number
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER Set of Books Identifier

BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES stores information about routing

operations. You may define multiple operations for a routing. You must
specify the department in which every operation will occur.
Oracle Bills of Material stores the STANDARD_OPERATION_ID if you
use a standard operation to define your operation.
You cannot have overlapping effective dates for the same operation.
The Define Routing window will prevent you from doing that. For
example, you cannot define operations as follows:
Op Effective Disable
Seq Date Date
––– ––––––––– –––––––––
10 10–SEP–93 10–DEC–93
10 20–OCT–93
Foreign Keys
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID PROCESS_OP_SEQ_ID
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID LINE_OP_SEQ_ID
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS STANDARD_OPERATION_ID STANDARD_OPERATION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
BACKFLUSH_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
COUNT_POINT_TYPE BOM_COUNT_POINT_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes – autocharge
2 No – autocharge
3 No – direct charge
OPTION_DEPENDENT_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
REFERENCE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
identifier
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Routing unique identifier

STANDARD_OPERATION_ID NULL NUMBER Standard operation unique
identifier
OPERATION_LEAD_TIME_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Indicates the amount of overlap
its lead time has with the
parent’s lead time
MINIMUM_TRANSFER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Minimum operation transfer
quantity
COUNT_POINT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Count point
OPERATION_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of operation
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date operation is effective
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date operation is no longer
effective – effectivity lasts
until the end of the disable
date
BACKFLUSH_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operation
requires backflushing
OPTION_DEPENDENT_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether to use this
operation in all configuration
routings, even if no components
of the configuration are used
in this operation
defining column
OPERATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Process, Line Operation or
Event
REFERENCE_FLAG NULL NUMBER If the Standard Operation is
referenced or copied then the
operation can not be updated.
PROCESS_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence identifier
of parent process (applies
only to events)

LINE_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence identifier
of the parent line operation –
only applies to events
YIELD NULL NUMBER Process yield at this operation
CUMULATIVE_YIELD NULL NUMBER Cumulative process yield from
begining of routing to this
operation
REVERSE_CUMULATIVE_YIELD NULL NUMBER Cumulative process yield from
end of routing to comparable
operation
LABOR_TIME_CALC NULL NUMBER System calculated run time
attributable to labor
MACHINE_TIME_CALC NULL NUMBER System calculated run time
attributable to machines
TOTAL_TIME_CALC NULL NUMBER System calculated run time
attributable to both labor and
machines
LABOR_TIME_USER NULL NUMBER User calculated run time
MACHINE_TIME_USER NULL NUMBER User calculated run time
TOTAL_TIME_USER NULL NUMBER User calculated run time
machines
NET_PLANNING_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Cumulative planning percents
derived from the operation
network
X_COORDINATE NULL NUMBER X coordinate of the operation
Y_COORDINATE NULL NUMBER Y coordinate of the operation
INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operation
yield is to be considered in
cost rollup
OPERATION_YIELD_ENABLED NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operation
yield is to be considered
during costing.
OLD_OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Old Operation Sequence Id
REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Revised Item Sequence Id
CHANGE_NOTICE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Engineering change notice code
(not currently used)
change will be implemented (no
longer used)
ECO_FOR_PRODUCTION NULL NUMBER Indicates if this operation on
an Engineering Change Order is
only for WIP jobs
Indexes
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES_U2 UNIQUE 1 ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
3 OPERATION_TYPE
4 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
5 EFFECTIVITY_DATE

Sequences
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES_S OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_OP_RESOURCES_ARCHIVE
Used by the Delete Group program to archive deleted operation

resources. This only contains rows deleted as a result of a cascade delete
on operations.
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
1 Yes
2 No
3 Prior
4 Next
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
identifier
transactions
moves
defining column


BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE temporarily stores information

about resources that you require to complete operations on routings.
enter your data as well as their corresponding foreign keys. Oracle Bills
of Material will derive column values you do not enter, after performing
ORGANIZATION_CODE and Oracle Bills of Material will fill in the
Also, you can enter ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID,
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM, and EFFECTIVITY_DATE instead of
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID. Oracle Bills of Material will fill in the
corresponding OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID.
In addition, you can enter ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID, ORGANIZATION_ID
and ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR instead of
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID. Oracle Bills of Material will fill in the
corresponding ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID.
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
1 Yes
2 No
3 Prior
4 Next
1 Yes

2 No
Column Descriptions
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Routing operation unique
identifier
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource sequence number
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource unique identifier
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Use standard rate for shop
floor transactions
ASSIGNED_UNITS NULL NUMBER Resource units assigned
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Resource usage rate
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT_INVERSE NULL NUMBER Resource usage rate inverse
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis type identifier
SCHEDULE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Schedule the resource
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Autocharge type for shop floor
moves
defining column
name

ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments
RESOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Resource name
ACTIVITY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Activity name
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Create, Update, or Delete
NEW_RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER New resource sequence number.
This column was added to
facilitate updates because it’s
part of the primary key.
Indexes
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
2 RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER
4 ORGANIZATION_ID

BOM_OP_RESOURCES_VIEW
The BOM_OP_RESOURCES_VIEW contains information about

resources used on routings.
BOM_OP_RESOURCES_VIEW resolves the foreign key information of
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES from MFG_LOOKUPS,
MTL_ITEM_FLEXFIELDS, BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES,
CST_ACTIVITIES, BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS,
BOM_DEPARTMENTS, and BOM_RESOURCES.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_OP_RESOURCES_VIEW
as SELECT
/* ordered */
r.organization_id,
rtg.routing_type,
rtg.alternate_routing_designator,
flex.item_id,
nvl(rtg.common_assembly_item_id, rtg.assembly_item_id),
flex.item_number,
flex.padded_item_number,
flex.description,
d.department_code,
os.operation_seq_num,
os.operation_description,
os.effectivity_date,
os.disable_date,
r.resource_code,
ors.resource_seq_num,
act.activity,
lu1.meaning,
lu2.meaning,
ors.assigned_units,
ors.usage_rate_or_amount,
ors.usage_rate_or_amount_inverse,
lu3.meaning,
lu4.meaning,
ors.resource_offset_percent,
ors.attribute_category,
ors.attribute1,
ors.attribute2,
ors.attribute3,
ors.attribute4,
ors.attribute5,
ors.attribute6,
ors.attribute7,
ors.attribute8,
ors.attribute9,
ors.attribute10,
ors.attribute11,
ors.attribute12,
ors.attribute13,
ors.attribute14,

ors.attribute15
FROM MFG_LOOKUPS LU1
, MFG_LOOKUPS LU2
, MFG_LOOKUPS LU3
, MFG_LOOKUPS LU4
, CST_ACTIVITIES ACT
, MTL_ITEM_FLEXFIELDS FLEX
, BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS RTG
, BOM_DEPARTMENTS D
, BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES OS
, BOM_RESOURCES R
, BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES ORS
WHERE
R.RESOURCE_ID = ORS.RESOURCE_ID AND
ORS.OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID = OS.OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID AND
OS.DEPARTMENT_ID = D.DEPARTMENT_ID AND
OS.ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID = RTG.COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID AND
RTG.ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID = FLEX.ITEM_ID AND
RTG.ORGANIZATION_ID = FLEX.ORGANIZATION_ID AND
ORS.ACTIVITY_ID = ACT.ACTIVITY_ID(+) AND
(LU1.LOOKUP_TYPE = ’BOM_AUTOCHARGE_TYPE’ AND
LU1.LOOKUP_CODE = ORS.AUTOCHARGE_TYPE) AND
(LU2.LOOKUP_TYPE = ’SYS_YES_NO’ AND
LU2.LOOKUP_CODE = ORS.STANDARD_RATE_FLAG) AND
(LU3.LOOKUP_TYPE = ’CST_BASIS’ AND
LU3.LOOKUP_CODE = ORS.BASIS_TYPE) AND
(LU4.LOOKUP_TYPE = ’BOM_RESOURCE_SCHEDULE_TYPE’ AND
LU4.LOOKUP_CODE = ORS.SCHEDULE_FLAG)
Column Descriptions
ROUTING_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if routing is
engineering or manufacturing
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier
COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier of the
common assembly
ITEM_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(255) Concatenated item flex segments
PADDED_ITEM_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(255) Padded concatenated item flex
segments
DEPARTMENT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department
OPERATION_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Operation description
RESOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Resource
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Resource sequence number
ACTIVITY NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Activity for which resource is
used
AUTOCHARGE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Autocharge type for shopfloor
transactions
STANDARD_RATE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Use standard rate for costing
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Usage rate

USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT_INVERSE NOT NULL NUMBER Usage rate inverse
BASIS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Indicates whether resources are
used per item or per lot
SCHEDULE_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Indicates how resource is
scheduled
RESOURCE_OFFSET_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Lead time offset percent
defining column

BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Groups program to archive deleted routings.
QuickCodes Columns
CFM_ROUTING_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
1 No
2 Yes
Column Descriptions
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Routing unique identifier
ROUTING_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Routing Type: 2=Engineering
common assembly
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Routing identifier of common
routing
assembly
assembly
defining column

Lines used in Flow
Manufacturing
routing
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Use this routing in Mixed Model
Map calculations
the operation network
calculated by Flow
Manufacturing
Manufacturing
Manufacturing
Sequences
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_S ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE temporarily stores information

about manufacturing and engineering routings. This table contains user
friendly columns which allow you to easily enter your data as well as
their corresponding foreign keys. Oracle Bills of Material will derive
column values you do not enter, after performing the proper validation.
For example, you enter the ORGANIZATION_CODE and Oracle Bills of
Material will fill in the corresponding ORGANIZATION_ID for you.
Also, if you enter PROCESS_REVISION, Oracle Bills of Material will
insert a record into MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS for your routing item.
QuickCodes Columns
CFM_ROUTING_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
1 No
2 Yes
Column Descriptions
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier for
ROUTING_TYPE NULL NUMBER Routing type: 2=Engineering
COMMON_ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier for
common assembly
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Routing unique identifier of
common routing

assembly
assembly
defining column
ATO
PROCESS_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision
ATO
– used for ATO
name
COMMON_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
the common routing
LOCATION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated location segments
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Insert, Update or Delete
Routing
Lines used in Flow
Manufacturing
LINE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Name of WIP Line
MIXED_MODEL_MAP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Use this routing in mixed model
map calculation
routing
the operation network
calculated by Flow
Manufacturing

Indexes
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 SET_ID
BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_ARCHIVE
Used by the Delete Group program to archive deleted operations.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
2 No – autocharge
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
identifier
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Routing unique identifier
identifier
its lead time has with the
quantity
COUNT_POINT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Count point
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date operation is effective
date
BACKFLUSH_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operation
OPTION_DEPENDENT_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether to use this
in this operation
defining column

OPERATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Process, line operation, or
event
REFERENCE_FLAG NULL NUMBER If Standard Operation is
referenced, then the operation
can not be updated.
PROCESS_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence id of parent
process (applies only to
events)
LINE_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence id of the
parent line operation Only
applies to events
operation
operation
machines
machines
network
Sequences
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES_S OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID

BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE temporarily stores information

about routing operations. This table contains user friendly columns
which allow you to easily enter your data as well as their corresponding
foreign keys. Oracle Bills of Material will derive column values you do
not enter, after performing the proper validation. For example, you enter
the ORGANIZATION_CODE and Oracle Bills of Material will fill in the
ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR instead of
ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID. Oracle Bills of Material will fill in the
corresponding ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID.
In addition, you can enter three resources and three instructions for each
operation sequence. Oracle Bills of Material will insert these records into
the tables, BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES and
BOM_OPERATION_INSTRUCTIONS, respectively.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
2 No – autocharge
1 Yes
2 No
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Routing operation unique
identifier

identifier
DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Department unique identifier
lead time this has with the
RUN_TIME_OVERLAP_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Not currently used
quantity
COUNT_POINT_TYPE NULL NUMBER Count point
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Date operation is effective
CHANGE_NOTICE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Not currently used
IMPLEMENTATION_DATE NULL DATE Not currently used
date
BACKFLUSH_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operation
OPTION_DEPENDENT_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates whether to use this
in this routing
defining column
MODEL_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence identifier
from model bill

name
DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department name
OPERATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(4) Standard operation code
RESOURCE_ID1 NULL NUMBER First resource identifier
RESOURCE_ID2 NULL NUMBER Second resource identifier
RESOURCE_ID3 NULL NUMBER Third resource identifier
RESOURCE_CODE1 NULL VARCHAR2(10) First resource name
RESOURCE_CODE2 NULL VARCHAR2(10) Second resource name
RESOURCE_CODE3 NULL VARCHAR2(10) Third resource name
INSTRUCTION_CODE1 NULL VARCHAR2(10) First standard instruction code
INSTRUCTION_CODE2 NULL VARCHAR2(10) Second standard instruction
code
INSTRUCTION_CODE3 NULL VARCHAR2(10) Third standard instruction code
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Create, Update or Delete
NEW_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Added to facilitate updates
because it’s part of the
primary key
NEW_EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Added to facilitate updates
because it’s part of the
primary key
ASSEMBLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Not used in open interface
OPERATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Operation Type: process, line
operation, or event
REFERENCE_FLAG NULL NUMBER If the Standard Operation is
referenced or copied then the
operation can not be updated
PROCESS_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence identifier
of parent process (only
applies to events)
LINE_OP_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence identifier
of the parent line operation
(only applies to events)
operation
operation. For example, if
this is the second operation
out of 10 operations, the
reverse cumulative yield would
be the total yield from the
tenth down to the ninth
operation
machines

machines
network
INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operation
yield is to be considered in
cost rollup
during costing.
Indexes
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID
2 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
3 EFFECTIVITY_DATE
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

BOM_ORG_CAL_DATES_VIEW
This view allows you to retrieve data from BOM_CALENDAR_DATES

without knowing the exception set or calendar name for an
organization. The view joins with MTL_PARAMETERS and determines
the calendar and exception set to which the organization points.
Further, joining to BOM_CALENDAR_DATES gets the calendar dates,
sequence number, prior sequence num , prior date, next sequence
number, and next date.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_ORG_CAL_DATES_VIEW
as SELECT
mtl.organization_id,
bom.calendar_date,
bom.seq_num,
bom.prior_seq_num,
bom.prior_date,
bom.next_seq_num,
bom.next_date
FROM BOM_CALENDAR_DATES BOM
, MTL_PARAMETERS MTL
where mtl.calendar_code = bom.calendar_code
and mtl.calendar_exception_set_id = bom.exception_set_id
Foreign Keys
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES CALENDAR_DATE CALENDAR_DATE
SEQ_NUM SEQ_NUM
PRIOR_SEQ_NUM PRIOR_SEQ_NUM
PRIOR_DATE PRIOR_DATE
NEXT_SEQ_NUM NEXT_SEQ_NUM
NEXT_DATE NEXT_DATE
Column Descriptions
CALENDAR_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Calendar date
SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number for working
days
PRIOR_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Prior sequence number
PRIOR_DATE NULL DATE Calendar date for prior
sequence number
NEXT_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Next sequence number
NEXT_DATE NULL DATE Calendar date for next sequence
number

BOM_ORG_CAL_PERIODS_VIEW
You can view period information from this view without knowing the
calendar name and the exception set for an organization. This view joins
with MTL_PARAMETERS to find which calendar and exception set an
organization is pointing to. Further, joining to
BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES gets all the information on the period
start dates, sequence number, period name, next date and prior date.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_ORG_CAL_PERIODS_VIEW
as SELECT
bom.period_start_date,
bom.period_sequence_num,
bom.period_name,
bom.next_date,
bom.prior_date
FROM BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES BOM
Foreign Keys
BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES PERIOD_START_DATE PERIOD_START_DATE
PERIOD_SEQUENCE_NUM PERIOD_SEQUENCE_NUM
PERIOD_NAME PERIOD_NAME
NEXT_DATE NEXT_DATE
Column Descriptions
PERIOD_START_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Period start date
PERIOD_SEQUENCE_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Period sequence number
PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Period name
NEXT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Next date
PRIOR_DATE NOT NULL DATE Prior date

BOM_ORG_CAL_WEEKS_VIEW
This view lets you see data from BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES

without knowing the calendar and the exception set for any given
organization. This view joins with MTL_PARAMETERS and finds the
calendar name and exception set an organization is pointing to. Further,
joining to BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES gives the week start date,
sequence number, next date, and prior date.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_ORG_CAL_WEEKS_VIEW
as SELECT
bom.week_start_date,
bom.seq_num,
bom.next_date,
bom.prior_date
FROM BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES BOM
Foreign Keys
BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES WEEK_START_DATE WEEK_START_DATE
SEQ_NUM SEQ_NUM
NEXT_DATE NEXT_DATE
Column Descriptions
WEEK_START_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Week start date
SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Sequence number
NEXT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Next date
PRIOR_DATE NOT NULL DATE Prior date

BOM_ORG_SHIFT_DATES_VIEW
BOM_ORG_SHIFT_DATES_VIEW allows you to retrieve data from

BOM_SHIFT_DATES without knowing the exception set or calendar
name for an organization and shift number. This view joins with
MTL_PARAMETERS and determines the calendar and exception set to
which the organization points. Further, joining to
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES gets the calendar dates, sequence number,
prior sequence num, prior date, next sequence number, and next date.
This view is used in Calendar Define window to show the shift dates
for a compiled calendar.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_ORG_SHIFT_DATES_VIEW
as SELECT
bom.shift_num,
bom.shift_date,
bom.seq_num,
bom.prior_seq_num,
bom.prior_date,
bom.next_seq_num,
bom.next_date
FROM BOM_SHIFT_DATES BOM
Foreign Keys
BOM_SHIFT_DATES SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
SHIFT_DATE SHIFT_DATE
SEQ_NUM SEQ_NUM
PRIOR_SEQ_NUM PRIOR_SEQ_NUM
NEXT_SEQ_NUM NEXT_SEQ_NUM
NEXT_DATE NEXT_DATE
Column Descriptions
SHIFT_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Calendar date
SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence Number
PRIOR_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number for prior
working date
PRIOR_DATE NULL DATE Calendar date for prior
sequence number
NEXT_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number for next
working date
NEXT_DATE NULL DATE Calendar date for next sequence
number

BOM_PARAMETERS
BOM_PARAMETERS stores organization specific information used by

Oracle Bills of Material. You can use Oracle Bills of Material only if you
have a row exisiting in this table.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_STATUS INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE BOM_DELETE_STATUS_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
CONFIG_NUMBER_METHOD_TYPE BOM_CFG_NUMBER_METHOD MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Append sequence number
2 Replace with sequence number
3 Replace with order number/
line number
Column Descriptions
MAXIMUM_BOM_LEVEL NOT NULL NUMBER Maximum bill of material levels
allowed
CONFIG_SEGMENT_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Item segment to use when
creating configuration item
numbers
BOM_DELETE_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Status code to indicate an item
is ready for deletion
CONFIG_NUMBER_METHOD_TYPE NULL NUMBER The method that is used to
create configuration item
numbers
defining column

GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment
USE_PHANTOM_ROUTINGS NOT NULL NUMBER(1)
INHERIT_PHANTOM_OP_SEQ NOT NULL NUMBER(1)
Indexes
BOM_PARAMETERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID

BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES
BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES stores periods between the calendar

start date and end dates that the workday calendar program generates.
The workday calendar program generates period start dates that
depend on the quarterly calendar type you choose for your calendar. For
a quarterly calendar type 4–4–5, the first period is the beginning of the
first week, second and third period is the end of 4 weeks, fourth is at the
end of 5 weeks and so on. Similarly, you can have a 5–4–4 pattern for
your calendar. A thirteen period quarterly calendar type has 13 equal
periods of 4 weeks each for a year. A regular calendar quarterly calendar
type follows a Julian calendar to decide the periods.
Each period start date has a name which can be either 1–13P or
JAN–DEC depending on the quarterly calendar type you chose. This
table stores next period and prior period. A sequence starting at 1, is
assigned to each period.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
PERIOD_START_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Period start date
PERIOD_SEQUENCE_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number
PERIOD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(3) Period Name (depends on
quarterly calendar type chosen)
NEXT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Next calendar date
corresponding to next sequence
number
PRIOR_DATE NOT NULL DATE Prior date corresponding to
prior sequence number
Indexes
BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
3 PERIOD_START_DATE

BOM_REFERENCE_DESGS_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Group program to archive reference designators deleted

as a result of a cascade delete on components.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
Column Descriptions
COMPONENT_REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Component reference designator
REF_DESIGNATOR_COMMENT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reference designator comment
ACD_TYPE (PK) NULL NUMBER Add or delete code from an
engineering change order
defining column

BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS
BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS stores information about bill of

material component reference designators. It is a child table of
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS, and stores reference designators
for current components as well as components that are pending on
ECOs. Even though the column
COMPONENT_REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR has the database length of
15 characters, Oracle Bills of Material and Oracle Engineering only allow
you to enter reference designators with a maximum length of 10
characters.
Foreign Keys
ENG_ENGINEERING_CHANGES CHANGE_NOTICE CHANGE_NOTICE
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
Column Descriptions
COMPONENT_REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Component reference designator
ACD_TYPE (PK) NULL NUMBER Add or delete code from an
defining column

from
Indexes
BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
2 COMPONENT_REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR
3 ACD_TYPE

BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE temporarily stores information about

bill of material component reference designators. This table is shared by
the Bills of Material and Engineering Change Order open interfaces.
ORGANIZATION_CODE, and the open interfaces will fill in the

EFFECTIVITY_DATE instead of _ COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID. The
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
Column Descriptions
COMPONENT_REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(15) Component reference designator

ACD_TYPE NULL NUMBER Add or delete code from an ECO
defining column
identifier
the bill
name
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
the bill
COMPONENT_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
the component
NEW_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Updated value for the old
reference designator.
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Type of action: CREATE,
UPDATE or DELETE
BOM_REF_DESGS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier for
linking rows of the same
business object
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier to link
rows pertaining to the same
business object
ENG_REVISED_ITEMS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier to link
business object
business object

Indexes
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
2 COMPONENT_REFERENCE_DESIGNATOR
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 BOM_REF_DESGS_IFCE_KEY

BOM_RESOURCES
BOM_RESOURCES stores information about resources, overheads,

material overheads, and material sub–elements. COST_ELEMENT_ID
determines the type of the resource. Resources are additionally
classified as either material resources or outside processing resources
If the resource represents a currency unit, UNIT_OF_MEASURE stores
the currency code associated with the set of books the organization
points to.
Foreign Keys
CST_ACTIVITIES ACTIVITY_ID DEFAULT_ACTIVITY_ID
CST_COST_ELEMENTS COST_ELEMENT_ID COST_ELEMENT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ABSORPTION_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID RATE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PURCHASE_ITEM_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE UNIT_OF_MEASURE
QuickCodes Columns
ALLOW_COSTS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
COST_CODE_TYPE CST_COST_CODE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Material
2 Material Overhead
3 Resource
4 Outside Processing
5 Overhead
DEFAULT_BASIS_TYPE CST_BASIS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
RESOURCE_TYPE BOM_RESOURCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Machine
2 Person
3 Space

4 Miscellaneous
5 Amount
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Resource code
COST_ELEMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost element identifier
PURCHASE_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase item identifier
COST_CODE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Cost code type
FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Unit of measure is functional
currency
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure
DEFAULT_ACTIVITY_ID NULL NUMBER Default activity identifier
RESOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Resource type
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Autocharge for shopfloor
transaction
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Use standard rate for shopfloor
transaction
DEFAULT_BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Default basis
ABSORPTION_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Absorption account
ALLOW_COSTS_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Allow costs to be defined
RATE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Rate variance account
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Expenditure type
defining column

Indexes
BOM_RESOURCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 RESOURCE_CODE
3 COST_CODE_TYPE
BOM_RESOURCES_U2 UNIQUE 1 RESOURCE_ID
Sequences
BOM_RESOURCES_S RESOURCE_ID

BOM_RESOURCES_ALL_V
View based on BOM_RESOURCES table. Main columns include

RESOURCE_ID, RESOURCE_CODE, DESCRIPTION,
UNIT_OF_MEASURE, COST_ELEMENT_ID, DISABLE_DATE,
ORGANIZATION_ID, COST_CODE_TYPE. No records are filtered
out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_RESOURCES_ALL_V
as SELECT
BR.RESOURCE_ID,
BR.RESOURCE_CODE,
BR.DESCRIPTION,
BR.UNIT_OF_MEASURE,
BR.COST_ELEMENT_ID,
BR.DISABLE_DATE,
BR.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BR.COST_CODE_TYPE,
BR.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BR.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BR.CREATION_DATE,
BR.CREATED_BY,
BR.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BR.PURCHASE_ITEM_ID,
BR.FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY_FLAG,
BR.DEFAULT_ACTIVITY_ID,
BR.RESOURCE_TYPE,
BR.AUTOCHARGE_TYPE,
BR.STANDARD_RATE_FLAG,
BR.DEFAULT_BASIS_TYPE,
BR.ABSORPTION_ACCOUNT,
BR.ALLOW_COSTS_FLAG,
BR.RATE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT,
BR.EXPENDITURE_TYPE,
BR.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BR.ATTRIBUTE1,
BR.ATTRIBUTE2,
BR.ATTRIBUTE3,
BR.ATTRIBUTE4,
BR.ATTRIBUTE5,
BR.ATTRIBUTE6,
BR.ATTRIBUTE7,
BR.ATTRIBUTE8,
BR.ATTRIBUTE9,
BR.ATTRIBUTE10,
BR.ATTRIBUTE11,
BR.ATTRIBUTE12,
BR.ATTRIBUTE13,
BR.ATTRIBUTE14,
BR.ATTRIBUTE15,
BR.REQUEST_ID,

BR.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BR.PROGRAM_ID,
BR.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE
FROM BOM_RESOURCES BR
Column Descriptions
currency
transaction
transaction
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Refer to base table.
defining column

BOM_RESOURCES_EFC
BOM_RESOURCES_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table for the

”Euro as a functional currency” project. It mirrors the table
BOM_RESOURCES prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Resource Identifier
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit Of Measure

BOM_RESOURCES_VAL_V
View based on BOM_RESOURCES table. Main columns include

RESOURCE_ID, RESOURCE_CODE, DESCRIPTION,
UNIT_OF_MEASURE, COST_ELEMENT_ID, DISABLE_DATE,
ORGANIZATION_ID, COST_CODE_TYPE. Disabled records are
filtered out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_RESOURCES_VAL_V
as SELECT
BR.RESOURCE_ID,
BR.RESOURCE_CODE,
BR.DESCRIPTION,
BR.UNIT_OF_MEASURE,
BR.COST_ELEMENT_ID,
BR.DISABLE_DATE,
BR.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BR.COST_CODE_TYPE,
BR.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BR.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BR.CREATION_DATE,
BR.CREATED_BY,
BR.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BR.PURCHASE_ITEM_ID,
BR.FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY_FLAG,
BR.DEFAULT_ACTIVITY_ID,
BR.RESOURCE_TYPE,
BR.AUTOCHARGE_TYPE,
BR.STANDARD_RATE_FLAG,
BR.DEFAULT_BASIS_TYPE,
BR.ABSORPTION_ACCOUNT,
BR.ALLOW_COSTS_FLAG,
BR.RATE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT,
BR.EXPENDITURE_TYPE,
BR.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BR.ATTRIBUTE1,
BR.ATTRIBUTE2,
BR.ATTRIBUTE3,
BR.ATTRIBUTE4,
BR.ATTRIBUTE5,
BR.ATTRIBUTE6,
BR.ATTRIBUTE7,
BR.ATTRIBUTE8,
BR.ATTRIBUTE9,
BR.ATTRIBUTE10,
BR.ATTRIBUTE11,
BR.ATTRIBUTE12,
BR.ATTRIBUTE13,
BR.ATTRIBUTE14,
BR.ATTRIBUTE15,
BR.REQUEST_ID,
BR.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BR.PROGRAM_ID,

BR.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE
FROM BOM_RESOURCES BR
QuickCodes Columns
ALLOW_COSTS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
COST_CODE_TYPE CST_COST_CODE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Material
2 Material Overhead
3 Resource
4 Outside Processing
5 Overhead
FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
currency
transaction
transactions
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Expenditure type

defining column

BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES stores information about capacity

modifications for a resource on a shift in a department. This table is a
child of BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS. You can define multiple resource
changes for a shift.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS DEPARTMENT_ID DEPARTMENT_ID
SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
CRP_SIMULATION_SETS SIMULATION_SET SIMULATION_SET
QuickCodes Columns
ACTION_TYPE BOM_ACTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Delete work day
2 Modify capacity
3 Add work day
Column Descriptions
FROM_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Capacity exception from date
TO_DATE (PK) NULL DATE Capacity exception to date
FROM_TIME (PK) NULL NUMBER Capacity exception from time
TO_TIME (PK) NULL NUMBER Capacity exception to time
CAPACITY_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Capacity change
SIMULATION_SET (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Simulation set identifier
defining column

ACTION_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Type of capacity modification
Indexes
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES_U1 UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
2 RESOURCE_ID
3 SHIFT_NUM
4 ACTION_TYPE
5 FROM_DATE
6 TO_DATE
7 FROM_TIME
8 TO_TIME
9 SIMULATION_SET

BOM_RESOURCE_EMPLOYEES
BOM_RESOURCE_EMPLOYEES stores information about the

Employees that are associated with Roles (”Resources” of type
”Person”) for the Warehouse Management System (WMS).
Column Descriptions
PERSON_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(10) Person identifier
EFFECTIVE_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Effective Start Date
EFFECTIVE_END_DATE NOT NULL DATE Effective End Date
INTERLEAVE NOT NULL NUMBER Interleave
defining column
INSTANCE_ID NULL NUMBER Instance Id
Indexes
BOM_RESOURCE_EMPLOYEES_U1 UNIQUE 5 INSTANCE_ID
BOM_RESOURCE_EMPLOYEES_U2 UNIQUE 5 RESOURCE_ID
10 ORGANIZATION_ID
15 PERSON_ID
20 EFFECTIVE_START_DATE
25 EFFECTIVE_END_DATE

BOM_RESOURCE_EQUIPMENTS
BOM_RESOURCE_EQUIPMENTS stores information about the

Equipments that are associated with Equipment Type (”Resources” of
type ”Machine”) for the Warehouse Management System (WMS).
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier
defining column
INSTANCE_ID NULL NUMBER
Indexes
BOM_RESOURCE_EQUIPMENTS_U1 NOT UNIQUE 5 INSTANCE_ID
BOM_RESOURCE_EQUIPMENTS_U2 UNIQUE 10 RESOURCE_ID
20 ORGANIZATION_ID
30 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID

BOM_RESOURCE_FLEX_FENCES
In this table you can specify a tolerance percentage by which the present
capacity of a particular resource or a line can be increased. You must
know in advance the number of days after which that particular
resource or line will be needed.
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique resource identifier
FENCE_DAYS NOT NULL NUMBER Days included in time fence
TOLERANCE_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER Percentage of tolerance beyond
time fence
defining column
Indexes
BOM_RESOURCE_FLEX_FENCES_U1 UNIQUE 0 DEPARTMENT_ID
2 RESOURCE_ID
4 FENCE_DAYS

BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS stores resource setup information. You will

be able to specify multiple setups for each resource.
Foreign Keys
BOM_SETUP_TYPES SETUP_ID SETUP_ID
Column Descriptions
SETUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Setup Type unique identifier
defining column
Indexes
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS_U1 UNIQUE 5 RESOURCE_ID
10 ORGANIZATION_ID
15 SETUP_ID

BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS
BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS stores information about shifts that you

assign to resources. This table is a child of
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES. You can assign multiple shifts to a
resource in a department if the resource is not a 24 hour resource.
Foreign Keys
BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
Column Descriptions
defining column
CAPACITY_UNITS NULL NUMBER Resource Capacity
Indexes
BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
2 RESOURCE_ID
3 SHIFT_NUM

BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES
BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES stores information about capacity

modifications for a resource on a resource change. This table is a child of
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES. You can define multiple resource
instance changes for a resource change.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES DEPARTMENT_ID DEPARTMENT_ID
SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
SIMULATION_SET SIMULATION_SET
FROM_DATE FROM_DATE
TO_DATE TO_DATE
FROM_TIME FROM_TIME
TO_TIME TO_TIME
QuickCodes Columns
INSTANCE_ID BOM_ACTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Delete work day
2 Modify capacity
3 Add work day
Column Descriptions
SHIFT_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Shift number
SIMULATION_SET NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Simulation set identifier
FROM_DATE NOT NULL DATE Capacity exception from date
FROM_TIME NULL NUMBER Capacity exception from time
TO_DATE NULL DATE Capacity exception to date
TO_TIME NULL NUMBER Capacity exception to time
INSTANCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Instance identifier of the
department resource
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number of the equipment
type resource
ACTION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of capacity modification
defining column

CAPACITY_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Capacity change
Indexes
BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES_U1 UNIQUE 10 DEPARTMENT_ID
20 RESOURCE_ID
30 SHIFT_NUM
40 SIMULATION_SET
50 FROM_DATE
60 FROM_TIME
70 TO_DATE
80 TO_TIME
90 INSTANCE_ID
92 SERIAL_NUMBER
100 ACTION_TYPE

BOM_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Group program to archive deleted routing revisions.

This table only contains rows deleted as a result of a cascade delete on
routings.
Column Descriptions
PROCESS_REVISION (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision code
ECN_INITIATION_DATE NULL DATE ECO initiation date
IMPLEMENTATION_DATE NULL DATE ECO implementation date
IMPLEMENTED_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) (no longer used)
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NOT NULL DATE Revision effectivity date
defining column

BOM_SETUP_TRANSITIONS
BOM_SETUP_TRANSITIONS stores setup transition information.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS RESOURCE_ID RESOURCE_ID
SETUP_ID FROM_SETUP_ID
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS RESOURCE_ID RESOURCE_ID
SETUP_ID TO_SETUP_ID
Column Descriptions
FROM_SETUP_ID NULL NUMBER Setup Type unique identifier
TO_SETUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Setup Type unique identifier
TRANSITION_TIME NOT NULL NUMBER Transition Time
TRANSITION_UOM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Transition UOM
TRANSITION_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Transition Penalty
OPERATION_ID NULL NUMBER Operation identifier
defining column
Indexes
BOM_SETUP_TRANSITIONS_U1 UNIQUE 5 RESOURCE_ID
10 ORGANIZATION_ID
15 FROM_SETUP_ID
17 TO_SETUP_ID

BOM_SETUP_TYPES
BOM_SETUP_TYPES stores setup types information.
Column Descriptions
SETUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Setup Type unique identifier
SETUP_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Setup code
defining column
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Organization Identifier
Indexes
BOM_SETUP_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 15 SETUP_ID
BOM_SETUP_TYPES_U2 NOT UNIQUE 4 ORGANIZATION_ID
5 SETUP_CODE
Sequences
BOM_SETUP_TYPES_S SETUP_ID

BOM_SHIFT_DATES
BOM_SHIFT_DATES stores information about compiled data for shift

calendars. This table stores every date between the calendar start date
and calendar end date for a calendar name and exception set. The
workday calendar program assigns a sequence number starting at 1, to
each date. The program generates the prior sequence number and next
sequence number for every calendar date that is stored in this table. This
table stores values for sequence number, prior sequence number and
next sequence number for a non–working day. The values for these
columns are equal to a working day. The workday calendar program
generates a shift calendar for each shift you define for your calendar.
Foreign Keys
BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS CALENDAR_CODE CALENDAR_CODE
SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
Column Descriptions
SHIFT_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Calendar date
SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Sequence number for shift date
(only for working dates)
NEXT_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Next sequence number for
calendar date (working day)
PRIOR_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Prior sequence number for
calendar date (working day)
NEXT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Next date corresponding to next
sequence number
PRIOR_DATE NOT NULL DATE Prior date corresponding to
prior sequence number
Indexes
BOM_SHIFT_DATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
3 SHIFT_DATE
4 SHIFT_NUM

BOM_SHIFT_EXCEPTIONS
BOM_SHIFT_EXCEPTIONS stores information about exception dates

for a calendar name, exception set, and shift. You can define these
exception dates to be either working or non–working
(EXCEPTION_TYPE 1 for On and 2 for Off). The workday calendar
program generates all dates between calendar start date and calendar
end date. It then marks the workday pattern on generated dates
followed by the base calendar exception dates. Finally, it marks the shift
exception dates. This table stores exception dates for the shift calendars,
the table BOM_CALENDAR_EXCEPTIONS stores exception dates for
the base calendar.
Foreign Keys
SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
QuickCodes Columns
1 On
2 Off
Column Descriptions
EXCEPTION_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Exception Date
EXCEPTION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Exception type (On and Off)
defining column

Indexes
BOM_SHIFT_EXCEPTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 EXCEPTION_SET_ID
3 SHIFT_NUM
4 EXCEPTION_DATE

BOM_SHIFT_TIMES
BOM_SHIFT_TIMES stores information about shift hours for your

shifts. You cannot have overlapping shift hours. You can define shifts
that go beyond midnight (24:00).
Foreign Keys
SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
Column Descriptions
FROM_TIME (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Shift start time
TO_TIME (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Shift end time
defining column
Indexes
BOM_SHIFT_TIMES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 SHIFT_NUM
3 FROM_TIME
4 TO_TIME

BOM_SMALL_EXPL_TEMP
BOM_SMALL_EXPL_TEMP stores temporary, indented bill of material

structures for online processes (Indented Inquiry). The explosion
process (BOMPEXPL) populates this table when exploding a single or a
range of bills of material.
GROUP_ID identifies all rows generated from an explosion.
TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID is the bill sequence id of the exploded bill.
The explosion process constructs SORT_ORDER that correctly
determines the node of the row in the bill structure. You must order the
rows by SORT_ORDER to retrieve the correct bill structure. The
following information shows an example of how the sort order is
determined (inventory_item_ids are in parentheses).
A (11)
|
+––––––+––––––+
| |
B(12) C(13)
| |
+––+––+ +––+––+
| | | |
D(14) E(15) F(16) G(17)
Component Sort_order
––––––––– ––––––––––
A 001
B 001001
C 001002
D 001001001
E 001001002
F 001002001
G 001002002

A
.B
..D
..E
.C
..F
..G
The bill loop check process uses COMPONENT_CODE to detect loops.

COMPONENT_CODE stores the concatention of item ids down any

branch in the indented structure tree. The explosion process left pads
the ids with 0s up to 16 characters. For example:
Component Component_code
––––––––– –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
A 0000000000000011
B 0000000000000011000000000000012
C 0000000000000011000000000000013
D 0000000000000011000000000000012000000000000014
E 0000000000000011000000000000012000000000000015
F 0000000000000011000000000000013000000000000016
G 0000000000000011000000000000013000000000000017
The explosion and bill loop check processes set the LOOP_FLAG to 1, if
a loop is detected in the assembly.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS BILL_SEQUENCE_ID TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID TOP_ITEM_ID
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR TOP_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR
Column Descriptions
items
identifier
EXTENDED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Extended quantity including
shrinkage
explosion
ordered
EXTEND_COST_FLAG NULL NUMBER Whether to extend cost for this
item
0

defining column
order header
order, configuration, or
price list
customer
COMPONENT_YIELD_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Component yield
INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if component is
to be used when rolling up
costs
BASED_ON_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether cost
will be rolled up
ACTUAL_COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Actual cost type identifier
of material
Order Entry to determine how
many units of component to put
on an order
required
allowed to ship
required to ship

order
order
component
ATP check
components of should be picked
orderable item
INTERNAL_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating internal order
customer orderable
INTERNAL_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item can be
internally ordered
transactable
stockable
price list
defining column
item
item
item
item
item
item

item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
item
identifiers
detected
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating item is an
inventory asset
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Supply type
material structure
re–explode
identifier
OPERATION_OFFSET NULL NUMBER Component’s lead time
CURRENT_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Component’s item revision
LOCATOR NULL VARCHAR2(40) Component’s supply locator
FROM_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates the first unit number
of an item to be included

TO_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates the last unit number
of an item to be included

BOM_SMALL_IMPL_TEMP
BOM_SMALL_IMPL_TEMP stores temporary information about where

an item is used in a bill of material structure. The item implosion
process generates this information by recursively travelling up the bill of
material structure. This table is used by the View Item Usage window.
SEQUENCE_ID is the unique identifier for each implosion process.
LOWEST_ITEM_ID is the item that you are imploding.
CURRENT_ITEM_ID is the item id of the current row.
PARENT_ITEM_ID is the item id of the parent of the current item.
LOWEST_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR is the alternate of each first
level parent of the imploded item.
SORT_CODE stores information about a particular node in the indented
structure. You must order the rows by SORT_ORDER to retrieve the
correct bill structure. The following example shows how the sort order
is determined (inventory_item_ids are in parentheses).
A (11)
|
+––––––+––––––+
| |
B(12) C(13)
| |
+––––+––––+ +––––+––––+
| | | |
D(14) E(15) F(16) G(17)
|
F(16)
An implosion of item F will generate the following sort orders:

Item Sort Order
–––––––––– ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
F 001
D 001001
C 001002
B 001001001
A 001002001
A 001001001001

F
.D
..B
...A
.C
..A

Column Descriptions
SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Implosion identifier
LOWEST_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of item to implode
CURRENT_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier of current
component
PARENT_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier
ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate bom designator
CURRENT_LEVEL NOT NULL NUMBER Implosion level
SORT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Sort sequence
LOWEST_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate bom designator of
level 1 items
CURRENT_ASSEMBLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Assembly type
COMPONENT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Component quantity
REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Revised item unique identifier
CHANGE_NOTICE NULL VARCHAR2(10) ECO Identifier
IMPLEMENTED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicator if component row is
implemented or pending
FROM_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates the first unit number
to be included
TO_END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates the first unit number
to be included

BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS stores information about the

standard operations, events, processes, and line operations that you
define. Events/processes/line operations are for Flow Manufacturing.
You can use these standard operations/events/processes/line
operations when you define routing steps to build your assembly. The
Define Routing window defaults all data for the standard
operation/events/processes/line operation into the routing step.
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES and
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS share the descriptive flex definition.
Therefore, the Define Routing window will also copy the descriptive
flex information into the routing step.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
2 No – autocharge
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
SEQUENCE_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number,
showing the sequences of
processes and line operations
LINE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER WIP line identifier
OPERATION_TYPE (PK) NULL NUMBER Operation Type: 1. Standard
Operation/Event 2. Process 3.
Line Operation
STANDARD_OPERATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Standard operation unique
identifier
OPERATION_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Standard operation code

quantity
OPERATION_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Specific operation description
in this operation
defining column
BACKFLUSH_FLAG NULL NUMBER Backflush at this operation
WMS_TASK_TYPE NULL NUMBER WMS Task Type
during costing
YIELD NULL NUMBER Operation yield for an
operation
Indexes
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 OPERATION_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 OPERATION_TYPE
4 LINE_ID
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_U2 UNIQUE 1 STANDARD_OPERATION_ID
Sequences
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_S STANDARD_OPERATION_ID
Database Triggers

Trigger Name : BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_T
Trigger Level : ROW
When you update a standard operation that is referenced by routing operations, this trigger
updates all the corresponding rows that reference routing operations in the
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES table.

BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_ALL_V
View based on BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS table. Main columns

include STANDARD_OPERATION_ID, LINE_ID, OPERATION_CODE,
OPERATION_TYPE, OPERATION_DESCRIPTION,
ORGANIZATION_ID. No records are filtered out.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_ALL_V
as SELECT
BSO.SEQUENCE_NUM,
BSO.LINE_ID,
BSO.OPERATION_TYPE,
BSO.STANDARD_OPERATION_ID,
BSO.OPERATION_CODE,
BSO.ORGANIZATION_ID,
BSO.DEPARTMENT_ID,
BSO.LAST_UPDATE_DATE,
BSO.LAST_UPDATED_BY,
BSO.CREATION_DATE,
BSO.CREATED_BY,
BSO.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN,
BSO.MINIMUM_TRANSFER_QUANTITY,
BSO.COUNT_POINT_TYPE,
BSO.OPERATION_DESCRIPTION,
BSO.OPTION_DEPENDENT_FLAG,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE1,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE2,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE3,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE4,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE5,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE6,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE7,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE8,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE9,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE10,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE11,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE12,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE13,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE14,
BSO.ATTRIBUTE15,
BSO.REQUEST_ID,
BSO.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID,
BSO.PROGRAM_ID,
BSO.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE,
BSO.BACKFLUSH_FLAG
FROM BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS BSO

QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
2 No – autocharge
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
SEQUENCE_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number,
showing the sequence of
processes and line operations
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line identifier for Flow
Manufacturing operations
OPERATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Operation Type 1: Standard
Operation/Event 2: Process 3:
Line Operation
STANDARD_OPERATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Standard operation unique
identifier
quantity
in this operation
defining column


BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_VAL_V
This view only shows standard operations with valid departments.
View Definition
CREATE VIEW BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_VAL_V
as SELECT
BSO.ROWID ROW_ID
, BSO.STANDARD_OPERATION_ID
, BSO.OPERATION_CODE
, BSO.ORGANIZATION_ID
, BSO.DEPARTMENT_ID
, BD.DEPARTMENT_CODE DEPARTMENT_CODE
, BD.DESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT_DESCRIPTION
, BD.LOCATION_ID
, BSO.LAST_UPDATE_DATE
, BSO.LAST_UPDATED_BY
, BSO.CREATION_DATE
, BSO.CREATED_BY
, BSO.LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN
, BSO.MINIMUM_TRANSFER_QUANTITY
, BSO.COUNT_POINT_TYPE
, BSO.OPERATION_DESCRIPTION
, BSO.OPTION_DEPENDENT_FLAG
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE1
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE2
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE3
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE4
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE5
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE6
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE7
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE8
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE9
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE10
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE11
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE12
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE13
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE14
, BSO.ATTRIBUTE15
, BSO.REQUEST_ID
, BSO.PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID
, BSO.PROGRAM_ID
, BSO.PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE
, BSO.BACKFLUSH_FLAG
FROM BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS BSO,
BOM_DEPARTMENTS BD
WHERE BD.DEPARTMENT_ID = BSO.DEPARTMENT_ID
AND TRUNC(NVL(BD.DISABLE_DATE, SYSDATE+1)) > TRUNC(SYSDATE)
QuickCodes Columns

1 Yes
2 No
2 No – autocharge
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
ROW_ID NULL ROWID Rowid of table
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS
STANDARD_OPERATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Standard operation unique
identifier
DEPARTMENT_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Department description
quantity
in this operation
defining column


BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES
BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES stores information about resources you

assign to standard operations. You may assign multiple resources to
your standard operations.
When you use a standard operation to define your routing step, the
Define Routing window copies the standard operation resources as
operation resources. Since BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES shares
descriptive flex definition with BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES, the
window will also copy the descriptive flex information.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID RESOURCE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
1 Yes
2 No
3 Prior
4 Next
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
STANDARD_OPERATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Standard operation unique
identifier

BASIS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Basis type
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Charging for shop floor
transactions
transaction
ASSIGNED_UNITS NULL NUMBER Resource units assigned
SCHEDULE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Schedule this resource
defining column
Indexes
BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 STANDARD_OPERATION_ID
2 RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES_T1

Trigger Level : ROW
Trigger Event : INSERT
When you create a standard resource for a standard operation, then this trigger creates a
corresponding row in the BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES table for every routing operation that
references this standard operation.

Trigger Level : ROW
When you update a standard resource for a standard operation, then this trigger updates every
correponding row in the BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES table for all the routing operations that
reference this standard operation.

Trigger Level : ROW
Trigger Event : DELETE
When you delete a standard resource for a standard operation, then this trigger deletes every
correponding row in the BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES table for all the routing operations that
reference this standard operation.

BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS stores information about the

substitute components associated with a bill of material component. It
is a child table of BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS, and stores
substitute components of current components as well as components
that are pending on ECOs. Substitute components appear on MRP
reports.
The column SUBSTITUTE_ITEM_QUANTITY stores the quantity of
substitute items needed to replace the full component quantity as
represented in the COMPONENT_QUANTITY column of the
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS table.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
Column Descriptions
SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Substitute component inventory
item
SUBSTITUTE_ITEM_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Substitute component quantity
ACD_TYPE (PK) NULL NUMBER Type to indicate add or delete
on an engineering change order
defining column

from
Indexes
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS_U1 UNIQUE 3 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
4 SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID
5 ACD_TYPE

BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPS_ARCHIVE
Used by Delete Group program to archive substitute components

deleted as a result of a cascade delete on components.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
Column Descriptions
SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Substitute component inventory
item
SUBSTITUTE_ITEM_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Substitute component quantity
ACD_TYPE (PK) NULL NUMBER Type to indicate add or delete
on an engineering change order
defining column

BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE temporarily stores information about

the substitute components associated with a bill of material component.
This table is shared by the Bills of Material and Engineering Change
Order open interfaces.
ORGANIZATION_CODE, and the open interfaces will fill in the

EFFECTIVITY_DATE instead of COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID. The
QuickCodes Columns
1 Add
2 Change
3 Disable
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
Column Descriptions
SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier of
substitute component
SUBSTITUTE_ITEM_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Substitute component quantity

ACD_TYPE NULL NUMBER Add or delete code from an
defining column
identifier
the bill
name
SUBSTITUTE_COMP_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
COMPONENT_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
the component
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
the bill
NEW_SUB_COMP_ID NULL NUMBER Updated value for the
SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID
NEW_SUB_COMP_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Updated value for the
SUBSTITUTE_COMP_NUMBER
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Type of action: CREATE, UPDATE
or DELETE
BOM_SUB_COMPS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier to link
business object
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier to link
business object

ENG_REVISED_ITEMS_IFCE_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(30) User defined identifier to link
business object
business object
Indexes
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID
2 SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENT_ID
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_NUMBER
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 BOM_SUB_COMPS_IFCE_KEY

BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCES
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
1 Yes
2 No
3 Prior
4 Next
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Operation unique identifier
SUBSTITUTE_GROUP_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Substitue group number
SCHEDULE_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Scheduling sequence number
REPLACEMENT_GROUP_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Substitute group number
transactions
moves
defining column

PRINCIPLE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Principle Flag
SETUP_ID NULL NUMBER Setup Type unique identifier
CHANGE_NOTICE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Change Notice
Indexes
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
2 RESOURCE_ID
3 SUBSTITUTE_GROUP_NUM

BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCE_EFC
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCE_EFC is used exclusively as an

archive table for the ”Euro as a functional currency” project. It mirrors
the table BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCES prior to conversion to
the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Resource Rate Amount
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Operation Sequence Identifier
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT_INVERSE NULL NUMBER Inverse Resource Rate Amount
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource Sequence Number
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER Set Of Books Identifier

BOM_WORKDAY_PATTERNS
BOM_WORKDAY_PATTERNS stores the days on/days off patterns for

your calendar and your shifts. You can define multiple days on/days
off to form a repetitive pattern. The calendar compile program
(BMCPCL) will create a workday calendar based on this repeating
pattern along with the exceptions that you may define. SEQ_NUM is
the order of your days on/days off to create the repeating workday
pattern. For example, if you define a calendar as follows:
= SeqNum DaysOn DaysOff 1 5 2 2 4 3=
Your repeating workday pattern will be over 14 days (5+2+4+3) as
follows: = 5 days on 2 days off 4 days on 3 days off =
Foreign Keys
SHIFT_NUM SHIFT_NUM
Column Descriptions
SHIFT_NUM (PK) NULL NUMBER Shift number
SEQ_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Sequence number
DAYS_ON NOT NULL NUMBER Number of days on
DAYS_OFF NOT NULL NUMBER Number of days off
defining column

Indexes
BOM_WORKDAY_PATTERNS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 CALENDAR_CODE
2 SHIFT_NUM

CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS stores a row for each resource or repetitive

line required to build an assembly from its lowest level components.
Each row also includes the department where the assembly is being
built, the resource hours required, the usage of the components in the
assembly, and the set back days from the due date of the assembly when
the resource or the line is required.
RESOURCE_DEPARTMENT_HOURS is calculated by multiplying the
usage rate or amount of the assembly by the conversion rate defined for
that assembly.
SETBACK_DAYS is the number of days from the due date of the
assembly that the resource is needed.
ASSEMBLY_USAGE is a resource hours multiplier derived from the
usage of the component. Therefore the assembly usage for the resource
required to make an assembly from its immediate components is one.
SOURCE_ITEM_ID is the component in the assembly that is the source
of the repetitive or routing–based requirements.
This table is populated by the Bill of Resource Load concurrent program
and the Enter Bill of Resources form. The rough cut capacity inquiry
and report use this table to compile the rough cut capacity plan.
Foreign Keys
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS COMPONENT_ITEM_ID SOURCE_ITEM_ID
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
CRP_BILL_OF_RESOURCE_ITEMS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
BILL_OF_RESOURCES BILL_OF_RESOURCES
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID SOURCE_ITEM_ID
QuickCodes Columns
BASIS CST_BASIS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource units
4 Resource value
5 Total value

6 Activity units
OPERATION_SCHEDULE_TYPE MCG_OPERATION_SCHEDULE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Standard time
2 Units of department capacity
4 24 hour clock
ORIGINATION_TYPE CRP_ROLLUP_ORIGINATION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Load
2 Manual update
3 Manual addition
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique id for the row
BILL_OF_RESOURCES NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Bill of resource set identifier
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Assembly item identifier
SOURCE_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Component that is the source of
the requirement
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource identifier
DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Department identifier
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Repetitive line identifier
RESOURCE_DEPARTMENT_HOURS NULL NUMBER Required resource hours
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number in
routing
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence id
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource sequence num
SETBACK_DAYS NULL NUMBER Resource set back days from
assembly due date
ASSEMBLY_USAGE NULL NUMBER Resource hours multiplier for
assembly usage
ORIGINATION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Origination type of requirement
RESOURCE_UNITS NULL NUMBER Operation resource units
BASIS NULL NUMBER Operation basis
DDF_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Structure defining column for
the developer descriptive
flexfield
defining column

Indexes
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 BILL_OF_RESOURCES
2 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
2 RESOURCE_ID
3 BILL_OF_RESOURCES
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 4 LINE_ID
5 BILL_OF_RESOURCES
6 ORGANIZATION_ID
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS_S TRANSACTION_ID

CRP_SIMULATION_SETS
CRP_SIMULATION_SETS stores the names of the simulation sets.

Simulation sets are used to group multiple resource changes. Each
resource change defined in BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES can be
associated with a simulation set. The USE_IN_WIP flag determines if
the resource change associated with a particular simulation set is used
by the WIP scheduler. The RCCP and CRP reports and inquiries can be
run for a particular simulation set.
QuickCodes Columns
USE_IN_WIP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
Column Descriptions
SIMULATION_SET (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Simulation set identifier
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Simulation set description
USE_IN_WIP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Use in WIP flag
defining column
Indexes
CRP_SIMULATION_SETS_U1 UNIQUE 1 SIMULATION_SET
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES
CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES stores information about the library

that should be called during the periodic distribution process for GAAP
Accounting.
Column Descriptions
ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique ID
LIB_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Name of the Accounting Library
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the Accounting
Library
COST_METHOD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Cost Method identifier for
which the library can be used
LIB_PKG_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(100) The PL/SQL package name for the
library
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Extended Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Extended Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Extended Who column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Extended Who column
Indexes
CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID

CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES
CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES stores information about PL/SQL

packages that are called during periodic distribution process
Column Descriptions
ACCOUNTING_PACKAGE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Unique ID
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the accounting
package
PACKAGE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Name of the PL/SQL package
COST_METHOD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Cost Method identifier for
which the package can be used
Indexes
CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ACCOUNTING_PACKAGE_ID

CST_ACCT_LIB_PACKAGES
CST_ACCT_LIB_PACKAGES stores association between library for a

GAAP and PL/SQL package that should be called for a transaction
event during periodic distribution process
Foreign Keys
CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID
CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES ACCOUNTING_PACKAGE_ID ACCOUNTING_PACKAGE_ID
Column Descriptions
ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID NOT NULL NUMBER ID from
CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES
ACCOUNTING_PACKAGE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) ID from CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES
EVENT_TYPE_ID NULL VARCHAR2(30) Event ID from CST_EVENT_TYPES
Indexes
CST_ACCT_LIB_PACKAGES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID
2 EVENT_TYPE_ID

CST_ACTIVITIES
CST_ACTIVITIES stores activities information. An activity can be

specific to one organization or shared among all organizations. For
shared activities, the ORGANIZATION_ID column holds the
organization identifier. For non–shared activities, the
ORGANIZATION_ID is NULL.
QuickCodes Columns
DEFAULT_BASIS_TYPE CST_BASIS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
Column Descriptions
ACTIVITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Activity identifier
ACTIVITY NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Activity name
DESCRIPTION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description
DEFAULT_BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Default basis for the activity
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date activity becomes inactive
OUTPUT_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(50) Activity measurement unit
VALUE_ADDED_ACTIVITY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(150) Flag indicating whether the
activity adds value
defining column

Indexes
CST_ACTIVITIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ACTIVITY_ID
CST_ACTIVITIES_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ACTIVITY
Sequences
CST_ACTIVITIES_S ACTIVITY_ID

CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS stores activity costs for a particular cost type. It

is the child table of CST_ACTIVITIES.
Foreign Keys
CST_COST_TYPES COST_TYPE_ID COST_TYPE_ID
Column Descriptions
ACTIVITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Activity identifier
COST_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost type identifier
TOTAL_COST NULL NUMBER Total expected cost for the
activity
TOTAL_ACTIVITY_UNITS NULL NUMBER The total expected number of
activity occurrences
UNIT_COST NULL NUMBER Total unit cost
defining column
Indexes
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ACTIVITY_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 COST_TYPE_ID

CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_EFC
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table for

the ”Euro as a functional currency” project. It mirrors the table
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
UNIT_COST NULL NUMBER Unit Cost
ACTIVITY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Activity Identifier
TOTAL_COST NULL NUMBER Total Cost
COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Type Identifier

CST_AE_HEADERS
This table stores the header information for Periodic Accounting

Distributions
Foreign Keys
CST_COST_GROUPS COST_GROUP_ID COST_GROUP_ID
CST_PAC_PERIODS PAC_PERIOD_ID PERIOD_ID
HR_ALL_ORGANIZATION_UNITS ORGANIZATION_ID LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID
ORG_GL_BATCHES GL_BATCH_ID GL_TRANSFER_RUN_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID
Column Descriptions
AE_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15)Unique Identifier
ACCOUNTING_EVENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting Event Identifier
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15)Set of Books Identifier
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15)Legal Entity Identifier
COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifier
AE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30)
Accounting Event Category
PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Period Identifier
PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15)
Name of accounting period
ACCOUNTING_DATE NOT NULL DATE Accounting Event Date
GL_TRANSFER_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1)
General Ledger Transfer Flag
GL_TRANSFER_RUN_ID NULL NUMBER General Ledger Transfer Run
Identifier
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of Accounting
Header
GL_TRANSFER_ERROR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(240) General Ledger Transfer Error
Code
ACCT_EVENT_SOURCE_TABLE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Accounting Event Source Table
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting Event Organization
Identifier
ACCOUNTING_ERROR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Accounting Error Code
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column
CROSS_CURRENCY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Cross Currency Flag
GL_REVERSAL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether accounting
entries need to be reversed

Indexes
CST_AE_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 GL_TRANSFER_RUN_ID
2 ACCOUNTING_DATE
4 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
6 COST_TYPE_ID
8 COST_GROUP_ID
10 PERIOD_ID
CST_AE_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 AE_HEADER_ID

CST_AE_HEADERS_EFC
CST_AE_HEADERS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table for the

CST_AE_HEADERS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
AE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER AE Header Identifier

CST_AE_LINES
This table stores the accounting distribution entries (debits and credits)
for periodic distributions.
Foreign Keys
CST_AE_HEADERS AE_HEADER_ID AE_HEADER_ID
FND_CURRENCIES CURRENCY_CODE CURRENCY_CODE
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID CODE_COMBINATION_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
Column Descriptions
AE_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Unique Identifier
AE_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Header Identifier
AE_LINE_NUMBER NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting Line Number
AE_LINE_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Accounting Line Type Code
CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Account Identifier
CURRENCY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Currency Code
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency Conversion Type
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Currency Conversion Date
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency Conversion Exchange
Rate
ENTERED_DR NULL NUMBER Accounting Debit Entry
ENTERED_CR NULL NUMBER Accounting Credit Entry
ACCOUNTED_DR NULL NUMBER Accounting Debit entry in
functional currency
ACCOUNTED_CR NULL NUMBER Accounting Credit entry in
functional currency
SOURCE_TABLE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Accounting Entry source table
SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Entry source
Identifier
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Per Unit Rate
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis Type for WIP
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource Identifier for WIP
COST_ELEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Element Identifier
ACTIVITY_ID NULL NUMBER Activity Identifier for WIP
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER Repetitive Schedule Identifier
for WIP
OVERHEAD_BASIS_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Overhead Basis Factor for WIP
BASIS_RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Basis Resource Identifier for
WIP
GL_SL_LINK_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Link to General Ledger
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of Accounting entry
line
STAT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Stat Amount
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) USSGL Transaction Code
SUBLEDGER_DOC_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Subledger Document Sequence
Identifier
SUBLEDGER_DOC_SEQUENCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER Subledger Document Sequence
Value

Code
REFERENCE1 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reference column
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase Order Distribution
Identifier for Receiving
Transactions
WIP_ENTITY_ID NULL NUMBER WIP Entity Identifier
Indexes
CST_AE_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 AE_HEADER_ID
CST_AE_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 AE_LINE_ID

CST_AE_LINES_EFC
CST_AE_LINES_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table for the

CST_AE_LINES prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
AE_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Line Identifier
ACCOUNTED_CR NULL NUMBER Accounted Credit
ACCOUNTED_DR NULL NUMBER Accounted Debit
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency Conversion Rate
OVERHEAD_BASIS_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Overhead Basis Factor
STAT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Stat_amount
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Rate or Amount

CST_AP_VARIANCE_BATCHES
Stores the parameters for each Invoice Variance Transfer Program run.
A unique batch id identifies the record created during each run.
Column Descriptions
BATCH_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Batch identifier
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory organization
identifier
ITEM_OPTION NULL NUMBER Item option specified at time
of program submission
INVOICE_PROJECT_OPTION NULL NUMBER Invoice option specified at
time of program submission.
ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Adjustment account specified at
time of program submission
CUTOFF_DATE NULL DATE Invoice cut off date
TRANSACTION_PROCESS_MODE NULL NUMBER Transaction process mode to
control whether the update
transactions are created in a
state ready to import
SPECIFIC_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Specific Item identifier,
applicable only if specific
item option was chosen
SPECIFIC_PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Specific project identifier,
applicable only if project
invoice option was chosen
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Category identifier, applicable
if category item option was
chosen
CATEGORY_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Category set identifier
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard who column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard who column
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard who column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Extended who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Extended who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Extended who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Extended who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Extended who column
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description as entered by the
user at time of program
submission
Indexes
CST_AP_VARIANCE_BATCHES_U1 UNIQUE 1 BATCH_ID

CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS
Stores the variance information for a purchase order distribution for

each batch run
Foreign Keys
CST_AP_VARIANCE_BATCHES BATCH_ID BATCH_ID
Column Descriptions
VARIANCE_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Variance header identifier
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order distribution
identifier for which invoice
variance is computed
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory organization
identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier,
applicable only if invoice
option is chosen at time of
program run
VAR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Invoice variance amount
TRANSACTION_DATE NULL DATE System derived date for average
cost update transaction
BATCH_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Batch identifier that created
this header record
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
Indexes
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 BATCH_ID
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 VARIANCE_HEADER_ID
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_U2 UNIQUE 1 BATCH_ID
2 PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID
4 COST_GROUP_ID

CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_EFC
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive

CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS prior to conversion to the euro
currency.
Column Descriptions
VAR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Var Amount
VARIANCE_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Variance Header Identifier

CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES
Stores the variance information detail fora purchase order distribution

and each batch run
Foreign Keys
CST_AP_VARIANCE_BATCHES BATCH_ID BATCH_ID
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS VARIANCE_HEADER_ID VARIANCE_HEADER_ID
Column Descriptions
VARIANCE_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Variance header identifier
VARIANCE_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Variance line identifier
BATCH_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Batch identifier that created
this record
INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Invoice distribution ID as
stored in AP tables
INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice ID as stored in AP
tables
DISTRIBUTION_LINE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Invoice distribution line
number
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Purchase order distribution to
which this invoice is matched
INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Invoice price variance amount
BASE_INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Invoice price variance amount
in base currency
VAR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Invoice variance amount to be
transferred to Inventory
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project as indicated on the
invoice
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory Organization to which
the PO distribution will
deliver
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item as indicated on
the purchase order line
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifier
Indexes
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 BATCH_ID
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 VARIANCE_HEADER_ID
2 VARIANCE_LINE_ID

CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES_EFC
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES_EFC is used exclusively as an archive

CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
BASE_INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Base Invoice Price Variance
VAR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Variance Amount
VARIANCE_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Variance Line Identifier
VARIANCE_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Variance Header Identifier

CST_BIS_MARGIN_BUILD
CST_MARGIN_BUILD stores the build information that is required to

run Margin Analysis Reports. Submitting a Margin Analysis Load Run
request populates this table. Submitting a Purge Margin Analysis Load
Run request removes records from it.
Column Descriptions
LEGAL_ENTITY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Legal Entity name
BUILD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Build identifier
BUILD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(60) Build name
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID NULL NUMBER Legal Entity identifier
BUILD_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(255) Description of the build
FROM_DATE NULL DATE Build date from value
TO_DATE NULL DATE Build date to value
ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Operating unit
HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier for the sales
order
COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost type identifier
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column
Sequences
CST_MARGIN_BUILD_S BUILD_ID

CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY temporarily stores the detailed

information that is used to build Margin Analysis Reports. Like
CST_MARGIN_BUILD, Margin Analysis Load Run and Purge Margin
Analysis Load Run requests populate and remove records from this
table.
Column Descriptions
MARGIN_PK (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(120)
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID NULL NUMBER Legal Entity Identifier
SOURCE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Identifies source of the record
ROW_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies the type of a sales
order line
ORIGIN NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies the origin of the
record
INVOICE_SOURCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Source of the invoice
PARENT_ROWID NULL ROWID Identifier of SO_ORDER_LINES
ORDER_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Order number of the sales order
HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Order header identifier
ORDER_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Order type identifier
CUSTOMER_ID NULL NUMBER Customer identifier
SOLD_TO_CUSTOMER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer name based on customer
identifier
PRIMARY_SALESREP_ID NULL NUMBER Primary sales representative
identifier
SALES_CHANNEL_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Sales channel code identifier
PARENT_INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Parent inventory item
identifier in case of a
non–standard item
PARENT_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier for the
parent item
PARENT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line identifier for the parent
line
PARENT_LINE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Line number for the parent line
PARENT_ITEM_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type identifier of the parent
item, i.e. Standard, Model,
Class, etc.
PARENT_ATO_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating if the order
line is for ATO
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier for
the child line
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier for the
child line
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line identifier for the child
line
LINE_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Line type code for the child
line
LINE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Line number for the child line
SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID NULL NUMBER Ship to site identifier
SHIP_TO_CUSTOMER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer name based on
SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID
INVOICE_TO_SITE_USE_ID NULL NUMBER Site identifier for the
invoiced site information

BILL_TO_CUSTOMER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer name based on the
INVOICE_TO_SITE_USE_ID
CUSTOMER_TRX_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier for RA_CUSTOMER_TRX
CUSTOMER_TRX_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier for
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES
ORIGINAL_GL_DATE NULL DATE Original General ledger Date
GL_DATE NULL DATE General ledger date
INVOICE_LINE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity invoiced for entire
order line
INVOICE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity invoiced for invoice
line
ORDER_LINE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Order quantity for order line
SHIP_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Actual shipment quantity
INVOICED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Invoiced amount
COGS_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Cost of goods sold amount
SALES_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Sales account identifier
COGS_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Cost of goods sold identifier
TERRITORY_ID NULL NUMBER Territory identifier
CUSTOMER_CLASS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Industry identifier
MARGIN NULL NUMBER Margin
MARGIN_PCT NULL NUMBER Margin percentage
RETURN_REFERENCE_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Return reference type
identifier for the RMA lines
RETURN_REFERENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Return reference identifier for
the RMA lines
LINK_TO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Parent line identifier if
RETURN_REFERENCE_TYPE_CODE is
populated
RMA_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier for the RMA
lines
RMA_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Order number for the RMA lines
RMA_INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier for
the RMA lines
RMA_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line identifier for the RMA
lines
RMA_LINE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Line number for the RMA lines
RMA_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier for the
RMA lines
RMA_LINE_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Line type code for the RMA
lines
RMA_SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID NULL NUMBER Site identifier for the shipped
site for the RMA lines
RMA_INVOICE_INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Invoiced inventory item
CR_TRX_ID NULL NUMBER Credit memo identifier in
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX
CR_TRX_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Credit memo Identifier in
PERIOD_NAME_YEAR NULL VARCHAR2(15) Year name from General Ledger
Periods
PERIOD_NUM_YEAR NULL NUMBER Number identifier of Year in
General Ledger Period
PERIOD_NAME_QTR NULL VARCHAR2(15) Quarter name from General
Ledger Periods
PERIOD_NUM_QTR NULL NUMBER Number identifier of Quarter in
PERIOD_SEQ_QTR NULL NUMBER Sequence of General Ledger
Period Quarter

PERIOD_NAME_MONTH NULL VARCHAR2(15) Month name from General Ledger
Periods
PERIOD_NUM_MONTH NULL NUMBER Number identifier of Month in
PERIOD_SEQ_MONTH NULL NUMBER Sequence of General Ledger
Period Month
OE_ITEM_CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Item Category Identifier based
on the default category set of
the OE functional area
AREA_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of Area level of the
BIS geography dimension
COUNTRY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(2) Identifier of Country level of
the BIS geography dimension
REGION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier of Region level of
AREA_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Name of Area level of the BIS
geography dimension
COUNTRY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Name of Country level of the
REGION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Name of Region level of the BIS
geography dimension
OPERATING_UNIT_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(60) Name of Operating Unit
Indexes
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 10 HEADER_ID
20 LINE_ID
30 GL_DATE
40 CUSTOMER_ID
50 PRIMARY_SALESREP_ID
60 SALES_CHANNEL_CODE
70 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
80 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
90 ORG_ID
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY_N2 NOT UNIQUE 10 CUSTOMER_ID
20 ORG_ID
30 GL_DATE
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY_N3 NOT UNIQUE 10 SALES_CHANNEL_CODE
20 CUSTOMER_ID
30 PARENT_INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
40 PARENT_ORGANIZATION_ID
50 ORG_ID
60 SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID
70 INVOICE_TO_SITE_USE_ID
80 GL_DATE
90 PERIOD_NAME_MONTH
100 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
110 HEADER_ID
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY_U1 UNIQUE 10 MARGIN_PK

CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES
CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES stores information about WIP

accounting classes for cost groups. This information is entered using the
WIP Accounting Classes for Cost Groups window in Oracle Cost
Management.
Column Descriptions
COST_GROUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier
CLASS_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Class code
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Inactive On/After
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Request identifier
Indexes
CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 CLASS_CODE
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES_U1 UNIQUE 2 COST_GROUP_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 CLASS_CODE

CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT
CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT contains snapshot information from

WIP_OPERATIONS. When the user performs a WIP assembly
completion, assembly return, or scrap transaction, operation information
such as assembly units completed at each operation step and other
details from WIP_OPERATIONS are inserted into this table.
In an average costing organization, when the user completes assemblies

and chooses the ”Use Actual Resources” system option, the information
in CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT is used by the Actual Cost Worker
(CMCACW) to calculate the cost of WIP assembly completion, assembly
return, and scrap transactions.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_ENTITIES WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP entity identifier
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number
NEW_OPERATION_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates that this operation
was added after the job was
released
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity in primary UOM
QUANTITY_COMPLETED NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units completed by
the operation
PRIOR_COMPLETION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Total number of units completed
for the job prior to this
transaction
PRIOR_SCRAP_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Total number of units scrapped
transaction
Indexes
CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
2 WIP_ENTITY_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM

CST_COMP_SNAP_INTERFACE
CST_COMP_SNAP_INTERFACE temporarily stores operation

information such as assembly units completed at each operation step
and other details before loading into Oracle Cost Management.
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier
NEW_OPERATION_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates that this operation
released
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity in primary UOM
the operation
transaction
transaction
Indexes
CST_COMP_SNAP_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID
2 WIP_ENTITY_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM

CST_COMP_SNAP_TEMP
CST_COMP_SNAP_TEMP is a temporary table containing information

from CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT. This table is for internal use only.
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Temporary transaction
identifier
NEW_OPERATION_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicated that this operation
released
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Primary quantity
the operation
transaction
transaction
Indexes
CST_COMP_SNAP_TEMP_U1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
2 WIP_ENTITY_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM

CST_COST_ELEMENTS
CST_COST_ELEMENTS stores the five seeded cost elements: Material,

Material Overhead, Resource, Outside Processing, and Overhead.
Column Descriptions
COST_ELEMENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost element identifier
COST_ELEMENT NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Cost element name
Indexes
CST_COST_ELEMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_ELEMENT_ID

CST_COST_ELEM_EXP_TYPES
CST_COST_ELEM_EXP_TYPES stores information about the

expenditure types that are associated with cost elements. This
information is entered using the Expenditure Types for Cost Elements
window in Oracle Cost Management.
Column Descriptions
EXPENDITURE_TYPE_IN NULL VARCHAR2(30) Expenditure type for transfers
into a project
EXPENDITURE_TYPE_OUT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Expenditure type for transfers
out of a project
Indexes
CST_COST_ELEM_EXP_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 2 COST_ELEMENT_ID

CST_COST_GROUPS
Stores cost group definitions. Cost groups are used in average costing
and project manufacturing. A cost group can be associated with a
specific average costing organization or can be a multiple organization
cost group. A cost group that is associated with a project that spans
multiple inventory organizations must be a multiple organization cost
group. A multiple organization ’common’ cost group is seeded in the
table. Multiple projects can share a cost group. In addition, cost groups
can also be used as organization cost groups for periodic costing.
Identified by cost group type, the organization cost group is used for
periodic costing to calculate costs for a collection of one or more
inventory organizations within a legal entity.
Column Descriptions
COST_GROUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifier
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization Identifier
COST_GROUP NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Cost group name
defining column
LEGAL_ENTITY NULL NUMBER Legal Entity Identifier
COST_GROUP_TYPE NULL NUMBER Cost group type based on the
CST_COST_GROUP_TYPE lookup type

Indexes
CST_COST_GROUPS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COST_GROUP
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
CST_COST_GROUPS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_GROUP_ID

CST_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS
Stores all the pertinent accounts for a cost group for an average costing
organization.
Column Descriptions
MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory material account
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory material overhead
account
RESOURCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Resource labor account
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory overhead account
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Outside processing account
AVERAGE_COST_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Average cost variance account
ENCUMBRANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Encumbrance account
PAYBACK_MAT_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Borrow payback variance account
for material
PAYBACK_RES_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Borrow payback variance account
for resource
PAYBACK_OSP_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Borrow payback variance account
for outside processing
PAYBACK_MOH_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Borrow payback variance account
for material overhead
PAYBACK_OVH_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Borrow payback variance account
for overhead
EXPENSE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Expense Account
Indexes
CST_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS_U1 UNIQUE 2 COST_GROUP_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
CST_COST_GROUPS_S COST_GROUP_ID

CST_COST_GROUP_ASSIGNMENTS
The CST_COST_GROUP_ASSIGNMENTS table stores the association

between one or more inventory organizations within a legal entity to an
organization cost group. Periodic costs are calculated at the organization
cost group level.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
assigned to the cost group
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Extended Who Column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Extended Who Column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Extended Who Column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Extended Who Column
Indexes
CST_COST_GROUP_ASSIGNMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_GROUP_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

CST_COST_TYPES
CST_COST_TYPES stores cost type definitions. The table is seeded with

three cost types: Frozen, Average, and Pending. The Frozen cost type is
used in standard costing organizations. The average cost type is used in
average costing organizations. All costs reference a cost type.
PL_ELEMENT_FLAG, PL_RESOURCE_FLAG,
PL_OPERATION_FLAG, PL_ACTIVITY_FLAG values are used by the
Cost Rollup to determine whether to group rollup costs by cost element,
sub element, operation sequence number, or activity.
BOM_SNAPSHOT_FLAG is used by the Cost Rollup to determine
whether to save the bill structure when rolling up costs for a cost type.
Column Descriptions
COST_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Cost type name
COSTING_METHOD_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Costing method used, standard
or average
FROZEN_STANDARD_FLAG NULL NUMBER Whether it is frozen standard
cost type or not
DEFAULT_COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost type identifier used as
the default cost type when
rolling up costs
BOM_SNAPSHOT_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether to save the bill
structure when rolling up costs
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator
ALLOW_UPDATES_FLAG NULL NUMBER Whether the costs defined for
this cost type can be changed
PL_ELEMENT_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether to group previous level
cost by cost element
PL_RESOURCE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether to group previous level
cost by subelement
PL_OPERATION_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether to group previous level
cost by operation sequence
number
PL_ACTIVITY_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether to group previous level
cost by activity
AVAILABLE_TO_ENG_FLAG NULL NUMBER Whether the set of cost for
this cost type is available for
Oracle Engineering
COMPONENT_YIELD_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether to consider component
yield factor when rolling up
costs
defining column

Indexes
CST_COST_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_TYPE_ID
CST_COST_TYPES_U2 UNIQUE 1 COST_TYPE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY
CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY stores Cost Rollup information and cost

type purge information. You can obtain information about prior Cost
Rollups by requesting an Indented Bills of Material Cost Report.
Foreign Keys
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR
BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS ALTERNATE_DESIGNATOR_CODE ALTERNATE_RTG_DESIGNATOR
MTL_CATEGORIES_B CATEGORY_ID CATEGORY_ID
MTL_CATEGORY_SETS_B CATEGORY_SET_ID CATEGORY_SET_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
QuickCodes Columns
ENGINEERING_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
PURGE_OPTION CST_PURGE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Not based on rollup items,
costs and controls
2 Based on rollup items, costs
and controls
3 Resource costs
4 Resource/Overhead associa-
tions
5 Department overhead costs
and rates
6 Cost type and all costs
RANGE CST_ITEM_RANGE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 All items
2 Specific item
3 Range of items
4 Zero cost items
5 Category
6 Based on rollup items
7 Not based on rollup items
REPORT_OPTION CST_RU_REPORT_OPTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Cost rollup – print report
2 Cost rollup – no report
3 Temporary rollup – print
report
REPORT_TYPE CST_RU_REPORT_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Detail Indented
2 Consolidated
ROLLUP_OPTION CST_ROLLUP_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Single level rollup
2 Full cost rollup
UNIMPLEMENTED_ECN_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes

2 No
Column Descriptions
ROLLUP_ID NULL NUMBER Rollup identifier
ROLLUP_DATE NULL DATE Cost Rollup run date
REPORT_OPTION NULL NUMBER Report option
REPORT_TYPE NULL NUMBER Report type
ROLLUP_OPTION NULL NUMBER Rollup option, full or single
level rollup
RANGE NULL NUMBER Range option
REVISION_DATE NULL DATE Effective date of the assembly
UNIMPLEMENTED_ECN_FLAG NULL NUMBER Included unimplemented ECN in
the cost type or not
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate designator
ALTERNATE_RTG_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate routing designator
ENGINEERING_FLAG NULL NUMBER Include engineering bills or
not
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Category identifier
CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Category name
RANGE_LOW NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inventory item from value
RANGE_HIGH NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inventory item to value
PURGE_DATE NULL DATE Date the cost type was deleted
PURGE_OPTION NULL NUMBER Purge option
Indexes
CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_TYPE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 ROLLUP_DATE
4 PURGE_DATE

CST_COST_UPDATES
CST_COST_UPDATES stores a record for every Update Standard Cost

request submitted. The adjustment columns for WIP may not include
adjustments for resource or overhead rates. They only include standard
cost adjustments for the items issued and completed from Oracle Work
in Process.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INV_ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT
MTL_CATEGORY_SETS_B CATEGORY_SET_ID CATEGORY_SET_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID SINGLE_ITEM
QuickCodes Columns
RANGE_OPTION CST_ITEM_RANGE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 All items
2 Specific item
3 Range of items
4 Zero cost items
5 Category
6 Based on rollup items
7 Not based on rollup items
SNAPSHOT_SAVED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
STATUS CST_COST_UPDATE_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
–1 Error
1 Pending
2 Running
3 Completed
UPDATE_ACTIVITY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
UPDATE_RESOURCE_OVHD_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
COST_UPDATE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost update session identifier
STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Status of the cost update
program

COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost type identifier
UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Cost update session start time
RANGE_OPTION NOT NULL NUMBER Item range option
UPDATE_RESOURCE_OVHD_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether
resource and overhead costs
should be updated
UPDATE_ACTIVITY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether
activity cost should be updated
SNAPSHOT_SAVED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether
adjustment details should be
saved
INV_ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Code combination identifier for
the inventory adjustment
account
SINGLE_ITEM NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier
ITEM_RANGE_LOW NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inventory item range from
ITEM_RANGE_HIGH NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inventory item range to
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Category identifier
INVENTORY_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for on–hand
inventories
INTRANSIT_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for intransit
inventories
WIP_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for Work in
Process
SCRAP_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for scrap
Indexes
CST_COST_UPDATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_UPDATE_ID
CST_COST_UPDATES_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 COST_UPDATE_ID
Sequences
CST_LISTS_S COST_UPDATE_ID

CST_COST_UPDATES_EFC
CST_COST_UPDATES_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table for

the ”Euro as a functional currency” project. It mirrors the table
CST_COST_UPDATES prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for on–hand
inventories
WIP_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for work in
progress
SCRAP_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for scrap
INTRANSIT_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Adjustment total for intransit
inventories
COST_UPDATE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost update session identifier

CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS stores overhead rates by cost type.

You can define overhead rates using the Overheads and Departments
windows.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID OVERHEAD_ID
Column Descriptions
DEPARTMENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Department identifier
OVERHEAD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Overhead sub–element identifier
BASIS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Basis
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Rate or amount for the overhead
sub element
defining column
Indexes
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 OVERHEAD_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID

Indexes (Continued)
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_U1 UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
3 OVERHEAD_ID
4 BASIS_TYPE

CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_EFC
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
DEPARTMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Department Identifier
OVERHEAD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Overhead Identifier
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Rate or Amount
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER Set Of books identifier

CST_DISTRIBUTION_MASTER
CST_DISTRIBUTION_MASTER is used to facilitate distribution

processing for WIP
QuickCodes Columns
ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE CST_ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inv valuation
10 Inter–org receivables
11 Inter–org transfer credit
12 Inter–org freight charge
13 Average cost variance
14 Intransit Inventory
15 Encumbrance Reversal
2 Account
3 Overhead absorption
4 Resource absorption
5 Receiving Inspection
6 Purchase price variance or
rate variance
7 WIP valuation
8 WIP variance
9 Inter–org payables
99 Unknown
DISTRIBUTION_TYPE CST_DISTRIBUTION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Resource
2 Overhead
Column Descriptions
DISTRIBUTION_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Distribution type
ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting line type

CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS stores the elemental item cost history for

every cost update. One record is inserted for each cost element for each
item. You can view this information in the Standard Cost History
window.
Foreign Keys
CST_COST_UPDATES COST_UPDATE_ID COST_UPDATE_ID
Column Descriptions
COST_UPDATE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost update session identifier
STANDARD_COST NULL NUMBER Elemental cost for the cost
element after cost update
Indexes
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_UPDATE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 COST_ELEMENT_ID

CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS_EFC
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

for the ”Euro as a functional currency” project. It mirrors the table
CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory Item Identifier
STANDARD_COST NULL NUMBER Standard Cost
COST_UPDATE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Update Identifier

CST_ENCUMBRANCE_LINES
CST_ENCUMBRANCE_LINES stores accounting distributions

associated with receipt transactions during periodic costing
Column Descriptions
ENCUMBRANCE_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Unique Identifier
AE_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Event Identifier
AE_LINE_NUMBER NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting Entry Line Number
AE_LINE_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Accounting Line Type Code
CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Account Identifier
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Currency Code
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency Conversion Type
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Currency Conversion Date
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency Conversion Exchange
Rate
ENTERED_DR NULL NUMBER Accounting Debit Entry
ENTERED_CR NULL NUMBER Accounting Credit Entry
ACCOUNTED_DR NULL NUMBER Accounting Debit entry in
functional currency
ACCOUNTED_CR NULL NUMBER Accounting Credit entry in
functional currency
SOURCE_TABLE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Accounting entry source table
SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting source Identifier
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Per Unit Rate
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis Type for WIP
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Resource Identifier for WIP
COST_ELEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Cost Element Identifier
ACTIVITY_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Activity Identifier
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Repetitive Schedule Identifier
OVERHEAD_BASIS_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Overhead Basis Factor for WIP
BASIS_RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Basis Resource Identifier for
WIP
GL_SL_LINK_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Link to General Ledger
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of Accounting Entry
line
STAT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Stat Amount
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) USSGL Transaction Code
SUBLEDGER_DOC_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Subledger Document Sequence
Identifier
SUBLEDGER_DOC_SEQUENCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER Subledger Document Sequence
Value
Code
ENCUMBRANCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Encumbrance Type Identifier

PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase Order Distribution
Identifier for Receiving
Transactions

CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP
CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP stores temporary, indented bill of material

structures and is populated during the Cost Rollup process.
GROUP_ID identifies all rows generated by an explosion. DELETED
and LOOP_COUNT are used by the exploder during the explosion
process to compute low level codes.
CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP is used only for full Cost Rollups, for all
items, and when no report is requested in the Cost Rollup.
Column Descriptions
DELETED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if assembly has been
assigned a low level code
LOOP_COUNT NULL NUMBER Explosion iteration at which
assembly is assigned a low
level code
TOP_BILL_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Bill identifier of level 0
items
0
PLAN_LEVEL NULL NUMBER Level in bill
Indexes
CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 4 ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID
6 GROUP_ID
8 LOOP_COUNT
CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 GROUP_ID
4 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID
6 DELETED
CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N3 NOT UNIQUE 8 GROUP_ID
12 PLAN_LEVEL
14 COMPONENT_ITEM_ID

CST_INQUIRY_TEMP
CST_INQUIRY_TEMP stores item cost information used by the View

Item Cost Information window for each inquiry session. The window
has two templates (summary and summary by level) to display item
costs.
QuickCodes Columns
VALUE_ADDED_ACTIVITY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
SESSION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Oracle session identifier
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number in a
routing
OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence identifier
(subelement)
ITEM_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Item unit cost
COST_ELEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Cost element identifier
THIS_LEVEL_COSTS NULL NUMBER This level cost
PREVIOUS_LEVEL_COSTS NULL NUMBER Previous level cost
COLUMN1_VALUE_2A NULL VARCHAR2(240) Column 1 value for the Summary
By Level template in the View
Item Cost information
COLUMN2_VALUE_2A NULL VARCHAR2(240) Column 2 value for the Summary
By Level template in the View
Item Cost information
COLUMN1_VALUE_2B NULL VARCHAR2(240) Column 1 value for the Summary
template in the View Item Cost
information
COLUMN2_VALUE_2B NULL VARCHAR2(240) Column 2 value for the Summary
information
YIELDED_COSTS NULL NUMBER Inflation in item cost for
operation yield in WSM
organizations
DESCRIPTION_COLUMN NULL VARCHAR2(240) Column 3 value for the Summary
information
VALUE_ADDED_ACTIVITY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Not currently used
GUI_COLUMN1 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Activity
GUI_COLUMN2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Department code
GUI_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description
Indexes
CST_INQUIRY_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SESSION_ID

CST_INQUIRY_TYPES
CST_INQUIRY_TYPES stores item cost inquiry option information. This

information is used by the View Item Costs Summary window.
The INQUIRY_NAME column stores the option name. The

UNIQUE_ID column stores the unique identifier for INQUIRY_NAME.
For example, UNIQUE_ID ’13’ corresponds to the inquiry ’Element by
level.’ You can create user–defined inquiries by entering 1 in the
USER_DEFINED column. The UNIQUE_ID for user–defined inquiries
is determined by the sequence CST_INQUIRY_TYPES_S.
Each inquiry is associated with a template type

(GUI_TEMPLATE_TYPE). The template type determines which
columns are displayed in the View Item Costs Summary window. For
example, when an inquiry that is associated with the template type
’Single entity cost summary’ is selected, two columns are displayed.
However, when an inquiry that is associated with the template type
’Two entity cost summary’ is selected, three columns are displayed.
The actual column headings displayed in the View Item Costs Summary
window are determined by the exact inquiry selected. For example,
although both the ’Activity Summary’ and ’Element Summary’ inquiries
are associated with the two column ’Single entity cost summary’
template type, the column headings Activity and Description
(corresponding to GUI_COL2_PROMPT_BOTTOM and
GUI_DESC_PROMPT) are displayed when the former is chosen, while
the column headings Cost, Element, and Description (corresponding to
GUI_COL2_PROMPT_TOP, GUI_COL2_PROMPT_BOTTOM and
GUI_DESC_PROMPT) are displayed when the latter is chosen.
The VIEW_NAME column stores the view name that is used when the
View Item Cost Summary window copies queried cost information to
the CST_INQUIRY_TEMP table. Different views are used for different
inquiries. For example, if you choose ’Activity summary,’ the
VIEW_NAME is ’CST_ELEMENT_COST_VIEW.’
FLEXFIELD_APPLICATION_ID and DESCRIPTIVE_FLEXFI

ELD_NAME store the application identifier and descriptive flexfield
name for those inquiry options that display costs by flexfield segment
value and require the user to choose a flexfield segment. They are used
to retrieve segments for the flexfield.
INVENTORY_FLAG specifies whether this option is available in a

standalone inventory installation. Some of the detail options are not

needed for standalone inventory installations, such as Element by
operation.
QuickCodes Columns
CHAR_GUI_AVAILABLE CST_INQUIRY_CHAR_GUI MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Character mode only
2 GUI mode only
3 Character and GUI mode
GUI_TEMPLATE_TYPE CST_TEMPLATE_TYPE_GUI MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Single entity cost summary
2 Single entity cost summary
by level
3 Two entity cost summary
4 Two entity cost summary by
level
5 Cost summary by flexfield
segment
6 Cost summary by flexfield
segment by level
7 Total cost summary
8 Total cost summary by level
INVENTORY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
USER_DEFINED SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
UNIQUE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
inquiry name
INQUIRY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Cost type detail option
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inquiry option description
USER_DEFINED NOT NULL NUMBER User defined option
TEMPLATE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER No longer used
GUI_TEMPLATE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Template type
VIEW_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of view to be copied into
CST_INQUIRY_TEMP
COLUMN1_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) No longer used
COLUMN2_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) No longer used
DESCRIPTION_COLUMN_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) No longer used
GUI_COL1_PROMPT_TOP NULL VARCHAR2(50) First line of column heading
for GUI_COL1
GUI_COL1_PROMPT_BOTTOM NULL VARCHAR2(50) Second line of column heading
for GUI_COL1
GUI_COL2_PROMPT_TOP NULL VARCHAR2(50) First line of column heading
for GUI_COL2
GUI_COL2_PROMPT_BOTTOM NULL VARCHAR2(50) Second line of column heading
for GUI_COL2

GUI_DESC_PROMPT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Column heading for description
column
INVENTORY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Stand–alone inventory
installation
FLEXFIELD_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Application identifier
DESCRIPTIVE_FLEXFIELD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield name
CHAR_GUI_AVAILABLE NOT NULL NUMBER Flag to determine which version
of the application the view
could appear in
Indexes
CST_INQUIRY_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 UNIQUE_ID
CST_INQUIRY_TYPES_U2 UNIQUE 1 INQUIRY_NAME
Sequences
CST_INQUIRY_TYPES_S UNIQUE_ID

CST_INTERFACE_ERRORS
CST_INTERFACE_ERRORS stores erroneous records from

CST_ITEM_CST_DTLS_INTERFACE. Records may be inserted into this
table when a Copy Cost Information request is submitted.
QuickCodes Columns
ERROR_TYPE CST_INTERFACE_ENTITY_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Resource
2 Activity
3 Department
4 Based on resource
5 Overhead
Column Descriptions
GROUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Group identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM NULL VARCHAR2(240) Concatenated inventory item
segment
ENTITY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(80) Erroneous entity code
ERROR_TYPE NULL NUMBER Erroneous entity type
Indexes
CST_INTERFACE_ERRORS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID

CST_INV_LAYERS
CST_INV_LAYERS stores the inventory layers for each receipt

transaction. One inventory layer is created for each receipt into
inventory. The inventory layers are created within an organization, item
and cost group. The quantity and cost information is stored for the
inventory layer.
Column Descriptions
LAYER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Layer identifier
INV_LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory layer identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier
CREATION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory layer creation
quantity
LAYER_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Current inventory layer
quantity
LAYER_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory layer cost
CREATE_TRANSACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction which created this
layer
TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction action identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction source identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction source type
identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Transaction source number
UNBURDENED_COST NULL NUMBER Item unit cost minus this level
material overhead
BURDEN_COST NULL NUMBER This level material overhead
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Standard who column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Standard who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Standard who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Standard who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Standard who column
Indexes
CST_INV_LAYERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 LAYER_ID
2 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
4 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
6 TRANSACTION_SOURCE
CST_INV_LAYERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 LAYER_ID
2 LAYER_QUANTITY
CST_INV_LAYERS_U1 UNIQUE 2 INV_LAYER_ID
CST_INV_LAYERS_U2 UNIQUE 2 LAYER_ID
4 INV_LAYER_ID

CST_INV_LAYER_COST_DETAILS
CST_INV_LAYER_COST_DETAILS is the child table of

CST_INV_LAYERS. It stores the cost of the inventory layer elementally
across levels.
Column Descriptions
LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Layer identifier
INV_LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory layer identifier
LEVEL_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Level identifier
LAYER_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory layer cost
Indexes
CST_INV_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_U1 UNIQUE 2 INV_LAYER_ID
4 LAYER_ID
6 COST_ELEMENT_ID
8 LEVEL_TYPE

CST_ITEM_COSTS
CST_ITEM_COSTS stores item cost control information by cost type.

For standard costing organizations, the item cost control information for
the Frozen cost type is created when you enter a new item. For average
cost organizations, item cost control information is created when you
transact the item for the first time.
You can use the Item Costs window to enter cost control information.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
BASED_ON_ROLLUP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
DEFAULTED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
item is asset or expense
LOT_SIZE NULL NUMBER Lot Size
BASED_ON_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether cost is
to be rolled up
SHRINKAGE_RATE NULL NUMBER Manufacturing shrinkage rate
(for make item only)
DEFAULTED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
cost of the item is defaulted
from the default cost type
during cost rollup
COST_UPDATE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost update session identifier
PL_MATERIAL NULL NUMBER Previous level material cost

PL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER Previous level material
overhead cost
PL_RESOURCE NULL NUMBER Previous level resource cost
PL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING NULL NUMBER Previous level outside
processing cost
PL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER Previous level overhead cost
TL_MATERIAL NULL NUMBER This level material cost
TL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER This level material overhead
cost
TL_RESOURCE NULL NUMBER This level resource cost
TL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING NULL NUMBER This level outside processing
cost
TL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER This level overhead cost
MATERIAL_COST NULL NUMBER Material cost
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_COST NULL NUMBER Material overhead cost
RESOURCE_COST NULL NUMBER Resource cost
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_COST NULL NUMBER Outside Processing cost
OVERHEAD_COST NULL NUMBER Overhead cost
PL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Total previous level cost
TL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Total this level cost
material overhead
defining column
ROLLUP_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Supply Chain Rollup identifier
ASSIGNMENT_SET_ID NULL NUMBER(15) MRP assignment set identifier
used in Supply Chain Rollup
Indexes
CST_ITEM_COSTS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
CST_ITEM_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

CST_ITEM_COSTS_EFC
CST_ITEM_COSTS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table for the

CST_ITEM_COSTS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_COST NULL NUMBER Resource Cost
PL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Previous Level Item Cost
PL_RESOURCE NULL NUMBER Previous Level Resource
UNBURDENED_COST NULL NUMBER Unburdened Cost
TL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER This Level Item Cost
OVERHEAD_COST NULL NUMBER Overhead Cost
ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Item Cost
MATERIAL_COST NULL NUMBER Material Cost
TL_RESOURCE NULL NUMBER This Level Resource
PL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER Previous Level Overhead
PL_MATERIAL NULL NUMBER Previous Level Material
TL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER This Level Overhead
TL_MATERIAL NULL NUMBER This Level Material
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_COST NULL NUMBER Outside Processing Cost
PL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING NULL NUMBER Previous Level Outside
Processing
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_COST NULL NUMBER Material Overhead Cost
PL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER Previous Level Material
Overhead
BURDEN_COST NULL NUMBER Burden Cost
TL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING NULL NUMBER This Level Outside Processing
TL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER This Level Material Overhead

CST_ITEM_COSTS_INTERFACE
CST_ITEM_COSTS_INTERFACE is the interface table for

CST_ITEM_COSTS. This table is used when a Copy Cost Information
request is submitted.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier
ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Organization identifier
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
item is asset or expense
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Organization code
COST_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Cost type name
segments
GROUP_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Group identifier
LOT_SIZE NULL NUMBER Lot size
BASED_ON_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether costs
should be rolled up
SHRINKAGE_RATE NULL NUMBER Manufacturing shrinkage rate
(for make item only)
DEFAULTED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
cost of the item is defaulted
from the default cost type
during cost roll up
COST_UPDATE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost update session identifier
overhead cost
processing cost
cost
cost

OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_COST NULL NUMBER Outside Processing cost
PL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Total previous level cost
TL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Total this level cost
material overhead
defining column
TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Not currently used
ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Not currently used
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Transaction type
Indexes
CST_ITEM_COSTS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS stores detailed cost information for an item

for a cost type. It is the child table of CST_ITEM_COSTS.
There are three types of detailed item cost: User–defined, Defaulted,
and Rolled up. User–defined costs can be entered in the Item Costs
window. Defaulted and Rolled up costs are generated by Cost Rollup.
If the item does not have cost control information for the cost type you
are rolling up, Cost Rollup copies this level detailed cost information
from the default cost type and marks the rows as Defaulted. Previous
level costs are rolled up costs.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID BASIS_RESOURCE_ID
CST_ITEM_COSTS COST_TYPE_ID COST_TYPE_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
LEVEL_TYPE CST_LEVEL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 This
2 Previous
ROLLUP_SOURCE_TYPE CST_SOURCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 User defined
2 Default
3 Rolled up
Column Descriptions

routing
LEVEL_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Level at which cost is incurred
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource sequence number in an
operation
(sub–element)
RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Resource unit cost
ITEM_UNITS NULL NUMBER Number of item units the
activity cost is applied to
ACTIVITY_UNITS NULL NUMBER Number of activity units
applied to the item cost
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Number of resource units,
overhead rate, or activity unit
cost per basis
BASIS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Basis
BASIS_RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource identifier that the
resource overhead is based on
BASIS_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Basis factor
NET_YIELD_OR_SHRINKAGE_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Item shrinkage factor computed
from the item shrinkage
ITEM_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Item unit cost
ROLLUP_SOURCE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Cost source
ACTIVITY_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Structure defining column for
the Activity Unit Information
defining column
YIELDED_COST NULL NUMBER The yield cost as computed by
the rollup process for WSM
enabled organizations

SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Source organization identifier
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Vendor identifier
ALLOCATION_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Allocation percentage
VENDOR_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Vendor site identifier
SHIP_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipping method
Indexes
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 COST_ELEMENT_ID

CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive

CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
YIELDED_COST NULL NUMBER Yielded Cost
BASIS_FACTOR NOT NULL NUMBER Basis Factor
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Usage Rate Or Amount
RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Resource Rate
ITEM_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Item Cost

CST_ITEM_CST_DTLS_INTERFACE
CST_ITEM_CST_DTLS_INTERFACE is the interface table for

CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS. This table is populated when a Copy Cost
request is submitted.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID BASIS_RESOURCE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
LEVEL_TYPE CST_LEVEL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 This
2 Previous
ROLLUP_SOURCE_TYPE CST_SOURCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 User defined
2 Default
3 Rolled up
Column Descriptions
GROUP_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Group identifier
routing
LEVEL_TYPE NULL NUMBER Level at which cost is incurred

RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource sequence number in an
operation
(sub–element)
RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Resource unit cost
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Number of resource units,
cost per basis
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis
BASIS_RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource identifier that the
resource overhead is based on
BASIS_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Basis factor
NET_YIELD_OR_SHRINKAGE_FACTOR NULL NUMBER Item shrinkage factor computed
from the item shrinkage
ROLLUP_SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Cost source
COST_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Cost type name
segments
DEPARTMENT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department name
ACTIVITY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Activity name
RESOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Resource code
BASIS_RESOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Resource code of resource on
which an overhead is based
COST_ELEMENT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Cost element name
ERROR_TYPE NULL NUMBER Type of error
defining column
PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Not currently used

ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Not currently used
YIELDED_COST NULL NUMBER The yield cost, applicable for
WSM enabled organizations
Indexes
CST_ITEM_CST_DTLS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 COST_TYPE_ID
4 COST_ELEMENT_ID

CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS holds default material overhead

rates for buy, make or all items. You can define default material
overhead rates by organization or by item category. These defaults are
used when you define your items.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ID
MTL_ITEM_CATEGORIES CATEGORY_SET_ID CATEGORY_SET_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
ITEM_TYPE CST_MTL_ITEM_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Make items
2 Buy items
3 All items
Column Descriptions
CATEGORY_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Category identifier
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Material overhead sub element
identifier
ITEM_TYPE (PK) NULL NUMBER Type of item that the material
overhead applies
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Number of resource units,
cost per basis
defining column

Indexes
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ITEM_TYPE
3 CATEGORY_ID
4 MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ID
5 ACTIVITY_ID

CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_EFC
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS prior to conversion to
the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
ITEM_TYPE NULL NUMBER Item Type
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ID NULL NUMBER Material Overhead Identifier
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Category Identifier
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Usage Rate Or Amount

CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS stores detailed cost information by

element and level. It is a child table of CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS.
Foreign Keys
CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS LAYER_ID LAYER_ID
Column Descriptions
LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Layer identifier
LEVEL_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Level identifier
Indexes
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_U1 UNIQUE 2 LAYER_ID
4 COST_ELEMENT_ID
6 LEVEL_TYPE

CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_EFC
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive

CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
LEVEL_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Level Type
LAYER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Layer Id
COST_ELEMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Element Id

CST_LE_COST_TYPES
The CST_LE_COST_TYPES table holds information about the legal

entity/cost type associations.
Foreign Keys
CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES ACCOUNTING_LIB_ID ACCOUNTING_LIBRARY_ID
CST_COST_TYPES COST_TYPE_ID PAC_RATES_COST_TYPE_ID
HR_ALL_ORGANIZATION_UNITS ORGANIZATION_ID LEGAL_ENTITY
Column Descriptions
LEGAL_ENTITY (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) The organization_id of the
legal entity
COST_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER The ID of the cost type that
will be associated with the
legal entity.
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Set of Books identifier
PRIMARY_COST_METHOD NOT NULL NUMBER Primary cost method obtained
from lookups
PAC_RATES_COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost type identifier that will
serve as rates
CREATE_ACCT_ENTRIES NULL VARCHAR2(1) Option that allows the user to
create accounting entries for
periodic costing
ACCOUNTING_LIBRARY_ID NULL NUMBER ID of the accounting library
that is to be used to create
accounting distributions for
the Legal Entity,Cost Type
combination
POST_TO_GL NULL VARCHAR2(1) Option that allows the user to
post accounting entries to
General Ledger
GL_TRANSFER_ALLOW_OVERRIDE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Option that allows the user to
change the default values for
program parameters when
transfer to General Ledger
process is submitted
GL_TRANSFER_MODE NULL VARCHAR2(1) General Ledger Interface
Transfer Summary Level
GL_TRANSFER_SUBMIT_JOURNAL_IMP NULL VARCHAR2(1) Option for submitting Journal
Import to Oracle General Ledger
at the same time as the
transfer to General Ledger
process

Indexes
CST_LE_COST_TYPES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 CREATE_ACCT_ENTRIES
CST_LE_COST_TYPES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 POST_TO_GL
CST_LE_COST_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 LEGAL_ENTITY
2 COST_TYPE_ID

CST_LISTS
CST_LISTS holds lists of items that the item list exploder generates for
use by concurrent programs CMCCOC, CMCICU, CMCMEC, and
CMRICU.
Column Descriptions
LIST_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER List identifier
ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Generic entity identifier
Indexes
CST_LISTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 LIST_ID
2 ENTITY_ID

CST_LOW_LEVEL_CODES
CST_LOW_LEVEL_CODES is a temporary table. The low level codes

for the items are inserted into this table during a Cost Rollup.
Notes:
• BOMPEXPL populates CST_LOW_LEVEL_CODES
• CSTPUCRU obtains the low level codes for the items being rolled
up
Foreign Keys
CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY ROLLUP_ID ROLLUP_ID
Column Descriptions
ROLLUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Rollup identifier
LOW_LEVEL_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Lowest bill level at which this
item exists for this rollup
Indexes
CST_LOW_LEVEL_CODES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ROLLUP_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID

CST_MARGIN_BUILD
CST_MARGIN_BUILD stores the build information that is required to

run Margin Analysis Reports. Submitting a Margin Analysis Load Run
request populates this table. Submitting a Purge Margin Analysis Load
Run request removes records from it.
Foreign Keys
SO_HEADERS_ALL HEADER_ID HEADER_ID
Column Descriptions
LEGAL_ENTITY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Legal Entity name
BUILD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Build identifier
BUILD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(60) Build name
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID NULL NUMBER Legal Entity identifier
BUILD_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(255) Description of the build
FROM_DATE NULL DATE Build date from value
TO_DATE NULL DATE Build date to value
HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier for the sales
order
COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost type identifier
Indexes
CST_MARGIN_BUILD_U1 UNIQUE 2 BUILD_ID
CST_MARGIN_BUILD_U2 UNIQUE 2 BUILD_NAME
Sequences
CST_MARGIN_BUILD_S BUILD_ID

CST_MARGIN_SUMMARY
CST_MARGIN_TEMP temporarily stores the detailed information that

is used to build Margin Analysis Reports. Like CST_MARGIN_BUILD,
Margin Analysis Load Run and Purge Margin Analysis Load Run
requests populate and remove records from this table.
Column Descriptions
order line
record
identifier
identifier
non–standard item
parent item
line
Class, etc.
line is for ATO
the child line
child line
line
line
SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID

order line
line
the RMA lines
populated
lines
the RMA lines
lines
RMA lines
lines
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX
Periods
Ledger Periods
Period Quarter
Periods

Period Month
geography dimension
geography dimension

CST_MARGIN_TEMP
CST_MARGIN_TEMP temporarily stores the detailed information that

is used to build Margin Analysis Reports. Like CST_MARGIN_BUILD,
Margin Analysis Load Run and Purge Margin Analysis Load Run
requests populate and remove records from this table.
Foreign Keys
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_ALL CUSTOMER_TRX_ID CUSTOMER_TRX_ID
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES_ALL CUSTOMER_TRX_LINE_ID CUSTOMER_TRX_LINE_ID
SO_HEADERS_ALL HEADER_ID HEADER_ID
SO_LINES_ALL LINE_ID LINE_ID
SO_LINES_ALL LINE_ID PARENT_LINE_ID
Column Descriptions
BUILD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Build identifier
order line
record
identifier
identifier
non–standard item
parent item
line
Class, etc.
line is for ATO
the child line
child line
line
line

SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID
order line
line
the RMA lines
populated
lines
the RMA lines
lines
RMA lines
lines
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX
Periods

Ledger Periods
Period Quarter
Periods
Period Month
geography dimension
geography dimension
Indexes
CST_MARGIN_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 BUILD_ID
4 HEADER_ID
CST_MARGIN_TEMP_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 BUILD_ID
4 PARENT_INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
CST_MARGIN_TEMP_N3 NOT UNIQUE 5 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID

CST_MASS_EDITS
CST_MASS_EDITS stores a row of information about each Mass Edit

Cost Information request. The information stored includes the mass edit
concurrent program identifier, the mass edit name, and the stored
procedure used. To remove a Mass Edit from your list of values, you
must insert a disable date.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
MASS_EDIT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Mass edit identifier
MASS_EDIT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Mass edit name
USER_DEFINED NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether this
mass edit procedure is
user–defined
CONCURRENT_PROGRAM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Concurrent program name to run
the mass edit
PROCEDURE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(50) Stored procedure name to run
the mass edit
INVENTORY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Not currently used
Indexes
CST_MASS_EDITS_U1 UNIQUE 1 MASS_EDIT_ID
CST_MASS_EDITS_U2 UNIQUE 1 MASS_EDIT_NAME
Sequences
CST_MASS_EDITS_S MASS_EDIT_ID

CST_MGD_INFL_ADJUSTED_COSTS
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJUSTED_COSTS is used to store the value of the

inflation adjusted cost. It contains one row for each item in each period.
Each record is identified by the combinations INVENTORY_ITEM_ID,
ORGANIZATION_ID, and ACCT_PERIOD_ID.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_CATEGORIES INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS ACCT_PERIOD_ID ACCT_PERIOD_ID
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Account Period Identifier
COUNTRY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(2) Country Code
BEGIN_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity on–hand at the start
of the period
BEGIN_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Cost at the start of the period
BEGIN_INFLATION_ADJ NOT NULL NUMBER Inflation at the start of the
period. Calculated from ending
inflation of the previous
period.
PURCHASE_QTY NULL NUMBER Quantity purchased in the
current period
PURCHASE_COST NULL NUMBER Purchase cost for the current
period
ACTUAL_QTY NULL NUMBER Quantity on–hand in the current
period
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Cost of goods on–hand in the
current period
ACTUAL_INFLATION_ADJ NULL NUMBER Inflation adjustment for the
current period
ISSUE_QTY NULL NUMBER Quantity issued in the current
period
ISSUE_COST NULL NUMBER Cost of goods issued in the
current period
ISSUE_INFLATION_ADJ NULL NUMBER Inflation adjustment calculated
from issue of goods.
INVENTORY_ADJ_ACCT_CR NULL NUMBER Inventory Inflation Adjustment
Account (Credit)
INVENTORY_ADJ_ACCT_DR NULL NUMBER Inventory Inflation Adjustment
Account (Debit)
MONETARY_CORR_ACCT_CR NULL NUMBER Monetary Correction Account

SALES_COST_ACCT_DR NULL NUMBER Inflation Adjustments of Sales
Cost Account
HISTORICAL_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Historical Data (Y/N)
Indexes
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJUSTED_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
5 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
10 ACCT_PERIOD_ID

CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_KARDEX_DATA
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_KARDEX_DATA is a temporary table containing

Kardex data for reporting. It is populated according to user parameters
defined when the Kardex report is run.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
TXN_DATE NULL DATE Transfer Date
TXN_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transfer Type
TXN_INI_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER Initial Transfer Quantity
TXN_INI_UNIT_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Initial Transfer Unit Cost
TXN_INI_H_TOTAL_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Initial Transfer Historical
Total Cost
TXN_INI_ADJ_TOTAL_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Initial Transfer Adjustment
Total Cost
TXN_QTY NULL NUMBER Transfer Quantities
TXN_UNIT_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer Unit Cost
TXN_H_TOTAL_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer Historical Total Cost
TXN_ADJ_TOTAL_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer Adjustment Total Cost
TXN_FNL_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER Transfer Final Quantity
TXN_FNL_UNIT_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Transfer Final Unit Cost
TXN_FNL_H_TOTAL_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Transfer Final Historical Total
Cost
TXN_FNL_ADJ_TOTAL_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Transfer Final Adjustment Total
Cost

CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_PER_STATUSES
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_PER_STATUSES is an extension of the ORG

ACCOUNTING PERIOD entity. It is used to store the status of a period
with respect to the Inflation Adjustment process. A row is inserted in
this table when the transfer to General Ledger is completed for a given
period, indicating that the period has been finalized.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Standard Who Column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who Column
STATUS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Status of a period with respect
to the Inflation Adjustment
process
Indexes
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_PER_STATUS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
5 ACCT_PERIOD_ID

CST_MGD_INFL_TSF_ORG_ENTRIES
CST_MGD_INFL_TSF_ORG_ENTRIES is used to store the opposing

organization’s journal entry information for transfers. Once accounting
is generated for a period and the transfer to General Ledger is
completed, the data is deleted from this table. Journal entry value is
stored in ENTERED_DR ( debit) or ENTERED_CR (credit), but not both
values in one row.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier
COUNTRY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(2) Country Code
TRANSFER_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Organization Identifier for
organization involved in
transfer
ENTERED_DR NULL NUMBER Debit amount entered as a
result of the transfer
ENTERED_CR NULL NUMBER Credit amount entered as a
result of the transfer
Indexes
CST_MGD_INFL_TSF_ORG_U1 UNIQUE 5 TRANSACTION_ID

CST_ORG_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS
The CST_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS table stores the pertinent

accounts used for Periodic Costing.
Column Descriptions
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Legal Entity Identifier
COST_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Cost Type Identifier
COST_GROUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Cost Group Identifier
INVENTORY_OFFSET_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory Offset Account Number
COST_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Cost Variance Account Number
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Extended Who Column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Extended Who Column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Extended Who Column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Extended Who Column
Indexes
CST_ORG_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
4 COST_GROUP_ID

CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_ACCOUNTS_TEMP
Temporary table for storing accrual accounts for Accrual Reconciliation
Column Descriptions
REQUEST_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accrual Account unique
identifier
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Legal entity unique identifier

CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_RECONCILE_TEMP
CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_RECONCILE_TEMP is a temporary table that

stores information pertinent to Periodic Accrual Reconciliation Report.
This table holds accrual information from Oracle Payables, Oracle
Purchasing, Oracle Inventory and Oracle Work in Process.
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date for the transaction
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item unique indentifier
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity for the transaction,
in the PO_UOM
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Document header unique
identifier
PO_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Purchase order Line number
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Document line unique identifier
VENDOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Supplier name
INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice unique identifier
INVOICE_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Invoice distribution number
LINE_MATCH_ORDER NULL NUMBER Line sequence number for
matching
TRANSACTION_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Organization where transaction
took place
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier unique identifier
ITEM_MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item Master/Purchasing
reference organization
ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accrual account unique
identifier
ACCRUAL_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(80) Type of transaction or A/P
match condition
PO_TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Purchasing transaction code
INVOICE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(50) Invoice number
RECEIPT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Receipt number
PO_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving transaction unique
identifier
INV_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory transaction unique
identifier
INV_TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory transaction type
unique identifier
WIP_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER WIP transaction unique
identifier
WIP_TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP transaction type unique
identifier
PO_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) PO unit of measure
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary unit of measure for the
item
NET_PO_LINE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Po line invoice quantity less
PO line receipt quantity, for
Release 9 calculations
PO_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) PO number
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Document distribution unique
identifier
TRANSACTION_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price for the transaction

AVG_RECEIPT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Average receipt price for the
PO line
TRANSACTION_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Transaction debit or credit
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction source or subledger
WRITE_OFF_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether what has been
written off
WRITE_OFF_ID NULL NUMBER Write–off unique identifier
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Destination type for the
transaction
REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction reason unique
identifier
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Comments for accrual write–off
PERIOD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) Accounting period name
NET_PO_LINE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER PO line invoice amount less
receipt amount. Used for IPV.
INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Invoice price variance
AGING_DATE NULL DATE Earliest transaction date for
the PO line
PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Periodic costing period unique
identifier
LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Document line location unique
identifier
VENDOR_NAME_ALT NULL VARCHAR2(320) Alternate supplier name for
Japanese location
COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Cost group unique identifier
COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Cost type unique identifier

CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS
Stores the write–off information for Accrual Reconciliation
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Original transaction
INVOICE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(50)Invoice number
RECEIPT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30)Receipt number
PO_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving transaction unique
identifier
identifier
INV_TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory transaction type
unique identifier
WIP_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER WIP transaction unique
identifier
WIP_TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP transaction type unique
identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item unique identifier
PO_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) PO unit of measure
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary unit of measure for the
item
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity for the transaction
NET_PO_LINE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER PO line invoice quantity less
receipt quantity
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Document header unique
identifier
PO_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) PO number
PO_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER PO line number
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Document line unique identifier
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Document distribution unique
identifier
TRANSACTION_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price for the transaction
INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice unique identifier
INVOICE_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Invoice distribution number
AVG_RECEIPT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Average receipt price for the
purchase order line
TRANSACTION_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Transaction debit or credit
LINE_MATCH_ORDER NULL NUMBER Line sequence number for
printing Periodic Accrual
Reconciliation report
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction source or subledger
identifier
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Comments for accrual write–off
WRITE_OFF_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Write–off status for the
write–off transaction
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Destinaction type for the
transaction
INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER For pre–release 10
transactions, the reported IPV
PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Periodic costing period unique
identifier
WRITE_OFF_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Write–off unique identifier

LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NOT NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
PERIOD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) Accounting period name
WRITE_OFF_GL_DATE NOT NULL DATE The General Ledger date for the
manual journal entry
TRANSACTION_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Organization where transaction
took place
ITEM_MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item Master/ Purchasing
reference organization
ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accrual account unique
identifier
ACCRUAL_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction type or A/P match
condition
PO_TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Purchasing transaction date
COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Cost group unique identifier
COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Cost type unique identifier

CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS_EFC
CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS prior to conversion to
the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Transaction Amount
INVOICE_PRICE_VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Invoice Price Variance
AVG_RECEIPT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Avg Receipt Price
TRANSACTION_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Organization Id
TRANSACTION_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Transaction Unit Price

CST_PAC_EXPLOSION_TEMP
CST_PAC_EXPLOSION_TEMP stores distinct parent–child

combinations of items for a given period and cost group. It is an
intermediate table populated during the calculation of low level codes
for Periodic Average Costing
Foreign Keys
CST_PAC_PERIODS PAC_PERIOD_ID PAC_PERIOD_ID
Column Descriptions
PAC_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Period Identifier
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Parent assembly item identifier
COMPONENT_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Child item identifier
DELETED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag, internally used during
computation of low level codes
LOOP_COUNT NULL NUMBER Counter, internally used during
computation of low level codes
Indexes
CST_PAC_EXPLOSION_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID

CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS
CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS stores the item cost and quantity in a period

and organization cost group. The COST_LAYER_ID is unique for a
period / organization cost group / item combination.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
COST_LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost layer identifier
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory Item identifier
BUY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER The buy quantity in the period
MAKE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER The make quantity in the period
ISSUE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER The quantity issued in the
periodic costing period
TOTAL_LAYER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER The net quantity at the end of
the Periodic Average Costing
period
ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER The item cost at the end of the
period.
ITEM_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER The buy item cost at the end of
the period
ITEM_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER The make item cost at the end
of the period
BEGIN_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER The item cost at the beginning
of the period
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_COST NULL NUMBER Outside processing cost
overhead cost
processing cost
cost
cost
PL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Total previous level item cost
TL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Total item cost in this level
material overhead

LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Who column
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Who column
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Who column
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Who column
MARKET_VALUE NULL NUMBER Market value
JUSTIFICATION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Justification for the market
value
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield segment
Indexes
CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_LAYER_ID
CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID

CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_EFC
CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
MARKET_VALUE NULL NUMBER Market Value
COST_LAYER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Layer Identifier
PAC_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Periodic Actual Costing Period
Identifier
ITEM_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER Item Make Cost
BEGIN_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Begin Item Cost
Processing
ITEM_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER Item Buy Cost
Overhead

CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS
CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS table stores item cost details for a

period and organization cost group. The costs are held by element by
level.
Foreign Keys
CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS COST_LAYER_ID COST_LAYER_ID
Column Descriptions
LEVEL_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Level type
ITEM_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Elemental item cost at the end
of the period
ITEM_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER Elemental buy item cost at the
end of the period
ITEM_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER Elemental make item cost at the
end of the period
Indexes
CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_U1 UNIQUE 1 COST_LAYER_ID
2 COST_ELEMENT_ID
3 LEVEL_TYPE

CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC
CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
COST_LAYER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Layer Identifier
COST_ELEMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Element Identifier
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER Set of books identifier

CST_PAC_LOW_LEVEL_CODES
CST_PAC_LOW_LEVEL_CODES stores low level codes for items for a

given period and organization cost group in Periodic Costing.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item Identifier
LOW_LEVEL_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Low level code
Indexes
CST_PAC_LOW_LEVEL_CODES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID

CST_PAC_PERIODS
CST_PAC_PERIODS holds information about periodic costing open and

closed periods for each legal entity and organization cost groups
combination.
Foreign Keys
GL_PERIODS PERIOD_SET_NAME PERIOD_SET_NAME
HR_ALL_ORGANIZATION_UNITS ORGANIZATION_ID LEGAL_ENTITY
Column Descriptions
PAC_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Periodic Costing Period
Identifier
LEGAL_ENTITY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Legal Entity Identifier
PERIOD_SET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Calendar associated with Set of
Books
PERIOD_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Period Start Date
PERIOD_END_DATE NOT NULL DATE Period End Date
OPEN_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to denote whether period
is in open, close or error
status
PERIOD_YEAR NOT NULL NUMBER Period Year
PERIOD_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Period Number
PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Period Name
PERIOD_CLOSE_DATE NULL DATE Period Close Date
Indexes
CST_PAC_PERIODS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 LEGAL_ENTITY
2 COST_TYPE_ID
CST_PAC_PERIODS_U1 UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID

CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES
CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES table holds the status for each process

phase in a particular period and organization cost group. The process
status is updated by the Periodic Cost Processor accordingly, while
doing the processing.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
PAC_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Period Identifier
COST_GROUP_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifier
PROCESS_PHASE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Phase identifier for Periodic
Cost Processing
PROCESS_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Processing Status for each
phase
PROCESS_DATE NULL DATE Date of the last status change
PROCESS_UPTO_DATE NULL DATE Stores the run till date for
partial period run
Indexes
CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES_U1 UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
4 PROCESS_PHASE

CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS
CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS stores the layer quantity of an item by

period. The QUANTITY_LAYER_ID is unique for a period and cost
layer combination. In the periodic LIFO method, multiple layers may
exist in the same period. In the case of periodic weighted average
costing method, only one layer exists in each period.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
QUANTITY_LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity layer identifier
COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier
LAYER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity at the given layer
BEGIN_LAYER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Layer quantity at the period
beginning
Indexes
CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 COST_LAYER_ID
CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 QUANTITY_LAYER_ID
2 COST_LAYER_ID

CST_PC_COST_DET_INTERFACE
CST_PL_COST_DET_INTERFACE is an open interface table used for

importing periodic cost details.
Column Descriptions
INTERFACE_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Interface Line Identifier
INTERFACE_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Interface Header Identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Process Status Flag
COST_LAYER_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Layer Identifier
REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reference
ERROR_FLAG NULL NUMBER Error Status Flag
ERROR_EXPLANATION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Error Explanation
Indexes
CST_PC_COST_DET_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 5 INTERFACE_HEADER_ID
CST_PC_COST_DET_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 5 INTERFACE_LINE_ID

CST_PC_ITEM_COST_INTERFACE
CST_PC_ITEM_COST_INTERFACE is an open interface table used for

importing periodic costs.
Column Descriptions
INTERFACE_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Interface Header Identifier
COST_GROUP NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Cost Group Name
COST_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Cost Type Name
PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Period name
PROCESS_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Process status flag
BEGIN_LAYER_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Period Beginning Layer Quantity
ISSUE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Issue Quantity
BUY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Buy Quantity
MAKE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Make Quantity
INTERFACE_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Interface Group Identifier
COST_LAYER_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Layer Identifier
QUANTITY_LAYER_ID NULL NUMBER Quantity Layer Identifier
PAC_PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Periodic Period Identifier
MARKET_VALUE NULL NUMBER Market Value
JUSTIFICATION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Justification
BEGIN_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Period Begin Item Cost
PL_MATERIAL NULL NUMBER Prev. Level Material Cost
PL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER Prev. Level Material Overhead
Cost
PL_RESOURCE NULL NUMBER Prev. Level Resource Cost
PL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING NULL NUMBER Prev. Level Outside Processing
Cost
PL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER Prev. Level Overhead Cost
TL_MATERIAL NULL NUMBER This Level Material Cost
Cost
TL_RESOURCE NULL NUMBER This Level Resource Cost
Cost
TL_OVERHEAD NULL NUMBER This Level Overhead Cost
PL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Prev. Level Item Cost
REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reference Flag
ERROR_FLAG NULL NUMBER Error Status Flag
ERROR_EXPLANATION NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Error Explanation
LOCK_FLAG NULL NUMBER Lock Flag

LAYER_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Layer quantity
Indexes
CST_PC_ITEM_COST_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 INTERFACE_HEADER_ID

CST_PC_TXN_HISTORY
CST_PC_TXN_HISTORY stores historical information about

transactions processed by the periodic cost processor.
Column Descriptions
COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost Group
TRANSACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier
PROCESS_SEQ NOT NULL NUMBER Sequence in which the
transaction was processed
PROCESS_GROUP NOT NULL NUMBER Process Group categorization of
transaction (For Internal use)
TXN_MASTER_QTY NULL NUMBER Quantity expressed in the
primary UOM of the Master
Organization
PRIOR_COSTED_MASTER_QTY NULL NUMBER Pre–transaction costed quantity
expressed in the UOM of the
master organization
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Actual Unit Cost
NEW_COST NULL NUMBER New Unit Cost
PRIOR_COST NULL NUMBER Prior Unit Cost
REQUEST_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
PROGRAM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Extended Who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NOT NULL NUMBER Extended Who column
Indexes
CST_PC_TXN_HISTORY_U1 UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
4 TRANSACTION_ID

CST_PERIOD_VALUE_TEMP
CST_PERIOD_VALUE_TEMP is a temporary table used by the View

WIP Value Summary window. It sums up all of the cost in
WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES between two accounting periods that belong
to a specific WIP discrete job or repetitive schedule.
Column Descriptions
SESSION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER ORACLE session identifier
WIP_ENTITY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER WIP job or repetitive assembly
identifier
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive line identifier
VALUATION_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER WIP valuation account
identifier
TL_VALUE_IN NULL NUMBER This level cost incurred
PL_VALUE_IN NULL NUMBER Previous level cost incurred
TL_VALUE_OUT NULL NUMBER This level cost relieved
PL_VALUE_OUT NULL NUMBER Previous level cost relieved
VALUE_IN NULL NUMBER Total cost incurred
VALUE_OUT NULL NUMBER Total cost relieved
VARIANCE NULL NUMBER Total variance
NET_ACTIVITY NULL NUMBER Cost incurred minus cost
relieved
VAR NULL NUMBER Total variance
Indexes
CST_PERIOD_VALUE_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SESSION_ID

CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS
CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS stores item average cost information by cost

layer. This table is only used for average costing organizations.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
LAYER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique layer identifier
LAYER_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Costed quantity for this
particular layer
CREATE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction which created this
layer
UPDATE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Last transaction to update this
layer
overhead cost
processing cost
cost
cost
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_COST NULL NUMBER Outside processing cost
PL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Previous level item cost
TL_ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER This level item cost
ITEM_COST NOT NULL NUMBER Layer item cost
material overhead
COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier

Indexes
CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 COST_GROUP_ID
CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_U1 UNIQUE 2 LAYER_ID

CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_EFC
CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
LAYER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Layer Identifier
Processing
Overhead

CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS
Stores Periodic Acquisition Cost Summary for each receipt for an

organization cost group and cost type
Foreign Keys
CST_PAC_PERIODS PAC_PERIOD_ID PERIOD_ID
Column Descriptions
HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique Identifier
PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Period (for the Cost Type) of
the receipt
RCV_TRANSACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Receipt Identifier from
RCV_TRANSACTIONS
NET_QUANTITY_RECEIVED NULL NUMBER Net Quantity Received (net of
corrections and returns)
TOTAL_QUANTITY_INVOICED NULL NUMBER Sum of the quantity invoiced
for the invoices matched to the
receipt
QUANTITY_AT_PO_PRICE NULL NUMBER Portion of the Net Quantity
Received that was not Invoiced
(and is costed at the PO Price)
TOTAL_INVOICE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Sum of the Invoice Amounts for
the Invoices matched to the
Receipt
AMOUNT_AT_PO_PRICE NULL NUMBER Amount derived using Uninvoiced
Quantity at PO Price
TOTAL_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Sum of the Invoice Amount and
PO Amount
COSTED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity used to compute the
per unit Acquisition Cost. This
will be the Net Quantity
Received or the Total Quantity
Invoiced, whichever is greater
ACQUISITION_COST NULL NUMBER Per Unit Periodic Acquisition
Cost
PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Shipment Line Number for the
receipt
PO_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Per Unit PO price inclusive of
non recoverable tax, based on
primary UOM of the item
PRIMARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Per Unit PO price inclusive of
non recoverable tax, based on
primary UOM of the item
REC_EXCHG_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency Conversion rate.

Indexes
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 COST_GROUP_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
4 RCV_TRANSACTION_ID
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 HEADER_ID

CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS_EFC
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
AMOUNT_AT_PO_PRICE NULL NUMBER Amount At PO Price
PO_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER PO Unit Price
ACQUISITION_COST NULL NUMBER Acquisition Cost
REC_EXCHG_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency Conversion rate.
TOTAL_INVOICE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Total Invoice Amount
HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Header Identifier
TOTAL_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Total Amount

CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS
CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS stores periodic acquisition cost details

for each receipt for an organization cost group and cost type.
Foreign Keys
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS HEADER_ID HEADER_ID
PO_LINES_ALL PO_LINE_ID PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID
Column Descriptions
HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Header Identifier from
CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS
DETAIL_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique Identifier
SOURCE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Source of the line (INVOICE or
PO)
PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Source Shipment ID if source is
PO
PARENT_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice Distribution Identifier
for the parent distribution (if
the source is INVOICE)
DISTRIBUTION_NUM NULL NUMBER Serial Number of the
distributions which make up the
Acquisition Cost (if the source
is INVOICE)
LEVEL_NUM NULL NUMBER Level in the hierarchy of the
special charge allocations (if
the source is INVOICE)
INVOICE_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Source Invoice Distribution
Identifier (if the source is
INVOICE)
PARENT_INVOICE_DIST_ID NULL NUMBER Immediate Parent Invoice
Distribution Identifier (if
source is INVOICE)
ALLOCATED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Whole or portion of the parent
invoice distribution amount
AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Whole or portion of the
Allocated Amount
QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Invoice Quantity if source is
INVOICE, Uninvoiced quantity if
source is PO
PARENT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Immediate Parent Invoice
Distribution Amount
PRICE NULL NUMBER Invoice Price if source is
INVOICE, PO Price if source is
PO
LINE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Invoice Distribution Line Type
(if source is INVOICE)

Indexes
CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 HEADER_ID
CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS_U1 UNIQUE 1 DETAIL_ID

CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS_EFC
CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
PRICE NULL NUMBER Price
AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount
ALLOCATED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Allocated Amount
PARENT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Parent Amount
DETAIL_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Detail Identifier
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER Set Of Books identifier

CST_REPORT_TYPES
CST_REPORT_TYPES stores detail options and all relevant Item Cost

Reports information by cost type. A detail option specifies how to
summarize item costs and which template to use to display the item
costs.
REPORT_NAME stores the report name option, for example, ’Element

by Level.’ UNIQUE_ID is the unique identifier for REPORT_NAME
and is obtained from sequence CST_REPORT_TYPES_S.
USER_DEFINED indicates whether this is a user–defined option or
predefined option. For customized options, enter 1 for the
USER_DEFINED field.
There are two different report layouts. COLUMN1_HEADING and

COLUMN2_HEADING stores the first and second column headings for
both layouts.
COLUMN1_HEADING and COLUMN2_HEADING hold the source of

the cost information for the report option. For example, for the Element
by Sub–Element report COLUMN1_HEADING uses COST_ELEMENT
and COLUMN2_HEADING uses RESOURCE.
FLEXFIELD_APPLICATION_ID and
DESCRIPTIVE_FLEXFIELD_NAME store the application identifier and
descriptive flexfield name for reports that require flexfield segment
values and are used to retrieve segments for the flexfield.
INVENTORY_FLAG specifies whether this report is available for a

standalone inventory installation. Some of the detail options are not
available for standalone inventory installations, such as Element by
operation.
QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
UNIQUE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for report
name

REPORT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Report option name
REPORT_TITLE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Report option title
USER_DEFINED NOT NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if this is a
user–defined or seeded option
COLUMN1_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) The displayed column heading
for the first column
COLUMN2_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) The displayed column heading
for the second column
COLUMN3_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) Not currently used
COLUMN4_HEADING NULL VARCHAR2(50) Not currently used
COLUMN1 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Source of the information for
column 1
COLUMN2 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Source of the information for
column 2
COLUMN3 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Not currently used
COLUMN4 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Not currently used
INVENTORY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if available
in standalone inventory
installation
FLEXFIELD_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Application identifier
DESCRIPTIVE_FLEXFIELD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield name
Indexes
CST_REPORT_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 UNIQUE_ID
CST_REPORT_TYPES_U2 UNIQUE 1 REPORT_NAME

CST_RESOURCE_COSTS
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS stores resource and outside processing

resource unit costs by cost type.
If the resource or outside processing resource has the

FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY_FLAG set to Yes, you cannot enter a
resource rate in the Resources window.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Resource identifier (sub
element)
RESOURCE_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER Resource unit cost
defining column
Indexes
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 RESOURCE_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID

Indexes (Continued)
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
3 RESOURCE_ID

CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_EFC
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

CST_RESOURCE_COSTS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER resource rate
RESOURCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER resource identifier
COST_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER cost type identifier
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER set of books identifier

CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS
CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS stores information about resource

overheads. When the Cost Manager invokes the proper cost worker,
based on whether the organization is using average or standard costing,
the information in this table is used to determine the resource overhead
that should be applied. To earn overhead based on resources, the
overhead must be associated with the resource being transacted and a
rate must be defined for the resource for the department in which the
resource is transacted.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID OVERHEAD_ID
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Resource identifier
(subelement)
OVERHEAD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Overhead subelement identifier
defining column

Indexes
CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 OVERHEAD_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS_U1 UNIQUE 1 RESOURCE_ID
2 COST_TYPE_ID
3 OVERHEAD_ID

MTL_KANBAN_CARDS
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS is the definition table for kanban cards. The

associated attributes describe which pull sequence this card belongs to,
the kanban size, supply status, and card status .
Foreign Keys
MTL_INTERORG_PARAMETERS FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID LOCATOR_ID
SUBINVENTORY_CODE SUBINVENTORY_NAME
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID SOURCE_LOCATOR_ID
SUBINVENTORY_CODE SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES PULL_SEQUENCE_ID PULL_SEQUENCE_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUBINVENTORY_NAME
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY
PO_VENDORS VENDOR_ID SUPPLIER_ID
PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL VENDOR_SITE_ID SUPPLIER_SITE_ID
WIP_LINES LINE_ID WIP_LINE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CARD_STATUS MTL_KANBAN_CARD_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Active
2 Hold
3 Canceled
ERROR_CODE MTL_KANBAN_ERROR_CODE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Lost
2 Damaged
KANBAN_CARD_TYPE MTL_KANBAN_CARD_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Replenishable
2 Non Replenishable
SOURCE_TYPE MTL_KANBAN_SOURCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inter Org
2 Supplier
3 Intra Org
4 Production
SUPPLY_STATUS MTL_KANBAN_SUPPLY_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 New
2 Full
3 Wait
4 Empty
5 In Process
6 In Transit

Column Descriptions
KANBAN_CARD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card identifier
KANBAN_CARD_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Kanban card number
PULL_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Pull sequence identifier
SUPPLY_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban supply status
CARD_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card status
KANBAN_CARD_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card type
SOURCE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban source type
KANBAN_SIZE NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban Quantity
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Locator identifier
SUPPLIER_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier identifier
SUPPLIER_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier site identifier
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Source organization identifier
SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Source subinventory name
SOURCE_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Source locator identifier
WIP_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Wip Line Identifier
CURRENT_REPLNSH_CYCLE_ID NULL NUMBER Current replenishment cycle
identifier
ERROR_CODE NULL NUMBER Error code
LAST_PRINT_DATE NULL DATE Last printed date of kanban
card
defining column
Indexes
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PULL_SEQUENCE_ID
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SOURCE_TYPE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

Indexes (Continued)
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS_U1 UNIQUE 1 KANBAN_CARD_ID
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS_U2 UNIQUE 1 KANBAN_CARD_NUMBER
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS_S KANBAN_CARD_ID
MTL_KANBAN_REPLENISH_CYCLE_S CURRENT_REPLNSH_CYCLE_ID

MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY is a history table of the activity

performed on a kanban card. The associated attributes describe which
kanban card this activity belongs to, and what document replenished it.
Foreign Keys
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS KANBAN_CARD_ID KANBAN_CARD_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS HEADER_ID DOCUMENT_HEADER_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES LINE_ID DOCUMENT_DETAIL_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID DOCUMENT_DETAIL_ID
PO_HEADERS_ALL PO_HEADER_ID DOCUMENT_HEADER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL REQUISITION_HEADER_ID DOCUMENT_HEADER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL REQUISITION_LINE_ID DOCUMENT_DETAIL_ID
WIP_ENTITIES WIP_ENTITY_ID DOCUMENT_HEADER_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CARD_STATUS MTL_KANBAN_CARD_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Active
2 Hold
3 Canceled
DOCUMENT_TYPE MTL_KANBAN_DOCUMENT_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Purchase Order
2 Blanket Release
3 Internal requisition
ERROR_CODE MTL_KANBAN_ERROR_CODE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Lost
2 Damaged
KANBAN_CARD_TYPE MTL_KANBAN_CARD_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Replenishable
2 Non Replenishable
1 Inter Org
2 Supplier
3 Intra Org

4 Production
SUPPLY_STATUS MTL_KANBAN_SUPPLY_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 New
2 Full
3 Wait
4 Empty
5 In Process
6 In Transit
Column Descriptions
KANBAN_ACTIVITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card activity identifier
REPLENISHMENT_CYCLE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Replenishment cycle identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card identifier
KANBAN_CARD_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Kanban card number
SUPPLY_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban supply status
CARD_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card status
KANBAN_CARD_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card type
KANBAN_SIZE NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban quantity
WIP_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Wip Line Identifier
DOCUMENT_TYPE NULL NUMBER Replenishment document type
DOCUMENT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Document header identifier
DOCUMENT_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER Document detail identifier
ERROR_CODE NULL NUMBER Error code
LAST_PRINT_DATE NULL DATE Last printed date of kanban
card
defining column

Indexes
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 KANBAN_CARD_ID
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 KANBAN_CARD_NUMBER
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY_U1 UNIQUE 1 KANBAN_ACTIVITY_ID
Sequences
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY_S KANBAN_ACTIVITY_ID

MTL_KANBAN_CARD_PRINT_TEMP
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_PRINT_TEMP is a temporary table used for

printing kanban cards. This is used only when you generate kanban
cards with the option of printing kanban cards set to yes.
Column Descriptions
REPORT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Report identifier
PULL_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Pull sequence identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban card identifier

MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES is the definition table for pull

sequences. The associated attributes describe which item, subinventory,
and locator this pull sequence belongs to, the source type, number of
kanbans , kanban size, replenishment lead time, and other planning
attributes.
Foreign Keys
MTL_INTERORG_PARAMETERS FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID LOCATOR_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUBINVENTORY_NAME
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY
ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
AGGREGATION_TYPE MTL_KANBAN_AGGREGRATION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 None
2 Minimum Order Quantity
CALCULATE_KANBAN_FLAG MTL_CALCULATE_KANBAN_FLAG MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Kanban Size
2 Number Of Cards
3 Do not Calculate
RELEASE_KANBAN_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 Inter Org
2 Supplier
3 Intra Org
4 Production
Column Descriptions
PULL_SEQUENCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Pull sequence identifier

KANBAN_PLAN_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Kanban plan identifier
WIP_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP line identifier
REPLENISHMENT_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Lead time to replenish kanban
CALCULATE_KANBAN_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating what to
calculate
KANBAN_SIZE NULL NUMBER Kanban quantity
FIXED_LOT_MULTIPLIER NULL NUMBER Fixed lot multiplier
SAFETY_STOCK_DAYS NULL NUMBER Safety stock days
NUMBER_OF_CARDS NULL NUMBER Number of kanban cards
MINIMUM_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Minimum order quantity
AGGREGATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Aggregation type
ALLOCATION_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Allocation percent
UPDATED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
RELEASE_KANBAN_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate that Kanban
will execute (Yes) or not
(No,for planning only).
defining column
POINT_OF_USE_X NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_USE_Y NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_SUPPLY_X NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_SUPPLY_Y NULL NUMBER

Indexes
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 KANBAN_PLAN_ID
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 KANBAN_PLAN_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SOURCE_TYPE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 PULL_SEQUENCE_ID
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES_U2 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 KANBAN_PLAN_ID
4 SUBINVENTORY_NAME
5 LOCATOR_ID
Sequences
MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES_S PULL_SEQUENCE_ID

MTL_KANBAN_TEMPLATES
Column Descriptions
TEMPLATE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10)
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240)
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER
SUBINVENTORY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10)
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10)
SOURCE_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER
SUPPLIER_ID NULL NUMBER
SUPPLIER_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER
WIP_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER
REPLENISHMENT_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER
CALCULATE_KANBAN_FLAG NULL NUMBER
KANBAN_SIZE NULL NUMBER
FIXED_LOT_MULTIPLIER NULL NUMBER
SAFETY_STOCK_DAYS NULL NUMBER
NUMBER_OF_CARDS NULL NUMBER
MINIMUM_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER
AGGREGATION_TYPE NULL NUMBER
ALLOCATION_PERCENT NULL NUMBER
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30)
ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150)
RELEASE_KANBAN_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_USE_X NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_USE_Y NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_SUPPLY_X NULL NUMBER
POINT_OF_SUPPLY_Y NULL NUMBER
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE

Indexes
MTL_KANBAN_TEMPLATES_U1 UNIQUE 1 TEMPLATE_NAME
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_LE_ECONOMIC_ZONES
MTL_LE_ECONOMIC_ZONES is an intersection table. It stores

information concerning the assignment of legal entity to economic
zones. There is one entry in this table for every legal entity and
economic zone.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ECONOMIC_ZONES_B ZONE_CODE ZONE_CODE
Column Descriptions
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Legal Entity Identifier
ZONE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Economic Zone Code
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) standard who column
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE standard who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) standard who column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE standard who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NOT NULL NUMBER(15) standard who column
Indexes
MTL_LE_ECONOMIC_ZONES_U1 UNIQUE 5 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
10 ZONE_CODE

MTL_LOT_NUMBERS
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS stores the definition and expiration date of all lot

numbers in inventory.
Since the primary key consists of LOT_NUMBER,
ORGANIZATION_ID, and INVENTORY_ITEM_ID, a lot number could
exist in more than one organization or for different items.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_B STATUS_ID STATUS_ID
QuickCodes Columns
DISABLE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
LOT_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number
EXPIRATION_DATE NULL DATE Lot expiration date
DISABLE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Disable flag
defining column

GEN_OBJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Genealogy object identifier
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(256) Description for the Lot Number
– Used by WMS only
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier identification (from
po_vendors table) – Used
by WMS Only
SUPPLIER_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(150) Lot number given by the
supplier for PO receipts –
Used By WMS Only
TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Territory Code for Country of
Origin
GRADE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) Grade Code – Used By WMS Only
ORIGINATION_DATE NULL DATE Lot creation date (as in the
BRD) – Used By WMS Only
DATE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) Date Code – Used By WMS Only
STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER Status identifier – Used by
WMS only
CHANGE_DATE NULL DATE Last modified date (as in the
BRD) – Used By WMS Only
AGE NULL NUMBER The age of the lot or sublot
in days after the creation date
– Used By WMS Only
RETEST_DATE NULL DATE Retest date – Used By WMS Only
MATURITY_DATE NULL DATE The date on which the item
matures – Used By WMS Only
LOT_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot attributes descriptive
flexfield structure defining
column
ITEM_SIZE NULL NUMBER The size of a given product,
determined by visual
inspection. – Used By WMS Only
COLOR NULL VARCHAR2(150) Color– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME NULL NUMBER The volume of the lot or
sublot– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) When defining the volume
attribute the ability to
identify a volume unit of
measure such as cubic inches or
cubic centimeters should also
be included. – Used By WMS Only
PLACE_OF_ORIGIN NULL VARCHAR2(150) Country of Origin– Used By WMS
Only
BEST_BY_DATE NULL DATE The date on or before which
the lot or sublot is best
used.– Used By WMS Only
LENGTH NULL NUMBER The length dimension of the
lot or sublot.– Used By WMS
Only
LENGTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure for measuring
lenght– Used By WMS Only
RECYCLED_CONTENT NULL NUMBER The content, usually expressed
as a percentage, of the product
that is made up of recycled
materials– Used By WMS Only
THICKNESS NULL NUMBER The thickness dimension of the
lot.– Used By WMS Only
THICKNESS_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM to measure thickness– Used
By WMS Only
WIDTH NULL NUMBER The width dimension of the
lot.– Used By WMS Only

WIDTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM to measure width dimension
of the lot.– Used By WMS Only
CURL_WRINKLE_FOLD NULL VARCHAR2(150) This attribute is used in the
pulp and paper industry to
identify potential problems
when feeding the paper through
machinery.– Used By WMS Only
C_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment–
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
D_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL DATE Descriptive flexfield segment–
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only

Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
N_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL NUMBER Descriptive flexfield segment–
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Indexes
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 LOT_NUMBER
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 LOT_NUMBER
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS_U2 UNIQUE 5 GEN_OBJECT_ID
Sequences
MTL_GEN_OBJECT_ID_S GEN_OBJECT_ID

MTL_MANUFACTURERS
MTL_MANUFACTURERS stores the definition of a manufacturer of

items defined in Oracle Inventory. This information may be used to
search for items by manufacturer or by manufacturer’s part number.
Manufacturer part numbers for items produced by the manufacturers

defined here are stored in MTL_MFG_PART_NUMBERS.
Column Descriptions
MANUFACTURER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Manufacturer identifier
MANUFACTURER_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Manufacturer name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Manufacturer description
defining column
Indexes
MTL_MANUFACTURERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 MANUFACTURER_ID
Sequences
MTL_MANUFACTURERS_S MANUFACTURER_ID

MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES is the definition table for the inventory

statuses. The defined status can be assigned to Subinventory, locator, lot
and serial to restrict certain transaction types. This table is only used to
seed the predefined statuses. MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_B and
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_TL are used in the applications.
QuickCodes Columns
ENABLED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
LOCATOR_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
LOT_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
SERIAL_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
ZONE_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
STATUS_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Status identifier
STATUS_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Status name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description for this status
ZONE_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Indicates whether this status
can be assigned to subinventory
(1) or not(2)
LOCATOR_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Indicates whether this status
can be assigned to locator(1)
or not(2)
LOT_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Indicates whether this status
can be assigned to lot(1) or
not(2)
SERIAL_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Indicates whether this status
can be assigned to serial(1) or
not(2)
ENABLED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates if this status is
active(1) or not(2)

defining column
Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_U1 UNIQUE 1 STATUS_ID

MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_B
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_B is the base table for the inventory

statuses. It contains all the attributes which are not translated and don’t
vary by language. The defined status can be assigned to Subinventory,
locator, lot and serial to restrict certain transaction types.
QuickCodes Columns
ENABLED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
LOCATOR_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
LOT_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
LPN_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
SERIAL_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
ZONE_CONTROL SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
ZONE_CONTROL NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the status can be
assigned to Subinventory (1) or
not (2)
LOCATOR_CONTROL NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the status can be
assigned to Locator (1) or not
(2)
LOT_CONTROL NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the status can be
assigned to Lot (1) or not (2)
SERIAL_CONTROL NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the status can be
assigned to Serial (1) or not
(2)
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the status is
active (1) or not (2)

defining column
LPN_CONTROL NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates if the status can be
assigned to LPN (1) or not (2)
Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_B_PK UNIQUE 10 STATUS_ID
Sequences
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUS_S STATUS_ID

MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_TL
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_TL is the translation table for the

inventory statuses. It contains all the attributes which vary by language
such as status code and description. The translated attributes are
maintained for all installed languages.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
STATUS_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Status name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Status description
LANGUAGE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Destination language
SOURCE_LANG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Source language
Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_TL_PK UNIQUE 2 STATUS_ID
6 LANGUAGE

MTL_MATERIAL_STATUS_HISTORY
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUS_HISTORY stores the status update history

for subinventory, locator, lot and serial.
Foreign Keys
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
LOT_NUMBER LOT_NUMBER
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME ZONE_CODE
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
SERIAL_NUMBER SERIAL_NUMBER
MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS REASON_ID UPDATE_REASON_ID
Column Descriptions
STATUS_UPDATE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Status history identifier
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number
UPDATE_METHOD NOT NULL NUMBER Status update method
STATUS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Status identifier
ZONE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory name
defining column
UPDATE_REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Update reason identifier

Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUS_HISTORY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 LOT_NUMBER
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 SERIAL_NUMBER
2 ZONE_CODE
2 LOCATOR_ID
Sequences
MTL_MATERIAL_STATUS_HISTORY_S STATUS_UPDATE_ID

MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS stores a record of every material

transaction or cost update performed in Inventory.
Records are inserted into this table either through the transaction
processor or by the standard cost update program. The columns
TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID, TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID,
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID, TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
and TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME describe what the transaction is
and against what entity it was performed.
All accounting journal entries for a given transaction are stored in
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS, joined by the column
TRANSACTION_ID.
If the item is under lot control then the lot records are stored in
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS, joined by the column
TRANSACTION_ID. If the item is under serial control then the serial
records are stored in MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS, joined by the
column TRANSACTION_ID. The Item revision and locator control are
stored in the columns REVISION and LOCATOR_ID respectively.
Transfer transactions are represented as two single records in the table.
They are related through the column TRANSFER_TRANSACTION_ID,
which contains the TRANSACTION_ID of the other transaction in the
transfer.
The index MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_UPGD is used only
during install and upgrade, and will be dropped during the course
thereof, but is included here for completeness.
Foreign Keys
CST_COST_GROUPS COST_GROUP_ID TRANSFER_COST_GROUP_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TRANSFER_COST_DIST_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TRANSPORTATION_DIST_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ENCUMBRANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE CURRENCY_CODE
MTL_CYCLE_COUNT_ENTRIES CYCLE_COUNT_ENTRY_ID CYCLE_COUNT_ID
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS REVISION REVISION
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENT_ID PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENT_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE RMA_LINE_ID RMA_LINE_ID
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE RMA_LINE_ID TRX_SOURCE_LINE_ID

MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS REASON_ID REASON_ID
MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES HEADER_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES LINE_ID MOVE_ORDER_LINE_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE TRANSACTION_UOM
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS WIP_ENTITY_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES WIP_ENTITY_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID MOVE_TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS WIP_ENTITY_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
LINE_ID REPETITIVE_LINE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID MTL_TRANSACTION_ACTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Issue from stores
12 Intransit receipt
2 Subinventory transfer
21 Intransit shipment
24 Cost update
27 Receipt into stores
28 Staging transfer
29 Delivery adjustments
3 Direct organization transfer
30 WIP scrap transaction
31 Assembly completion
32 Assembly return
4 Cycle count adjustment
8 Physical inventory adjust-
ment
Column Descriptions
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Inventory item revision
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Transaction secondary inventory
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Locator id for stock locators
TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction type identifier

TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction action identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction source type
identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction source identfier
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity
TRANSACTION_UOM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Transaction unit of measure
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in terms
of primary uom of the item
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Transaction date
VARIANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Used for average cost update
transactions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Accounting period identifier
TRANSACTION_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Transaction reference code
REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction reason identifier
DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Distribution account identifier
ENCUMBRANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Encumbrance account identifier
for PO transactions
ENCUMBRANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Total encumbrance amount
COST_UPDATE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost identifier
COSTED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Costed flag to mark if the
transactions are costed or not
TRANSACTION_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group iIdentifier
for distribution processing by
the cost processor
INVOICED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Invoiced flag to mark if the
transactions are invoiced
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Actual cost
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER The cost entered by the user
during a transaction
PRIOR_COST NULL NUMBER Item cost before the
transaction
NEW_COST NULL NUMBER Item cost after the transaction
processing
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Currency conversion code
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency conversion rate
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency conversion type
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Currency conversion date
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) ussgl transaction code
QUANTITY_ADJUSTED NULL NUMBER Standard cost quantity adjusted
EMPLOYEE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Transaction requestor
within a routing
MASTER_SCHEDULE_UPDATE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Master schedule update code
RECEIVING_DOCUMENT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Receiving document
PICKING_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Picking line id
TRX_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line level transaction source
id
TRX_SOURCE_DELIVERY_ID NULL NUMBER Sales order delivery identifier
REPETITIVE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Repetitive line id
PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Physical adjustment identifier
CYCLE_COUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Cycle count identifier
RMA_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Rma line identifier
TRANSFER_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction id of the opposing
transfer transaction
TRANSACTION_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group identifier

RCV_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving transaction cross
reference
MOVE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Move transaction cross
reference
COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Completion transaction cross
reference
SHORTAGE_PROCESS_CODE NULL NUMBER Flag indicating workflow
notifications should be
provided for this transaction
if shortage exists
SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) User– entered source code for
outside transactions
SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER User entered source line
identifier for outside
transactions
VENDOR_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier lot number
TRANSFER_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer opposing organization
id
TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Transfer transaction opposing
subinventory
TRANSFER_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer transaction opposing
locator id
SHIPMENT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Intransit shipment identifier
TRANSFER_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer cost specified for
inter–org transfers
TRANSPORTATION_DIST_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Transfer transportation
distribution account
TRANSPORTATION_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer transportation cost
TRANSFER_COST_DIST_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Transaction transfer cost
distribution account
WAYBILL_AIRBILL NULL VARCHAR2(20) Airbill / waybill number
FREIGHT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Intransit shipment freight code
NUMBER_OF_CONTAINERS NULL NUMBER Number of containers
VALUE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Total value change for average
cost update
PERCENTAGE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Percentage average cost change
for average cost update
defining column
MOVEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Movement statistics cross
reference
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Task identifier
TO_TASK_ID NULL NUMBER(15) ”To” task identifier

PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) project identifier
TO_PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) ”To” project identifier
SOURCE_PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Source project identifier
PA_EXPENDITURE_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Oracle Projects related
identifier
SOURCE_TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Source task identifier
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Oracle Projects related
expenditure type
ERROR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Error Code
ERROR_EXPLANATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Error explanation
PRIOR_COSTED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Costed quantity before this
transaction
TRANSFER_PRIOR_COSTED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transfer quantity costed before
this transaction
FINAL_COMPLETION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if job costs need to
be flushed out for this
discrete jobcompletion
PM_COST_COLLECTED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Specifies whether the row has
been interfaced to Oracle
Projects
PM_COST_COLLECTOR_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Group identifier used by cost
collector to process group of
records.
SHIPMENT_COSTED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if the shipment
transaction has been processed
by the cost worker
TRANSFER_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER Percentage of value to
attribute to transfer costs in
an Inter–Orgtransfer
MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the material account
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the material overhead
account
RESOURCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the resource account
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the acount to be
charged for outside processing
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the overhead account
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier
TRANSFER_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer cost group identifier
FLOW_SCHEDULE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Specifies whether the WIP
transaction is a flow or a
schedule type transaction
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER Quality Results Identifier
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion transaction
quantity
OVERCOMPLETION_PRIMARY_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion Primary quantity
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Overcompletion transaction
Identifier
MVT_STAT_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Flag to indicate that the
transaction is
updated/processed/new
COMMON_BOM_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER BOM identifier of common bill
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Routing identifier of common
routing
ORG_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER organization’s cost group id
COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER cost type id
PERIODIC_PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER transaction quantity converted
to primary uom of the transfer
organization in case of
periodic costing

MOVE_ORDER_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER The move order line that this
transaction line is tied to
TASK_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Task group identifier for this
task
RESERVATION_ID NULL NUMBER Reservation identifier
PICK_SLIP_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Pick Slip number for the
transaction line
LPN_ID NULL NUMBER License Plate Number Identifier
– used by WMS only
TRANSFER_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer License Plate Number
Identifier
PICK_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER WMS strategy used for picking
PICK_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER WMS rule used for picking
PUT_AWAY_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER WMS strategy used for put away
PUT_AWAY_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER WMS rule used for put away
CONTENT_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer License Plate Number
Identifier – used by WMS only
PICK_SLIP_DATE NULL DATE
Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 COSTED_FLAG
3 TRANSACTION_GROUP_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N11 NOT UNIQUE 2 INVOICED_FLAG
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N12 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SET_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N13 NOT UNIQUE 2 PM_COST_COLLECTED
4 PM_COST_COLLECTOR_GROUP_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N14 NOT UNIQUE 2 COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N15 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID
4 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N16 NOT UNIQUE 5 PICK_SLIP_NUMBER
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N17 NOT UNIQUE 5 MOVE_ORDER_LINE_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N18 NOT UNIQUE 10 PICKING_LINE_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_LOT_NUMBER
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_NUMBER
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 TRANSACTION_DATE
4 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_N9 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
4 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

Indexes (Continued)
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_U2 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID
4 TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_S TRANSACTION_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : JA_AU_LOCAL_ACCOUNTING

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger is on the COSTED_FLAG column of MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS. It calls a PL/SQL

package to update MTL_TRANSCATION_ACCOUNTS.REFERENCE_ACCOUNT with the value in
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS.DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT_ID. This trigger is installed and active only
if you have installed Asia/Pacific Localizations (JA).
Trigger Name : AX_MTL_MAT_TRANS_ARI1

Trigger Level : ROW
Inventory and the set of books used is defined as a subledger in the Global Accounting Engine
application. This trigger captures accounting events related to Oracle Inventory cost updates.
It fires right after the cost update program create a cost update for an inventory transaction.
This trigger populates the AX_EVENTS table.
Trigger Name : AX_MTL_MAT_TRANS_BRU1

Trigger Level : ROW
application. This trigger captures accounting events related to Oracle Inventory material
transactions. It executes when the inventory transaction is processed by the cost processor.
This trigger populates the AX_EVENTS table.

MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_EFC
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS prior to conversion to
the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
TRANSPORTATION_COST NULL NUMBER Transportation Cost
NEW_COST NULL NUMBER New Cost
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Actual Cost
PRIOR_COST NULL NUMBER Prior Cost
ENCUMBRANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Encumbrance Amount
VARIANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Variance Amount
TRANSFER_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer Cost
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER Transaction Cost

MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP is the gateway for all

material transactions.
Records are processed from this table into Inventory through the
transaction processor. All Inventory transaction forms write directly to
this table. Outside applications must write transaction records to
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE to be processed through
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP and the transaction
processor by the Transaction Worker concurrent program.
Lots and serial numbers for a
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP(MMTT) record are stored
in the tables MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP(MTLT) and
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP(MSNT). If the item is under lot
control, then MMTT.TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID joins to
MTLT.TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID. If the item is also under serial
number control, then MTLT.SERIAL_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID joins
to MSNT.TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID. If the item is only under serial
number control, then MMTT.TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID joins to
MSNT.TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID.
Transfer transactions are stored in this table as a single record. The
transaction processor creates two transactions from the single record.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT
MTL_GENERIC_DISPOSITIONS DISPOSITION_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID TRANSFER_TO_LOCATION
ORGANIZATION_ID TRANSFER_ORGANIZATION
MTL_RESERVATIONS RESERVATION_ID RESERVATION_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES LINE_ID MOVE_ORDER_LINE_ID
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS WIP_ENTITY_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES WIP_ENTITY_ID TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID

WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS LINE_ID REPETITIVE_LINE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
SETUP_TEARDOWN_CODE WIP_SETUP_TEARDOWN MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Normal issue/receipt
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID MTL_DISPOSITION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Purchase order
2 Sales order
3 Account number
4 Job or schedule
5 Job or schedule
6 Account alias
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group identifier
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction line identifier
used to join to lot or serial
table when under these controls
SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Source identifier
SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Source line identifier
TRANSACTION_MODE NULL NUMBER Process mode code
LOCK_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Row lock flag used by
Transaction Manager
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Inventory item revision code
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory name
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity entered at transaction
time
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in terms
of the primary uom of the item
TRANSACTION_UOM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM used at the time of
transaction
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER Transaction cost
TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction action identifier
identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction source idenfier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction source identifier
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period identifier

DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Account identifier the
transaction charged to
TRANSACTION_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Transaction reference
REQUISITION_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition line identifier
REQUISITION_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition distribution
identifier
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot Number
LOT_EXPIRATION_DATE NULL DATE Lot expiration date
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number
RECEIVING_DOCUMENT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Receiving document
DEMAND_ID NULL NUMBER Demand identifier
RCV_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving transaction
identifier
MOVE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Move transaction identifier
COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Completion transaction
identifier
WIP_ENTITY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Wip entity type code
SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule
identifier
REPETITIVE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Repetitive line identifier
EMPLOYEE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Employee code
PRIMARY_SWITCH NULL NUMBER Primary assembly identifier
SCHEDULE_UPDATE_CODE NULL NUMBER Schedule update code
SETUP_TEARDOWN_CODE NULL NUMBER Setup teardown code
ITEM_ORDERING NULL NUMBER Item ordering
NEGATIVE_REQ_FLAG NULL NUMBER Negative requirement flag
within a routing
PICKING_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Picking line id
TRX_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line level transaction source
identifier
TRX_SOURCE_DELIVERY_ID NULL NUMBER Delivery level transaction
source identifier
PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Physical adjustment identifier
CYCLE_COUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Cycle count identifier
RMA_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER RMA line identifier
CUSTOMER_SHIP_ID NULL NUMBER Customer shipping identifier
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Currency code
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) USSGL transaction date
ENCUMBRANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Encumbrance amount
SHIP_TO_LOCATION NULL NUMBER Ship to location identifier
SHIPMENT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Intransit shipment identifier
TRANSFER_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer cost
TRANSPORTATION_COST NULL NUMBER Transportation cost
TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Transportation account
FREIGHT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight identifier
CONTAINERS NULL NUMBER Number of containers
WAYBILL_AIRBILL NULL VARCHAR2(20) Waybill / Airbill
EXPECTED_ARRIVAL_DATE NULL DATE Expected arrival date

TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Opposing subinventory
identifier in transfer
transactions
TRANSFER_ORGANIZATION NULL NUMBER Opposing organization
identifier in transfer
transactions
TRANSFER_TO_LOCATION NULL NUMBER Opposing locator identifier in
transfer transactions
NEW_AVERAGE_COST NULL NUMBER New average cost used for
average cost update
VALUE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Value change used for average
cost update
PERCENTAGE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Percent change used for average
cost update
MATERIAL_ALLOCATION_TEMP_ID NULL NUMBER Material allocation temporary
identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand source line identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_DELIVERY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand source line identifier
ITEM_SEGMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inventory item segments
ITEM_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inventory item description
ITEM_TRX_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Inventory item transaction
enabled flag
ITEM_LOCATION_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item locator control
code
ITEM_RESTRICT_SUBINV_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item restrict
subinventory code
ITEM_RESTRICT_LOCATORS_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item restrict
locators code
ITEM_REVISION_QTY_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item revision control
code
ITEM_PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Inventory item primary uom
ITEM_UOM_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(10) Inventory item uom class
ITEM_SHELF_LIFE_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item shelf life code
ITEM_SHELF_LIFE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Inventory item shelf life days
ITEM_LOT_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item lot control code
ITEM_SERIAL_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item serial control
code
ITEM_INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Inventory item asset flag
ALLOWED_UNITS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item uom conversions
type
DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Department code
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Wip supply type
VALID_SUBINVENTORY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Valid subinventory flag
VALID_LOCATOR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Valid locator flag
LOCATOR_SEGMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Locator segments
CURRENT_LOCATOR_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory item locator control
code
NUMBER_OF_LOTS_ENTERED NULL NUMBER Total lot records entered
WIP_COMMIT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) WIP commit flag
NEXT_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Inventory item next lot number
LOT_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Inventory item lot prefix
NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Inventory item next valid
serial number
SERIAL_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Inventory item serial prefix

SHIPPABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Inventory item shippable flag
POSTING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Posting flag
REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Required flag
PROCESS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Row process flag used by
Transaction Manager
ERROR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Error code
defining column
reference
RESERVATION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Reservation quantity
SHIPPED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Shipped quantity
TRANSACTION_LINE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Transaction line number.
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Project identifier
identifier
TO_PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) ”To” project identifier
expenditure type
FINAL_COMPLETION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if job costs must be
flushed out for this job
completion.
TRANSFER_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER Percentage of value to
attribute to transfer costs in
an inter–org transfer
TRANSACTION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction sequence identifier
(currently not used)
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER specifies the material overhead
account
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the account to be
transaction is a flow or

TRANSFER_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer Cost Group
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand Class
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER Quality Results Identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Kanban card identifier
quantity
OVERCOMPLETION_PRIMARY_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion Primary quantity
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Overcompletion Transaction
Identifier
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(60) End Item Unit Number
SCHEDULED_PAYBACK_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column
LINE_TYPE_CODE NULL NUMBER Line type code
PARENT_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID NULL NUMBER Parent transaction temp id
PUT_AWAY_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER Put away Strategy ID – used by
WMS only
PUT_AWAY_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Put away Rule ID – used by WMS
only
PICK_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER Pick Strategy ID – used by WMS
only
PICK_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Pick Rule ID
MOVE_ORDER_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Move order line identifier that
this transaction line is tied
to
TASK_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Task group identifier for this
task
PICK_SLIP_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Pick Slip number for the
transaction line
RESERVATION_ID NULL NUMBER Reservation identifier
COMMON_BOM_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Bill identifier of common bom
used
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQ_ID NULL NUMBER Routing id of the common
routing used
ORG_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Organization’s cost group
identifier
COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost type
TRANSACTION_STATUS NULL NUMBER Indicates if it has to be
processed or just saved. NULL
or 1 is default behavior. 2 is
save only. 3 is ready to
process
STANDARD_OPERATION_ID NULL NUMBER Standard operation identifier –
used by WMS only
TASK_PRIORITY NULL NUMBER Task priority – used by WMS
only
WMS_TASK_TYPE NULL NUMBER WMS Task Type – used by WMS
only
PARENT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER (For future use only)
WMS_TASK_STATUS NULL NUMBER Status of the WMS task
CONTAINER_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item id for suggested container
item for this line – used by
WMS only

CARTONIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Sequential LPN Id generated by
cartonization – used by WMS
only
PICK_SLIP_DATE NULL DATE
Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_HEADER_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
3 LOCATOR_ID
2 TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY
2 TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY
3 TRANSFER_TO_LOCATION
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N13 NOT UNIQUE 5 PICK_SLIP_NUMBER
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N14 NOT UNIQUE 5 MOVE_ORDER_LINE_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N15 NOT UNIQUE 5 RESERVATION_ID
2 WMS_TASK_TYPE
3 STANDARD_OPERATION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 PICKING_LINE_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N5 NOT UNIQUE 5 LINE_TYPE_CODE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N6 NOT UNIQUE 6 PARENT_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 TRANSACTION_DATE
4 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME
2 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANS_TEMP_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID

MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATIONS
MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATIONS stores the repetitive schedules

charged by a material transaction. Each row contains the quantity
transacted to each schedule for a given transaction. Oracle Work in
Process uses this information to report the changes to individual
schedules for multi–schedule material transactions.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule charged
for transaction
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity allocated to the
repetitive schedule, in the
item’s primary unit of measure
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity allocated to the
repetitive schedule, with the
unit of measure decided by the
user
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date of transaction
Indexes
MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATION_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATION_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
2 REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_MFG_PART_NUMBERS
MTL_MFG_PART_NUMBERS stores the cross reference between an

item defined in Oracle Inventory and the part number used by its
manufacturer. This information can be used to perform item searches by
manufacturer part number.
Manufacturer part number references are defined for an item in the item
master organization.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MANUFACTURERS MANUFACTURER_ID MANUFACTURER_ID
Column Descriptions
MANUFACTURER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Manufacturer identifier
MFG_PART_NUM (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Manufacturer’s part number
MRP_PLANNING_CODE NULL NUMBER (not currently used)
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) (not currently used)
defining column

Indexes
MTL_MFG_PART_NUMBERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 MANUFACTURER_ID
3 MFG_PART_NUM
4 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID

MTL_MGD_INVENTORY_POSITIONS
MTL_MGD_INVENTORY_POSITIONS stores the data sets built for on

line display or for export. It should be considered a temporary table
since its content is a denormalization of the transactional data built for
extraction purposes. This table contains a row for every combination of
data set name, bucket name, organization code and inventory item
code.
Column Descriptions
DATA_SET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80)
BUCKET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)
ORGANIZATION_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3)
INVENTORY_ITEM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(2000)
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER
HIERARCHY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER
HIERARCHY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)
PARENT_ORGANIZATION_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3)
PARENT_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER
BUCKET_SIZE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
BUCKET_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE
BUCKET_END_DATE NOT NULL DATE
HIERARCHY_DELTA_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER
HIERARCHY_END_ON_HAND_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER
ORG_RECEIVED_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER
ORG_ISSUED_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER
ORG_DELTA_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER
ORG_END_ON_HAND_QTY NOT NULL NUMBER
Indexes
MTL_MGD_INVENTORY_POSITIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 DATA_SET_NAME
MTL_MGD_INVENTORY_POSITIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 CREATED_BY
MTL_MGD_INVENTORY_POSITIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 DATA_SET_NAME
2 BUCKET_NAME
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
4 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID

MTL_MOVEMENT_PARAMETERS
This table stores all parameters required for movement statistics

gathering and reporting by legal entities. A legal entity is associated
with a statistical calendar, a category set for commodity codes, and
currency conversion parameters. The table also stores the period name
and reference for the latest official ’Frozen’ report runs.
Column Descriptions
ENTITY_ORG_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Legal entity identifier
PERIOD_SET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Statistical reporting period
set
WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Entity unit of measure for
weight
ENTITY_BRANCH_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Entity branch reference
CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency conversion type
CONVERSION_OPTION NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency conversion option
CATEGORY_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Commodity code category set
identifier
TAX_OFFICE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Tax authority office code
TAX_OFFICE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Tax authority name
TAX_OFFICE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Tax authority location
identifier
LAST_ARRIVAL_PERIOD NULL VARCHAR2(15) Latest arrival official report
period
LAST_ARRIVAL_ID NULL NUMBER Latest arrival official report
reference
LAST_ARRIVAL_ADJ_PERIOD NULL VARCHAR2(15) Latest arrival adjustment
official report period
LAST_ARRIVAL_ADJ_ID NULL NUMBER Latest arrival adjustment
official report reference
LAST_DISPATCH_PERIOD NULL VARCHAR2(15) Latest dispatch official report
period
LAST_DISPATCH_ID NULL NUMBER Latest dispatch official report
reference
LAST_DISPATCH_ADJ_PERIOD NULL VARCHAR2(15) Latest dispatch adjustment
official report period
LAST_DISPATCH_ADJ_ID NULL NUMBER Latest dispatch adjustment
official report reference
defining column


MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS stores all relevant information for

movement statistics transactions. Each transaction is identified by a
unique MOVEMENT_ID number. The MOVEMENT_TYPE column
indicates whether the movement is a dispatch, dispatch adjustment,
arrival, or arrival adjustment. Transactions that are generated from
external feeder systems have a DOCUMENT_SOURCE_TYPE of
’MISC’, and their document and invoice references are not validated.
Other movement transactions generated from Oracle Inventory, Oracle
Puchasing, Oracle Order Management, or Oracle Shipping Execution
are validated against their related document and invoice references via
the appropriate foreign key reference columns.
PARENT_MOVEMENT_ID ties multiple movements for receiving
transaction adjustments. Each movement statistics record is associated
with a status that can assume one of the following
Open – newly created
Verified – record validated by the exception report
Frozen – record reported to the government through paper based report
EDI sent – record reported to government through EDI transaction If

the record is in Frozen or EDI sent status, the user is not allowed to
modified it nor to regenerate a paper based report or the EDI
transaction. This implies that, in case the government rejects a reported
record, users have to reset the status to open on order to modify the
record and regenerate the report. This function is implememented by
the Reset Transaction Status report. that for a given legal entity,
economic zone, usage type, statistical type and period resets the status
to open for all the records. Please note that the four logical states
previously listed are implemented in the
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS table by two seperate columns:
MOVEMENT_STATUS
EDI_SENT: having possible values Y, N
Column Descriptions
MOVEMENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Movement row identifier

PARENT_MOVEMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Parent movement identifier.
This column contains either the
same ID as MOVEMENT_ID for rows
that do not represent
adjustments or the ID of the
parent.
ENTITY_ORG_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Legal entity identifier
ZONE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Zone Code
USAGE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Usage Type INTERNAL or EXTERNAL
STAT_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Statistical Format i.e.
INTRASTAT, EXTRASTAT, etc.
CREATION_METHOD NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Movement creation method (Zoom,
Manual)
STAT_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(30) Method of calculating
statistical value (Manual,
System)
DOCUMENT_SOURCE_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type of document out of which
the movememt statistics record
is created (i.e. PO, INVENTORY,
SO ...)
PERIOD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) Reporting period name
SET_OF_BOOKS_PERIOD NULL VARCHAR2(15) Period in which the transaction
is accounted for
MOVEMENT_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Movement type (Arrival, Arrival
adjustment, Dispatch, Dispatch
adjustment)
DISPATCH_TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(2) Goods dispatch country code
DISPATCH_TERRITORY_EU_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Goods dispatch European Union
country code
DESTINATION_TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(2) Goods destination country code
DESTINATION_TERRITORY_EU_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Goods destination European
Union country code
TRIANGULATION_COUNTRY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) used to represent the territory
code in the case drop shipment
TRIANGULATION_COUNTRY_EU_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) used to represent the territory
European Union code in the case
drop shipment
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Category identifier for
commodity code
COMMODITY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Used to specify the commodity
code of the item in the
movement statistic record.
This column is only populated
for a source type of
miscellaneous. All other
source types use the
CATEGORY_ID column to specify
the commodity code
COMMODITY_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Used to specify the commodity
code description for the item
in the movement statistic
record. Only populated for a
source type ofmiscellaneous.
ORIGIN_TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(2) Goods origin country code
ORIGIN_TERRITORY_EU_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) European Union code for origin
territory

MOVEMENT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Reported amount calculated as:
NVL(INVOICE_LINE_EXT_VALUE,INVO
ICE_LINE_EXT_VALUE +
STAT_EXT_VALUE)
INVOICE_LINE_EXT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Total invoice line extended
value for goods,used only for
transactions having an invoice.
DOCUMENT_LINE_EXT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Total document line extended
value; usedfor transactions not
having an invoice(i.e.
Inventory transactions – both
Organization Transfer and
Miscellaneous and Free
Miscellaneous.)
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Currency of movement
transaction
STAT_ADJ_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Statistical value adjustment
expressed as a percentage
STAT_ADJ_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Statistical value adjustment
expressed as afixed amount
STAT_EXT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Statistical extended value
(calculated
asNVL(STAT_ADJ_PERCENTAGE(NVL(I
NVOICE_LINE_EXT_VALUE,DOCUMENT_
LINE_EXT_VALUE)
*STAT_ADJ_PERCENTAGE),
STAT_ADJ_AMOUNT)
OUTSIDE_EXT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Repair/ Process extended value
OUTSIDE_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Repair/Process per unit price
WEIGHT_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(30) Method used for calculating
weight (Manual, System)
UNIT_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Per unit weight in kilograms
TOTAL_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Total weight in kilogramsType
of document (PO, SO, Misc, etc)
TOTAL_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Denormalized
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Movement quantity
TRANSACTION_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Movement unit of measure code
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Movement quantity in terms of
primary unit of measure of the
item
ALTERNATE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Number of supplement units
ALTERNATE_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Alternate unit of measure
DELIVERY_TERMS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Delivery terms
TRANSACTION_NATURE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction nature
TRANSPORT_MODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transport mode (i.e. air, sea
etc)
STATISTICAL_PROCEDURE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Statistical procedure (i.e.
Dispatch to final
destination,Temporary dispatch
for further processing, etc)
AREA NULL VARCHAR2(30) Area (province, location, or
depatment code)API defaults
from province in the trading
partner master.
PORT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Dispatch or arrival port
(harbor, airport code, etc)
ITEM_COST NULL NUMBER Item cost
TARIC_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) taric code

PREFERENCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
preference code
FLOW_INDICATOR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
flow indicator code
AFFILIATION_REFERENCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
affliliation reference code
OIL_REFERENCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
oil reference code
CONTAINER_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
container type code
CSA_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
csa code
OUTSIDE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
Indicator for movement purpose
(Repair, Process, etc)
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Comments – free text entered
manually
RCV_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER foreign key reference to
RCV_Transactions table
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER PO header identifier
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER PO line identifier
PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER PO line location identifier
SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Receipt, shipment header
identifier
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Receipt, shipment line
identifier
PICKING_LINE_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER Picking line detail identifier
PICKING_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Picking line identifier
ORDER_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Order header identifier
ORDER_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Order line identifier
MTL_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER foreign key reference to
MTL_Material_Transactions table
REQUISITION_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER The unique identifier for the
PO requisition tied to the
movement statistic record
REQUISITION_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER The unique identifier for the
PO requisition line tied to the
movement statistic record
SHIP_TO_CUSTOMER_ID NULL NUMBER Ship–to customer identifier –
SO + Internal Req
SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID NULL NUMBER Ship–to customer site
identifier SO + Internal Req
BILL_TO_CUSTOMER_ID NULL NUMBER Bill–to customer identifier SO
+ Internal Req
BILL_TO_SITE_USE_ID NULL NUMBER Bill–to site customer
identifier SO + Internal Req
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier identifier
VENDOR_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier site identifier
FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER ’From’ Organization identifier
– used for inventory
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER ’To’ Organization identifier –
used for inventory
FINANCIAL_DOCUMENT_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Financial Document Flag
INVOICE_BATCH_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice batch identifier
INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice identifier
CUSTOMER_TRX_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoice line identifier
DOCUMENT_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Document reference number (for
MISC type only)
DOCUMENT_LINE_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Line number of document (for
MISC type only)
DOCUMENT_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Per unit document price
RECEIPT_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Receipt number (for MISC type
only)
SHIPMENT_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Shipment number (for MISC type
only)

SHIPMENT_LINE_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipment line number (for MISC
type only)
PICK_SLIP_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Pick slip number (for MISC type
only)
CUSTOMER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Customer name reference (for
MISC type only)
DISTRIBUTION_LINE_NUMBER NULL NUMBER foreign key reference to
AP_Line_Distributions table
CUSTOMER_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer number reference (for
MISC type only)
CUSTOMER_LOCATION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer location reference
(for MISC type only)
SHIP_TO_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) ship to name
TRANSACTING_FROM_ORG NULL VARCHAR2(50) ’From’ Organization reference
SHIP_TO_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(50) ship to number
SHIP_TO_SITE NULL VARCHAR2(50) ship to site
TRANSACTING_TO_ORG NULL VARCHAR2(50) ’To’ organization reference
VENDOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Supplier name reference (for
MISC type only)
VENDOR_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(50) Supplier number reference (for
MISC type only)
VENDOR_SITE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Supplier site reference (for
MISC type only)
BILL_TO_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Bill–to name reference (for
MISC type only)
BILL_TO_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(50) Bill–to number reference (for
MISC type only)
BILL_TO_SITE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Bill–to site reference (for
MISC type only)
INVOICE_BATCH_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Invoice batch reference (for
MISC type only)
INVOICE_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Invoice reference (for MISC
type only)
INVOICE_LINE_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Invoice line reference (for
MISC type only)
INVOICE_DATE_REFERENCE NULL DATE Invoice date reference
INVOICE_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Invoice quantity
INVOICE_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Per unit invoice price
REPORT_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(35) Report freeze reference
REPORT_DATE NULL DATE Report date
EDI_SENT_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) EDI sent flag
EDI_TRANSACTION_DATE NULL DATE EDI transaction date
EDI_TRANSACTION_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(35) EDI transaction reference
MOVEMENT_STATUS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Movement row status
(Unprocessed, Open, Frozen)
defining column

CUSTOMER_VAT_NUMBER NULL NUMBER
ESL_DROP_SHIPMENT_CODE NULL NUMBER
OPM_TRANS_ID NULL NUMBER(10)
Indexes
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 10 ENTITY_ORG_ID
20 ZONE_CODE
30 USAGE_TYPE
40 STAT_TYPE
50 PERIOD_NAME
60 MOVEMENT_TYPE
70 MOVEMENT_STATUS
20 ZONE_CODE
30 USAGE_TYPE
40 STAT_TYPE
50 PERIOD_NAME
60 MOVEMENT_TYPE
70 EDI_SENT_FLAG
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 80 SHIP_TO_CUSTOMER_ID
90 BILL_TO_CUSTOMER_ID
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 80 SHIP_TO_SITE_USE_ID
90 BILL_TO_SITE_USE_ID
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_U1 UNIQUE 1 MOVEMENT_ID

MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_EFC
MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive

MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS prior to conversion to the euro
currency.
Column Descriptions
MOVEMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Movement Identifier

MTL_MVT_STATS_RULES
This table stores validation rules defined for movement statistics fields
that belong to a rule set as defined in MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B
table. Each row stores a rule that can determine a valid set of values for
a field or an alternate unit of measure for the weight of a commodity
code. Each row is uniquely identified by the combination of a
Rule_Set_Code and a Rule_Number. Attribute_Code stores the
movement statistics field name for which a rule is defined or the
alternate unit of measure code. Attribute_Property_Code,
Attribute_Lookup_Type and Source_Type columns qualify an
attribute_code that stores the field names. Commodity_Code stores the
commodity code associated to a Category Set as defined in the
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B as the category_set_id.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B RULE_SET_CODE RULE_SET_CODE
Column Descriptions
RULE_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Rule Number combines with
Rule_Set_Code to uniquely
identify a Rule, part of PK of
the table.
RULE_SET_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Uniquely identifies a rule set.
SOURCE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Source Type of Movement
Transaction this rule applies
to. This is relevant for field
property rule types and has no
significance for alternate unit
of measure.
ATTRIBUTE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Stores column name of the
Movement Statistics field for
which a field property rule is
defined. Alternately stores
alternate unit of measure code
defined for a commodity code .
ATTRIBUTE_PROPERTY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Property of field determining
whether it is a required and/or
updateable. This is only
relevant to a Attribute
Property rule and is null for
Alternate Uom rule.
Attribute_Property_Code can
have four values namely
Required Updateable, Required
Non updateable, Not Required
Updateable, Not Required Non
Updateable.
ATTRIBUTE_LOOKUP_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lookup Type associated to a
field for a valid list of
values. Null for alternate uom
rule.

COMMODITY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Commodity code of an alternate
unit of measure rule. Valid
values of a commodity code are
determined by a category set as
defined in the rule set.
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who Column
Indexes
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULES_UK UNIQUE 10 RULE_NUMBER
20 RULE_SET_CODE

MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B
This table stores validation rule sets defined for parameters of the
Movement Statistics records. You need one row to define a rule set in the
table. Each row is identified by a Rule_Set_Code. Rule_Set_Type
determines the type of rule set. Valid values are, ’Attribute Property’
for rule sets associated to fields of movement statistics record.
’Alternate Uom’ for rules sets associated with alternate unit of measures
defined for a commodity code. Seeded_Flag determines if the rule is
seeded or is user defined, valid values are ’Y’ for preseeded rules and
’N’ for user defined rules.
Column Descriptions
RULE_SET_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique Identifier of a Rule
Set.
RULE_SET_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type of Rule Set.Rule Set could
be of two types, ’Atttribute
Property’ that defines valid
values associated to a field in
movement statistics record. Or
’Alternate Uom’ which gives an
alternate unit of measure for a
commodity code.
SEEDED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to state whether Rule Set
is system seeded or user
defined. Valid values are ’Y’
for preseeded rule sets and ’N’
for user defined.
CATEGORY_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Category Set ID is used for
alternate uom rule type to
determine valid commodity codes
falling under a category set.
Each row in
MTL_STAT_TYPE_USAGES stores a
validation rule set. For
alternate unit of measure
validation, Category Set ID
qualifies the commodity codes
that could be associated to a
rule in the rules table.
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who Column
Indexes
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_UK UNIQUE 10 RULE_SET_CODE

MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_TL
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SET_TL is the corresponding transalation

table for MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SET_B. This table contains one entry
for every Rule Set Code and Language. Rule Set Code and Language
uniquely identify a row. Rule Set Display Name identifies the Name of a
rule set.Rule Set Description gives a description of the rule set. This is
the base table of a multilingual entity,
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SET_TL contains the language dependent
columns.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B RULE_SET_CODE RULE_SET_CODE
Column Descriptions
RULE_SET_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unique identifier of a rule set
RULE_SET_DISPLAY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Translated name of the rule
set.
RULE_SET_DESCRIPTION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Translated description of rule
set.
SOURCE_LANG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Source Language for translation
purposes
LANGUAGE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4) Language in which the Rule Set
is defined.
Indexes
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_TL_UK UNIQUE 1 RULE_SET_CODE
3 LANGUAGE

MTL_OBJECT_EVENTS
MTL_OBJECT_EVENTS stores the information about the major events

that have occurred relevant to an object. The events correspond to a
transaction.
Foreign Keys
MTL_EXT_OBJECTS OBJECT_ID OBJECT_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS GEN_OBJECT_ID OBJECT_ID
QuickCodes Columns
GENEALOGY_EVENT_TYPE INV_GENEALOGY_EVENT_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Built
2 Shipped
3 Maintained
4 Received
Column Descriptions
OBJECT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Genealogy object identifier
GENEALOGY_EVENT_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Genealogy event type
GENEALOGY_EVENT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Genealogy event date
LAST_PRINT_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column
defining column

MTL_OBJECT_GENEALOGY
MTL_OBJECT_GENEALOGY stores the genealogy information for an

object and its parents. The object can be enabled for serial number
control, lot number control, or can be an external component of an
inventory item. The parent/child relationship is established at WIP
issue.
Foreign Keys
MTL_EXT_OBJECTS OBJECT_ID OBJECT_ID
MTL_EXT_OBJECTS OBJECT_ID PARENT_OBJECT_ID
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS GEN_OBJECT_ID OBJECT_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID ORIGIN_TXN_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS GEN_OBJECT_ID OBJECT_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS GEN_OBJECT_ID PARENT_OBJECT_ID
QuickCodes Columns
GENEALOGY_ORIGIN INV_GENEALOGY_ORIGIN MFG_LOOKUPS
1 WIP
2 Transaction
GENEALOGY_TYPE INV_GENEALOGY_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Component Assembly
2 Lot Split
3 Lot Merge
4 Sublot
OBJECT_TYPE INV_GENEALOGY_OBJECT_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Lot
2 Serial
3 External
PARENT_OBJECT_TYPE INV_GENEALOGY_OBJECT_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Lot
2 Serial
3 External
Column Descriptions
OBJECT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Genealogy object identifier
OBJECT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Genealogy object type
PARENT_OBJECT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Genealogy object type of parent
PARENT_OBJECT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Parent object identifier
START_DATE_ACTIVE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Date object genealogy becomes
active
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Date object genealogy becomes
inactive
GENEALOGY_ORIGIN NULL NUMBER Origin to establish the
genealogy

ORIGIN_TXN_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Origin Transaction identifier
GENEALOGY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Genealogy type
defining column
Indexes
MTL_OBJECT_GENEALOGY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 OBJECT_ID
MTL_OBJECT_GENEALOGY_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_OBJECT_ID

MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES stores quantity on hand information by

control level and location.
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES is maintained as a stack of receipt
records, which are consumed by issue transactions in FIFO order. The
quantity on hand of an item at any particular control level and location
can be found by summing TRANSACTION_QUANTITY for all records
that match the criteria. Note that any transactions which are committed
to the table MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP are considered
to be played out as far as quantity on hand is concerned in Inventory
transaction forms. All our Inquiry forms and ABC compile are only
based on MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES.
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES has two columns,
CREATE_TRANSACTION_ID and UPDATE_TRANSACTION_IDs to
join to MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS.TRANSACTION_ID the
transactions that created the row and the transaction that last updated a
row.
Foreign Keys
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS LOT_NUMBER LOT_NUMBER
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID CREATE_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID UPDATE_TRANSACTION_ID
Column Descriptions
DATE_RECEIVED (PK) NULL DATE Date received
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory code
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item revision code

CREATE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier of the
transaction that created this
row
UPDATE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier of the
transaction that last updated
this row
ORIG_DATE_RECEIVED NULL DATE
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Group ID – Used by WMS
only
CONTAINERIZED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Containerized Flag
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project Id (For future use)
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Task Id (For future use)
Indexes
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
3 LOCATOR_ID
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 COST_GROUP_ID
Sequences
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_S CREATE_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_S UPDATE_TRANSACTION_ID

MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITY_TEMP
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITY_TEMP is used in the form,

Multi–Organization Item Quantities. This form requests Multi–Org Item
Quantities report. MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITY_TEMP temporarily
stores the item on hand quantity information for the specified
organizations. Upon report completion, the stored information is
deleted. SEQ_NUM, based on the sequence,
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITY_TEMP_S, is used to distinguish a set of
records from others. The C_COLUMNs, D_COLUMNs and
N_COLUMNs are generic column names to store character, date and
number information respectively.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUBINVENTORY
ORG_ORGANIZATION_DEFINITION_R9 ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
Column Descriptions
SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Group sequence id created by
onhand query routine
SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Secondary inventory identifier
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Stock locator id
QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity for item
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number for item
C_COLUMN1 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Generic character query column
N_COLUMN1 NULL NUMBER Generic numeric query column

D_COLUMN1 NULL DATE Generic date query column
Sequences
MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITY_TEMP_S SEQ_NUM

MTL_ORG_REPORT_TEMP
MTL_ORG_REPORT_TEMP is used in the Multiple Organization

Inventory Report to temporarily store the organizations along with their
orders, defined in the report launch form, that should appear in the
report. Records are inserted when committed in the report launch form
and deleted upon report completion.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
REPORT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier for report
ORG_REPORT_ORDER (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Multiorg report organization
order

MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS
MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS stores the elemental cost for a

given transaction in a period. The actual cost is the sum of transaction
cost (for example, acquisition cost) and material overhead. Using the
actual cost and prior cost, the new cost for that item is calculated.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
PAC_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Period identifier
COST_LAYER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost layer identifier
PRIOR_COST NULL NUMBER Prior average cost
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Actual cost of the transaction
NEW_COST NULL NUMBER New average cost
PRIOR_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER Prior buy cost
PRIOR_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER Prior make cost
NEW_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER New buy cost
NEW_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER New make cost
USER_ENTERED NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Specifies whether this row is
entered by the user or cost
processor
INSERTION_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Used to determine which cost
detail rows to insert in
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS
TRANSACTION_COSTED_DATE NULL DATE Transaction date
VARIANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Variance amount

Indexes
MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
2 PAC_PERIOD_ID
4 COST_GROUP_ID
6 COST_ELEMENT_ID
8 LEVEL_TYPE

MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAIL_EFC
MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAIL_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS prior to conversion to
the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
NEW_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER New Buy Cost
PRIOR_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER Prior Make Cost
NEW_COST NULL NUMBER New Cost
PAC_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Period Actual Costing Period
Identifier
PRIOR_BUY_COST NULL NUMBER Prior Buy Cost
PRIOR_COST NULL NUMBER Prior Cost
VARIANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Variance Amount
NEW_MAKE_COST NULL NUMBER New Make Cost

MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS
MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS stores the material overhead

sub–elements that are charged for a given transaction in a particular
period. This is a child table of MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
RESOURCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Resource identifier
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Actual cost of the transaction
USER_ENTERED NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Specifies whether this row is
entered by the user or cost
processor
Indexes
MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
2 PAC_PERIOD_ID
4 COST_GROUP_ID
6 COST_ELEMENT_ID
8 LEVEL_TYPE
10 RESOURCE_ID

MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS_EFC
MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
PAC_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Period Actual Costing Period
Identifier

MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS stores the cost of a transaction by

element and level for the period.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
LEVEL_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Level type – this or previous
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER Cost of transaction
NEW_PERIODIC_COST NULL NUMBER New periodic cost, used only
for periodic costing
PERCENTAGE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Percentage change in periodic
cost
VALUE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Change in value of periodic
item cost
Indexes
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PAC_PERIOD_ID
2 COST_GROUP_ID
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
2 PAC_PERIOD_ID
4 COST_GROUP_ID
6 COST_ELEMENT_ID
8 LEVEL_TYPE

MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS_EFC
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
NEW_PERIODIC_COST NULL NUMBER New Periodic Cost
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory Item Id
VALUE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Value Change
PAC_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Periodic Actual Costing Period
Identifier
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER Transaction Cost

MTL_PARAMETERS
MTL_PARAMETERS maintains a set of default options like general

ledger accounts; locator, lot, and serial controls; inter–organization
options; costing method; etc. for each organization defined in Oracle
Inventory.
Each organization’s item master organization

(MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID) and costing organization
(COST_ORGANIZATION_ID) are maintained here.
You specify which manufacturing calendar the organization will use

(CALENDAR_CODE), as well as the set of exceptions to this calendar
(CALENDAR_EXCEPTION_SET_ID).
NEGATIVE_INV_RECEIPT_CODE indicates whether this organization

will allow negative balances in inventory. It is used in the transaction
system to ensure, for example, that you do not over–issue a particular
item (if you have indicated that negative balances are not allowed).
For lot number and serial number auto–generation, you can specify
whether you want the numbers generated from defaults defined at
theorganization level or the item level
(LOT_NUMBER_GENERATION,SERIAL_NUMBER_GENERATION).
You can also specify uniqueness constraints for lot numbers
(LOT_NUMBER_UNIQUENESS) and serial numbers
(SERIAL_NUMBER_TYPE).
Among the accounting defaults that can be defined here are valuation
accounts, receiving accounts, profit and loss accounts, and inter–
organization transfer accounts.
Foreign Keys
BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS EXCEPTION_SET_ID CALENDAR_EXCEPTION_SET_ID
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID DEFAULT_MATERIAL_COST_ID
CST_COST_GROUPS COST_GROUP_ID DEFAULT_COST_GROUP_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID AP_ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID COST_OF_SALES_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INTERORG_RECEIVABLES_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INTERORG_PAYABLES_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INTERORG_PRICE_VAR_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INTRANSIT_INV_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID RESOURCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID MATL_OVHD_ABSORPTION_ACCT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT

GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID MATERIAL_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID PURCHASE_PRICE_VAR_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INTERORG_TRANSFER_CR_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID INVOICE_PRICE_VAR_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID AVERAGE_COST_VAR_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID SALES_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID EXPENSE_ACCOUNT
HR_ALL_ORGANIZATION_UNITS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_ATP_RULES RULE_ID DEFAULT_ATP_RULE_ID
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID COST_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_PICKING_RULES PICKING_RULE_ID DEFAULT_PICKING_RULE_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE ORG_MAX_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE ORG_MAX_VOLUME_UOM_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
DEFAULT_DEMAND_CLASS DEMAND_CLASS FND_COMMON_LOOKUPS
DEMAND_CL1 Demand class 1
ENCUMBRANCE_REVERSAL_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
GENERAL_LEDGER_UPDATE_CODE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
LOT_NUMBER_GENERATION MTL_LOT_GENERATION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 At organization level
2 At item level
3 User defined
LOT_NUMBER_UNIQUENESS MTL_LOT_UNIQUENESS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Unique for item
2 No uniqueness control
LOT_NUMBER_ZERO_PADDING SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
MAINTAIN_FIFO_QTY_STACK_TYPE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
MATL_INTERORG_TRANSFER_CODE MTL_INTER_INV_TRANSFER MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No transfer charges
2 Requested added value
3 Requested percent of trans-
action value
4 Predefined percent of trans-
action value

NEGATIVE_INV_RECEIPT_CODE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
PRIMARY_COST_METHOD MTL_PRIMARY_COST MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Standard
2 Average
SERIAL_NUMBER_GENERATION MTL_SERIAL_GENERATION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 At organization level
2 At item level
SERIAL_NUMBER_TYPE MTL_SERIAL_NUMBER_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Unique within inventory
items
2 Unique within organization
3 Unique across organizations
SOURCE_TYPE MTL_SOURCE_TYPES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inventory
2 Supplier
STOCK_LOCATOR_CONTROL_CODE MTL_LOCATION_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No locator control
2 Prespecified locator control
3 Dynamic entry locator con-
trol
4 Locator control determined
at subinventory level
at item level
Column Descriptions
MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item master organization
identifier
PRIMARY_COST_METHOD NOT NULL NUMBER Primary costing method
COST_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Cost organization identifier
DEFAULT_MATERIAL_COST_ID NULL NUMBER Default material sub–element
CALENDAR_EXCEPTION_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Calendar exception set
CALENDAR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Manufacturing calendar
GENERAL_LEDGER_UPDATE_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER General ledger update code
DEFAULT_ATP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default available to promise
rule
DEFAULT_PICKING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default picking rule code
DEFAULT_LOCATOR_ORDER_VALUE NULL NUMBER Default picking order of
locators
DEFAULT_SUBINV_ORDER_VALUE NULL NUMBER Default picking order for
subinventories
NEGATIVE_INV_RECEIPT_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether negative
balances are allowed
STOCK_LOCATOR_CONTROL_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Stock locator control code

MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory material account
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory material overhead
account
MATL_OVHD_ABSORPTION_ACCT NULL NUMBER Material overhead absorption
account
PURCHASE_PRICE_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Purchase price variance account
AP_ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Accounts payable accrual
account
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inventory overhead account
INTRANSIT_INV_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inter–organization transfer
debit account
INTERORG_RECEIVABLES_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inter–organization receivables
account
INTERORG_PRICE_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inter–organization price
variance account
INTERORG_PAYABLES_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inter–organization payables
account
COST_OF_SALES_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Cost of sales account
PROJECT_COST_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Project Cost Account
INTERORG_TRANSFER_CR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Inter–organization transfer
credit account
MATL_INTERORG_TRANSFER_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Material inter–organization
transfer charge type
INTERORG_TRNSFR_CHARGE_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Inter–organization transfer
charge percent
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization to source items
from
SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory to source items
from
SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Inventory or supplier source
type
ORG_MAX_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER
ORG_MAX_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
ORG_MAX_VOLUME NULL NUMBER
ORG_MAX_VOLUME_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
SERIAL_NUMBER_TYPE NULL NUMBER Serial number uniqueness
control
AUTO_SERIAL_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Organization–level serial
number prefix
START_AUTO_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Organization–level starting
serial number
AUTO_LOT_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Organization–level prefix for
lot numbers
LOT_NUMBER_UNIQUENESS NOT NULL NUMBER Lot number uniqueness control
LOT_NUMBER_GENERATION NOT NULL NUMBER Lot number generation control
LOT_NUMBER_ZERO_PADDING NULL NUMBER Lot number padding control
LOT_NUMBER_LENGTH NULL NUMBER Total lot number length
STARTING_REVISION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Default starting item revision
defining column

DEFAULT_DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Default demand class
ENCUMBRANCE_REVERSAL_FLAG NULL NUMBER Reverse encumbrance flag
MAINTAIN_FIFO_QTY_STACK_TYPE NULL NUMBER Maintain FIFO quantity stack
INVOICE_PRICE_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Invoice price variance account
AVERAGE_COST_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Average cost variance account
SALES_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Sales account
EXPENSE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Expense account
SERIAL_NUMBER_GENERATION NOT NULL NUMBER Serial number generation
control
GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Global descriptive flexfield
structure defining column
GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Global descriptive flexfield
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment

segment
segment
segment
segment
MAT_OVHD_COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Cost type that holds material
overhead costs for an average
costing organization
PROJECT_REFERENCE_ENABLED NULL NUMBER Project Reference enabled flag
that indicates whether project
references are allowed in the
organization or not
PM_COST_COLLECTION_ENABLED NULL NUMBER Project Manufacturing Cost
Collection Enabled flag that
indicates whether costs will be
collected for project
references within the
organization or not
PROJECT_CONTROL_LEVEL NULL NUMBER Project Control Level that
specifies whether project
references are being tracked at
the project or task level
AVG_RATES_COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Average Rate Cost Type
Identifier is used under
average costing for resources
and overhead rates
TXN_APPROVAL_TIMEOUT_PERIOD NULL NUMBER Transfer Order Timeout Perod
MO_SOURCE_REQUIRED NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a source
location is required before a
move order can be approved
MO_PICK_CONFIRM_REQUIRED NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether pick
confirmation is required
MO_APPROVAL_TIMEOUT_ACTION NULL NUMBER Action to perform when move
order approval timeout period
has expired
BORRPAY_MATL_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Material valuation account
BORRPAY_MOH_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Material overhead valuation
account
BORRPAY_RES_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Resource valuation account
BORRPAY_OSP_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Outside processing valuation
account
BORRPAY_OVH_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Overhead valuation account
PROCESS_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Process Enabled inventory
Organization
PROCESS_ORGN_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(4) OPM Warehouse Organization Code
Mapped to the Process Inventory
Organization
WSM_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) WIP Shopfloor Management
Organization
DEFAULT_COST_GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Default Cost Group ID – used
by WMS only
LPN_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(10) LPN Prefix – used by WMS only
LPN_SUFFIX NULL VARCHAR2(10) LPN Suffix – used by WMS only
LPN_STARTING_NUMBER NULL NUMBER LPN Starting Number – used by
WMS only
WMS_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) WMS (Warehouse Management
System) Organization
PREGEN_PUTAWAY_TASKS_FLAG NULL NUMBER used by WMS only
REGENERATION_INTERVAL NULL NUMBER used by WMS only

TIMEZONE_ID NULL NUMBER
DEFAULT_WMS_PICKING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default picking rule for this
organization – used by WMS only
DEFAULT_PUT_AWAY_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default put away rule – used by
WMS only
DEFAULT_TASK_ASSIGN_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default task assignment rule –
used by WMS only
DEFAULT_LABEL_COMP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default label printing rule –
used by WMS only
DEFAULT_CARTON_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Default cartonization rule for
this organization – used by WMS
only
DEFAULT_CYC_COUNT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Default cycle count header for
this organization – used by WMS
only
CROSSDOCK_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicates whether
crossdocking occurs by default
for this organization – used by
WMS only
CARTONIZATION_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flad indicates whether
cartonization occurs by default
in this organization – used for
WMS only
COST_CUTOFF_DATE NULL DATE Cost Cutoff Date
Indexes
MTL_PARAMETERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_PARAMETERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : AX_MTL_PARAMETERS_ARDI1

Trigger Level : ROW
application. This trigger ensures that an ?INTRANS? subinventory exists for every inventory
organizations. If it does not exist, the subinventory will be created in the table,
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORY.

MTL_PENDING_ITEM_STATUS
MTL_PENDING_ITEM_STATUS is used to define and store the history

of the item statuses that have been or will be assigned to an item.
This table maintains the status history for each item. A row is inserted
each time the item status attribute is changed.
This table also stores pending status information. Rows are created for
each planned status change that will become effective on a future date.
PENDING_FLAG identifies those status changes that are not yet in

effect.
A periodic concurrent program picks up pending status changes on

their effective date and updates the specified item and its status
controlled attributes accordingly. The row then becomes a history row.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_STATUS INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE STATUS_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
PENDING_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
Column Descriptions
STATUS_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Item status code
EFFECTIVE_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE Status effectivity date
IMPLEMENTED_DATE NULL DATE Status implementation date
PENDING_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether status
is still pending

Indexes
MTL_PENDING_ITEM_STATUS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PENDING_FLAG
2 EFFECTIVE_DATE
MTL_PENDING_ITEM_STATUS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 STATUS_CODE
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
4 EFFECTIVE_DATE

MTL_PERIOD_CG_SUMMARY
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER
ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER
INVENTORY_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER
INVENTORY_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER
Indexes
MTL_PERIOD_CG_SUMMARY_U1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 INVENTORY_TYPE
4 COST_GROUP_ID

MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY records the inventory value for each

subinventory in an organization at the end of a period. The table is
populated when period close is performed.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SECONDARY_INVENTORY
QuickCodes Columns
1 Inventory items
7 Engineering items
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period id
INVENTORY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item type
SECONDARY_INVENTORY (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(10) Secondary inventory identifier
INVENTORY_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory value at the end of
the period
Indexes
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY_U1 UNIQUE 1 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 INVENTORY_TYPE
4 SECONDARY_INVENTORY
6 COST_GROUP_ID

MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY_EFC
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting Period Identifier
INVENTORY_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER
SECONDARY_INVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10)
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER

MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS
MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS stores period end quantities, costs, and values

by subinventory, item, and cost group for an organization under
Average Costing for Work in Process. The table also stores the period
end value in intransit inventory for the organization. This table is
populated by the period close program. This table is a child table of
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY. The table records the inventory value for
each inventory item by cost group in the organization at the end of a
period.
The COST_GROUP_ID for the intransit inventory will be 1 and
SECONDARY_INVENTORY will be NULL.
Column Descriptions
ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Organization identifier.
ACCT_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period identifier
for the closed period.
COST_GROUP_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier.
SECONDARY_INVENTORY (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory code.
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Item identifier.
PERIOD_END_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Item quantity at period close.
PERIOD_END_UNIT_COST NULL NUMBER Item cost at period close.
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard who column.
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard who column.
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER Standard who column.
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Standard who column.
PROGRAM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column.
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column.
LOGIN_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Standard who column.
Indexes
MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS_U1 UNIQUE 2 ORGANIZATION_ID
4 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
6 COST_GROUP_ID
8 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
10 SECONDARY_INVENTORY

MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS_EFC
MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
PERIOD_END_UNIT_COST NULL NUMBER Period End Unit Cost
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting Period Identifier

MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS contains all the information about

the adjustment transactions, including the size of the necessary
adjustment, the accounts to which the adjustment transaction was
posted, and the approval–status of each transaction. An adjustment of
zero will still be stored in this table, although it will not cause an
adjustment transaction to be posted. This table will always be correct
and consistent with any tags that have been entered in
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID GL_ADJUST_ACCOUNT
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS LPN_ID OUTERMOST_LPN_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS LPN_ID PARENT_LPN_ID
QuickCodes Columns
APPROVAL_STATUS MTL_APPROVALS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Approve
2 Reject
3 Posted
Column Descriptions
ADJUSTMENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Physical inventory adjustment
identifier
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of physical
inventory owning the adjustment
SUBINVENTORY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory of adjustment
SYSTEM_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Frozen quantity of this SKU

COUNT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of this SKU counted
during the physical inventory
ADJUSTMENT_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity adjustment required to
correct frozen quantity to
counted quantity
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Revision of item being adjusted
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of locator of this
SKU
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number of the item being
adjusted
LOT_EXPIRATION_DATE NULL DATE Expiration date of the lot
number of this adjustment
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number of the item being
adjusted
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Cost per unit of this item
APPROVAL_STATUS NULL NUMBER(22) Whether this adjustment has
been approved for transaction
or not
APPROVED_BY_EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Identifier of employee who
approved or rejected this
adjustment
AUTOMATIC_APPROVAL_CODE NULL NUMBER If this adjustment was approved
automatically (not used)
GL_ADJUST_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Identifier of account to which
this adjustment was posted
LOT_SERIAL_CONTROLS NULL VARCHAR2(1) Dummy column required by AOL
for protected decsriptive
flexfield
TEMP_APPROVER NULL NUMBER(1) Dummy column required by AOL
PARENT_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Parent LPN Identifier of the
item
OUTERMOST_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Outermost LPN Identifier of the
item
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifier – Used by
WMS only
Indexes
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
2 APPROVAL_STATUS
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 SUBINVENTORY_NAME
2 SUBINVENTORY_NAME
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ADJUSTMENT_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
3 ADJUSTMENT_ID

Sequences
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_S ADJUSTMENT_ID

MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_EFC
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_PHISICAL_ADJUSTMENTS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
ADJUSTMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Adjustment Identifier

MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES contains certain user–defined options

for a physical inventory, including the approvals required, subinventory
scope (all or a subset specified in
MTL_PHYSICAL_SUBINVENTORIES), tolerances, and whether tags
may be created in the Physical Inventory Counts window or whether
they must be pre–generated.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID DEFAULT_GL_ADJUST_ACCOUNT
QuickCodes Columns
ALL_SUBINVENTORIES_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
APPROVAL_REQUIRED MTL_APPROVAL_REQ MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Required for all adjustments
2 Not required for adjustments
3 Required for adjustments out
of tolerance
DYNAMIC_TAG_ENTRY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Physical inventory identifier
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date of taking physical
inventory
LAST_ADJUSTMENT_DATE NULL DATE Date of last adjustment
transaction posted
TOTAL_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Total value of all physical
inventory adjustments
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Description of physical
inventory
FREEZE_DATE NULL DATE Date inventory was frozen
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of this physical inventory
APPROVAL_REQUIRED NOT NULL NUMBER Type of approval required on
adjustment transactions
ALL_SUBINVENTORIES_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether or not this physical
inventory covers all
subinventories with the
organization

NEXT_TAG_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(40) The next tag–number in sequence
following the last tag that was
generated for this physical
inventory
TAG_NUMBER_INCREMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(40) The tag–number digit–increments
of the last tag–generation that
was run for this physical
inventory
DEFAULT_GL_ADJUST_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Account to which adjustment
transactions are posted
APPROVAL_TOLERANCE_POS NULL NUMBER Percent tolerance, above which
an adjustment transaction
requires explicit approval
APPROVAL_TOLERANCE_NEG NULL NUMBER Percent tolerance, below which
COST_VARIANCE_POS NULL NUMBER Currency tolerance, above which
COST_VARIANCE_NEG NULL NUMBER Currency tolerance, below which
NUMBER_OF_SKUS NULL NUMBER Number of stock–keeping units
frozen
DYNAMIC_TAG_ENTRY_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether or not dynamic tag
creation is permitted in the
Physical Inventory Counts
window
defining column
Indexes
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID

Sequences
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES_S PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID

MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES_EFC
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
TOTAL_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE NULL NUMBER Total Adjustment Value
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Physical Inventory Identifier

MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS stores information regarding

physical inventory tags, including tag number, SKU information,
tag–quantity, and a pointer to the corresponding adjustment in
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS. A change to this table may require
a corresponding change to MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS to ensure
that the information therein remains consistent with its tags.
Foreign Keys
MTL_LOT_NUMBERS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENT_ID ADJUSTMENT_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
SERIAL_NUMBER SERIAL_NUM
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE TAG_UOM
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE STANDARD_UOM
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS LPN_ID PARENT_LPN_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS LPN_ID OUTERMOST_LPN_ID
QuickCodes Columns
VOID_FLAG MTL_VOID MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Void
2 Active
Column Descriptions
TAG_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Tag identifier
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Physical inventory identifier
VOID_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether or not this tag has
been voided
TAG_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(40) Tag number

ADJUSTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of adjustment
corresponding to this tag’s SKU
TAG_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Tag quantity
TAG_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure on tag
TAG_QUANTITY_AT_STANDARD_UOM NULL NUMBER Tag quantity at standard UOM
STANDARD_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Standard unit of measure at tag
entry time
SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory of SKU counted on
this tag
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of locator of SKU
counted on this tag
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number for item
SERIAL_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Item serial number
COUNTED_BY_EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Identifier of employee who made
this count
LOT_SERIAL_CONTROLS NULL VARCHAR2(1) Dummy column required by AOL
for protected descriptive
flexfield
defining column
PARENT_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Parent LPN Identifier
OUTERMOST_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Outermost LPN Identifier
WMS only
Indexes
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 ADJUSTMENT_ID
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
5 SUBINVENTORY
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TAG_ID

Indexes (Continued)
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 TAG_NUMBER
Sequences
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS_S TAG_ID

MTL_PHYSICAL_SUBINVENTORIES
MTL_PHYSICAL_SUBINVENTORIES specifies which subinventories

are involved in a physical inventory when the physical inventory does
not include all subinventories. One row per subinventory per physical
inventory.
Foreign Keys
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID
Column Descriptions
PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Physical inventory identifier
SUBINVENTORY (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory
Indexes
MTL_PHYSICAL_SUBINVENTORIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 SUBINVENTORY

MTL_PICKING_RULES
MTL_PICKING_RULES stores the pick criteria for each defined rule.

The picking criteria consists of the selections of picking preferences
regarding an item’s revision, lot, subinventory and locator. A picking
rule is chosen when performing picking.
QuickCodes Columns
LOCATOR_RULE MTL_LOCATOR_RULE MFG_LOOKUPS
2 Locator picking order
3 Earliest receipt date
4 No locator order
LOT_RULE MTL_LOT_RULE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Expiration date
2 Receipt date
3 Lot number
4 No lot order
REVISION_RULE MTL_REVISION_RULE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Effective date
2 Revision
3 No revision order
SERIAL_NUMBER_RULE MTL_SERIAL_NUMBER_RULE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Serial number
2 Receipt date
3 No serial number order
SUBINVENTORY_RULE MTL_SUBINVENTORY_RULE MFG_LOOKUPS
2 Subinventory picking order
3 Earliest receipt date
4 No subinventory order
Column Descriptions
PICKING_RULE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Picking rule identifier
PICKING_RULE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name for picking rule
REVISION_RULE NULL NUMBER Rule code for revision
LOT_RULE NULL NUMBER Rule code for lot
SERIAL_NUMBER_RULE NULL NUMBER Rule code for serial number
SUBINVENTORY_RULE NULL NUMBER Rule code for subinventory
LOCATOR_RULE NULL NUMBER Rule code for locator
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Description of picking rule

Indexes
MTL_PICKING_RULES_U1 UNIQUE 1 PICKING_RULE_ID
Sequences
MTL_PICKING_RULES_S PICKING_RULE_ID

MTL_PLANNERS
MTL_PLANNERS stores and maintains a list of planner codes.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
PLANNER_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Planner code
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Planner code description
defining column
ELECTRONIC_MAIL_ADDRESS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Planner’s electronic mail
address.
EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER The unique identifier for the
employee associated with this
planner.
Indexes
MTL_PLANNERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 PLANNER_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_PURGE_HEADER
MTL_PURGE_HEADER maintains a history of transaction purges. Each

record includes a purge name, purge date, and the organization.
PURGE_NAME is a name entered by the user when the transaction
purge is launched. Transactions that are dated on or before
PURGE_DATE will be purged.
The transaction tables that are purged are:
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS
MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATIONS
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
PURGE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Purge header identifier
PURGE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Purge date
ARCHIVE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) (not currently used)
PURGE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Purge header name

MTL_QOH_ITEM_TMP
Not currently used
Column Descriptions
TOTAL_QOH NULL NUMBER
RESERVED_QOH NULL NUMBER
AVAILABLE_QOH NULL NUMBER
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)

MTL_QOH_LOCATOR_TMP
Not currently used
Column Descriptions
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3)
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10)
LOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)

MTL_QOH_LOT_TMP
Not currently used
Column Descriptions
LOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)

MTL_QOH_REV_TMP
Not currently used
Column Descriptions

MTL_QOH_SUB_TMP
Not currently used
Column Descriptions

MTL_RELATED_ITEMS
MTL_RELATED_ITEMS stores the relationships between items. All

relationships are defined within the item master organization. Item
relationships may be used to search for related and substitute items.
Items defined with a substitute relationship to a given item may be
received in place of the ordered item when substitutes are allowed.
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE_ID indicates whether the relationship is a

’Substitute’ or ’Related’ relationship.
RECIPROCAL_FLAG indicates whether the relationship is reciprocal.

Defining the relationship as reciprocal has the same effect as defining
two separate relationships.
The view, MTL_RELATED_ITEMS_VIEW, explodes the reciprocal

relationships and may be used to view all item relationships regardless
of how they are defined.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID RELATED_ITEM_ID
QuickCodes Columns
RECIPROCAL_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE_ID MTL_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Related
2 Substitute
Column Descriptions
RELATED_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Related inventory item
identifier
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Relationship type identifier
RECIPROCAL_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether
relationship is reciprocal

Indexes
MTL_RELATED_ITEMS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 RELATED_ITEM_ID
3 RELATIONSHIP_TYPE_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_RELATED_ITEMS_INTERFACE
MTL_RELATED_ITEMS_INTERFACE temporarily stores the

relationship between two items before loading this information into
Oracle Inventory. This table contains user–friendly columns which allow
you to easily enter your data as well as the corresponding foreign keys.
Oracle Inventory will default column values you do not enter, after
performing the proper validation. For example, if you enter the
ITEM_NUMBER, Oracle Inventory will fill in the corresponding
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID for you.
This table is not currently used.
QuickCodes Columns
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
RECIPROCAL_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE_ID MTL_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Related
2 Substitute
Column Descriptions
RELATED_ITEM_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Related inventory item
identifier
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Relationship type identifier
RECIPROCAL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether
relationship is reciprocal
TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Interface record identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Interface record processing
status
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviated organization name

ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments
RELATED_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
related item

MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS stores the header information for a

replenishment count name. Each count name represents the
replenishment information for a subinventory. The process status of a
count name is stored in the PROCESS_STATUS column. The
ERROR_FLAG stores the error status for the whole count name, if any.
Foreign Keys
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL LOCATION_ID DELIVERY_LOCATION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
ERROR_FLAG MTL_REPLENISHMENT_ERROR MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Non–unique Replenishment
Header Identifier
10 Line(s) associated with this
header failed validation
100 No Item Sourcing Information
found
11 Neither Item Id nor Item
Flexfield Segments were
provided
12 Invalid Count Type Code
Count Header Name
200 Item Source conflicts with
Purchasable/Internal Order
flag
3 Invalid LAST_UPDATED_BY User
Identifier
300 No delivery location defined
for the organization
4 Invalid Organization Identi-
fier
400 Set of Books different from
Purchasing
5 Invalid Subinventory Name
500 Line not processed due to
other lines failing
6 Invalid Requisition Approval
Flag
600 No customer associated with
delivery location
7 No Replenishment Lines are
associated with Header
8 Invalid Item Identifier/Item
not Transactable or enabled
800 Above min–max minimum qty.
No need to reorder
9 Invalid Unit of Measure
Specification

990 Normal – Item Sourcing in-
formation successfully de-
termined
999 Normal, successful comple-
tion
PROCESS_MODE MTL_TRANSACTION_MODE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 On–line processing
2 Concurrent processing
3 Background processing
PROCESS_STATUS MTL_COUNT_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Hold
2 Pending
3 Processing
4 Error
5 Completed
REQUISITION_APPROVAL_TYPE MTL_REQUISITION_APPROVAL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Approved
2 Unapproved
Column Descriptions
REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the count
name. Selected from the
sequence
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_S
REPLENISHMENT_COUNT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unique count name
COUNT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date on which the count was
performed
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory in which the count
was performed
SUPPLY_CUTOFF_DATE NULL DATE Supply from OE/PO will not be
recognized after this date
REQUISITION_APPROVAL_TYPE NULL NUMBER Preapprove requisitions upon
generation in PO
PROCESS_STATUS NULL NUMBER Process status of the record
PROCESS_MODE NULL NUMBER Flag to determine if the record
is to be processed in
concurrent or background mode
ERROR_FLAG NULL NUMBER The processing error, if any,
of the record.
DELIVERY_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier for delivery
location

Indexes
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_U2 UNIQUE 2 REPLENISHMENT_COUNT_NAME
Sequences
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_S REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID

MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT provides an interface for users to

populate external replenishment header information. The information
stored in this table will then be processed by the Replenishment
Validator before being loaded into the MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS
table.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
Header Identifier
found
provided
Count Header Name
flag
Identifier
fier
Purchasing
other lines failing
Flag
delivery location
No need to reorder
Specification

termined
tion
PROCESS_MODE MTL_TRANSACTION_MODE MFG_LOOKUPS
PROCESS_STATUS MTL_COUNT_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Hold
2 Pending
3 Processing
4 Error
5 Completed
Column Descriptions
REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the count
name. Selected from the
sequence
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_S
REPLENISHMENT_COUNT_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unique count name
COUNT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date on which the count was
performed
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Organization code. Users can
either populate organization id
or organization code
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory in which the count
was performed
SUPPLY_CUTOFF_DATE NULL DATE Supply from OE/PO will not be
recognized after this date
PROCESS_STATUS NULL NUMBER The process status of the
record. For a record to be
processed by the Validator,
this has to be set to 2 (ie,
Pending)
PROCESS_MODE NULL NUMBER A flag to determine if the
record is to be processed in
concurrent or background mode
of the record
DELIVERY_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier for delivery
location
DELIVERY_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Delivery Location name

Indexes
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT_U1 UNIQUE 1 REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT_U2 UNIQUE 2 REPLENISHMENT_COUNT_NAME

MTL_REPLENISH_LINES
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES stores each line information for a

replenishment header. The line information includes an item along with
the count type and count quantity. The repenishment processor
automatically populates further information such as sourcing
information, reorder quantity, and account information along with the
error statuses into this table upon the completion of processing the
headers and lines.
The count types are On–hand Quantity, Order Maximum, and Order
Quantity.
On–hand Quantity: the entered count quantity will be treated as the
current on–hand quantity by the processor.
Order Maximum: users are not required to enter the count quantity.
However, the processor will automatically reorder the maximum
min–max quantity defined for the item regardless of the on–hand and
supply quantity.
Order Quantity: the entered count quantity is treated as the reorder
quantity.
However, the reorder quantity is subject to supplier constraints such as
minimum order quantity, maximum order quantity, and fixed lot
multiplier.
Foreign Keys
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE COUNT_UOM_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
COUNT_TYPE_CODE MTL_COUNT_TYPES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Onhand quantity
2 Order quantity
3 Order maximum
Header Identifier
found

provided
Count Header Name
flag
Identifier
fier
Purchasing
other lines failing
Flag
delivery location
No need to reorder
Specification
termined
tion
1 Inventory
2 Supplier
Column Descriptions
REPLENISHMENT_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Line identifier for a
replenishment line. The id is
selected from the sequence,
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_S
REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Foreign key to replenishment
count interface header record
COUNT_TYPE_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of count performed

COUNT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of item counted within
subinventory specified in
header. The context of this
column depends on the count
type
COUNT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure code of the
count quantity
SUPPLY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Used by processor to store
quantity expected to be
received into subinventory
SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Used by processor to store
source type
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Used by processor to store
source organization id
SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Used by processor to store
source subinventory code
REORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Used by processor to store
quantity of items to be
reordered
EXPENSE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Used by processor to store the
expense account
ENCUMBRANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Used by processor to store the
encumbrance account
REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Free text describing count line
of the line. This column is
populated by the Replenishment
Processor
PRIMARY_UOM_COUNT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER The count quantity in primary
uom code
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary uom code of the item
Indexes
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID
2 REPLENISHMENT_LINE_ID
Sequences
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_S REPLENISHMENT_LINE_ID

MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_INT
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_INT is an interface table that allows users to

populate the detailed replenishment line information. The information
stored in this table along with the header information in
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT table will then be processed by the
Replenishment Validator (INCRVL) before being loaded into the
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES and MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS tables
respectively. The ERROR_FLAG stores the error statuses during
validation.
Foreign Keys
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE COUNT_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE COUNT_UOM_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
COUNT_TYPE_CODE MTL_COUNT_TYPES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Onhand quantity
2 Order quantity
3 Order maximum
Column Descriptions
REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Foreign key to replenishment
count interface header record
REPLENISHMENT_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Line identifier for a
replenishment line
COUNT_TYPE_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of count performed
COUNT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of item counted within
subinventory specified in
header. The context of this
column depends on the count
type
REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Free text comments about the
count line
of the line. This column is
populated by the Replenishment
Validator

SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Item key flexfield segment
column. Users can either
populate an inventory item id
or the item segments.
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
SEGMENT18 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Item Key flexfield segment
column
column
column
COUNT_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) The long name of unit of
measure of the count quantity.
Users can either enter the long
name of the unit of measure or
the short name uom code
COUNT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Short name of the unit of
measure of the count quantity.
Users can either enter the long
name, unit of measure, or the
short name
Indexes
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_INT_U1 UNIQUE 5 REPLENISHMENT_HEADER_ID
6 REPLENISHMENT_LINE_ID

MTL_RESERVATIONS
This table stores reservation information. Each record is a reservation

that ties an item/organization combination with a demand source and a
supply source. Demand source information comprises demand source
type (Sales Order, Account, Account Alias, Inventory), demand source
header, demand source line and demand source name. Supply source
information comprises supply source type (Inventory, WIP jobs), supply
source header, supply source line, supply source name and inventory
controls (revision, lot, subinventory, locator).
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
REVISION REVISION
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE PRIMARY_UOM_CODE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE RESERVATION_UOM_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
SHIP_READY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
RESERVATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Reservation identifier
REQUIREMENT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Reservation requirement date
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of organization in
which reservation is made
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier of reserved item
DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates demand source for
which reservation is made
DEMAND_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier for inventory or
user defined demand

DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier for source of
demand. For Sales Order:
OE_ORDER_HEADERS.HEADER_ID. For
Account:
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS.CODE_COMBI
NATION_ID. For Account Alias:
MTL_GENERIC_DISPOSITIONS.DISPOS
ITION_ID
DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line ID for demand source. For
Sales Order:
OE_ORDER_LINES.LINE_ID
DEMAND_SOURCE_DELIVERY NULL NUMBER Delivery identifier for demand
sources having one
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure of
reserved item
PRIMARY_UOM_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
RESERVATION_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure in which
reservation is made
RESERVATION_UOM_ID NULL NUMBER Not used
RESERVATION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quanity reserved in
RESERVATION_UOM_CODE
PRIMARY_RESERVATION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity reserved in
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE
AUTODETAIL_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
EXTERNAL_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not currently used
EXTERNAL_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates supply source of
reservation
SUPPLY_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier of supply
source
SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Indicates line identifier of
supply source
SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL NULL NUMBER Indicates line detail
identifier of supply source
SUPPLY_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates name of supply source
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Revision of revision controlled
reserved item
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory in which reserved
item resides
SUBINVENTORY_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Locator in which reserved item
resides
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number of lot controlled
reserved item
LOT_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not currently used
SERIAL_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
PARTIAL_QUANTITIES_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Not currently used
AUTO_DETAILED NULL NUMBER Not currently used
PICK_SLIP_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Not currently used
LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used

defining column
SHIP_READY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates that reserved
quantity is ready to be shipped
N_COLUMN1 NULL NUMBER For synchronization purpose
DETAILED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER If high level reservation,
quantity detailed.
WMS only
CONTAINER_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Indicates LPN of the empty
container reserved – used by
WMS only
STAGED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if the reservation is
in staged area.
Indexes
MTL_RESERVATIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 4 DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 REQUIREMENT_DATE
MTL_RESERVATIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIP_READY_FLAG
MTL_RESERVATIONS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 5 N_COLUMN1
MTL_RESERVATIONS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 RESERVATION_ID
Sequences
MTL_RESERVATIONS_S RESERVATION_ID

MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE
This table stores reservations requests. The Reservation Interface

manager processes reservation requests from this table into
MTL_RESERVATIONS.
Foreign Keys
INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID TO_LOCATOR_ID
REVISION REVISION
REVISION TO_REVISION
LOT_NUMBER TO_LOT_NUMBER
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUBINVENTORY_CODE
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE RESERVATION_UOM_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
LOCK_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
PARTIAL_QUANTITIES_ALLOWED SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
ROW_STATUS_CODE INV_YES_NO_ERROR MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
3 Error
SHIP_READY_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
TRANSACTION_MODE MTL_TRANSACTION_MODE MFG_LOOKUPS

VALIDATION_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
RESERVATION_INTERFACE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies a unique reservation
request
RESERVATION_BATCH_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies a group of
reservation requests
REQUIREMENT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Required reservation date
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies organization in
which reservation function is
performed
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER For transfer and update
reservations, the destination
organization in which the
reservation function is
performed
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies item reserved
ITEM_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Item flexfield segment column
DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Identifies demand source –
Sales Order, Account, Account
Alias, Inventory
DEMAND_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier for inventory or
user defined demand
DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier for source
of demand. For Sales Order:
Account:
ITION_ID

DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line identifier for demand
source. For Sales Order:
TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER For update and transfer
reservation, identifies
destination demand source –
Sales Order, Account, Account
Alias, Inventory.
TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) For update and transfer
reservation, identifier for
inventory or user defined
destination demand source.
TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER For update and transfer
reservation, Header identifier
fordestination source of
demand. For Sales Order:
Account:
ITION_ID
TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER For update and transfer
reservation, Line identifier
for destination demand source.
For Sales Order:
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure of
reserved item
PRIMARY_UOM_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
RESERVATION_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure in which
reservation is made.
RESERVATION_UOM_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
RESERVATION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity reserved in
RESERVATION_UOM_CODE
PRIMARY_RESERVATION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity reserved in
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE
EXTERNAL_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not currently used
EXTERNAL_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates supply source of
reservation.
SUPPLY_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Header identifier of Supply
Source
SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Indicates line identifier of
Supply Source
SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL NULL NUMBER Indicates line detail
identifier of supply source
SUPPLY_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates name of Supply Source
TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER For update and transfer of
reservation, indicates
destination supply source of
reservation.
TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER For update and transfer of
reservations, header identifier
of destination supply source.
TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER For transfer and update of
reservations, indicates line
identifier of destination
supply source.
TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL NULL NUMBER
TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) For transfer and update of
reservations, indicates name of
destination Supply Source.

ERROR_CODE NULL NUMBER Error code returned by
Reservations Interface Manager
ERROR_EXPLANATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Error explanation text
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Revision of revision controlled
reserved item
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory in which
reservation is made
SUBINVENTORY_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Identifies locator in which
LOC_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Locator flexfield segment
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number of lot controlled
reserved item.
LOT_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not used
SERIAL_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
TO_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) For update and transfer
reservation, destination
revision of revision controlled
reserved item

TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) For update and transfer
subinventory in which
TO_SUBINVENTORY_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
TO_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER For update and transfer
reservation, identifies locator
in which reservation is made.
TO_LOC_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) For transfer and update
locator flexfield segment
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column

column
column
column
column
column
column
TO_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) For update and transfer
reservation, destination lot
number of lot controlled
reserved item.
TO_LOT_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
TO_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not currently used
TO_SERIAL_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
ROW_STATUS_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates status of request –
Active, Inactive, Error
LOCK_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates request is locked.
This is to prevent the request
from being picked by another
manager.
RESERVATION_ACTION_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates reservation function
requested
TRANSACTION_MODE NOT NULL NUMBER Fflag to indicate processing
mode: 1 – Online; 2 – Immediate
Concurrent; 3 – Batch
VALIDATION_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if row needs
to be validated before being
processed.
PARTIAL_QUANTITIES_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if partial
reservations are permitted
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
PROJECT_PLANNING_GROUP NULL NUMBER Not currently used
defining column

SHIP_READY_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if reservation
has to be updated to ready to
be shipped.
Indexes
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 LOCK_FLAG
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N11 NOT UNIQUE 1 RESERVATION_ACTION_CODE
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N12 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_MODE
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N13 NOT UNIQUE 1 VALIDATION_FLAG
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N14 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARTIAL_QUANTITIES_ALLOWED
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N15 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIP_READY_FLAG
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 REQUIREMENT_DATE
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 DEMAND_SOURCE_NAME
3 DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID
4 DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_NAME
3 TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID
4 TO_DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 SUPPLY_SOURCE_HEADER_ID
3 SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_ID
4 SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL
5 SUPPLY_SOURCE_NAME
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_HEADER_ID
3 TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_ID
4 TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL
5 TO_SUPPLY_SOURCE_NAME
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 REVISION
2 LOT_NUMBER
3 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
4 LOCATOR_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 TO_REVISION
2 TO_LOT_NUMBER
3 TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
4 TO_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_N9 NOT UNIQUE 1 ROW_STATUS_CODE

Indexes (Continued)
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 RESERVATION_BATCH_ID
2 RESERVATION_INTERFACE_ID
Sequences
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_S RESERVATION_INTERFACE_ID
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE_S RESERVATION_BATCH_ID

MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS stores revision levels for routings. When

a routing is defined a revision must be inserted into this table, so that
every routing has at least one valid revision.
This table is analagous to MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS, but for routings
instead of items. However, since engineering changes don’t yet act on
routings, routing revisions will never come directly from an ECO as they
do for items.
Foreign Keys
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
ENG_ENGINEERING_CHANGES CHANGE_NOTICE CHANGE_NOTICE
Column Descriptions
PROCESS_REVISION (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision code
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NOT NULL DATE Revision effectivity date
defining column

REVISED_ITEM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Revised Item Sequence Id
Indexes
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 PROCESS_REVISION
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVS_INTERFACE
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVS_INTERFACE temporarily stores routing

revisions before loading this information into Oracle Inventory. This
table contains user friendly columns which allow you to easily enter
your data as well as the corresponding foreign keys. Oracle Inventory
will derive column values you do not enter, after performing the proper
validation. For example, if you enter the ORGANIZATION_CODE,
Oracle Inventory will fill in the corresponding ORGANIZATION_ID for
you.
This is used by the BOM product.
QuickCodes Columns
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
Column Descriptions
PROCESS_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision code
EFFECTIVITY_DATE NULL DATE Revision effectivity date
defining column

INVENTORY_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviated organization name
TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Interface record identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Interface record processing
status
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Specifies a type of transaction
to be performed on the
interface record (e.g. CREATE)
Indexes
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 PROCESS_REVISION
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

MTL_SAFETY_STOCKS
MTL_SAFETY_STOCKS stores the safety stock information for an item

that is not an MRP planned item. The SAFETY_STOCK_QUANTITY
records the safety stock quantity effective from the EFFECTIVITY_DATE
until the next EFFECTIVITY_DATE. Currently, there are three methods
to derive the safety stock quantity. They are mean absolute deviation,
user–defined percentage, and manual entry. The former two methods
for deriving safety stock quantities are based on the forecast demand of
the item. The SAFETY_STOCK_CODE represents how the safety stock
is derived.
Foreign Keys
MRP_FORECAST_DESIGNATORS FORECAST_DESIGNATOR FORECAST_DESIGNATOR
QuickCodes Columns
SAFETY_STOCK_CODE MTL_SAFETY_STOCK MFG_LOOKUPS
1 User–defined quantity
2 User–defined percentage
3 Mean absolute deviation
(MAD)
Column Descriptions
EFFECTIVITY_DATE (PK) NOT NULL DATE The date on/after which the
safety stock is effective
SAFETY_STOCK_CODE NULL NUMBER Indicate how the safety stock
quantity is derived
SAFETY_STOCK_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Safety stock quantity for the
item effective since the
EFFECTIVITY_DATE until the next
EFFECTIVITY_DATE
SAFETY_STOCK_PERCENT NULL NUMBER The percentage of the forecast
demand when safety stock
quantity is derived from the
user–defined percentage method.
SERVICE_LEVEL NULL NUMBER The service level from which
the safety stock quantity is
derived when the safety stock
method is mean absolute
deviation.
defining column

FORECAST_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Indicates from which forecast
designator the safety stock is
derived
Indexes
MTL_SAFETY_STOCKS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 EFFECTIVITY_DATE

MTL_SALES_ORDERS
MTL_SALES_ORDERS stores Inventory’s local definition of sales

orders.
Unlike account numbers which are stored as flexfields in
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS, or purchase orders which are stored in
PO_HEADERS, sales orders are not assumed to originate in any
particular application. MTL_SALES_ORDERS exists for the purpose of
mapping sales orders between other applications and Inventory.
MTL_SALES_ORDERS is a key flexfield table with no structure defining
column or set defining column. The flexfield code for this table is
MKTS. Only one structure for the flexfield may be defined for any
installation of Inventory. Inventory demand interface and demand
manager will validate sales orders on segment values, and will create a
new SALES_ORDER_ID when necessary.
Column Descriptions
SALES_ORDER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Sales order id
SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Key flexfield segment
SUMMARY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether segment
combination includes a summary
segment
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether segment
combination is enabled
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Date segment combination
becomes active

END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Date segment combination
becomes inactive
SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) (not currently used)
ORDER_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) (not currently used)
Indexes
MTL_SALES_ORDERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SEGMENT1
MTL_SALES_ORDERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 SALES_ORDER_ID
Sequences
MTL_SALES_ORDERS_S SALES_ORDER_ID

MTL_SEASONALITY_INDICES
MTL_SEASONALITY_INDICES maintains the initial seasonality indices

for for each calendar period. There could be 12 or 13 calendar periods in
a year. The number of calendar periods in a year depends on if users
compile the calendar by the 445 weekly quarter pattern, 544 weekly
quarter pattern, 13 period calendar, or regular calendar months.
A seasonality index is an indication of the degree of seasonal variation
for a product. An index is an estimate of how much the demand during
the season will be above or below the average demand for the product.
For example, 0.8 means 80 percent of the average demand for a
particular season.
Foreign Keys
MTL_FORECAST_RULES FORECAST_RULE_ID FORECAST_RULE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
PERIOD_TYPE_CODE MTL_PERIOD_TYPES MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Daily period
2 Weekly period
3 Calendar period
Column Descriptions
FORECAST_RULE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Identifier for forecast rule
PERIOD_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Seasonality period number
SEASONALITY_INDEX NOT NULL NUMBER Seasonality factor
PERIOD_TYPE_CODE NULL NUMBER Period bucket type
Indexes
MTL_SEASONALITY_INDICES_U1 UNIQUE 1 FORECAST_RULE_ID
2 PERIOD_NUM

MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES is the definition table for the

subinventory. A subinventory is a section of inventory, i.e., raw material,
finished goods, etc. Subinventories are assigned to items (in a many to
one relationship), indicating a list of valid places where this item will
physically exist in inventory.
Other attributes include general ledger accounts, demand picking order,
locator type, availability type, and reservable type.
You can also specify whether this subinventory is an expense or asset
subinventory (ASSET_INVENTORY), or whether quantities are tracked
(QUANTITY_TRACKED).
Foreign Keys
CST_COST_GROUPS COST_GROUP_ID DEFAULT_COST_GROUP_ID
ENG_ECN_APPROVAL_LISTS APPROVAL_LIST_ID NOTIFY_LIST_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE PICK_UOM_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
ASSET_INVENTORY SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
AVAILABILITY_TYPE MTL_AVAILABILITY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Nettable inventory
2 Nonnettable inventory
DEPRECIABLE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
INVENTORY_ATP_CODE MTL_ATP_CODE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inventory included in atp
calculation
2 Inventory not included in
atp calculation
LOCATOR_TYPE MTL_LOCATION_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS

trol
at item level
QUANTITY_TRACKED SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
REQUISITION_APPROVAL_TYPE MTL_REQUISITION_APPROVAL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Approved
2 Unapproved
RESERVABLE_TYPE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 Inventory
2 Supplier
Column Descriptions
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Subinventory description
INVENTORY_ATP_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory available to promise
code
AVAILABILITY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Subinventory availability code
RESERVABLE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Hard reservation eligibility
LOCATOR_TYPE NULL NUMBER Subinventory–level stock
locator control type
PICKING_ORDER NULL NUMBER Picking order
MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Subinventory material account
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Material overhead account
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Resource overhead account
QUANTITY_TRACKED NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating onhand item
quantity is recorded
ASSET_INVENTORY NOT NULL NUMBER Items contained within the
subinventory regarded as assets
SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Inventory or Supplier sourcing
type
from
from
REQUISITION_APPROVAL_TYPE NULL NUMBER Approval status of
replenishment requisitions
generated

EXPENSE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Account to expense items issued
to subinventory
ENCUMBRANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Account to encumber items
requested by subinventory
defining column
PREPROCESSING_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Pre–processing lead time
PROCESSING_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Processing lead time
POSTPROCESSING_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Post–processing lead time
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand class for the
subinventory
SUBINVENTORY_USAGE NULL NUMBER Specifies whether costs should
be collected for this
subinventory in project
manufacturing environment
NOTIFY_LIST_ID NULL NUMBER ID of Notify List
PICK_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
DEPRECIABLE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if the sub
inventory is depreciable
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Location identifier
DEFAULT_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Default cost group id – Used by
WMS only
STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER Status Identifier – Used by
WMS only
DEFAULT_LOC_STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER Default status ID for locators
LPN_CONTROLLED_FLAG NULL NUMBER
PICK_METHODOLOGY NULL NUMBER
CARTONIZATION_FLAG NULL NUMBER(30)
Indexes
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME

Database Triggers
Trigger Name : AX_MTL_SEC_INVENTORY_ARDI1

Trigger Level : ROW
application. This trigger synchronizes the table MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES and
AX_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES. It ensure that a subinventory exists for every inventory
organizations in AX_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES.

MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS stores all locators within a

subinventory for a specific item.
These locators make up the valid list of locators when transacting that
specific item to/from the subinventory, and the user has specified (in the
Master Item window) that the item must use locators restricted to a
pre–defined list.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID SECONDARY_LOCATOR
MTL_ITEM_SUB_INVENTORIES INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY SUBINVENTORY_CODE
Column Descriptions
SECONDARY_LOCATOR (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Locator identifier
PRIMARY_LOCATOR_FLAG NULL NUMBER Primary / secondary type code
PICKING_ORDER NULL NUMBER (not currently used)
WMS only
Indexes
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SECONDARY_LOCATOR
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 SECONDARY_LOCATOR
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_SECONDARY_LOCS_INTERFACE
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCS_INTERFACE temporarily stores all locators

within a subinventory for a specific item before loading this information
into Oracle Inventory. Each subinventory is allowed one primary
locator. A primary locator is used as a default locator in the transaction
system.
This table contains user–friendly columns which allow you to easily
enter your data as well as the corresponding foreign keys. Oracle
Inventory will default column values you do not enter, after performing
the proper validation. For example, if you enter the ITEM_NUMBER,
Oracle Inventory will fill in the corresponding INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
for you.
This table is not currently used.
QuickCodes Columns
PRIMARY_LOCATOR_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
Column Descriptions
SECONDARY_LOCATOR NULL NUMBER Locator name
PRIMARY_LOCATOR_FLAG NULL NUMBER Primary / secondary type code
PICKING_ORDER NULL NUMBER (not currently used)
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Concurrent who column
name

LOCATION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated locator segments
WMS only

MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS stores the definition and current status of all

serial numbers in Oracle Inventory. These serial numbers are also used
in other areas of Oracle Manufacturing.
A serial number can have one of four statuses:
• Defined but not used
• Resides in stores
• Issued out of stores
• Resides in intransit
The serial generation program populates this table, given the number of
serial numbers to create and the starting number and prefix.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID CURRENT_LOCATOR_ID
ORGANIZATION_ID CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID LAST_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME CURRENT_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PARENT_ITEM_ID
SERIAL_NUMBER PARENT_SERIAL_NUMBER
CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID LAST_TXN_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS UNIT_NUMBER END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER
PJM_UNIT_SERIAL_HISTORY INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
NEW_UNIT_NUMBER END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER
PO_VENDORS VENDOR_ID ORIGINAL_UNIT_VENDOR_ID
WIP_ENTITIES WIP_ENTITY_ID ORIGINAL_WIP_ENTITY_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS LPN_ID LPN_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CURRENT_STATUS SERIAL_NUM_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Defined but not used
3 Resides in stores
4 Issued out of stores
5 Resides in intransit
LAST_TRANSACTION_ID MTL_DISPOSITION MFG_LOOKUPS

1 Purchase order
2 Sales order
3 Account number
4 Job or schedule
5 Job or schedule
6 Account alias
Column Descriptions
SERIAL_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number
INITIALIZATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Unit initialization date
COMPLETION_DATE NULL DATE Unit completion date
SHIP_DATE NULL DATE Unit ship date
CURRENT_STATUS NULL NUMBER Current status
FIXED_ASSET_TAG NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unit fixed asset tag number
RESERVED_ORDER_ID NULL NUMBER Scheduled sales order
reservation
PARENT_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Component parent part number
PARENT_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Component parent serial number
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30)
ORIGINAL_WIP_ENTITY_ID NULL NUMBER Original WIP entity id
ORIGINAL_UNIT_VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Original unit supplier code
VENDOR_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier serial number
LAST_TXN_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Last transaction source type
identifier
LAST_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Last transaction identifier
LAST_RECEIPT_ISSUE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Last transaction type
LAST_TXN_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Last transaction source name
LAST_TXN_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Last transaction source
identifier
DESCRIPTIVE_TEXT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Unit descriptive text
CURRENT_SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Current subinventory name
CURRENT_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Current location identifier
CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Organization where the serial
number is currently stored
defining column

GROUP_MARK_ID NULL NUMBER Group identifier (used by
Oracle Inventory for ensuring
that serial numbers used by one
user’s session do not become
available incorrectly to
another user)
LINE_MARK_ID NULL NUMBER Used by Oracle Inventory for
ensuring that serial numbers
used by one user’s session do
not become available
incorrectly to another user.
The column is used by Oracle
Inventory’s serialnumber
marking and unmarking routines
LOT_LINE_MARK_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier used in serial
number marking and unmarking
routines
GEN_OBJECT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Genealogy object identifier
SERIAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column – Usedby WMS
only
TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Territory code for Country of
Origin–– Usedby WMS only
ORIGINATION_DATE NULL DATE Creation Date of the serial
number such as manufacture
date. – Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only

Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
WMS only
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifie – Used by
WMS only

TIME_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Time since new for MRO industry
CYCLES_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Cycles since new for MRO
industry – Used by WMS only
TIME_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Time Since overhaul for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Cycles since overhaul for MRO
TIME_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Time Since repair for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Cycles Since repair for MRO
TIME_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Time since Visit for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Cycles Since Visit for MRO
TIME_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Time since Mark for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Cycles Since Mark for MRO
NUMBER_OF_REPAIRS NULL NUMBER Number of repairs for MRO
of the item – Used by WMS only
INSPECTION_STATUS NULL NUMBER Status after Inspection of
the Serial Number – Usedby WMS
only
PREVIOUS_STATUS NULL NUMBER Previous Status – Usedby WMS
only
LPN_TXN_ERROR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Error flag for LPN Transaction
–– Usedby WMS only
Indexes
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 CURRENT_ORGANIZATION_ID
2 CURRENT_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
3 CURRENT_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 CURRENT_STATUS
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORIGINAL_UNIT_VENDOR_ID
2 VENDOR_SERIAL_NUMBER
2 SERIAL_NUMBER
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_MARK_ID
2 LINE_MARK_ID
3 LOT_LINE_MARK_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 CURRENT_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
6 CURRENT_STATUS
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 5 LPN_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 SERIAL_NUMBER
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_U2 UNIQUE 5 GEN_OBJECT_ID

Sequences
MTL_GEN_OBJECT_ID_S GEN_OBJECT_ID

MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_INTERFACE
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_INTERFACE is the interface analogy of

MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP.
QuickCodes Columns
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Joins to
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_INTERFACE
OR MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Concurrent who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Concurrent who column
VENDOR_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier serial number
FM_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Single serial number or
beginning serial number in
range
TO_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Ending serial number in a range
PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Row process flag (not currently
used)
PARENT_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Parent serial number
SERIAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Structure Defining column for
Serial Attributes flex field –
Used by WMS only
Origin – Used by WMS only
C_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment

D_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL DATE Descriptive flexfield segment
N_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL NUMBER Descriptive flexfield segment

WMS only
TIME_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Time since new for MRO industry
CYCLES_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Cycles since new for MRO
TIME_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Time Since overhaul for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Cycles since overhaul for MRO
TIME_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Time Since repair for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Cycles Since repair for MRO
TIME_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Time since Visit for MRO
CYCLES_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Cycles since visit for MRO
TIME_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Time since the serial Number is
marked for MRO Industry –
Used by WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Number of Cycles since the
serial Number is marked, for
MRO Industry – Used by WMS
only
NUMBER_OF_REPAIRS NULL NUMBER Number of repairs for MRO
Indexes
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_INTRFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID

MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP holds temporary serial number

transaction records for a parent record in
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP. Data in this table will
eventually reside in MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS after processing by
the transaction processor. TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID joins to
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID in
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP when under serial control.
If also under lot control it joins to
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP.SERIAL_TRANSACTION_TEMP_
ID.
It is possible to have child records in this table without a parent record
due to the autocommit feature of the Serial Number Entry form.
Periodic deletion of irrelevant data from this table is desired.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Serial number temporary
transactions identifier
VENDOR_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Vendor Serial Number
VENDOR_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Vednor Lot Number
FM_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) From’ serial number
TO_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) ’To’ serial number
SERIAL_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Number of serial numbers in
range
ERROR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number transaction error
code
PARENT_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Parent serial number
GROUP_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Group identifier used in serial
number marking and unmarking
routines
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30)
SERIAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column – Usedby WMS
only

Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only

Used by WMS only
N_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL NUMBER(30) Descriptive flexfield segment–
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER(30) Status Identifier – Used by WMS
only
TIME_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Time Since New – Used by WMS
only
CYCLES_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Cycles Since New – Used by WMS
only
TIME_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Time Since Overhaul – Used by
WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Cycles Since OverHaul – Used by
WMS only
TIME_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Time Since Repair – Used by WMS
only
CYCLES_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Cycles Since Repair – Used by
WMS only
TIME_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Time since last visit – Used
by WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Cycled Since last visit – Used
by WMS only
TIME_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Time since last Mark – Used by
WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Cycles since mark – Used by
WMS only
NUMBER_OF_REPAIRS NULL NUMBER Total Number of repairs – Used
by WMS only
Indexes
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID

MTL_SHORT_CHK_PARAM
MTL_SHORT_CHK_PARAM holds the material shortage message

parameters for each Inventory organization. These parameters are
populated from the Shortage Parameters form.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
CHECK_OE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
CHECK_WIP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
OE_NOTIF_ITEM_PLANNER_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
OE_NOTIF_SO_CREATOR_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_CURR_OP_JOBS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_CURR_OP_REP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_EXCL_BULK_COMP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_EXCL_PULL_COMP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_EXCL_SUPPLIER_COMP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_HOLD_JOBS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_HOLD_REP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_NOTIF_ASS_PLANNER_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_NOTIF_COMP_BUYER_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes

2 No
WIP_NOTIF_COMP_PLANNER_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_NOTIF_JOB_CREATOR_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_PREV_OP_JOBS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_PREV_OP_REP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_REL_JOBS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_REL_REP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_REQ_DATE_JOBS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_REQ_DATE_REP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_UNREL_JOBS_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
WIP_UNREL_REP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
CHECK_WIP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag for specifying whether
demand from WIP jobs and
schedules should be considered
when determining material
shortages
CHECK_OE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag for specifying whether
demand from backorders should
be considered when determining
material shortages
WIP_REL_JOBS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that released
WIP jobs should be considered
as demand when determining
material shortages
WIP_DAYS_OVERDUE_REL_JOBS NULL NUMBER Number of days overdue that a
released job must be before it
is considered demand

WIP_UNREL_JOBS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that unreleased
WIP jobs should be considered
as demand when determining
material shortages
WIP_DAYS_OVERDUE_UNREL_JOBS NULL NUMBER Number of days overdue that an
unreleased job must be before
it is considered demand
WIP_HOLD_JOBS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether WIP
jobs which are on hold should
be considered as demand when
determining material shortages
WIP_REL_REP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that released
WIP schedules should be
considered as demand when
WIP_DAYS_OVERDUE_REL_REP NULL NUMBER Number of days overdue that a
released schedule must be
before it is considered demand
WIP_UNREL_REP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that unreleased
WIP schedules should be
considered as demand when
WIP_DAYS_OVERDUE_UNREL_REP NULL NUMBER Number of days overdue that an
unreleased schedule must be
before it is considered demand
WIP_HOLD_REP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether WIP
schedules which are on hold
should be considered as demand
shortages
WIP_REQ_DATE_JOBS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a WIP job
is considered overdue if its
required date has passed
WIP_CURR_OP_JOBS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a WIP job
is considered overdue if its
currently assigned operation is
due
WIP_PREV_OP_JOBS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a WIP job
is considered overdue if the
operation before its currently
assigned operation is due
WIP_REQ_DATE_REP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a WIP
schedule is considered overdue
if its required date has passed
WIP_CURR_OP_REP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a WIP
if its currently assigned
operation is due
WIP_PREV_OP_REP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that a WIP
if the operation before its
currently assigned operation is
due
WIP_EXCL_BULK_COMP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether bulk
components for WIP jobs and
schedules should be excluded
shortages
WIP_EXCL_SUPPLIER_COMP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether
supplier components for WIP
jobs and schedules should be
excluded when determining
material shortages

WIP_EXCL_PULL_COMP_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether
supplier pull and operation
pull components for WIP jobs
and schedules should be
excluded when determining
material shortages
WIP_NOTIF_COMP_PLANNER_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
component planner for a short
item should be notified if a
receipt is performed for that
item
WIP_NOTIF_ASS_PLANNER_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
assembly planner for a short
item
WIP_NOTIF_COMP_BUYER_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
component buyer for a short
item
WIP_NOTIF_JOB_CREATOR_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the job
creator for a WIP job which has
short items should be notified
if a receipt is performed for
one of the short items
OE_NOTIF_ITEM_PLANNER_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
item planner for an item which
is on a backordered sales order
should be notified if a receipt
is performed for the item
OE_NOTIF_SO_CREATOR_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether the
order creator of a backordered
sales order should be notified
if a receipt is performed for a
backordered item
defining column
WIP_NOTIFY_LIST NULL VARCHAR2(10) Not currently used
WIP_NOTIFY_LIST_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
OE_NOTIFY_LIST NULL VARCHAR2(10) Not currently used

OE_NOTIFY_LIST_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
Indexes
MTL_SHORT_CHK_PARAM_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_SHORT_CHK_STATEMENTS
The MTL_SHORT_CHK_STATEMENTS table holds pre–generated SQL

statements that are run when performing shortage checks for an
organization. Each organization which has the Active Alerts and
Notification Messages functionality enabled will have a summary and
detail SQL statement stored in this table. The SQL statements are
generated based on the shortage parameters which have been set up for
the organization.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
DETAIL_SUM_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating that record
contains detailed or summary
statement
SHORT_STATEMENT NOT NULL LONG SQL statement to use for
shortage checks
Indexes
MTL_SHORT_CHK_STATEMENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 DETAIL_SUM_FLAG

MTL_SHORT_CHK_TEMP
The MTL_SHORT_CHK_TEMP table is used to store the temporary

results of material shortage queries. Each set of results is identified by a
unique SEQ_NUM number. When the query results are no longer
needed, the rows for that sequence number are purged from the table.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
SEQ_NUM (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Sequence number
QUANTITY_OPEN NOT NULL NUMBER Open demand for item
UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure for quantity
OBJECT_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Type of demand
OBJECT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Demand source’s header
identifier
OBJECT_DETAIL_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Demand source’s line identifier
(if applicable)
Indexes
MTL_SHORT_CHK_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SEQ_NUM
MTL_SHORT_CHK_TEMP_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SHORT_CHK_TEMP_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 OBJECT_TYPE
4 OBJECT_ID
5 OBJECT_DETAIL_ID
6 SEQ_NUM

MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE
THIS TABLE IS OBSOLETE WITH THE NEW ORDER MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM. IT IS USED ONLY FOR DATA MIGRATION FROM THIS
TABLE TO THE NEW ORDER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE is the interface table between Oracle Order

Entry/Shipping and Oracle Inventory. When a customer decides to
return some purchased items back to the supplier, a Return Material
Authorization (RMA) is created in Order Entry. The RMA data is
transferred from Order Entry to the interface table by a program which
is run periodically. The data in this table is utilized by Oracle Inventory.
Three quantity related columns namely QUANTITY,

RECEIVED_QUANTITY, DELIVERED_QUANTITY will at any time
give you the total RMA quantity, total quantity received, and total units
delivered into stores respectively. The INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG
determines whether the returned material requires to go through
inspection. SALES_ORDER_ID is derived at the time of first receipt in
Inventory.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SALES_ORDERS SALES_ORDER_ID SALES_ORDER_ID
Column Descriptions
RMA_INTERFACE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER RMA interface identifier

RMA_ID NOT NULL NUMBER RMA identifier
RMA_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER RMA line identifier
RMA_NUMBER NOT NULL NUMBER RMA number
RMA_LINE_NUMBER NOT NULL NUMBER Number for RMA lines
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Component unique identifier
RMA_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) RMA type
SOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Source code
SALES_ORDER_ID NULL NUMBER Sales order identifier
RETURN_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Code identifying type of return
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER RMA line quantity
RECEIVED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Total quantity received –– into
inventory or inspection
DELIVERED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Total quantity received into
inventory
DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Distribution account identifier
UNIT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item unit of measure
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Inspection required flag
EXPECTED_RECEIPT_DATE NULL DATE Expected receipt date
EXPECTED_SUBINVENTORY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory to receive into
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number for RMA item
INSPECTION_INSTRUCTIONS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inspection instructions
IN_USE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) RMA line in–use flag
SERIAL_NUMBER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Serial number flag
CLOSED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether the RMA
is closed
REQUIRED_FOR_REVENUE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Required for revenue flag.
Indexes
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 RMA_LINE_ID
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 RMA_ID
Sequences
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE_S RMA_INTERFACE_ID

MTL_SO_RMA_RECEIPTS
THIS TABLE IS OBSOLETE WITH THE NEW ORDER MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM. IT IS USED ONLY FOR DATA MIGRATION FROM THIS
TABLE TO THE NEW ORDER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.
MTL_SO_RMA_RECEIPTS has a row for each RMA transaction in

Inventory. Each row is stamped with a RMA_RECEIPT_ID. Two
columns (RECEIVED_QUANTITY and ACCEPTED_QUANTITY) will
give the user the quantity movement information. Every receipt into
inspection will have a positive quantity in RECEIVED_QUANTITY. A
direct delivery into stores will have a positive quantity in
RECEIVED_QUANTITY and ACCEPTED_QUANTITY. The movement
of material from inspection to stores will have a positive quantity in
ACCEPTED_QUANTITY. A return from inspection will have a negative
value in RECEIVED_QUANTITY and a direct return from stores will
have negative value in both RECEIVED_QUANTITY and
ACCEPTED_QUANTITY. Oracle Order Entry/Shipping has a program
which periodically picks up data from this table and updates their RMA
tables.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE RMA_INTERFACE_ID RMA_INTERFACE_ID
Column Descriptions
RMA_RECEIPT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER RMA receipt identifier

RMA_INTERFACE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER RMA interface identifer
RECEIVED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Total quantity received –– into
inventory or inspection
ACCEPTED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Total quantity received into
inventory
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number for RMA item
UNIT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item unit of measure
RECEIPT_DATE NOT NULL DATE Receipt date
RETURN_SUBINVENTORY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) Name of return subinventory
INSPECTION_COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Inspection comments
CLOSED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether the RMA
is closed
Indexes
MTL_SO_RMA_RECEIPTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 RMA_INTERFACE_ID
MTL_SO_RMA_RECEIPTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 RMA_RECEIPT_ID

MTL_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES
MTL_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES stores the attributes values

associated with an item status code. One record is created for each of
the ’function enabling’ attributes for each item status code that is
defined. The function enabling attributes are: – Stockable –
Transactable – Purchasable – Customer Order Enabled – Internal
Order Enabled – Invoiceable – Build in WIP
The values stored in this table may be used to update item attribute
values when the item’s status attribute is changed.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_ATTRIBUTES ATTRIBUTE_NAME ATTRIBUTE_NAME
MTL_ITEM_STATUS INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
ATTRIBUTE_VALUE YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Item status code
ATTRIBUTE_NAME (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) Status attribute name
ATTRIBUTE_VALUE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Status attribute value
Indexes
MTL_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE
2 ATTRIBUTE_NAME

MTL_STATUS_TRANSACTION_CONTROL
MTL_STATUS_TRANSACTION_CONTROL stores the information on

whether the status allows the transaction type or not.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction type identifier
IS_ALLOWED NOT NULL NUMBER indicates if the status allows
the transaction type (1) or not
(2)
Indexes
MTL_STATUS_TRANSACT_CONTROL_U1 UNIQUE 1 STATUS_ID

MTL_STAT_TYPE_USAGES
MTL_STAT_TYPE_USAGES stores information which determines the

statistical type data that needs to be reported for each legal entity (I.E.
Intrastat or Extrastat). This table could contain multiple statistical types
for each legal entity and economic zone.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ECONOMIC_ZONES_B ZONE_CODE ZONE_CODE
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B RULE_SET_CODE ATTRIBUTE_RULE_SET_CODE
MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B RULE_SET_CODE ALT_UOM_RULE_SET_CODE
Column Descriptions
LEGAL_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER legal entity identifier
ZONE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) zone code
STAT_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) statistic type
USAGE_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) usage type
CREATION_DATE NOT NULL DATE standard who column
CREATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) standard who column
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NOT NULL DATE standard who column
LAST_UPDATED_BY NOT NULL NUMBER(15) standard who column
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NOT NULL NUMBER(15) last update login
PERIOD_SET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) period set name
START_PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) start period
END_PERIOD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) end period
PERIOD_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15)
WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) weight unit of measure code
ENTITY_BRANCH_REFERENCE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) entity branch reference
CONVERSION_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) conversion type
CONVERSION_OPTION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) conversion option
CATEGORY_SET_ID NOT NULL NUMBER category set identifier
TAX_OFFICE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(50) tax office code
TAX_OFFICE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) tax office name
TAX_OFFICE_LOCATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER tax office location identifier
ATTRIBUTE_RULE_SET_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) foreign key to
mtl_mvt_stats_rule_sets
ALT_UOM_RULE_SET_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
Indexes
MTL_STAT_TYPE_USAGES_U1 UNIQUE 5 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID
10 ZONE_CODE
15 STAT_TYPE
20 USAGE_TYPE

MTL_SUMMARY_TEMP
MTL_SUMMARY_TEMP serves as a temporary table for transaction

summaries. Records are inserted into this table by a stored procedure on
the server side.
SESSION_ID is obtained from the session of the user. SUMMARY_TYPE
is used to identify the type of transaction inquiry for a session.
Column Descriptions
SESSION_ID NULL NUMBER SESSION_ID of the user session
SUMMARY_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(40) Identifier for type of query
SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory name
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Locator id for stock locators
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction source type
identifier
TRANSACTION_TYPE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction type identifier
TRANSACTION_ACTION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Transaction action identifier
NET_QTY NULL NUMBER Net quantity of the
transactions
NET_VAL NULL NUMBER Net value of the transactions
NUM_TXNS NULL NUMBER Number of transactions
ABS_QTY NULL NUMBER Absolute quantity of the
transactions
ABS_VAL NULL NUMBER Absolute value of the
transactions
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Group Identifier – Used
by WMS only

MTL_SUPPLY
MTL_SUPPLY stores incoming supply information for an organization.

This table forms one of the sources in Inventory’s Demand–Supply
form. There are four different types of supply captured in this table:
1) Approved Requisitions
2) Approved Purchase orders
3) Shipments from suppliers
4) Intransit shipments from another organization
Types 3 and 4 could be distinguished by the presence of data in the
INTRANSIT_OWNING_ORGANIZATION_ID column, which identifies
the ownership of the items in intransit. If this column is null then it
means that the shipment supply is from a Vendor.
This information is used by the available to promise routine to derive
the ATP information as appropiate. Quantities of items in intransit are
also kept track of in the table.
Records in MTL_SUPPLY are created every time you approve a
requisition or a PO or create an intransit shipment. One record of REQ
type will be created for one requisition line when the requisition is
approved. One record of PO type will be created per PO distribution
when a PO is approved and one record per shipment line will be created
when a shipment is created.
Records in MTL_SUPPLY will be recreated whenever there are
transactions such as return to receiving, return to vendor or cancellation
of purchase orders.
Records in MTL_SUPPLY are deleted every time you change the
document status to not approved. For example, a PO would require
approval if you change the line and shipment quantity. If such a PO is
re–approved then the PO supply will be recreated for the new quantity.
The supply type code of a REQ supply record is changed to PO every
time a requisition is autocreated. Similarly the supply type code is
changed from PO to RECEIVING when a PO is fully received. If a PO is
partially received then a supply with the supply type code of
RECEIVING will be created for the quantity received. When the receipt
is delivered the RECEIVING supply is deleted. SHIPMENT supply
works in the same way as PO supply.
There is a database trigger on MTL_SUPPLY with the name
MTL_SUPPLY_T. This trigger fires on insert, update or deletion of

records in MTL_SUPPLY. It inserts records into
MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE table.
Foreign Keys
MTL_INTERORG_PARAMETERS FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID LOCATION_ID
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ITEM_ID
REVISION ITEM_REVISION
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID INTRANSIT_OWNING_ORG_ID
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID MRP_TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME FROM_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TO_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID MRP_TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME MRP_TO_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ITEM_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT_OF_MEASURE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE TO_ORG_PRIMARY_UOM
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE MRP_PRIMARY_UOM
PO_HEADERS_ALL PO_HEADER_ID PO_HEADER_ID
PO_LINES_ALL PO_LINE_ID PO_LINE_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL LINE_LOCATION_ID PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID
PO_RELEASES_ALL PO_RELEASE_ID PO_RELEASE_ID
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL REQUISITION_HEADER_ID REQ_HEADER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL REQUISITION_LINE_ID REQ_LINE_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES SHIPMENT_LINE_ID SHIPMENT_LINE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CHANGE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE DESTINATION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
EXPENSE Goods are expensed from the
system upon delivery
INVENTORY Goods are received into
inventory upon delivery
SHOP FLOOR Goods are received into an
outside operation upon de-
livery
MRP_DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE DESTINATION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES

livery
Column Descriptions
SUPPLY_TYPE_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Supply type code
SUPPLY_SOURCE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER REQ_HEADER_ID,
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID,
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID or
RCV_TRANSACTION_ID depending on
SUPPLY_TYPE_CODE
REQ_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Requistion header identifier
REQ_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Requistion line identifier
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order header
identifier
PO_RELEASE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order release
identifier
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order line identifier
PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order line location
identifier
Identifier
SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Shipment header identifier
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Shipment line identifier
identifier
ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item identifier
ITEM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Inventory item revision
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Item category identifier
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Actual supply quantity
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure for actual
supply quantity
TO_ORG_PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Supply quantity in terms of
primary unit of measure of item
in destination organization
TO_ORG_PRIMARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary unit of measure of item
in destination organization
RECEIPT_DATE NULL DATE Expected or actual receipt date
depending on supply type
NEED_BY_DATE NULL DATE Original need by date
EXPECTED_DELIVERY_DATE NULL DATE Expected delivery date (receipt
Date + post–processing lead
time for MFG)
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Destination type (expense
location, WIP jobs or
inventory)
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Location identifier within
receiving/inspection

FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Sending organization identifier
for interorg shipment
FROM_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Sending subinventory for
interorg shipment
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Destination organization
identifier
TO_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory
INTRANSIT_OWNING_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Owner organization identifier
for interorg shipment
MRP_PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER MRP processed quantity in term
of primary UOM of item in
destination organization
MRP_PRIMARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(25) MRP processed primary UOM of
item in destination
organization
MRP_EXPECTED_DELIVERY_DATE NULL DATE MRP’s current expected delivery
date
MRP_DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) MRP’s current destination type
(Destination Type change
between REQs and POs)
MRP_TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER MRP’s current destination
organization (destination org
can be changed prior to
receipt)
MRP_TO_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) MRP’s current destination
subinventory (destination sub
can be changed until a delivery
is made)
CHANGE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag for marking records to be
processed by Supply Update
function
CHANGE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Change type to indicate changes
to ignore for MRP
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost group id to which
inventory belongs
Indexes
MTL_SUPPLY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SUPPLY_SOURCE_ID
2 SUPPLY_TYPE_CODE
MTL_SUPPLY_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 CHANGE_FLAG
MTL_SUPPLY_N11 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_ID
2 TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
3 SUPPLY_TYPE_CODE
4 DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE
MTL_SUPPLY_N12 NOT UNIQUE 1 MRP_TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ITEM_ID
3 SUPPLY_TYPE_CODE
4 DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE
MTL_SUPPLY_N13 NOT UNIQUE 1 FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_RELEASE_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQ_HEADER_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQ_LINE_ID
MTL_SUPPLY_N9 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID

Database Triggers
Trigger Name : MTL_SUPPLY_T

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger inserts rows into MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE table. This information is used by the
planning manager to relieve MPS planned orders or provide feedback for MRP planned orders.
It fires on insert, update and delete of rows in MTL_SUPPLY.
A new row is inserted only if the columns EXPECTED_DELIVERY_DATE, ITEM_ID, TO_ORGANIZATION_ID,
TO_ORG_PRIMARY_QUANTITY are not null.
The TRANSACTION_ID column in MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE table is populated using the sequence
MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE_S.

MTL_SUPPLY_DEMAND_TEMP
MTL_SUPPLY_DEMAND_TEMP serves as a temporary table for ATP

and supply/demand detail queries. SEQ_NUM is created by the
routines to distinguish records from other queries. Furthermore,
RECORD_TYPE is used to distinguish an ATP record from a
supply/demand record for the same query (i.e., same SEQ_NUM). In
an ATP query, both ATP and supply/demand records are populated
into this table. Thus, when performing an ATP query, RECORD_TYPE
is internally set as ’ATP’ and D_COLUMNs and N_COLUMNs are
generic column names for storing character, date and number
information respectively.
Foreign Keys
ORG_ORGANIZATION_DEFINITION_R9 ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
DISPOSITION_TYPE MTL_DISPOSITION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Purchase order
2 Sales order
3 Account number
4 Job or schedule
5 Job or schedule
6 Account alias
SUPPLY_DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE MTL_SUPPLY_DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Purchase order
10 Reserved account number
11 Reserved account alias
13 Discrete MPS
14 Repetitive MPS
15 On–hand reservation
16 User supply
17 User demand
18 PO requisition
19 Reserved user source
2 Sales order
20 Internal requisition
21 Internal order
22 Reserved internal order
24 WIP Work Order–less Comple-
tion
3 Account number
4 WIP repetitive schedule
5 WIP discrete job
6 Account alias
7 WIP nonstandard job

8 On–hand quantity
9 Reserved sales order
Column Descriptions
SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Group sequence id created by
supply/demand query routine
GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Contains the session id from
supply demand or ATP query.
ROW_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Row sequence number for the
record
RECORD_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Type to internally distinguish
record between ATP and
supply/demand queries
ATP_PERIOD_TOTAL_SUPPLY NULL NUMBER Total supply for an item in an
ATP period
ATP_PERIOD_TOTAL_DEMAND NULL NUMBER Total demand for an item in an
ATP period
SUPPLY_DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Supply/demand source code
SUPPLY_DEMAND_TYPE NULL NUMBER 1 – demand, 2 – supply
DISPOSITION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Disposition type
DISPOSITION_ID NULL NUMBER Disposition id
ATP NULL NUMBER ATP quantity (available to
promise quantity for an atp
period)
QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Supply/demand quantity
ON_HAND_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Projected on hand quantity
based on accumulating supply
and demand
ATP_PERIOD_START_DATE NULL DATE Start date of an ATP period
ATP_PERIOD_END_DATE NULL DATE End date of an ATP period
REQUIREMENT_DATE NULL DATE Requirement date for a
supply/demand
C_COLUMN1 NULL VARCHAR2(240) Source name from MTL_DEMAND,
MTL_USER_DEMAND and
MTL_USER_SUPPLY

PERIOD_NET_AVAILABLE NULL NUMBER ATP_PERIOD_TOTAL_SUPPLY –
ATP_PERIOD_TOTAL_DEMAND,
populated for Period ATP rows
only
UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) The uom for the quantity.
Indexes
MTL_SUPPLY_DEMAND_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SEQ_NUM
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 RECORD_TYPE
Sequences
MTL_SUPPLY_DEMAND_TEMP_S SEQ_NUM

MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B is the definition table for items. This table

holds the definitions for inventory items, engineering items, and
purchasing items. You can specify item–related information in fields
such as: Bill of Material, Costing, Purchasing, Receiving, Inventory,
Physical attributes, General Planning, MPS/MRP Planning, Lead times,
Work in Process, Order Management, and Invoicing.
You can set up the item with multiple segments, since it is implemented
as a flexfield. Use the standard ’System Items’ flexfield that is shipped
with the product to configure your item flexfield. The flexfield code is
MSTK.
The primary key for an item is the INVENTORY_ITEM_ID and

ORGANIZATION_ID. Therefore, the same item can be defined in more
than one organization.
Each item is initially defined in an item master organization. The user

then assigns the item to other organizations that need to recognize this
item; a row is inserted for each new organization the item is assigned to.
Many columns such as MTL_TRANSACTIONS_ENABLED_FLAG and
BOM_ENABLED_FLAG correspond to item attributes defined in the
MTL_ITEM_ATTRIBUTES table. The attributes that are available to the
user depend on which Oracle applications are installed. The table
MTL_ATTR_APPL_DEPENDENCIES maintains the relationships
between item attributes and Oracle applications.
Two unit of measure columns are stored in MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS table.

PRIMARY_UOM_CODE is the 3–character unit that is used throughout
Oracle Manufacturing. PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE is the
25–character unit that is used throughout Oracle Purchasing.
Items now support multilingual description. MLS is implemented with

a pair of tables: MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B and
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL. Translations table
(MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL) holds item descriptions in multiple
languages. DESCRIPTION column in the base table
(MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B) is for backward compatibility and is
maintained in the installation base language only.

Foreign Keys
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL NAME PURCHASING_TAX_CODE
AR_VAT_TAX_ALL_B TAX_CODE TAX_CODE
ENG_ENGINEERING_CHANGES CHANGE_NOTICE ENGINEERING_ECN_CODE
FA_CATEGORIES_B CATEGORY_ID ASSET_CATEGORY_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID COST_OF_SALES_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID SALES_ACCOUNT
MRP_PLANNING_EXCEPTION_SETS EXCEPTION_SET_NAME PLANNING_EXCEPTION_SET
MTL_ATP_RULES RULE_ID ATP_RULE_ID
MTL_ITEM_CATALOG_GROUPS ITEM_CATALOG_GROUP_ID ITEM_CATALOG_GROUP_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID WIP_SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_ITEM_STATUS INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID DEFAULT_SHIPPING_ORG
MTL_PICKING_RULES PICKING_RULE_ID PICKING_RULE_ID
MTL_PLANNERS PLANNER_CODE PLANNER_CODE
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME WIP_SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ENGINEERING_ITEM_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID BASE_ITEM_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID BASE_WARRANTY_SERVICE_ID
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE VOLUME_UOM_CODE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE WEIGHT_UOM_CODE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT_OF_ISSUE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE SERVICE_DURATION_PERIOD_CODE
PO_HAZARD_CLASSES_B HAZARD_CLASS_ID HAZARD_CLASS_ID
PO_UN_NUMBERS_B UN_NUMBER_ID UN_NUMBER_ID
RA_RULES RULE_ID ACCOUNTING_RULE_ID
RA_RULES RULE_ID INVOICING_RULE_ID
RA_TERMS_B TERM_ID PAYMENT_TERMS_ID
RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS ROUTING_HEADER_ID RECEIVING_ROUTING_ID
QuickCodes Columns
ALLOWED_UNITS_LOOKUP_CODE MTL_CONVERSION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item specific
2 Standard
3 Both standard and item spe-
cific
ALLOW_EXPRESS_DELIVERY_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No

Y Yes
ALLOW_ITEM_DESC_UPDATE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ALLOW_UNORDERED_RECEIPTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ATO_FORECAST_CONTROL MRP_ATO_FORECAST_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Consume
2 Consume and derive
3 None
ATP_COMPONENTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ATP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
AUTO_CREATED_CONFIG_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
AUTO_REDUCE_MPS MRP_AUTO_REDUCE_MPS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 None
2 Past due
3 Within demand time fence
4 Within planning time fence
BACK_ORDERABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
BOM_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
1 Model
2 Option class
3 Planning
4 Standard
5 Product Family
BUILD_IN_WIP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
BULK_PICKED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CATALOG_STATUS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CHECK_SHORTAGES_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS

N No
Y Yes
COLLATERAL_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COMMS_ACTIVATION_REQD_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COMMS_NL_TRACKABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CONTAINER_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CONTAINER_TYPE_CODE CONTAINER_ITEM_TYPE FND_COMMON_LOOKUPS
COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COUPON_EXEMPT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CUSTOMER_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CUSTOMER_ORDER_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CYCLE_COUNT_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DEFAULT_INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DEFECT_TRACKING_ON_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DEMAND_TIME_FENCE_CODE MTL_TIME_FENCE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Cumulative total lead time
2 Cumulative manufacturing
lead time
3 Total lead time
4 User–defined time fence
DOWNLOADABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ELECTRONIC_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No

Y Yes
END_ASSEMBLY_PEGGING_FLAG ASSEMBLY_PEGGING_CODE FND_LOOKUPS
A Full Pegging
B End Assembly/Full Pegging
I Net by Project/Ignore Excess
N None
X Net by Project/Net Excess
Y End Assembly Pegging
ENG_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
EQUIPMENT_TYPE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
EVENT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
EXPENSE_BILLABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
FINANCING_ALLOWED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INDIVISIBLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INTERNAL_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INTERNAL_ORDER_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVENTORY_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVENTORY_PLANNING_CODE MTL_MATERIAL_PLANNING MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Reorder point planning
2 Min–max planning
6 Not planned
INVOICEABLE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVOICE_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No

Y Yes
ITEM_TYPE ITEM_TYPE FND_COMMON_LOOKUPS
AOC ATO Option Class
ATO ATO Model
BMW BMW Type
FG Finished Good
I Inventory Type
K Kit
M Model
OC Option Class
OO Outside Operation
OP Outside Processing Item
P Purchased item
PF Product Family
PH Phantom item
PL Planning
POC PTO Option Class
PTO PTO model
REF Reference item
SA Subassembly
SI Supply item
LOCATION_CONTROL_CODE MTL_LOCATION_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
trol
at item level
LOT_CONTROL_CODE MTL_LOT_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No lot control
2 Full lot control
LOT_MERGE_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
LOT_SPLIT_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
LOT_STATUS_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
MATERIAL_BILLABLE_FLAG MTL_SERVICE_BILLABLE_FLAG CS_LOOKUPS
E Expense
L Labor
M Material
MRP_CALCULATE_ATP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
MRP_PLANNING_CODE MRP_PLANNING_CODE MFG_LOOKUPS
3 MRP planning
4 MPS planning

6 Not planned
7 MRP and DRP planning
8 MPS and DRP planning
9 DRP planning
MRP_SAFETY_STOCK_CODE MTL_SAFETY_STOCK_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Non–MRP planned
2 MRP planned percent
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
MUST_USE_APPROVED_VENDOR_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ORDERABLE_ON_WEB_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PICK_COMPONENTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PLANNING_MAKE_BUY_CODE MTL_PLANNING_MAKE_BUY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Make
2 Buy
PLANNING_TIME_FENCE_CODE MTL_TIME_FENCE MFG_LOOKUPS
lead time
3 Total lead time
PREVENTIVE_MAINTENANCE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PRORATE_SERVICE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PURCHASING_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PURCHASING_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RELEASE_TIME_FENCE_CODE MTL_RELEASE_TIME_FENCE MFG_LOOKUPS
lead time
3 Item total lead time

5 No not autorelease
6 Kanban Item (Do Not Release)
REPETITIVE_PLANNING_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
REPLENISH_TO_ORDER_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RESERVABLE_TYPE MTL_RESERVATION_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Reservable
2 Not reservable
RESTRICT_LOCATORS_CODE MTL_LOCATOR_RESTRICTIONS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Locators restricted to pre–
defined list
2 Locators not restricted to
pre–defined list
RESTRICT_SUBINVENTORIES_CODE MTL_SUBINVENTORY_RESTRICTIONS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Subinventories restricted to
pre–defined list
2 Subinventories not re-
stricted to pre–defined list
RETURNABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RETURN_INSPECTION_REQUIREMENT MTL_RETURN_INSPECTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inspection required
2 Inspection not required
REVISION_QTY_CONTROL_CODE MTL_ENG_QUANTITY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Not under revision quantity
control
2 Under revision quantity
control
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ROUNDING_CONTROL_TYPE MTL_ROUNDING MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Round order quantities
2 Do not round order quanti-
ties
SERIAL_NUMBER_CONTROL_CODE MTL_SERIAL_NUMBER MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No serial number control
2 Predefined serial numbers
5 Dynamic entry at inventory
receipt
6 Dynamic entry at sales order
issue
SERIAL_STATUS_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SERVICEABLE_COMPONENT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes

SERVICEABLE_PRODUCT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SERVICE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SHELF_LIFE_CODE MTL_SHELF_LIFE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No shelf life control
2 Item shelf life days
4 User–defined expiration date
SHIPPABLE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SHIP_MODEL_COMPLETE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
1 Inventory
2 Supplier
SO_TRANSACTIONS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
STOCK_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SUMMARY_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
TAXABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
TIME_BILLABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
USAGE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
VEHICLE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
VENDOR_WARRANTY_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
VOL_DISCOUNT_EXEMPT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull

4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
ENFORCE_SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE RECEIVING CONTROL LEVEL PO_LOOKUP_CODES
NONE No Receiving Control En-
forced
REJECT Prevent Receipt of Goods or
Services
WARNING Display Warning Message
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_UOM_TYPE OUTSIDE OPERATION UOM TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ASSEMBLY Assembly Unit of Measure
RESOURCE Resource Unit of Measure
QTY_RCV_EXCEPTION_CODE RECEIVING CONTROL LEVEL PO_LOOKUP_CODES
forced
Services
RECEIPT_DAYS_EXCEPTION_CODE RECEIVING CONTROL LEVEL PO_LOOKUP_CODES
forced
Services
Column Descriptions
SUMMARY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flexfield summary flag
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flexfield segment enabled flag
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Flexfield segment start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Flexfield segment end date
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Item description is maintained
in the installation base
language only. Translations
table (MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL)
holds item descriptions in
multiple languages
BUYER_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Buyer identifier
ACCOUNTING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Accounting rule identifier
INVOICING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoicing rule identifier

defining column
PURCHASING_ITEM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating purchasing item
SHIPPABLE_ITEM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating shippable item
CUSTOMER_ORDER_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating customer
orderable item
INTERNAL_ORDER_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating internally
orderable item
SERVICE_ITEM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service item
INVENTORY_ITEM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating inventory item
ENG_ITEM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating engineering
item
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is an
inventory asset
PURCHASING_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
purchasable
CUSTOMER_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
customer orderable
INTERNAL_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
SO_TRANSACTIONS_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Sales order transactions flag
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
transactable
STOCK_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
stockable
BOM_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may appear
on a BOM
BUILD_IN_WIP_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may be
built in WIP

REVISION_QTY_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Revision quantity control code
ITEM_CATALOG_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Item catalog group identifier
CATALOG_STATUS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item catalog
complete
RETURNABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item is
returnable
DEFAULT_SHIPPING_ORG NULL NUMBER Default shipping organization
COLLATERAL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
collateral item
TAXABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item is
taxable
QTY_RCV_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Over tolerance receipts
processing method code
ALLOW_ITEM_DESC_UPDATE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow item description updates
on PO lines
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether
inspection is required upon
receipt
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating supplier
receipt is required before
payment
MARKET_PRICE NULL NUMBER Purchasing market price
HAZARD_CLASS_ID NULL NUMBER Purchasing hazard identifier
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether an RFQ
(request for quotation) is
required
QTY_RCV_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Maximum acceptable over–receipt
percentage
LIST_PRICE_PER_UNIT NULL NUMBER Unit list price – purchasing
UN_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Purchasing UN (United Nations)
number
PRICE_TOLERANCE_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Purchase price tolerance
percentage
ASSET_CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Fixed asset category identifier
(foreign key FA asset category
flexfield)
UNIT_OF_ISSUE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of issue
ENFORCE_SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Require receipt location to
match ship–to location
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating substitute
receipts allowed
ALLOW_UNORDERED_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating unordered
receipts allowed
ALLOW_EXPRESS_DELIVERY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating express
delivery allowed
DAYS_EARLY_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Days before planned receipt
that item may be received
DAYS_LATE_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Days after the planned receipt
RECEIPT_DAYS_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Exception processing for
early/late receipts
RECEIVING_ROUTING_ID NULL NUMBER Default receipt routing
INVOICE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Invoice close tolerance
RECEIVE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Receipt close tolerance
AUTO_LOT_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Item–level prefix for lot
numbers
START_AUTO_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Next auto assigned lot number
LOT_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Lot control code

SHELF_LIFE_CODE NULL NUMBER Shelf life code
SHELF_LIFE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Length of shelf life days
SERIAL_NUMBER_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Serial number control code
START_AUTO_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Next auto assigned serial
number
AUTO_SERIAL_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Item–level alpha prefix for
serial numbers
type
from
from
RESTRICT_SUBINVENTORIES_CODE NULL NUMBER Subinventory restrictions type
UNIT_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Conversion between weight unit
of measure and base unit of
measure
WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Weight unit of measure code
VOLUME_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Volume unit of measure code
UNIT_VOLUME NULL NUMBER Conversion between volume unit
measure
RESTRICT_LOCATORS_CODE NULL NUMBER Locators restrictions type
LOCATION_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Stock locator control code
ACCEPTABLE_EARLY_DAYS NULL NUMBER Days an order may be early
before rescheduling is
recommended
PLANNING_TIME_FENCE_CODE NULL NUMBER Planning time fence code
DEMAND_TIME_FENCE_CODE NULL NUMBER Demand time fence code
LEAD_TIME_LOT_SIZE NULL NUMBER Lead time lot size
STD_LOT_SIZE NULL NUMBER Standard lot size
time
OVERRUN_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER MRP repetitive acceptable
overrun rate
MRP_CALCULATE_ATP_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Calculate ATP flag (y/n) for
MRP planning routine
ACCEPTABLE_RATE_INCREASE NULL NUMBER MRP repetitive acceptable rate
increase
ACCEPTABLE_RATE_DECREASE NULL NUMBER MRP repetitive acceptable rate
decrease
PLANNING_TIME_FENCE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Planning time fence days
DEMAND_TIME_FENCE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Demand time fence days
END_ASSEMBLY_PEGGING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) End assembly pegging flag for
MRP
REPETITIVE_PLANNING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item to be
planned as repetitive schedule
PLANNING_EXCEPTION_SET NULL VARCHAR2(10) Exception control set
BOM_ITEM_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of item
PICK_COMPONENTS_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether all
shippable components should be
picked
REPLENISH_TO_ORDER_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Assemble to Order flag

ATP_COMPONENTS_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item
ATP check
ATP_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating ATP must be
FIXED_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Fixed portion of the assembly’s
lead time
VARIABLE_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Variable portion of an
assembly’s lead time
WIP_SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supply locator for WIP
transactions
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Source of WIP material supply
WIP_SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Supply subinventory for WIP
transactions
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure code
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary stocking unit of
measure for the item
ALLOWED_UNITS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL NUMBER Allowed unit of measure
conversion type
DEFAULT_INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value for include in
cost rollup
INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Material status code
INVENTORY_PLANNING_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory planning code
PLANNER_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Planner code
PLANNING_MAKE_BUY_CODE NULL NUMBER Indicates whether item is
planned as manufactured or
purchased
FIXED_LOT_MULTIPLIER NULL NUMBER Fixed lot size multiplier
ROUNDING_CONTROL_TYPE NULL NUMBER Rounding control code
CARRYING_COST NULL NUMBER Annual carrying cost
FULL_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Full lead time
ORDER_COST NULL NUMBER Order cost
MRP_SAFETY_STOCK_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Safety stock percentage
MRP_SAFETY_STOCK_CODE NULL NUMBER Safety stock code
MIN_MINMAX_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Minimum minmax order quantity
MAX_MINMAX_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Maximum minmax order quantity
FIXED_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Fixed order quantity
FIXED_DAYS_SUPPLY NULL NUMBER Fixed days supply
MAXIMUM_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Maximum order quantity
ATP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Available to promise rule to be
used for this item
PICKING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Picking rule code
RESERVABLE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Hard reservations allowed flag
POSITIVE_MEASUREMENT_ERROR NULL NUMBER Percent error above measured
quantity
NEGATIVE_MEASUREMENT_ERROR NULL NUMBER Percent error below measured
quantity
ENGINEERING_ECN_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Engineering ECN code
ENGINEERING_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Engineering implemented item
identifier
ENGINEERING_DATE NULL DATE Engineering implementation date
SERVICE_STARTING_DELAY NULL NUMBER Days after shipment that
service begins

VENDOR_WARRANTY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service for the
item is provided by a supplier
SERVICEABLE_COMPONENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item is
serviceable by other
service–type items and whether
it can be referenced as the
component of another item
SERVICEABLE_PRODUCT_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item is
service–type items and can have
service requests reported
against it
BASE_WARRANTY_SERVICE_ID NULL NUMBER Base warranty identifier
PAYMENT_TERMS_ID NULL NUMBER Payment terms identifier
PREVENTIVE_MAINTENANCE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item
can be a preventive maintenance
service item
PRIMARY_SPECIALIST_ID NULL NUMBER Primary service specialist
SECONDARY_SPECIALIST_ID NULL NUMBER Secondary service specialist
SERVICEABLE_ITEM_CLASS_ID NULL NUMBER Serviceable item class
identifier
TIME_BILLABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service labor
hours are billable
MATERIAL_BILLABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flag indicating service
material is billable
EXPENSE_BILLABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service
expenses are billable
PRORATE_SERVICE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating cost of service
may be prorated
COVERAGE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER Coverage schedule identifier
SERVICE_DURATION_PERIOD_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Period code for default service
duration
SERVICE_DURATION NULL NUMBER Default service duration
WARRANTY_VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Service supplier identifier
MAX_WARRANTY_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Monetary value of service costs
covered by the item
RESPONSE_TIME_PERIOD_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Period code for service
response time
RESPONSE_TIME_VALUE NULL NUMBER Default response time
NEW_REVISION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates how to notify
customers of new revisions of
the item
INVOICEABLE_ITEM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may appear
on invoices
TAX_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Tax code
INVOICE_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item can
be invoiced
MUST_USE_APPROVED_VENDOR_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating purchases
restricted to approved supplier
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may appear
on outside operation purchase
order
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_UOM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Outside operation unit of
measure
SAFETY_STOCK_BUCKET_DAYS NULL NUMBER Safety stock bucket days

AUTO_REDUCE_MPS NULL NUMBER(22) Automatically deletes MPS
entries within a time period
COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating cost
information is maintained
AUTO_CREATED_CONFIG_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating configuration
item automatically created
CYCLE_COUNT_ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may be
cycle counted
ITEM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) User–defined item type
MODEL_CONFIG_CLAUSE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) (not currently used)
SHIP_MODEL_COMPLETE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating model must be
complete to ship
MRP_PLANNING_CODE NULL NUMBER MRP Planning option
RETURN_INSPECTION_REQUIREMENT NULL NUMBER RMA inspection requirement
ATO_FORECAST_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Type of forecast control for
ATO
RELEASE_TIME_FENCE_CODE NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if this item
is auto releasable by MRP
RELEASE_TIME_FENCE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Number of days within which
this item should be auto
released
CONTAINER_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating if the item is
a container. Used for shipping
sales orders
VEHICLE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if the item is a
vehicle or not. Used for
shipping sales orders
MAXIMUM_LOAD_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Maximum load weight of a
container or a vehicle that can
be used for shipping sales
orders
MINIMUM_FILL_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Minimum fill condition under
which the container or vehicle
should be used
CONTAINER_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Container type code for
container items. Container
types are user defineable
INTERNAL_VOLUME NULL NUMBER Internal volume for container
items. Used by Shipping to
calculate container capacity
restrictions
WH_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Warehouse update date for
tracking changes relevant to
data collected in Data
Warehouse
PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER If the item is product family
member, stores the product
family identifier. Used in
Production Planning
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment

segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
PURCHASING_TAX_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Purchasing tax code
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Overcompletion tolerance type
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER Overcompletion tolerance value
EFFECTIVITY_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Effectivity control code.
Indicates if the item is under
Date Effectivity or Model/Unit
Number Effectivity control.
CHECK_SHORTAGES_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating material
shortages should be checked for
this item
OVER_SHIPMENT_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Over shipment tolerance
UNDER_SHIPMENT_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Under shipment tolerance
OVER_RETURN_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Over return tolerance
UNDER_RETURN_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Under return tolerance
EQUIPMENT_TYPE NULL NUMBER Flag indicating item is
equipment
RECOVERED_PART_DISP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates return is required
for recovered pars, scrap in
field, which is used for spare
parts
DEFECT_TRACKING_ON_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Specifies whether a defect or
bug can be filed against the
product
USAGE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating an item
represents usage. Usage items
can be sold as a use of
something
EVENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Identifies item as an event
ELECTRONIC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating an item exists
only in electronic format and
not physical
DOWNLOADABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating an item is
downloadable
VOL_DISCOUNT_EXEMPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates an item does not
contribute to volume discount
for any order
COUPON_EXEMPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates an item is excluded
from coupons even if it is part
of the group that any coupon
applies
COMMS_NL_TRACKABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Identifies an item as network
logistics trackable
ASSET_CREATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Used to specify when an asset
should be created
COMMS_ACTIVATION_REQD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates an item requires
activation on a network
ORDERABLE_ON_WEB_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether an item is
orderable on the web or not.
iStore will only sell items
with this flag to be true
BACK_ORDERABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) If ATP failed, can item be back
ordered

WEB_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Specifies item web status,
which can be web enabled, web
published, or neither
INDIVISIBLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Item unit is indivisible
DIMENSION_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item dimensions unit of measure
code
UNIT_LENGTH NULL NUMBER Item length
UNIT_WIDTH NULL NUMBER Item width
UNIT_HEIGHT NULL NUMBER Item height
BULK_PICKED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Material pick method
LOT_STATUS_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Lot status enabled
DEFAULT_LOT_STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER Default lot status
SERIAL_STATUS_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Serial status enabled
DEFAULT_SERIAL_STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER Default serial status
LOT_SPLIT_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Lot split enabled
LOT_MERGE_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Lot merge enabled
INVENTORY_CARRY_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Penalty incurred for holding
this item inventory
OPERATION_SLACK_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Penalty incurred for a time in
between two operations
FINANCING_ALLOWED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Item is eligible for financing
Indexes
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SEGMENT1
2 DESCRIPTION
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE
2 AUTO_CREATED_CONFIG_FLAG
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_N5 NOT UNIQUE 2 WH_UPDATE_DATE
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_N6 NOT UNIQUE 2 ITEM_CATALOG_GROUP_ID
4 CATALOG_STATUS_FLAG
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_N7 NOT UNIQUE 2 PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_S INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_T6_BOM

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger creates categories corresponding to product family items being created. It also
assigns product family items to their corresponding categories. The trigger uses data that has
been stored in the BOM_PFI_PVT package PL/SQL tables by the row level trigger.

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger stores product family item identifier used later by the statement level trigger
for creation of the corresponding category when a new product family item is defined. It makes
calls to the BOM_PFI_PVT package procedures.
Trigger Name : MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_T2_BOM

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger stores corresponding category identifier that is used later by the statement level
trigger for deletion of the category when the product family item is deleted. It makes calls
to BOM_PFI_PVT package procedures.

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger performs the following functions depending on conditions: 1. Creates product
family category when item attribute BOM_ITEM_TYPE is updated to 5. 2. When the item attribute
BOM_ITEM_TYPE is changed from 5 to any other value, the trigger stores corresponding category
identifier for later deletion of the category by the statement level trigger. 3. Removes an
item assignment to the corresponding product family category when the PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID
column of that item is changed. 4. When the PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID column is changed to
non–null, stores category ID in the BOM_PFI_PVT package PL/SQL table for an item assignment to
that category later by the statement–level trigger.

Trigger Level : STATEMENT
This trigger performs the following functions depending on updates of the BOM_ITEM_TYPE and
PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID columns: 1. Creates categories corresponding to product family items.
2. Assigns new product family items to their corresponding categories. 3. Deletes product
family categories. The trigger uses data that has been stored in the BOM_PFI_PVT package
PL/SQL tables by the row level trigger.

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger deletes categories corresponding to product family items being deleted. The
trigger uses data that has been stored in the BOM_PFI_PVT package PL/SQL tables by the row
level trigger.
Trigger Name : MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_T1

Trigger Level : ROW
The trigger is executed when the COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG field in the MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS table is
modified from Yes to No or vice versa. Before updating COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG field, the trigger
performs the following tasks for each record that is modified:
• Insert a record into CST_ITEM_COSTS table if

COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG field is changed from No to Yes.
• Delete a record from CST_ITEM_COSTS table if
COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG field is changed from Yes to No.
Trigger Name : MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_T2_IBE

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger calls iStore procedures to update relationships, section–items and search tables
that depend on MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B table.
Trigger Name : MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_T3_IBE

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger calls iStore procedures to update relationships and section–items tables that
depend on MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B table.

MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_EFC
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_EFC is used exclusively as an archive table

MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B prior to conversion to the euro currency.
Column Descriptions
LIST_PRICE_PER_UNIT NULL NUMBER List Price Per Unit
ORDER_COST NULL NUMBER Order Cost
MARKET_PRICE NULL NUMBER Market Price
CARRYING_COST NULL NUMBER Carrying Cost

MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE temporarily stores the definitions

for inventory items, engineering items and purchasing items before
loading this information into Oracle Inventory.
enter your data as well as their corresponding foreign keys. Oracle
Inventory will default column values you do not enter, after performing
ORGANIZATION_CODE, and Oracle Inventory will fill in the
corresponding ORGANIZATION_ID for you. It is strongly
recommended that users enter the segment information for the item
instead of the item number.
You can also specifiy a TEMPLATE_ID to copy item attributes from.
Also, if you enter REVISION, Oracle Inventory will insert a record into
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS for your item.
QuickCodes Columns
ALLOWED_UNITS_LOOKUP_CODE MTL_CONVERSION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Item specific
2 Standard
3 Both standard and item spe-
cific
ALLOW_EXPRESS_DELIVERY_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ALLOW_ITEM_DESC_UPDATE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ALLOW_UNORDERED_RECEIPTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ATO_FORECAST_CONTROL MRP_ATO_FORECAST_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Consume
2 Consume and derive
3 None
ATP_COMPONENTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes

ATP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
AUTO_CREATED_CONFIG_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
AUTO_REDUCE_MPS MRP_AUTO_REDUCE_MPS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 None
2 Past due
3 Within demand time fence
4 Within planning time fence
BACK_ORDERABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
BOM_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
1 Model
2 Option class
3 Planning
4 Standard
5 Product Family
BUILD_IN_WIP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
BULK_PICKED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CATALOG_STATUS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CHECK_SHORTAGES_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COLLATERAL_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COMMS_ACTIVATION_REQD_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COMMS_NL_TRACKABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
COUPON_EXEMPT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes

CUSTOMER_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CUSTOMER_ORDER_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
CYCLE_COUNT_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DEFAULT_INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DEFECT_TRACKING_ON_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
DEMAND_TIME_FENCE_CODE MTL_TIME_FENCE MFG_LOOKUPS
lead time
3 Total lead time
DOWNLOADABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ELECTRONIC_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
END_ASSEMBLY_PEGGING_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ENG_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
EQUIPMENT_TYPE SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
EVENT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
EXPENSE_BILLABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
FINANCING_ALLOWED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INDIVISIBLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No

Y Yes
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INTERNAL_ORDER_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INTERNAL_ORDER_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVENTORY_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVENTORY_PLANNING_CODE MTL_MATERIAL_PLANNING MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Reorder point planning
2 Min–max planning
6 Not planned
INVOICEABLE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
INVOICE_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ITEM_TYPE ITEM_TYPE FND_COMMON_LOOKUPS
AOC ATO Option Class
ATO ATO Model
BMW BMW Type
FG Finished Good
I Inventory Type
K Kit
M Model
OC Option Class
OO Outside Operation
OP Outside Processing Item
P Purchased item
PF Product Family
PH Phantom item
PL Planning
POC PTO Option Class
PTO PTO model
REF Reference item
SA Subassembly
SI Supply item
LOCATION_CONTROL_CODE MTL_LOCATION_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
trol

at item level
LOT_CONTROL_CODE MTL_LOT_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No lot control
2 Full lot control
LOT_MERGE_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
LOT_SPLIT_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
LOT_STATUS_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
MATERIAL_BILLABLE_FLAG MTL_SERVICE_BILLABLE_FLAG CS_LOOKUPS
E Expense
L Labor
M Material
MRP_CALCULATE_ATP_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
MRP_PLANNING_CODE MRP_PLANNING_CODE MFG_LOOKUPS
3 MRP planning
4 MPS planning
6 Not planned
7 MRP and DRP planning
8 MPS and DRP planning
9 DRP planning
MRP_SAFETY_STOCK_CODE MTL_SAFETY_STOCK_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Non–MRP planned
2 MRP planned percent
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
MUST_USE_APPROVED_VENDOR_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ORDERABLE_ON_WEB_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PICK_COMPONENTS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PLANNING_MAKE_BUY_CODE MTL_PLANNING_MAKE_BUY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Make
2 Buy

PLANNING_TIME_FENCE_CODE MTL_TIME_FENCE MFG_LOOKUPS
lead time
3 Total lead time
PREVENTIVE_MAINTENANCE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
3 Validation failed
6 Processing failed
PRORATE_SERVICE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PURCHASING_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
PURCHASING_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RELEASE_TIME_FENCE_CODE MTL_RELEASE_TIME_FENCE MFG_LOOKUPS
lead time
3 Item total lead time
5 No not autorelease
6 Kanban Item (Do Not Release)
REPETITIVE_PLANNING_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
REPLENISH_TO_ORDER_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RESERVABLE_TYPE MTL_RESERVATION_CONTROL MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Reservable
2 Not reservable
RESTRICT_LOCATORS_CODE MTL_LOCATOR_RESTRICTIONS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Locators restricted to pre–
defined list
2 Locators not restricted to
pre–defined list
RESTRICT_SUBINVENTORIES_CODE MTL_SUBINVENTORY_RESTRICTIONS MFG_LOOKUPS

1 Subinventories restricted to
pre–defined list
2 Subinventories not re-
stricted to pre–defined list
RETURNABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
RETURN_INSPECTION_REQUIREMENT MTL_RETURN_INSPECTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Inspection required
2 Inspection not required
REVISION_QTY_CONTROL_CODE MTL_ENG_QUANTITY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Not under revision quantity
control
2 Under revision quantity
control
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
ROUNDING_CONTROL_TYPE MTL_ROUNDING MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Round order quantities
2 Do not round order quanti-
ties
SERIAL_NUMBER_CONTROL_CODE MTL_SERIAL_NUMBER MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No serial number control
2 Predefined serial numbers
5 Dynamic entry at inventory
receipt
6 Dynamic entry at sales order
issue
SERIAL_STATUS_ENABLED YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SERVICEABLE_COMPONENT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SERVICEABLE_PRODUCT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SERVICE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SHELF_LIFE_CODE MTL_SHELF_LIFE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 No shelf life control
2 Item shelf life days
4 User–defined expiration date
SHIPPABLE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SHIP_MODEL_COMPLETE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes

1 Inventory
2 Supplier
SO_TRANSACTIONS_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
STOCK_ENABLED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SUMMARY_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
TAXABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
TIME_BILLABLE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
USAGE_ITEM_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
VENDOR_WARRANTY_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
VOL_DISCOUNT_EXEMPT_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
forced
Services
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_UOM_TYPE OUTSIDE OPERATION UOM TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ASSEMBLY Assembly Unit of Measure
RESOURCE Resource Unit of Measure
forced
Services
forced

Services
Column Descriptions
SUMMARY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flexfield summary flag
ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flexfield segment enabled flag
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Flexfield segment start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Flexfield segment end date
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Item description
LONG_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(4000) Item Long Description
BUYER_ID NULL NUMBER Buyer identifier
ACCOUNTING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Accounting rule identifier
INVOICING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Invoicing rule identifier
defining column

PURCHASING_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating purchasing item
orderable item
orderable item
SERVICE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service item
INVENTORY_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating inventory item
ENG_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating engineering
item
INVENTORY_ASSET_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is an
inventory asset
PURCHASING_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
purchasable
customer orderable
transactable
stockable
BOM_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may appear
on a BOM
BUILD_IN_WIP_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may be
built in WIP
REVISION_QTY_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Revision quantity control code
ITEM_CATALOG_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Item catalog group identifier
CATALOG_STATUS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item catalog
complete
CHECK_SHORTAGES_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating material
shortages should be checked for
this item
RETURNABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item is
returnable
DEFAULT_SHIPPING_ORG NULL NUMBER Default shipping organization
COLLATERAL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item is
collateral item
TAXABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item is
taxable
QTY_RCV_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Over tolerance receipts
processing method code
ALLOW_ITEM_DESC_UPDATE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow item description updates
on PO lines
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether
inspection is required upon
receipt
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating supplier
receipt is required
MARKET_PRICE NULL NUMBER Purchasing market price
HAZARD_CLASS_ID NULL NUMBER Purchasing hazard identifier
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether an RFQ
(request for quotation) is
required

QTY_RCV_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Maximum acceptable over–receipt
percentage
LIST_PRICE_PER_UNIT NULL NUMBER Unit list price – purchasing
UN_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER Purchasing UN (United Nations)
number
PRICE_TOLERANCE_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Purchace price tolerance
percentage
ASSET_CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Fixed asset category identifier
(foreign key FA asset category
flexfield)
UNIT_OF_ISSUE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of issue
ENFORCE_SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Require receipt location to
match ship–to location
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating substitute
receipts allowed
ALLOW_UNORDERED_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating unordered
receipts allowed
ALLOW_EXPRESS_DELIVERY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating express
delivery allowed
DAYS_EARLY_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Days before planned receipt
DAYS_LATE_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Days after the planned receipt
RECEIPT_DAYS_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Exception processing for
early/late receipts
RECEIVING_ROUTING_ID NULL NUMBER Default receipt routing
INVOICE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Invoice close tolerance
RECEIVE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Receipt close tolerance
AUTO_LOT_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Item–level prefix for lot
numbers
START_AUTO_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Next auto assigned lot number
LOT_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Lot control code
SHELF_LIFE_CODE NULL NUMBER Shelf life code
SHELF_LIFE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Length of shelf life days
SERIAL_NUMBER_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Serial number control code
START_AUTO_SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Next auto assigned serial
number
AUTO_SERIAL_ALPHA_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Item level alpha prefix for
serial numbers
type
from
from
RESTRICT_SUBINVENTORIES_CODE NULL NUMBER Subinventory restrictions type
UNIT_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Conversion between weight unit
measure
WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Weight unit of measure code
VOLUME_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Volume unit of measure code
UNIT_VOLUME NULL NUMBER Conversion between volume unit
measure
RESTRICT_LOCATORS_CODE NULL NUMBER Locators restrictions type

LOCATION_CONTROL_CODE NULL NUMBER Stock locator control code
ACCEPTABLE_EARLY_DAYS NULL NUMBER Days an order may be early
before rescheduling is
recommended
PLANNING_TIME_FENCE_CODE NULL NUMBER Planning time fence code
DEMAND_TIME_FENCE_CODE NULL NUMBER Demand time fence code
LEAD_TIME_LOT_SIZE NULL NUMBER Lead time lot size
STD_LOT_SIZE NULL NUMBER Standard lot size
time
OVERRUN_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER MRP repetitive acceptable
overrun rate
MRP_CALCULATE_ATP_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Calculate ATP flag (y/n) for
MRP planning routine
ACCEPTABLE_RATE_INCREASE NULL NUMBER MRP repetitive acceptable rate
increase
ACCEPTABLE_RATE_DECREASE NULL NUMBER MRP repetitive acceptable rate
decrease
PLANNING_TIME_FENCE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Planning time fence days
DEMAND_TIME_FENCE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Demand time fence days
END_ASSEMBLY_PEGGING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) End assembly pegging flag (y/n)
for MRP
REPETITIVE_PLANNING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item to be
planned as repetitive schedule
PLANNING_EXCEPTION_SET NULL VARCHAR2(10) Exeption control set
PICK_COMPONENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether all
shippable components should be
picked
REPLENISH_TO_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Assemble to Order flag
ATP check
FIXED_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Fixed portion of the assembly’s
lead time
VARIABLE_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Variable portion of an
assembly’s lead time
WIP_SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supply locator for WIP
transactions
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NULL NUMBER Source of WIP material supply
WIP_SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Supply subinventory for WIP
transactions
PRIMARY_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure code
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary stocking unit of
measure for the item
ALLOWED_UNITS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL NUMBER Allowed unit of measure
conversion type
DEFAULT_INCLUDE_IN_ROLLUP_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value for include in
cost rollup (Y or N)
INVENTORY_ITEM_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Material status code
INVENTORY_PLANNING_CODE NULL NUMBER Inventory planning code
PLANNER_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Planner code

PLANNING_MAKE_BUY_CODE NULL NUMBER Indicates whether item is
planned as manufactured or
purchased
FIXED_LOT_MULTIPLIER NULL NUMBER Fixed lot size multiplier
ROUNDING_CONTROL_TYPE NULL NUMBER Rounding control code
CARRYING_COST NULL NUMBER Annual carrying cost
FULL_LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Full lead time
ORDER_COST NULL NUMBER Order cost
MRP_SAFETY_STOCK_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Safety stock percentage
MRP_SAFETY_STOCK_CODE NULL NUMBER Safety stock code
MIN_MINMAX_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Minimum minmax order quantity
MAX_MINMAX_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Maximum minmax order quantity
FIXED_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Fixed order quantity
FIXED_DAYS_SUPPLY NULL NUMBER Fixed days supply
MAXIMUM_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Maximum order quantity
ATP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Available to promise rule to be
used for this item
PICKING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Picking rule code
RESERVABLE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Hard reservations allowed flag
POSITIVE_MEASUREMENT_ERROR NULL NUMBER Percent error above measured
quantity
NEGATIVE_MEASUREMENT_ERROR NULL NUMBER Percent error below measured
quantity
ENGINEERING_ECN_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Engineering ECN code
ENGINEERING_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Engineering implemented item
identifier
ENGINEERING_DATE NULL DATE Engineering implementation date
SERVICE_STARTING_DELAY NULL NUMBER Days after shipment that
service begins
VENDOR_WARRANTY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service for the
item is provided by a supplier
SERVICEABLE_COMPONENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item is
service–type items and whether
it can be referenced as the
component of another item
SERVICEABLE_PRODUCT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item is
service–type items and can have
service requests reported
against it
BASE_WARRANTY_SERVICE_ID NULL NUMBER Base warranty identifier
PAYMENT_TERMS_ID NULL NUMBER Payment terms identifier
PREVENTIVE_MAINTENANCE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item can
be a preventive maintenance
service item
PRIMARY_SPECIALIST_ID NULL NUMBER Primary service specialist
SECONDARY_SPECIALIST_ID NULL NUMBER Secondary service specialist
SERVICEABLE_ITEM_CLASS_ID NULL NUMBER Serviceable item class
identifier
TIME_BILLABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service labor
hours are billable
MATERIAL_BILLABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flag indicating service
material is billable
EXPENSE_BILLABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating service
expenses are billable

PRORATE_SERVICE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating cost of service
may be prorated
COVERAGE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER Coverage schedule identifier
SERVICE_DURATION_PERIOD_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Period code for default service
duration
SERVICE_DURATION NULL NUMBER Default service duration
WARRANTY_VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Service supplier identifier
MAX_WARRANTY_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Monetary value of service costs
covered by the item
RESPONSE_TIME_PERIOD_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Period code for service
response time
RESPONSE_TIME_VALUE NULL NUMBER Default response time
NEW_REVISION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates how to notify
customers of new revisions of
the item
INVOICEABLE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may appear
on invoices
TAX_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50) Tax code
INVOICE_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the item can
be invoiced
MUST_USE_APPROVED_VENDOR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating purchases
restricted to approved supllier
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may appear
on outside operation purchase
order
OUTSIDE_OPERATION_UOM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Outside operation unit of
measure
SAFETY_STOCK_BUCKET_DAYS NULL NUMBER Safety stock bucket days
AUTO_REDUCE_MPS NULL NUMBER(22) Automatically deletes MPS
entries within a time period
COSTING_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating cost
information is maintained
CYCLE_COUNT_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating item may be
cycle counted
ATO
COPY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier to
copy attributes from
REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item revision
AUTO_CREATED_CONFIG_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating configuration
item automatically created
ITEM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) User–defined item type
MODEL_CONFIG_CLAUSE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) (not used for open interface)
SHIP_MODEL_COMPLETE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating model must be
complete to ship
MRP_PLANNING_CODE NULL NUMBER MRP Planning option
RETURN_INSPECTION_REQUIREMENT NULL NUMBER RMA inspection requirement
ATO
– used for ATO

name
COPY_ITEM_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(81) Concatenated item segments of
copied item
TEMPLATE_ID NULL NUMBER Template identifier
TEMPLATE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Template name
COPY_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization identifier of
copied item
COPY_ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviation of organization
name of copied item
ATO_FORECAST_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Type of forecast control for
ATO
MATERIAL_SUB_ELEM NULL VARCHAR2(10) Material sub–element
MATERIAL_OH_RATE NULL NUMBER Material overhead rate
MATERIAL_OH_SUB_ELEM NULL VARCHAR2(10) Material overhead sub–element
MATERIAL_SUB_ELEM_ID NULL NUMBER Material sub–element identifier
MATERIAL_OH_SUB_ELEM_ID NULL NUMBER Material overhead sub–element
identifier
RELEASE_TIME_FENCE_CODE NULL NUMBER Release time fence code
RELEASE_TIME_FENCE_DAYS NULL NUMBER Release time fence days
CONTAINER_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item is
a container. Used for shipping
sales orders
VEHICLE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether item is
a vehicle. Used for shipping
sales orders
MAXIMUM_LOAD_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Maximum load weight of a
container or a vehicle that can
be used for shipping sales
orders
MINIMUM_FILL_PERCENT NULL NUMBER Minimum fill condition under
which a container or vehicle
should be used
CONTAINER_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Container type code for
container items. Container
types are user definable
INTERNAL_VOLUME NULL NUMBER Internal volume of container
items. Used by Shipping to
calculate container capacity
restrictions
SET_PROCESS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Used when multiple Item Open
Interface processes are run in
parallel
WH_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE
PRODUCT_FAMILY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER
PURCHASING_TAX_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(50)
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER
EFFECTIVITY_CONTROL NULL NUMBER Effectivity control code.
Indicates if the item is under
Date Effectivity or Model/Unit
Number Effectivity control.
segment

segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
OVER_SHIPMENT_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Over shipment tolerance
UNDER_SHIPMENT_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Under shipment tolerance
OVER_RETURN_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Over return tolerance
UNDER_RETURN_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Under return tolerance
EQUIPMENT_TYPE NULL NUMBER Flag indicating item is
equipment
RECOVERED_PART_DISP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
DEFECT_TRACKING_ON_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
USAGE_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
EVENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
ELECTRONIC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
DOWNLOADABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
VOL_DISCOUNT_EXEMPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
COUPON_EXEMPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
COMMS_NL_TRACKABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
ASSET_CREATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30)
COMMS_ACTIVATION_REQD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
ORDERABLE_ON_WEB_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
BACK_ORDERABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
WEB_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(30)
INDIVISIBLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
DIMENSION_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
UNIT_LENGTH NULL NUMBER
UNIT_WIDTH NULL NUMBER
UNIT_HEIGHT NULL NUMBER
BULK_PICKED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
LOT_STATUS_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1)
DEFAULT_LOT_STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER
SERIAL_STATUS_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1)
DEFAULT_SERIAL_STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER
LOT_SPLIT_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1)
LOT_MERGE_ENABLED NULL VARCHAR2(1)
INVENTORY_CARRY_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Penalty incurred for holding
this item inventory
OPERATION_SLACK_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Penalty incurred for time in
between two operations
FINANCING_ALLOWED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Item is eligible for financing

Indexes
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_NUMBER
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SET_PROCESS_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SEGMENT1
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTF_SETS_S SET_PROCESS_ID

MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL is a table holding translated Description

column for Items.
Items now support multilingual description. MLS is implemented with

a pair of tables: MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B and
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL. Translations table
(MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL) holds item descriptions in multiple
languages.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER
ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER
LANGUAGE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4)
SOURCE_LANG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(4)
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) This column contains Item
translated description
LONG_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(4000) This column contains Item
translated Long Description
Indexes
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 LANGUAGE
3 DESCRIPTION
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 LANGUAGE
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL_TA_IBE

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger calls iStore procedures to update search table that depends on MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL
table.

MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE is the interface point between

non– Inventory applications and the Inventory transaction module.
Transaction Manager concurrent program polls this table at a
user–specified process interval, and submits the Transaction Workers to
process them. Processing consists of data derivation, validation, and
transfer of records from MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE,
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_INTERFACE, and
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_INTERFACE into their respective TEMP
tables, from where they are processed by the transaction processor.
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE follows the Inventory standard
for interfacing flexfields. Any parameters which are represented by
flexfields may be entered in the interface table either as code
combination identifiers or as flexfield segment combinations. The
Transaction Worker will validate that any given identifiers are valid and
enabled. If no identifier is given, then the Transaction Worker will
validate and decode the flexfield segment values, and where
appropriate, create new flexfield combinations in the database.
The Transaction Manager picks up the rows to process based on the
LOCK_FLAG, TRANSACTION_MODE, PROCESS_FLAG to
manipulate the records in the table. Only records with
TRANSACTION_MODE of 3, LOCK_FLAG of ’2’, and PROCESS_FLAG
of ’1’ will be picked up by the Transaction Manager and assigned to a
Transaction Worker. If a record fails to process completely, then
PROCESS_FLAG will be set to ’3’ and ERROR_CODE and
ERROR_EXPLANATION will be populated with the cause for the error.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID TRANSFER_LOCATOR
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY
PCH_RECEIVING_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID RCV_TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES SCHEDULE_NUMBER SCHEDULE_NUMBER

WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS OPERATION_SEQ_NUM OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID SCHEDULE_ID
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction interface line
identifier
TRANSACTION_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group identifier
and Workers, only
user–specified values will be
ignored
SOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction source identifier;
Used for auditing and process
control
SOURCE_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction source line
identifier; Used for auditing
only
SOURCE_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction source group
identifier; Used for process
control by user–submitted
Transaction Workers
PROCESS_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER(1) Flag indicating whether
transaction is ready to be
processed by the Transaction
Manager or Worker (’1’ for
ready, ’2’ for not ready); if
the transaction fails for some
reason, the Transaction Worker
sets the value of PROCESS_FLAG
to ’3’
VALIDATION_REQUIRED NULL NUMBER Full validation required flag
TRANSACTION_MODE NOT NULL NUMBER Code that indicates whether the
transaction is to be processed
in immediate concurrent
processing mode (2) or
background processing mode (3)
LOCK_FLAG NULL NUMBER(1) Flag indicating whether the
transaction is locked by the
Transaction Manager or Workers
(’1’ for locked, ’2’ or NULL
for not locked); this prevents
two different Workers from
processing the same
transaction; You should always
specify ’2’
ITEM_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Inventory item segment
identifier 1
identifier 2
identifier 3

identifier 4
identifier 5
identifier 6
identifier 7
identifier 8
identifier 9
identifier 10
identifier 11
identifier 12
identifier 13
identifier 14
identifier 15
identifier 16
identifier 17
identifier 18
identifier 19
identifier 20
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in primary
unit of measure
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Transaction date; No timestamp,
will be truncated by
Transaction Worker
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Accounting period identifier;
the Transaction Worker derives
this information from the
TRANSACTION_DATE column
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Locator identifier; locator
must be specified for items
under locator control either by
locator identifier, or by
individual segment values
LOC_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Locator identifier 1

LOC_SEGMENT8 NULL VARCHAR2(40)Locator identifier 8
DSP_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40)Transaction source segment 1
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30)Transaction source identifier
identifier
TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction action identifier
TRANSACTION_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Transaction reference
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER Transaction cost; this is a
per–unit value
DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER GL code combination identifier

DST_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(25) Distribution account segment
identifier 1
identifier 2
identifier 3
identifier 4
identifier 5
identifier 6
identifier 7
identifier 8
identifier 9
identifier 10
identifier 11
identifier 12
identifier 13
identifier 14
identifier 15
identifier 16
identifier 17
identifier 18
identifier 19
identifier 20
identifier 21
identifier 22
identifier 23
identifier 24
identifier 25
identifier 26
identifier 27
identifier 28
identifier 29
identifier 30
REQUISITION_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition line identifier

CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency code
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) USSGL transaction code
WIP_ENTITY_TYPE NULL NUMBER WIP entity type
SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule
identifier
EMPLOYEE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Employee code
DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER WIP department code
SCHEDULE_UPDATE_CODE NULL NUMBER Code indicating whether or not
to update the Master Production
Schedule
SETUP_TEARDOWN_CODE NULL NUMBER
PRIMARY_SWITCH NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether
inventory item is a primary
assembly for WIP (1 for primary
assembly, null otherwise)
MRP_CODE NULL NUMBER Code indicating whether MRP
should be relieved for WIP
within a routing
REPETITIVE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Repetitive line identifier
PICKING_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Reservation picking line
identifier
TRX_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line identifier for sales
orders
TRX_SOURCE_DELIVERY_ID NULL NUMBER Delivery identifier for sales
orders
DEMAND_ID NULL NUMBER Demand identifier
CUSTOMER_SHIP_ID NULL NUMBER Customer ship–to address
identifier for sales orders
LINE_ITEM_NUM NULL NUMBER Line item number for purchase
orders
RECEIVING_DOCUMENT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Receiving document identifier
identifier; Not currently used
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Ship to location identifier
ENCUMBRANCE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Encumbrance amount
TRANSFER_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory name
for a transfer transaction
TRANSFER_ORGANIZATION NULL NUMBER Destination organization
identifier for transfer
transactions
TRANSFER_LOCATOR NULL NUMBER Destination locator identifier
for transfer transactions;
transfer to location must be
specified for inventory items
under location control either
by transfer to location
identifier, or by individual
segment values
XFER_LOC_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Transfer locator segment
identifier 1
identifier 2
identifier 3

identifier 4
identifier 5
identifier 6
identifier 7
identifier 8
identifier 9
identifier 10
identifier 11
identifier 12
identifier 13
identifier 14
identifier 15
identifier 16
identifier 17
identifier 18
identifier 19
identifier 20
SHIPMENT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipment number identifier
TRANSPORTATION_COST NULL NUMBER Transportation cost;
per–transaction value
TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Transportation account
identifier
TRANSFER_COST NULL NUMBER Transfer cost; per–transaction
value
FREIGHT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight identifier
CONTAINERS NULL NUMBER Number of containers
WAYBILL_AIRBILL NULL VARCHAR2(20) Waybill/airbill identifier
EXPECTED_ARRIVAL_DATE NULL DATE Expected arrival date;
truncated, no timestamp
NEW_AVERAGE_COST NULL NUMBER New average cost used for
average cost update
VALUE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Value change used for average
cost update
PERCENTAGE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Percentage change for average
cost update
DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand source line identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_DELIVERY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand source delivery
identifier
NEGATIVE_REQ_FLAG NULL NUMBER Negative requirement flag
SHIPPABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Item shippable flag

REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Required flag
defining column
REQUISITION_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition distribution
identifier
reference
RESERVATION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Reservation quantity
SHIPPED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Shipped quantity
number used for shipping
transactions interface
LOCATOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Concatenated inventory locator
name for shipping transactions
interface
TO_PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER(15) ”To” Project identifier
identifier
expenditure type
FINAL_COMPLETION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates if job costs must be
flushed out for this Job
completion.
TRANSFER_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER Indicates the percentage of
value to be attributed to
transfer costs in an inter–org
transfer.
TRANSACTION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction sequence identifier
(currently not used)
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the material overhead
account
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Specifies the account to be

BOM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item revision used for getting
the bill information while
backflushing the flow schedule
ROUTING_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision used for
getting the routing information
while charging the flow
schedule
BOM_REVISION_DATE NULL DATE Date of inventory item revision
used for exploding the bill for
the flow schedule
ROUTING_REVISION_DATE NULL DATE Date of item routing revision
used for exploding the routing
for the flow schedule
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate BOM designator
ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate Routing designator
ACCOUNTING_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(10) Accounting class to be used for
the flow schedule
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) The class to which the demand
is tied
PARENT_ID NULL NUMBER In substitution records for
flow schedules, specifies the
parent completion records
transaction interface id
SUBSTITUTION_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifies the kind of
substitution allowed
SUBSTITUTION_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER The substitution item’s
inventory Item ID
SCHEDULE_GROUP NULL NUMBER Specifies schedule group (used
for flow manufacturing)
BUILD_SEQUENCE NULL NUMBER Specifies the sequence to be
built (used for flow
manufacturing)
SCHEDULE_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flow schedule number
SCHEDULED_FLAG NULL NUMBER Specifies whether flow schedule
is scheduled or not
transaction is a flow or
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost group identifier – Used
by WMS only
TRANSFER_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer Cost Group Identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER QA Results Identifier
quantity
OVERCOMPLETION_PRIMARY_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion Primary Quantity
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(60) End Item Unit Number
SCHEDULED_PAYBACK_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column
ORG_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER
COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER
Identifier
Identifier

Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_HEADER_ID
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_ID
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 10 PICKING_LINE_ID
MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID

MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS holds the accounting information

for each material transaction in MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS.
Oracle Inventory uses this information to track the financial impact of
your quantity moves.
The two tables are joined by the TRANSACTION_ID, and in most
instances, there are at least two account rows for every material
transaction. For some transactions, such as expense items or expense
subinventories, you may not have any accounting. You should not join
these two tables by ORGANIZATION_ID because inter–organizations
transfers occur across organizations.
Each row in this table represents a debit or credit accounting entry, and
the sum of all rows for a given transaction identifier should be zero.
Each row includes the account, transaction date, transaction value,
purpose (ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE), and the source of the charges
(TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID).
The TRANSACTION_VALUES and BASE_TRANSACTION_VALUES
are transferred to the GL_INTERFACE_TABLE through the period close
or GL transfer process, and until this process is run, the GL_BATCH_ID
is –1.
The index MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N2 is used only during
install and upgrade, and will be dropped during the course thereof, but
is included here for completeness. The index is named such to coincide
with the equivalent index in R9.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID REFERENCE_ACCOUNT
GL_ENCUMBRANCE_TYPES ENCUMBRANCE_TYPE_ID ENCUMBRANCE_TYPE_ID
ORG_GL_BATCHES GL_BATCH_ID GL_BATCH_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 Inv valuation

2 Account
rate variance
7 WIP valuation
8 WIP variance
99 Unknown
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
Column Descriptions
REFERENCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Transaction distribution
account
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction source identifier
identifer
TRANSACTION_VALUE NULL NUMBER Accounting value in the
transaction currency (null for
base currency transactions)
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in primary
UOM of the item
GL_BATCH_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Batch identifier for all
downloaded transaction journal
entries (set to –1 if not yet
transferred)
ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Purpose or description for the
accounting entry
BASE_TRANSACTION_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting value in the base
currency
CONTRA_SET_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Offset account identifier

RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Material or material overhead
rate/amount (depending on cost
element id)
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis for charging the material
or material overhead value
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource or sub–element
identifier
COST_ELEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Cost element identifer
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Currency code used in the
transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Date of the currency conversion
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency conversion type used
for the transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency conversion rate used
for the transaction
ENCUMBRANCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Encumbrance type identifier
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER Repetitive schedule identifier
GL_SL_LINK_ID NULL NUMBER
Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 REFERENCE_ACCOUNT
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 GL_BATCH_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
5 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : AX_MTL_TRANS_ACCOUNTS_BRI1

Trigger Level : ROW
application. This trigger prevents an inventory transaction from being posted twice to GL,
once in Global Accounting Engine and again by Oracle Inventory.

MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_EFC
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_EFC is used exclusively as an

the table MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS prior to conversion to the
euro currency.
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier
REFERENCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Reference Account
BASE_TRANSACTION_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER Base Transaction Value
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Rate Or Amount

MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_INTERFACE
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_INTERFACE is the interface analogy of

MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_INTERFACE TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID SERIAL_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier
LOT_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number
LOT_EXPIRATION_DATE NULL DATE Expiration date
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Quantity
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity
SERIAL_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID NULL NUMBER Serial transaction identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Row Process Flag (Not used
currently)
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(256) – Used By WMS Only
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Identification for Vendor– Used
By WMS Only
SUPPLIER_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(150) Supplier Lot Number– Used By
WMS Only
TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Territory code for country of
Origin
ORIGINATION_DATE NULL DATE Origination date of the lot–
Used By WMS Only
DATE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) A code identifying the date of
packaging or assembly– Used By
WMS Only
GRADE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) The sublabeling of items, lots
and sublots to identify their
particular makeup and to
separate one lot from other
production lots of the same
item .– Used By WMS Only
CHANGE_DATE NULL DATE A user entered attribute that
defines the date on which an
attribute of the lot or sublot
was last changed.– Used By WMS
Only
MATURITY_DATE NULL DATE The date on which the lot
matures– Used By WMS Only
STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier for the status of
lot – Used by WMS only

RETEST_DATE NULL DATE Restest Date– Used By WMS Only
AGE NULL NUMBER The age of the lot or sublot
in days after the creation
date.– Used By WMS Only
ITEM_SIZE NULL NUMBER Item size– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME NULL NUMBER volume– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM for measuring Volume– Used
By WMS Only
PLACE_OF_ORIGIN NULL VARCHAR2(150) A value indicating the place
the inventory originated– Used
By WMS Only
BEST_BY_DATE NULL DATE The date on or before which
the lot or sublot is best used–
Used By WMS Only
LENGTH NULL NUMBER length– Used By WMS Only
LENGTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM to measure lenght– Used By
WMS Only
RECYCLED_CONTENT NULL NUMBER The content, usually expressed
as a percentage, of the product
that is made up of recycled
materials– Used By WMS Only
THICKNESS NULL NUMBER Thickness– Used By WMS Only
THICKNESS_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM to measure thickness– Used
By WMS Only
WIDTH NULL NUMBER width– Used By WMS Only
WIDTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM to measure width– Used By
WMS Only
CURL_WRINKLE_FOLD NULL VARCHAR2(150) This attribute is used in the
pulp and paper industry to
identify potential problems
when feeding the paper through
machinery.– Used By WMS Only
LOT_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot attributes descriptive
flexfield structure defining
column– Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only

Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_INT_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID

MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP stores lot number information for

transactions in the MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP table.
Many lot number records may be specified for a given transaction
record. TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID joins to TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
in MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP.
SERIAL_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID joins to
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID in MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP when
also under serial control
due to the autocommit feature of the Lot Entry window. Periodic
deletion of irrelevant data from this table is desired.
Foreign Keys
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Quantity, in the
userr’s preferred unit of
measure
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity, in the
LOT_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction lot number
ERROR_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Lot number transaction error
code
SERIAL_TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID NULL NUMBER connects the corresponding rows
in MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP to
this table through the
TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID
GROUP_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Group identifier
PUT_AWAY_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER
PICK_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(256) – Used By WMS Only
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Identification for Vendor– Used
By WMS Only
SUPPLIER_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(150) SUPPLIER LOT NUMBER– Used By
WMS Only
TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Territory Code for Country of
Origin

ORIGINATION_DATE NULL DATE Originaion Code– Used By WMS
Only
DATE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) Date Code– Used By WMS Only
GRADE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) Grade Code– Used By WMS Only
CHANGE_DATE NULL DATE Change Date– Used By WMS Only
MATURITY_DATE NULL DATE Maturity Date– Used By WMS Only
WMS only
RETEST_DATE NULL DATE Retest Date– Used By WMS Only
AGE NULL NUMBER Age– Used By WMS Only
ITEM_SIZE NULL NUMBER Item Size– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME NULL NUMBER Volume– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Volume UOM– Used By WMS Only
PLACE_OF_ORIGIN NULL VARCHAR2(150) Place of Origin– Used By WMS
Only
BEST_BY_DATE NULL DATE Best By Date– Used By WMS Only
LENGTH NULL NUMBER Length– Used By WMS Only
LENGTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Length UOM– Used By WMS Only
RECYCLED_CONTENT NULL NUMBER Recycled Content– Used By WMS
Only
THICKNESS NULL NUMBER Thickness– Used By WMS Only
THICKNESS_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Thickness UOM– Used By WMS Only
WIDTH NULL NUMBER Width– Used By WMS Only
WIDTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Width UOM– Used By WMS Only
CURL_WRINKLE_FOLD NULL VARCHAR2(150) Curl Wrinkle Fold– Used By WMS
Only
LOT_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot Attribute Category– Used By
WMS Only
C_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield Segment–
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only

Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
D_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL DATE Descriptive Flexfield Segment–
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
N_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL NUMBER Descriptive Flexfield Segment–
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
VENDOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Vendor Name– Used By WMS Only
Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TEMP_ID

Sequences
MTL_LOT_NUMERIC_SUFFIX_S LOT_NUMBER

MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS stores lot number information

for transactions in the MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS table.
TRANSACTION_ID joins to
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS.TRANSACTION_ID.
SERIAL_TRANSACTION_ID joins to
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS.TRANSACTION_ID when also under
serial control.
Foreign Keys
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID SERIAL_TRANSACTION_ID
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Transaction identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction disposition
(derived from
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS)
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Disposition type code
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Name of the transaction source
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity, in the
user’s current unit of measure
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transacted Quantity, in the
LOT_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number
SERIAL_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Serial transaction identifier –
links this table with the
corresponding rows in the
serial numbers table
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(256) Description for the lot number
– Used By WMS Only
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier identification (from
po_vendors table) – Used By WMS
Only
SUPPLIER_LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(150) SUPPLIER LOT NUMBER – Used By
WMS Only
TERRITORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Territory Code TERRITORY CODE
ORIGINATION_DATE NULL DATE ORIGINATION DATE – Used By WMS
Only
DATE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) DATE CODE– Used By WMS Only

GRADE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(150) GRADE CODE– Used By WMS Only
CHANGE_DATE NULL DATE CHANGE DATE – Used By WMS Only
MATURITY_DATE NULL DATE MATURITY DATE– Used By WMS Only
STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER STATUS IDENTIFIER – Used by
WMS only
RETEST_DATE NULL DATE RETEST DATE– Used By WMS Only
AGE NULL NUMBER AGE– Used By WMS Only
ITEM_SIZE NULL NUMBER ITEM SIZE– Used By WMS Only
COLOR NULL VARCHAR2(150) COLOR– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME NULL NUMBER VOLUME– Used By WMS Only
VOLUME_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) VOLUME UOM– Used By WMS Only
PLACE_OF_ORIGIN NULL VARCHAR2(150) PLACE OF ORIGIN
BEST_BY_DATE NULL DATE BEST BY DATE– Used By WMS Only
LENGTH NULL NUMBER LENGTH– Used By WMS Only
LENGTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) LENGTH UOM– Used By WMS Only
WIDTH NULL NUMBER WIDTH– Used By WMS Only
WIDTH_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) WIDTH UOM– Used By WMS Only
RECYCLED_CONTENT NULL NUMBER RECYCLED CONTENT– Used By WMS
Only
THICKNESS NULL NUMBER THICKNESS– Used By WMS Only
THICKNESS_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) THICKNESS UOM– Used By WMS Only
CURL_WRINKLE_FOLD NULL VARCHAR2(150) CURL WRINKLE FOLD– Used By WMS
Only
LOT_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) LOT ATTRIBUTE CATEGORY– Used By
WMS Only
C_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield– Used By
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only
WMS Only

WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Used By WMS Only
Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 LOT_NUMBER
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID

MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS
MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS stores the the list of all transaction

reasons that one might use across organizations in the transaction
system. Transaction reasons are user setup data and are always optional
in the Inventory transaction window.
Column Descriptions
REASON_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Reason identifier
REASON_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Reason name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the reason
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date this reason is disabled
defining column
WORKFLOW_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Workflow Name
WORKFLOW_DISPLAY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80)
WORKFLOW_PROCESS NULL VARCHAR2(80)
WORKFLOW_DISPLAY_PROCESS NULL VARCHAR2(80)
REASON_TYPE NULL NUMBER
REASON_TYPE_DISPLAY NULL VARCHAR2(80)
Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 REASON_ID
Sequences
MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS_S REASON_ID

MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES
MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES contains seeded transaction types and

the user defined ones. USER_DEFINED_FLAG will distinguish the two.
The table also stores the TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID and
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID that is associated with each
transaction type.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
SHORTAGE_MSG_BACKGROUND_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
SHORTAGE_MSG_ONLINE_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID MTL_TRANSACTION_ACTION MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Issue from stores
2 Subinventory transfer
21 Intransit shipment
24 Cost update
27 Receipt into stores
28 Staging transfer
29 Delivery adjustments
3 Direct organization transfer
30 WIP scrap transaction
31 Assembly completion
32 Assembly return
4 Cycle count adjustment
8 Physical inventory adjust-
ment
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction type identifier
TRANSACTION_TYPE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Name of the transaction type
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the transaction
type
TRANSACTION_ACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction action identifer
that is associated with this
type
identifier that is associated
with this transaction type

SHORTAGE_MSG_BACKGROUND_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
SHORTAGE_MSG_ONLINE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date that this transaction type
will be disabled
USER_DEFINED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Set to ’Y’ if this type is
user–defined
defining column
TYPE_CLASS NULL NUMBER Specifies if the transaction
type is Project related
STATUS_CONTROL_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates if the transaction
type is controlled by status(1)
or not (2) – Used by WMS only
Indexes
MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID
Sequences
MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES_S TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID

MTL_TXN_COST_DET_INTERFACE
MTL_TXN_COST_DET_INTERFACE stores transaction cost by element

and by level for transactions to be imported through the transaction
interface. This is a child table to MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Interface transaction
identifier
ORGANIZATION_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(60) Organization name
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Organization short name
COST_ELEMENT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Cost element name
LEVEL_TYPE NULL NUMBER Level type
LEVEL_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) Either this level or previous
level
TRANSACTION_COST NULL NUMBER Cost of the inventory
transaction
NEW_AVERAGE_COST NULL NUMBER Used in average cost update to
specify the new average cost of
the item
PERCENTAGE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Used in average cost update to
indicate the percentage change
in the cost of the item
VALUE_CHANGE NULL NUMBER Used in average cost update to
specify the change in inventory
value
ERROR_EXPLANATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Error explanation.
Indexes
MTL_TXN_COST_DET_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 TRANSACTION_INTERFACE_ID

MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS
This table stores all of the move order headers. The headers contain all
information which pertains to entire move orders, including the
transaction type of the move order, the move order type, the move order
status, and the request number of the move order.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TO_ACCOUNT_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
HEADER_STATUS MTL_TXN_REQUEST_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Incomplete
2 Pending Approval
3 Approved
4 Not Approved
5 Closed
6 Canceled
7 Pre Approved
8 Partially Approved
MOVE_ORDER_TYPE MTL_TXN_REQUEST_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Requisition
2 Replenishment
3 Pick Wave
Column Descriptions
HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Header identifier
REQUEST_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Request number of the move
order
TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction type identifier
MOVE_ORDER_TYPE NULL NUMBER Type of move order
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Move order description
DATE_REQUIRED NULL DATE Standard Who column
FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory to transact from
TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory to transact to
TO_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Account identifier to transact
to
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Ship to Location Id
HEADER_STATUS NULL NUMBER Header status
STATUS_DATE NULL DATE Date of last status change
FREIGHT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight Code
SHIPMENT_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipment Method
AUTO_RECEIPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Auto Receipt Flag

REFERENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Reference Id
REFERENCE_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER Reference Detail Id
ASSIGNMENT_ID NULL VARCHAR2(240) Assignment Id
GROUPING_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Grouping rule to use when
assigning pick slip numbers
defining column
Indexes
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 MOVE_ORDER_TYPE
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 HEADER_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS_U2 UNIQUE 1 REQUEST_NUMBER
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES
The table MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES stores all of the move order

lines. The lines are requests to move some quantity of an item from a
source location to a destination location or account. Each move order
line must be tied to a specific move order header. When a line is
detailed or pick released, the quantity detailed is updated appropriately
and transaction lines are created in
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEMP. When the transaction lines
are transacted, the quantity delivered is updated.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TO_ACCOUNT_ID
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_TYPE FROM_LOCATOR_ID
SUBINVENTORY_CODE FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID TO_LOCATOR_ID
SUBINVENTORY_CODE TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
REVISION REVISION
MTL_KANBAN_CARDS KANBAN_CARD_ID REFERENCE_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS SERIAL_NUMBER SERIAL_NUMBER_START
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS SERIAL_NUMBER SERIAL_NUMBER_END
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS HEADER_ID HEADER_ID
WMS_STRATEGIES_B STRATEGY_ID PICK_STRATEGY_ID
WMS_STRATEGIES_B STRATEGY_ID PUT_AWAY_STRATEGY_ID
QuickCodes Columns
LINE_STATUS MTL_TXN_REQUEST_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Incomplete
2 Pending Approval
3 Approved
4 Not Approved

5 Closed
6 Canceled
7 Pre Approved
8 Partially Approved
Column Descriptions
LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Line identifier
HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Header identifier
LINE_NUMBER NOT NULL NUMBER Line number
FROM_SUBINVENTORY_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) From subinventory code
FROM_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER From locator identifier
TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) To subinventory code
TO_SUBINVENTORY_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
TO_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER To locator identifier
TO_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER To account identifier
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Ship To Location identifier
SERIAL_NUMBER_START NULL VARCHAR2(30) First serial number in range
SERIAL_NUMBER_END NULL VARCHAR2(30) Last serial number in range
UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure for quantities
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity requested
QUANTITY_DELIVERED NULL NUMBER Quantity which has been
delivered
QUANTITY_DETAILED NULL NUMBER Quantity which has a detailed
sourcing location
DATE_REQUIRED NOT NULL DATE Date required
REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Reason identifier
REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Move order creator reference
REFERENCE_TYPE_CODE NULL NUMBER Move order creator code
REFERENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Move order creator identifier
REFERENCE_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER Reference Detail Id
ASSIGNMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Assignment Id
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project identifier
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Task identifier
TRANSACTION_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction header identifier
LINE_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Line status
STATUS_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last date status was changed

defining column
TXN_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction source identifier
TXN_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction source line
identifier
TXN_SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction source line detail
identifier
identifier
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity requested, in primary
unit of measure
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER To Organization identifier
PUT_AWAY_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER Put Away strategy identifier –
used by WMS only
PICK_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER Picking strategy identifier –
used by WMS only
UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Unit Number
FROM_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER From Cost Group Identifier –
used by WMS only
TO_COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER To Cost Group Identifier – used
by WMS only
TO_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer License Plate Number
INSPECTION_STATUS NULL NUMBER Inspection Status
PICK_METHODOLOGY_ID NULL NUMBER Pick Methodology Id
CONTAINER_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Container Item Id – used by WMS
only
CARTON_GROUPING_ID NULL NUMBER Carton Grouping Id – used by
WMS only
BACKORDER_DELIVERY_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER
WMS_PROCESS_FLAG NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate processing
status for putaways. 1 means Ok
to process,2 means Do not
Allocate, 3 means Allocate but
do not process. To be used by
Receiving and WIP
PICK_SLIP_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Pick Slip Number
PICK_SLIP_DATE NULL DATE Pick Slip Date
SHIP_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Ship Set Identifier
SHIP_MODEL_ID NULL NUMBER Ship Model Identifier
MODEL_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of the Top Model for
Ship Model Complete items

Indexes
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 FROM_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TO_SUBINVENTORY_CODE
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_TYPE_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_N5 NOT UNIQUE 5 PICK_SLIP_NUMBER
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 LINE_ID
MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES_U2 UNIQUE 1 HEADER_ID
2 LINE_NUMBER

MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES contains information about valid

transaction source type in the system. There are two kinds of
transaction source types. System transaction source types are those
seeded when the system is installed, bear source type identifiers of 1
through 13 and use system validation. User defined transaction source
types have have identifiers higher than 100, and may have validation set
up through the use of the descriptive flex context in the ’Transaction
Source’ descriptive flexfield.
Transaction source types are used in defining user transaction types,
which would in turn be used in different inventory transactions.
Foreign Keys
FND_DESCR_FLEX_CONTEXTS DESCRIPTIVE_FLEX_CONTEXT_CODE DESCRIPTIVE_FLEX_CONTEXT_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
USER_DEFINED_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
VALIDATED_FLAG YES_NO_SYS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Value set
2 None
3 System
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction source type
identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction source type name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Transaction source type
description
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Disable date for the
transaction source type
USER_DEFINED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether source
type is user–defined or
predefined by system
VALIDATED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether source
type is validated by
system/descriptive flex context
DESCRIPTIVE_FLEX_CONTEXT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flex context
defined for the ’Transaction
Source’ descriptive flex for
linkage to a value set
defining column

TRANSACTION_SOURCE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Column defined for the purpose
of setting up the ’Transaction
Source’ descriptive flexfield
(contains no data)
TRANSACTION_SOURCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Column defined for the purpose
of setting up the ’Transaction
Source’ descriptive flexfield
(contains no data)
Indexes
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID
Sequences
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES_S TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID

MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL is the definition table for both the

25–character and the 3–character units of measure. The base_uom_flag
indicates if the unit of measure is the primary unit of measure for the
uom_class. Oracle Inventory uses this table to keep track of the units of
measure used to transact an item. This table is also used by Oracle
Purchasing, Oracle Order Management and Oracle Shipping Execution.
Foreign Keys
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL UOM_CLASS UOM_CLASS
Column Descriptions
UNIT_OF_MEASURE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure name
UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviated unit of measure
code
UOM_CLASS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unit of measure class
BASE_UOM_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Base unit of measure flag
UNIT_OF_MEASURE_TL NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure name
translation
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date when the unit can no
longer be used to define
conversions
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Unit of measure description
defining column

Indexes
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL_N1 NOT UNIQUE 5 UOM_CLASS
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL_U1 UNIQUE 1 UNIT_OF_MEASURE
2 LANGUAGE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL_U2 UNIQUE 1 UOM_CODE
2 LANGUAGE

MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS stores a record of every material

transaction of a serialized unit in Inventory. Records are inserted into
this table through the transaction processor.
Many serial numbers may be specified for a given transaction record.
TRANSACTION_ID joins to
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS.TRANSACTION_ID when only
under serial control. TRANSACTION_ID joins to
MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS.SERIAL_TRANSACTION_ID
when also under lot control.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS SERIAL_NUMBER SERIAL_NUMBER
Column Descriptions
SERIAL_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)Serial number
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10)Subinventory code
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction locator identifier
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Previous disposition (derived
from MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS)
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Disposition type code
TRANSACTION_SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Source name of the transaction
RECEIPT_ISSUE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Previous receipt/issue code
CUSTOMER_ID NULL NUMBER Customer code
SHIP_ID NULL NUMBER Ship code
SERIAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial Attribute Category
C_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield Segment –
Used by WMS only

Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
D_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL DATE Descriptive Flexfield Segment –
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
N_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL NUMBER Descriptive Flexfield Segment –
Used by WMS only

Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
Used by WMS only
WMS only
TIME_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Time since new – Usedby WMS
only
CYCLES_SINCE_NEW NULL NUMBER Cycle since new – Used by WMS
only
TIME_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Time since overhaul – Used by
WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_OVERHAUL NULL NUMBER Cycles since overhaul – Used
by WMS only
TIME_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Time since repair – Used by
WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_REPAIR NULL NUMBER Cycles since repair – Used by
WMS only
TIME_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Time since visit for MRO – Used
by WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_VISIT NULL NUMBER Cycles since visit for MRO –
Used by WMS only
TIME_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Time since mark for MRO– Used
by WMS only
CYCLES_SINCE_MARK NULL NUMBER Cycles since mark – Used by WMS
only
NUMBER_OF_REPAIRS NULL NUMBER Total Number of repairs – Used
by WMS only
Indexes
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 SERIAL_NUMBER
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_SOURCE_ID
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 CUSTOMER_ID
2 SHIP_ID
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 TRANSACTION_DATE
MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL
MTL_UOM_CLASSES is the definition of the unit of measure classes. A

class is a category to which units of measure are assigned. Oracle
Inventory defines this table, and it is used by Oracle Purchasing, Oracle
Order Management and Oracle Shipping Execution.
Column Descriptions
UOM_CLASS (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unit of measure class name (eg,
volume, weight)
UOM_CLASS_TL NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unit of measure class name (eg,
volume, weight)
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Unit of measure class disable
date
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Class description
defining column
Indexes
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL_U1 UNIQUE 1 UOM_CLASS
2 LANGUAGE

MTL_UOM_CLASS_CONVERSIONS
MTL_UOM_CLASS_CONVERSIONS is where conversions between

base units of measure are defined for an item. A base unit of measure is
the primary unit for a class.
Foreign Keys
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE FROM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE TO_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL UOM_CLASS FROM_UOM_CLASS
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL UOM_CLASS TO_UOM_CLASS
Column Descriptions
FROM_UNIT_OF_MEASURE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Base unit of measure of the
item’s base class
FROM_UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Base unit of measure short name
for the item’s base class
FROM_UOM_CLASS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Base class of the item (derived
from MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE)
TO_UNIT_OF_MEASURE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Base unit of the class to which
the conversion is defined
TO_UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Base unit short name of the
class to which the conversion
is defined
TO_UOM_CLASS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Class to which the conversion
is defined (derived from
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE)
CONVERSION_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER Conversion rate from the item’s
class base unit to the ”to”
class base unit
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date when the defined
inter–class conversion can no
longer be used
Indexes
MTL_UOM_CLASS_CONVERSIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 TO_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
2 TO_UOM_CODE

Indexes (Continued)
2 TO_UOM_CLASS

MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS
MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS stores conversion rates between non–base

units of measure and their base unit. The non–base units of measure are
stored in the table.
The default_conversion_flag indicates that the conversion being defined

is 1) associated with a specific item and 2) the conversion between units
of measure has already been defined as a standard conversion with the
same conversion rate.
Foreign Keys
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL UOM_CLASS UOM_CLASS
QuickCodes Columns
DEFAULT_CONVERSION_FLAG YES_NO FND_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
Column Descriptions
UNIT_OF_MEASURE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure long name
UOM_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure short name
UOM_CLASS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Class of the conversion unit of
measure (derived from
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE)
CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Conversion rate from conversion
unit to base unit of class
DEFAULT_CONVERSION_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) ’Y’ if conversion is the same
as the default conversion
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Date when the conversion is no
longer valid to be used in the
system (transactions, etc)
LENGTH NULL NUMBER Length of Item–UOM
WIDTH NULL NUMBER Width of item–UOM
HEIGHT NULL NUMBER Height of item–UOM
DIMENSION_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) UOM for item–UOM dimensions

Indexes
MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 UNIT_OF_MEASURE
MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS_U2 UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 UOM_CODE

MTL_UPDATE_RECORDS_TEMP
MTL_UPDATE_RECORDS_TEMP is a table used exclusively for the

item attribute copy form. It holds the unique id of records in
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B.
Column Descriptions
ITEM_UPDATE_ID NULL NUMBER Holds Sequence Number Of
Session
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Holds Item Id to be Updated
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER

MTL_USER_DEMAND
MTL_USER_DEMAND provides an interface mechanism for users to

populate their own demand information, ie, the demand sources that are
not predefined by Oracle Inventory, to be included in ATP calculation.
Once the table is populated, the information can be viewed by the
Supply / Demand Detail window. Furthermore, users can utilize ATP
rules to include/exclude this demand source in the ATP calculation. If
”Include User–Defined Demand” option in the ATP rule is set to Yes,
then the ATP calculation will include the demand information stored in
this table. Otherwise, no demand information in this table is included.
The SOURCE_TYPE_ID column stores the source type, for example, 2
for sales order, 3 for account number, 4 for WIP job/schedule and 5 for
account alias. SOURCE_ID stores the sources for source types. This
column is context sensitive; it depends on source type. For example, if
the source type is Sales Order, then this column represents sales order
id. If source type is WIP job/schedule, this means WIP entity id. If
source type is account number, then source id should store the GL code
combination id for the account number.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Code to indicate the source of
the demand
SOURCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Header ID for the source of the
demand.
SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier for user–defined
source type
PRIMARY_UOM_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Demanded quantity expressed in
the item’s primary unit of
measure
REQUIREMENT_DATE NULL DATE Planned ship/issue date for
demand
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand class to be used if
demand class ATP is on.

Indexes
MTL_USER_DEMAND_N1 NOT UNIQUE 3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID

MTL_USER_SUPPLY
MTL_USER_SUPPLY provides an interface mechanism for users to

populate their own supply information, ie, the supply sources that are
not predefined by Oracle Inventory, to be included in ATP calculation.
Once the table is populated, the information can be viewed by the
Supply / Demand Detail window. Furthermore, users can utilize ATP
rules to include/exclude this supply source in the ATP calculation. If
”Include User–Defined Supply” option in the ATP rule is set to Yes, then
the ATP calculation will include the supply information stored in this
table, otherwise, no supply information in this table is included.
The SOURCE_TYPE_ID column stores the source type, for example, 1
for purchase order, 3 for account number, 4 for WIP job/schedule and 5
for account alias. SOURCE_ID stores the sources for source types. This
column is context sensitive, it depends on source type. For example, if
the source type is Purchase Order, then this column represents
purchasing header id. If source type is WIP job/schedule, this means
WIP entity id. If source type is account number, then source id should
store the GL code combination id for the account number.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID SOURCE_ID
MTL_GENERIC_DISPOSITIONS DISPOSITION_ID SOURCE_ID
MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES TRANSACTION_SOURCE_TYPE_ID SOURCE_TYPE_ID
PO_HEADERS_ALL PO_HEADER_ID SOURCE_ID
WIP_ENTITIES WIP_ENTITY_ID SOURCE_ID
Column Descriptions
SOURCE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Code to indicate the source of
the supply
SOURCE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Header ID for the source of the
demand.
SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Identifier for user–defined
source type
PRIMARY_UOM_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Supplied quantity expressed in
the item’s primary unit of
measure

EXPECTED_DELIVERY_DATE NULL DATE Date when supply will be
available
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Demand class to be used if
demand class ATP is on.
Indexes
MTL_USER_SUPPLY_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

ORG_ACCESS
ORG_ACCESS stores information about which organizations are

available for a particular responsibility. A record in this table indicates
that the organization is available (for login) for a responsibility. If there
are no records in this table for an organization, all responsibilities can
access it.
Foreign Keys
FND_RESPONSIBILITY APPLICATION_ID RESP_APPLICATION_ID
RESPONSIBILITY_ID RESPONSIBILITY_ID
Column Descriptions
RESP_APPLICATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Responsibility application
identifier
RESPONSIBILITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Responsibility identifier
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Comments
Indexes
ORG_ACCESS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
ORG_ACCESS_U1 UNIQUE 1 RESP_APPLICATION_ID
2 RESPONSIBILITY_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

ORG_ACCT_PERIODS
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS holds the open and closed financial periods for

organizations. When a period is opened, the period open form
(INVTTGPO) pulls in the next available period from the GL table
GL_PERIODS. ORG_ACCT_PERIODS holds the relevant data, such as
period start, end and close dates. Note that only postable periods will
be brought over. You may create non–postable periods in Oracle
General Ledger or in the GL forms provided with Oracle Inventory. If
data exists in the PERIOD_CLOSE_DATE column, then the period has
been closed and no more transactions can be made against the closed
period. The combination of the PERIOD_CLOSE_DATE and
OPEN_FLAG columns reflects the status of a period. When
OPEN_FLAG = ’P’, it means the period close is processing. When it
equals ’N’, the period close process is completed. When OPEN_FLAG is
’Y’ and PERIOD_CLOSE_DATE is null, it means the period is open.
Otherwise, it implies the period close process has failed.
Foreign Keys
GL_PERIODS PERIOD_SET_NAME PERIOD_SET_NAME
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period id
PERIOD_SET_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) GL period set name
PERIOD_YEAR NOT NULL NUMBER GL period year
PERIOD_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER GL period number
PERIOD_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) GL period name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(50) Description – (not currently
used)
PERIOD_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Start date of accounting period
SCHEDULE_CLOSE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Scheduled close date of the
accounting period
PERIOD_CLOSE_DATE NULL DATE Actual close date of the
accounting period
OPEN_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates the status of the
period: ’P’ if the period
close is processing; ’N’ if the
period is closed; ’Y’ if the
period is either open (if
period close date is NULL) or
the period close has failed (if
period close date is not NULL)

segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
segment
Indexes
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
Sequences
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS_S ACCT_PERIOD_ID

ORG_FREIGHT_TL
ORG_FREIGHT is the definition table for freight carriers. It also holds

the distribution account information.
The freight carrier (FREIGHT_CODE) and freight charge distribution
account (DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT) are used in inter–organization
transfers.
Freight carriers are defined in the Freight Carriers window in Oracle
Inventory.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT
Column Descriptions
FREIGHT_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight code
FREIGHT_CODE_TL NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight code
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(80) Freight code description
DISTRIBUTION_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Freight charge distribution
account
defining column
GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Global Descriptive Flex Segment

GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(150) Global Descriptive Flex
Attribute Category
Indexes
ORG_FREIGHT_TL_U1 UNIQUE 1 FREIGHT_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 LANGUAGE

ORG_GL_BATCHES
ORG_GL_BATCHES holds history rows for every batch of transactions

that have been interfaced to the GL_INTERFACE table. When you run
the GL Transfer or Period Close function, a new row will be inserted
into this table, using the next GL_BATCH_ID number. This row
contains the transfer date and the ACCT_PERIOD_ID from
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS. The GL_BATCH_ID column in the accounting
transaction tables is updated with this GL_BATCH_ID, and this id
prevents the accounting transaction from being interfaced twice to the
GL_INTERFACE table. Upon launching the GL Transfer function, the
GL_BATCH_ID is set to 0 which represents ”Processing” status. The
GL_BATCH_ID is set to a positive number when successfully completed
and to a negative number when failure occurs. For Oracle Inventory, the
accounting table is MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS; for Oracle
Work In Process, the accounting table is
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Current accounting period id
when GL batch is created
GL_BATCH_DATE NOT NULL DATE Scheduled close date of the
current accounting period
GL_BATCH_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER GL batch download identifier
Indexes
ORG_GL_BATCHES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 GL_BATCH_ID
Sequences
ORG_GL_BATCHES_S GL_BATCH_ID

PAY_COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX
PAY_COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX is the combinations table for the

Cost Allocation key flexfield. This includes the individual segment
information that identify the cost codes, accounts and labor distribution
codes used in specific Business Groups.
CONCATENATED_SEGMENTS contains the concatenated value of
SEGMENT1 to SEGMENT30.
Column Descriptions
COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(9) System–generated primary key
column.
CONCATENATED_SEGMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Key flexfield segment column.
ID_FLEX_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Key flexfield structure foreign
key.
SUMMARY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key flexfield summary flag.
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key flexfield enabled flag.
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Date before which key flexfield
combination is invalid.
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Date after which key flexfield
combination is invalid.
SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(60) Key flexfield segment column.
LAST_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column.
LAST_UPDATED_BY NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column.
LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column.

CREATED_BY NULL NUMBER(15) Standard Who column.
CREATION_DATE NULL DATE Standard Who column.
Indexes
PAY_COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLE_PK UNIQUE 1 COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID
Sequences
PAY_COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_S COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID

PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES stores the most detailed

implementation–defined classifications of expenditures charged to
projects and tasks.
Foreign Keys
PA_EXPENDITURE_CATEGORIES EXPENDITURE_CATEGORY EXPENDITURE_CATEGORY
PA_SYSTEM_LINKAGES FUNCTION SYSTEM_LINKAGE_FUNCTION
QuickCodes Columns
REVENUE_CATEGORY_CODE REVENUE CATEGORY PA_LOOKUPS
UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT PA_LOOKUPS
DOLLARS Dollars
HOURS Hours
Column Descriptions
EXPENDITURE_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) The expenditure for which the
alias is created
EXPENDITURE_CATEGORY NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) The expenditure category that
classifies the expenditure type
into a cost group
REVENUE_CATEGORY_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) The revenue category that
classifies the expenditure type
into a revenue group
SYSTEM_LINKAGE_FUNCTION NULL VARCHAR2(30) The expenditure type class for
which this alias is created
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) The unit by which to measure
amounts entered for the
expenditure type
START_DATE_ACTIVE NOT NULL DATE First effective date of the
expenditure type
COST_RATE_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag that indicates whether a
cost rate is required for the
non–labor expenditure type
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Last effective date of the
expenditure type
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(250) The description of the
expenditure type
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive Flexfield Context
Field
ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive Flexfield Segment

ADW_NOTIFY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) The flag that indicates whether
this row needs to be sent to
the interface table or not.
This column is required for
Oracle Project Analysis
Collection Pack.
Indexes
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SYSTEM_LINKAGE_FUNCTION
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 ADW_NOTIFY_FLAG
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 EXPENDITURE_TYPE
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : PA_ADW_EXPENDITURE_TYPES_T1

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger maintains the ADW_NOTIFY_FLAG column for any updates to EXPENDITURE_CATEGORY,
REVENUE_CATEGORY_CODE, UNIT_OF_MEASURE and DESCRIPTION columns

PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS holds unique End Item Model/Unit Numbers

for model/unit number effectivity controlled end items. The End Item
Model/Unit Number is an alphanumeric string that typically includes a
prefix and a number in sequence; for example, FAN–0001. The unit
numbers defined for end items must be unique across organizations and
across items. This table corresponds to the Maintain Model/Unit
Numbers window.
Foreign Keys
MTL_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID END_ITEM_ID
ORGANIZATION_ID MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID
Column Descriptions
UNIT_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) End item model/unit number
END_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER End item unique identifier
MASTER_ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item master
organization unique identifier
PREFIX NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) End item model/unit number
prefix
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) User–entered comments
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield context

Indexes
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 END_ITEM_ID
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS_U1 UNIQUE 2 UNIT_NUMBER

PJM_UNIT_SERIAL_HISTORY
PJM_UNIT_SERIAL_HISTORY holds unit number change history made

to any serialized on hand to provide audit trail. This table is populated
by a trigger on MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS SERIAL_NUMBER SERIAL_NUMBER
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS UNIT_NUMBER OLD_UNIT_NUMBER
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS UNIT_NUMBER NEW_UNIT_NUMBER
Column Descriptions
SERIAL_NUMBER (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Serial number of the item upon
which model/unit number has
been changed
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item unique
identifier
ORGANIZATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory organization unique
identifier
OLD_UNIT_NUMBER (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(30) Previous model/unit number
associated with the serial
number
NEW_UNIT_NUMBER (PK) NULL VARCHAR2(30) New model/unit number
associated with the serial
number
Indexes
PJM_UNIT_SERIAL_HISTORY_U1 UNIQUE 2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
6 SERIAL_NUMBER
8 OLD_UNIT_NUMBER
10 NEW_UNIT_NUMBER

PO_AGENTS
PO_AGENTS contains information about buyers and purchasing

managers. You need one row for each employee who has purchasing
responsibilities in your organization. You define a buyer by entering a
default Item Category and Ship–To Location.
Oracle Purchasing uses this information to determine active buyers and
to provide defaults in the Find Requisitions Lines window. When
creating a purchase order, you can use the list of values to choose a
buyer you defined in this table.
You enter buyer information in the Buyers window.
The primary key AGENT_ID has the same value as the EMPLOYEE_ID
in the HR_EMPLOYEES view for the corresponding employee.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
AGENT_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(9) Buyer unique identifier
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Location unique identifier
CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Item category unique identifier
AUTHORIZATION_LIMIT NULL NUMBER Maximum purchase order
authorization limit for the
buyer
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key Flexfield start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key Flexfield end date
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Descriptive flexfield segment

Indexes
PO_AGENTS_U1 UNIQUE 1 AGENT_ID

PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL contains accounting distribution

information for a purchase order shipment line. You need one row for
each distribution line you attach to a purchase order shipment. There
are four types of documents using distributions in Oracle Purchasing:
• Standard Purchase Orders
• Planned Purchase Orders
• Planned Purchase Order Releases
• Blanket Purchase Order Releases
Each row includes the destination type, requestor ID, quantity ordered
and deliver–to location for the distribution.
Oracle Purchasing uses this information to record accounting and

requisition information for purchase orders and releases.
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL is one of five tables storing purchase order

and release information.
Some columns in PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL contain information only if

certain conditions exist:
• If you autocreate this accounting distribution from a requisition,

REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID corresponds to the ID of the requisition
distribution you copy on the purchase order.
• If you use a foreign currency on your purchase order, Oracle

Purchasing stores currency conversion information in RATE and
RATE_DATE.

• If you use encumbrance, GL_ENCUMBERED_DATE and
GL_ENCUMBERED_PERIOD_NAME contain encumbrance
information Oracle Purchasing uses to create journal entries in
Oracle General Ledger.
• If you do not autocreate the purchase order from online

requisitions, REQ_LINE_REFERENCE_NUM and
REQ_HEADER_REFERENCE_NUM contain the requisition
number and requisition line number of the corresponding paper
requisition. These two columns are not foreign keys to another
table.
• If the distribution corresponds to a blanket purchase order

release, PO_RELEASE_ID identifies this release.
• If SOURCE_DISTRIBUTION_ID has a value, the distribution is

part of a p lanned purchase order release.
• If you cancel the distribution, Oracle Purchasing automatically

updates QUANTITY_CANCELLED or GL_CANCELLED_DATE.
Oracle Purchasing also enters UNENCUMBERED_AMOUNT if
you use encumbrance.
You enter distribution information in the Distributions window,

accessible through the Purchase Orders and Releases windows.
Foreign Keys
BOM_RESOURCES RESOURCE_ID BOM_RESOURCE_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID BUDGET_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID

GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID VARIANCE_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_RATES_R10 CONVERSION_RATE RATE
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME DESTINATION_SUBINVENTORY
ORGANIZATION_ID DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID SOURCE_DISTRIBUTION_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL LINE_LOCATION_ID LINE_LOCATION_ID
PO_REQ_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL DISTRIBUTION_ID REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID
WIP_OPERATIONS WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM WIP_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM WIP_RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
QuickCodes Columns
livery
Column Descriptions
PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Document distribution unique
identifier
PO_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Document header unique
identifier
PO_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Document line unique identifier
LINE_LOCATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Document shipment schedule
unique identifier
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Set of Books unique identifier
CODE_COMBINATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger charge account
QUANTITY_ORDERED NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity ordered on the
distribution

PO_RELEASE_ID NULL NUMBER Release unique identifier
QUANTITY_DELIVERED NULL NUMBER Quantity delivered against the
distribution
QUANTITY_BILLED NULL NUMBER Quantity invoiced by Oracle
Payables against the
distribution
QUANTITY_CANCELLED NULL NUMBER Quantity cancelled for the
distribution
REQ_HEADER_REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition number of the
requisition line placed on this
distribution
REQ_LINE_REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Line number of the requisition
line placed on the distribution
REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition distribution unique
identifier
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
delivery location
DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier for the
requestor
RATE_DATE NULL DATE Currency conversion date
RATE NULL NUMBER Currency conversion rate
AMOUNT_BILLED NULL NUMBER Amount invoiced by Oracle
Payables against the
distribution
ACCRUED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the
distribution was accrued
ENCUMBERED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Distribution encumbered flag
ENCUMBERED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Encumbered amount for
distribution
UNENCUMBERED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity unencumbered on the
distribution
UNENCUMBERED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount unencumbered on the
distribution
FAILED_FUNDS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of budgetary control
approval failure
GL_ENCUMBERED_DATE NULL DATE Date the distribution was
encumbered
GL_ENCUMBERED_PERIOD_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) Period in which the
distribution was encumbered
GL_CANCELLED_DATE NULL DATE Date the distribution was
cancelled
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Final destination of the
purchased items
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Final destination organization
unique identifier
DESTINATION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory unique identifier
for inventory purchases

WIP_ENTITY_ID NULL NUMBER WIP job or repetitive assembly
identifier
WIP_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER WIP operation sequence number
within a routing
WIP_RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER WIP resource sequence number
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule
identifier
BOM_RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER BOM resource unique identifier
BUDGET_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger budget account
ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger accrual account
VARIANCE_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger variance account
PREVENT_ENCUMBRANCE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether distribution
should be encumbered
USSGL_TRANSACTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) United States standard general
ledger transaction code
GOVERNMENT_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) USSGL descriptive flexfield
context column
DESTINATION_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Protected descriptive flexfield
context column for destination
details
DISTRIBUTION_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Distribution number
SOURCE_DISTRIBUTION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the
planned purchase order
distribution that was
referenced when creating this
scheduled release distribution
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project accounting project
unique identifier
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Project accounting task unique
identifier
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project accounting expenditure
type
PROJECT_ACCOUNTING_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project accounting descriptive
flexfield context column
EXPENDITURE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Project accounting expenditure
GL_CLOSED_DATE NULL DATE Date the distribution was
final–closed
ACCRUE_ON_RECEIPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether items are
accrued upon receipt
EXPENDITURE_ITEM_DATE NULL DATE Project accounting expenditure
item date
ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Operating unit unique
identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Primary key for the kanban card
AWARD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Award identifier

MRC_RATE_DATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
reporting Set of Books ID and
MRC_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
only: Concatenatedstring of
MRC_ENCUMBERED_AMOUNT NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
reporting Set of Books Id and
encumbered amount for
distribution pairs
MRC_UNENCUMBERED_AMOUNT NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
amount unencumbered on the
distribution pairs
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project Manufacturing end item
unit number
TAX_RECOVERY_OVERRIDE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether tax
recovery should be used
RECOVERABLE_TAX NULL NUMBER Recoverable tax amount
NONRECOVERABLE_TAX NULL NUMBER Nonrecoverable tax amoun
RECOVERY_RATE NULL NUMBER Percentage of tax that can be
recovered
OKE_CONTRACT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Line Id associated with a
contract
OKE_CONTRACT_DELIVERABLE_ID NULL NUMBER Deliverable Id corresponding to
contract
Indexes
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 LINE_LOCATION_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 BUDGET_ACCOUNT_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N11 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_RELEASE_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N12 NOT UNIQUE 2 SOURCE_DISTRIBUTION_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQ_HEADER_REFERENCE_NUM
2 REQ_LINE_REFERENCE_NUM
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 GL_ENCUMBERED_DATE
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 WIP_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
3 WIP_RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
4 DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID
5 WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_N9 NOT UNIQUE 1 PROJECT_ID
2 TASK_ID
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID
Sequences
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_S PO_DISTRIBUTION_ID

Database Triggers
Trigger Name : PO_MRC_DISTRIBUTIONS_BIUD

Trigger Level : ROW
This MRC trigger only exists when you install the Multiple Reporting Currencies feature. It is
executed when you perform an insert, update, or delete statement on the table
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL. For each record being inserted/updated/deleted in PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL,
this trigger inserts/updates/deletes corresponding reporting currency records in the MRC
subtable, PO_MC_DISTRIBUTIONS. In addition, this trigger also populates the MRC VARCHAR2
columns in PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL.

PO_HAZARD_CLASSES_B
PO_HAZARD_CLASSES_B contains information about the hazardous

materials classes you use in your business. Oracle Purchasing lets you
record hazard class information to let you comply with Section 19 of the
International Safety Rating System. You need one row for each hazard
class you use.
Oracle Purchasing uses this information to let you provide hazard class
information on your purchase orders, requisitions, RFQs, and
quotations.
Column Descriptions
HAZARD_CLASS_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Hazard class unique identifier
INACTIVE_DATE NULL DATE Inactive date for record
Indexes
PO_HAZARD_CLASSES_U1 UNIQUE 1 HAZARD_CLASS_ID

Sequences
PO_HAZARD_CLASSES_S HAZARD_CLASS_ID

PO_HEADERS_ALL
PO_HEADERS_ALL contains header information for your purchasing

documents. You need one row for each document you create. There are
six types of documents that use PO_HEADERS_ALL:
• RFQs
• Quotations
• Standard purchase orders
• Planned purchase orders
• Blanket purchase orders
• Contracts
Each row contains buyer information, supplier information, brief notes,

foreign currency information, terms and conditions information, and the
status of the document.
Oracle Purchasing uses this information to record information that is

related to a complete document.
PO_HEADER_ID is the unique system–generated primary key and is

invisible to the user. SEGMENT1 is the system–assigned number you
use to identify the document in forms and reports. Oracle Purchasing
generates SEGMENT1 using the
PO_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER_CONT_ALL table if you choose to let
Oracle Purchasing generate document numbers for you. SEGMENT1 is
not unique for the entire table. Different document types can share the
same numbers. You can uniquely identify a row in PO_HEADERS_ALL
using SEGMENT1 and TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE or using

PO_HEADER_ID.
If APPROVED_FLAG is ’Y’, the purchase order is approved. If your

document type is a blanket purchase order, contract purchase order,
RFQ, or quotation, Oracle Purchasing uses START_DATE and
END_DATE to store the valid date range for the document. Oracle
Purchasing only uses BLANKET_TOTAL_AMOUNT for blanket
purchase orders or contract purchase orders.
If you autocreate a quotation from an RFQ using the Copy Document

window, Oracle Purchasing stores the foreign key to your original RFQ
in FROM_HEADER_ID. Oracle Purchasing also uses
FROM_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE to indicate that you copied the
quotation from an RFQ.
Oracle Purchasing does not use SUMMARY_FLAG and

ENABLED_FLAG. Because future vers ions of Oracle Purchasing will
use them, SUMMARY_FLAG and ENABLED_FLAG should always be
’N’ and ’Y’ respectively.
You enter document header information in the Header region of the

Purchase Orders, RFQs, and Quotations windows.
Foreign Keys
AP_TERMS_TL TERM_ID TERMS_ID
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE RATE_TYPE
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL LOCATION_ID SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL LOCATION_ID BILL_TO_LOCATION_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE QUOTE_WARNING_DELAY_UNIT
ORG_FREIGHT_TL FREIGHT_CODE SHIP_VIA_LOOKUP_CODE
PO_AGENTS AGENT_ID AGENT_ID
PO_DOCUMENT_TYPES_ALL_B DOCUMENT_SUBTYPE TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE
PO_DOCUMENT_TYPES_ALL_B DOCUMENT_SUBTYPE QUOTE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE
PO_DOCUMENT_TYPES_ALL_B DOCUMENT_SUBTYPE FROM_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE
PO_HEADERS_ALL PO_HEADER_ID FROM_HEADER_ID
PO_VENDORS VENDOR_ID VENDOR_ID
PO_VENDOR_CONTACTS VENDOR_CONTACT_ID VENDOR_CONTACT_ID
PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL VENDOR_SITE_ID VENDOR_SITE_ID

QuickCodes Columns
AUTHORIZATION_STATUS AUTHORIZATION STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
APPROVED Document has been Approved
CANCELLED Document has been Cancelled
IN PROCESS Document is still undergoing
Approval
INCOMPLETE Document is not yet Complete
PRE–APPROVED Document is Approved but not
yet Accepted
REJECTED Document as been Rejected
REQUIRES REAPPROVAL Requires Reapproval
RETURNED Document has been Returned
CLOSED_CODE DOCUMENT STATE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
APPROVED The Document has been Ap-
proved
AWAITING PRINTING The Document is Awaiting
Printing
CANCELLED The Document has been Can-
celled
CLOSED The Document is Closed
CLOSED FOR INVOICE Closed For Invoice
CLOSED FOR RECEIVING Closed For Receiving
FINALLY CLOSED Finally Closed
FROZEN The Document is Frozen
IN PROCESS The Document is still under-
going Approval processing
INCOMPLETE The Document is not yet
complete
NOT ON HOLD The document is Not On Hold
NOT RESERVED The document is Not Reserved
ON HOLD The Document is On Hold
OPEN The Document is Open
PRE–APPROVED The Document is Approved but
not yet Accepted
PRINTED The Document has been
Printed
REJECTED The Document has been Re-
jected
REQUIRES REAPPROVAL The Document has been
changed since it was Ap-
proved
RESERVED Funds have been Reserved for
the Document
RETURNED The Document has been Re-
turned by a Buyer
UNFROZEN The Document is Not Frozen
FOB_LOOKUP_CODE FOB AR_LOOKUPS
QUOTATION_CLASS_CODE QUOTATION CLASS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
BID Bid Quotation
CATALOG Catalog Quotation
STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE RFQ/QUOTE STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
A Active
C Closed
I In Process
P Printed

Column Descriptions
PO_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Document header unique
identifier
AGENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(9) Buyer unique identifier
TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of the document
SEGMENT1 NOT NULL VARCHAR2(20) Document number
SUMMARY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key Flexfield summary flag
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key Flexfield enabled flag
SEGMENT2 NULL VARCHAR2(20) Key Flexfield segment column
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key Flexfield start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key Flexfield end date
VENDOR_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier site unique identifier
VENDOR_CONTACT_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier contact unique
identifier
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Ship–to location unique
identifier
BILL_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Bill–to location unique
identifier
TERMS_ID NULL NUMBER Payment terms unique identifier
SHIP_VIA_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of carrier to be used
FOB_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of free–on–board terms for
the document
FREIGHT_TERMS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of freight terms for the
document
STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Status of the RFQ or Quotation
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Unique identifier for the
currency
RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency conversion rate type
RATE_DATE NULL DATE Currency conversion date
FROM_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the RFQ
used to autocreate a quotation
FROM_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Document type of the document
used to autocreate another
document
START_DATE NULL DATE Date the document becomes
effective
END_DATE NULL DATE Expiration date of the document
BLANKET_TOTAL_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount agreed for the planned
or blanket purchase order
AUTHORIZATION_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Authorization status of the
purchase order
REVISION_NUM NULL NUMBER Document revision number
REVISED_DATE NULL DATE Date the document was last
revised
APPROVED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the purchase
order is approved or not
APPROVED_DATE NULL DATE Date the purchase order was
last approved

AMOUNT_LIMIT NULL NUMBER Maximum amount that can be
released against the purchase
order (blanket, contract, or
planned)
MIN_RELEASE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Minimum amount that can be
released against a blanket or
planned purchase order
NOTE_TO_AUTHORIZER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Not currently used
NOTE_TO_VENDOR NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to the supplier
NOTE_TO_RECEIVER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to the receiver of the
purchase order
PRINT_COUNT NULL NUMBER Number of times the document
was printed
PRINTED_DATE NULL DATE Date the document was last
printed
VENDOR_ORDER_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) No longer used
CONFIRMING_ORDER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the purchase
order is a confirming order or
not
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Descriptive comments for the
document
REPLY_DATE NULL DATE Date the supplier replied to
the RFQ
REPLY_METHOD_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Method the supplier should use
to reply to the RFQ
RFQ_CLOSE_DATE NULL DATE Date the RFQ will be closed
QUOTE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of quotation
QUOTATION_CLASS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Class of quotation
QUOTE_WARNING_DELAY_UNIT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Warning delay unit of measure
(Unused since release 7.0)
QUOTE_WARNING_DELAY NULL NUMBER Number of days prior to the
expiration of the quotation
that you want to be notified
QUOTE_VENDOR_QUOTE_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(25) Number of the quotation for the
supplier
ACCEPTANCE_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether acceptance
from the supplier is required
or not
ACCEPTANCE_DUE_DATE NULL DATE Date by which the supplier
should accept the purchase
order
CLOSED_DATE NULL DATE Date the document was closed
USER_HOLD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the purchase
order is on hold or not
APPROVAL_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether a quote or
RFQ requires approval
CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the purchase
order is cancelled or not
FIRM_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicates whether you want to
prevent this purchase order
from being automatically
rescheduled by your
manufacturing application
FIRM_DATE NULL DATE Date from which the purchase
order is firmed
FROZEN_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the document
is frozen or not
SUPPLY_AGREEMENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Supply agreement flag for
Supplier Scheduling
EDI_PROCESSED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) EDI processed flag
EDI_PROCESSED_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(10) EDI processing status flag

CLOSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes the closure status of
the document
context column
identifier
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Audit trail reference (needed
for 832 EDI transaction)
REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Audit trail reference (needed
WF_ITEM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(8) Workflow approval item type
WF_ITEM_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Workflow approval item key
MRC_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
currency conversion rate type
pairs
MRC_RATE_DATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
MRC_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
PCARD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifer for the
procurement card used for the
order
PRICE_UPDATE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Maximum percentage increase
allowed in price/sales catalog
update (832 EDI transaction)
sent by supplier
PAY_ON_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether the
purchase order will be paid
upon receipt
Indexes
PO_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_ID
2 VENDOR_SITE_ID
PO_HEADERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 CREATION_DATE
PO_HEADERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 AGENT_ID
PO_HEADERS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 FROM_HEADER_ID
PO_HEADERS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 WF_ITEM_TYPE
2 WF_ITEM_KEY
PO_HEADERS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 CLOSED_DATE
PO_HEADERS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 QUOTE_VENDOR_QUOTE_NUMBER
PO_HEADERS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_ORDER_NUM
PO_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
PO_HEADERS_U2 UNIQUE 1 SEGMENT1
2 TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE
3 ORG_ID

Sequences
PO_HEADERS_S PO_HEADER_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : PO_MRC_HEADERS_BIUD

Trigger Level : ROW
executed when you perform an insert, update, or delete statement on the table PO_HEADERS_ALL.
For each record being inserted/updated/deleted in PO_HEADERS_ALL, this trigger
PO_MC_HEADERS. In addition, this trigger also populates the MRC VARCHAR2 columns in
PO_HEADERS_ALL.

PO_LINES_ALL
PO_LINES_ALL stores current information about each purchase order

line. You need one row for each line you attach to a document. There
are five document types that use lines:
• RFQs
• Quotations
Each row includes the line number, the item number and category, unit,
price, tax information, matching information, and quantity ordered for
the line. Oracle Purchasing uses this information to record and update
item and price information for purchase orders, quotations, and RFQs.
PO_LINE_ID is the unique system–generated line number invisible to
the user. LINE_NUM is the number of the line on the purchase order.
Oracle Purchasing uses CONTRACT_NUM to reference a contract
purchase order from a standard purchase order line. Oracle Purchasing
uses ALLOW_PRICE_OVERRIDE_FLAG, COMMITTED_AMOUNT,
QUANTITY_COMMITTED, MIN_RELEASE_AMOUNT only for
blanket and planned purchase order lines.
The QUANTITY field stores the total quantity of all purchase order
shipment lines (found in PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL).
Foreign Keys
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL NAME TAX_NAME
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS REVISION ITEM_REVISION
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ITEM_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE UNIT_MEAS_LOOKUP_CODE
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL UOM_CLASS UNIT_OF_MEASURE_CLASS
SEGMENT1 CONTRACT_NUM
PO_LINES_ALL PO_LINE_ID FROM_LINE_ID
PO_LINE_TYPES_B LINE_TYPE_ID LINE_TYPE_ID
QuickCodes Columns

proved
Printing
celled
complete
not yet Accepted
Printed
jected
proved
the Document
turned by a Buyer
PRICE_BREAK_LOOKUP_CODE PRICE BREAK TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
CUMULATIVE Cumulative
NON CUMULATIVE Non–Cumulative
PRICE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE PRICE TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
COST FEE Cost Plus Fee
COST PERCENT Cost Plus Percentage
FIXED Fixed
INDEXED Indexed
VARIABLE Variable
Column Descriptions
PO_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Document line unique identifier
identifier
LINE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Line type unique identifier
LINE_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Line number
ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item unique identifier

ITEM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item revision
ITEM_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240)
Item description
UNIT_MEAS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25)Unit of measure for the
quantity ordered
QUANTITY_COMMITTED NULL NUMBER Quantity agreed for an
agreement line
COMMITTED_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Amount agreed for an agreement
line
ALLOW_PRICE_OVERRIDE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether or not you
can change the price on
releases
NOT_TO_EXCEED_PRICE NULL NUMBER Price limit that you cannot
exceed on a release shipment
LIST_PRICE_PER_UNIT NULL NUMBER List price for the item on the
line
UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price for the line
QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity ordered on the line
UN_NUMBER_ID NULL NUMBER UN number unique identifier
HAZARD_CLASS_ID NULL NUMBER Hazard class unique identifier
NOTE_TO_VENDOR NULL VARCHAR2(240) Short note to supplier
FROM_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Quotation unique identifier
FROM_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Quotation line unique
identifier
MIN_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Minimum order quantity for a
quotation line
MAX_ORDER_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Maximum order quantity for a
quotation line
QTY_RCV_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Quantity received tolerance
percentage
OVER_TOLERANCE_ERROR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicates whether or not you
reject receipts exceeding the
tolerance
MARKET_PRICE NULL NUMBER Market price for the item on
the line
UNORDERED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether or not the
line was created from unordered
receipts
CLOSED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the line is
closed or not
USER_HOLD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the line is
on hold or not (Unused since
release version 5.0)
CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the line is
cancelled or not
CANCELLED_BY NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier of the
employee who cancelled the line
CANCEL_DATE NULL DATE Cancellation date
CANCEL_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Cancellation reason provided by
employee
FIRM_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Firming status of the line
(Unused since release version
7.0)
FIRM_DATE NULL DATE Date the line becomes firmed
7.0)
VENDOR_PRODUCT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Supplier product number
CONTRACT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Contract number referenced on
the line

TAXABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the document
line is taxable or not
TAX_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) Tax code applying to the line
TYPE_1099 NULL VARCHAR2(10) 1099 type for the purchase
order line
CAPITAL_EXPENSE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the line is
for a capital expense or not
NEGOTIATED_BY_PREPARER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the buyer
negotiated the price or not
REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Reference number (Unused since
release version 7.0)
MIN_RELEASE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Minimum amount that can be
released against a planned or
blanket agreement line
PRICE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Price type of the line
CLOSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes closure status of the
line
PRICE_BREAK_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes the pricing scheme
for blanket agreement line
price breaks
context column
CLOSED_DATE NULL DATE Date the line is closed
CLOSED_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Describes why the line is
closed
CLOSED_BY NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier of employee
who closed the line
TRANSACTION_REASON_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction reason
identifier
QC_GRADE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Stores the quality control
grade wanted on the purchase
order line
BASE_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Stores the base unit of measure
(UOM) for the item ordered

BASE_QTY NULL NUMBER Ordered quantity converted from
transaction UOM to base UOM
SECONDARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Stores the dual unit of measure
for the item ordered
SECONDARY_QTY NULL NUMBER Converted quantity from BASE
UOM to DUAL UOM for the item
ordered
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
LINE_REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Audit Trail Reference (needed
unique identifier
identifier
EXPIRATION_DATE NULL DATE Date after which the item on
this catalog line can no longer
be ordered
TAX_CODE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the tax
code

OKE_CONTRACT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Contract Id from Oracle
Contracts
OKE_CONTRACT_VERSION_ID NULL NUMBER Version Id for contract.
Indexes
PO_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_ID
PO_LINES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 CREATION_DATE
PO_LINES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 CATEGORY_ID
PO_LINES_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 FROM_LINE_ID
PO_LINES_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_DESCRIPTION
PO_LINES_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_PRODUCT_NUM
PO_LINES_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 CONTRACT_NUM
PO_LINES_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 CLOSED_BY
PO_LINES_N9 NOT UNIQUE 1 CANCELLED_BY
PO_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_ID
PO_LINES_U2 UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
2 LINE_NUM
Sequences
PO_LINES_S PO_LINE_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : PO_LINES_ALL_T1_ICX

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger is installed via a post–install step for Web Requestitions and is required only if
this module is used. There is a prerequiste that ConText be installed. The trigger places a
re–index request on the ConText queue.

Trigger Level : ROW

Trigger Level : ROW


PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL contains information about purchase

order shipment schedules and blanket agreement price breaks. You need
one row for each schedule or price break you attach to a document line.
There are seven types of documents that use shipment schedules:
• RFQs
• Quotations
• Planned purchase order releases
• Blanket purchase order releases
Each row includes the location, quantity, and dates for each shipment
schedule. Oracle Purchasing uses this information to record delivery
schedule information for purchase orders, and price break information
for blanket purchase orders, quotations and RFQs.
PO_RELEASE_ID applies only to blanket purchase order release

shipments. PO_RELEASE_ID identifies the release on which you placed
this shipment.
SOURCE_SHIPMENT_ID applies only to planned purchase order


release shipments. It identifies the planned purchase order shipment
you chose to release from.
PRICE_OVERRIDE always equals the purchase order line price for

standard purchase order shipments. For blanket and planned purchase
orders, PRICE_OVERRIDE depends on the values of the
ALLOW_PRICE_OVERRIDE_FLAG and NOT_TO_EXCEED_PRICE in
the corresponding row in PO_LINES_ALL:
• If ALLOW_PRICE_OVERRIDE_FLAG is ’N’, then

PRICE_OVERRIDE equals UNIT_PRICE in PO_LINES_ALL.
• If ALLOW_PRICE_OVERRIDE_FLAG is ’Y’, the

PRICE_OVERRIDE can take any value that is smaller than
NOT_TO_EXCEED_PRICE in PO_LINES_ALL.
The QUANTITY field corresponds to the total quantity ordered on all

purchase order distribution lines (found in PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL).
Oracle Purchasing automatically updates QUANTITY_RECEIVED,

QUANTITY_ACCEPTED, and QUANTITY_REJECTED when you
receive, return, or inspect goods or services. Oracle Payables
automatically updates QUANTITY_BILLED when you match an invoice
with a purchase order shipment. Oracle Purchasing automatically
updates QUANTITY_CANCELLED when you cancel a purchase order
shipment.
Oracle Purchasing sets APPROVED_FLAG to ’Y’ when you approve the

corresponding purchase order if there are no problems associated with
the shipment and its related distributions.
Oracle Purchasing sets ENCUMBERED_FLAG to ’Y’ and enters the

ENCUMBERED_DATE when you approve a purchase order if you use
encumbrance.

Foreign Keys
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL LOCATION_ID SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE LEAD_TIME_UNIT
PO_LINES_ALL PO_LINE_ID FROM_LINE_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL LINE_LOCATION_ID FROM_LINE_LOCATION_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL LINE_LOCATION_ID SOURCE_SHIPMENT_ID
QuickCodes Columns
proved
Printing
celled
complete
not yet Accepted
Printed
jected
proved
the Document
turned by a Buyer
forced

Services
forced
Services
forced
Services
SHIPMENT_TYPE SHIPMENT TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
BLANKET Blanket release shipment
PLANNED Planned shipment
PRICE BREAK Price Break
QUOTATION Quotation shipment
RFQ RFQ shipment
SCHEDULED Scheduled release shipment
STANDARD Standard shipment
Column Descriptions
LINE_LOCATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Document shipment schedule
unique identifier
identifier
PO_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Document line unique identifier
QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity ordered or break
quantity for blanket purchase
orders, RFQs and quotations
QUANTITY_RECEIVED NULL NUMBER Quantity received until today
QUANTITY_ACCEPTED NULL NUMBER Quantity accepted after
inspection, up until today
QUANTITY_REJECTED NULL NUMBER Quantity rejected after
inspection, up until today
QUANTITY_BILLED NULL NUMBER Quantity invoiced by Oracle
Payables, up until today
QUANTITY_CANCELLED NULL NUMBER Quantity cancelled
UNIT_MEAS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Price break quantity unit of
measure
PO_RELEASE_ID NULL NUMBER Release unique identifier for a
release shipment
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
ship–to location
SHIP_VIA_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of carrier for the RFQ or
quotation shipment

NEED_BY_DATE NULL DATE Need–by date for the shipment
schedule
PROMISED_DATE NULL DATE Supplier promised delivery date
LAST_ACCEPT_DATE NULL DATE Latest acceptable receipt date
for the shipment
PRICE_OVERRIDE NULL NUMBER Order shipment price or break
price for blanket purchase
orders, RFQs, and quotations
ENCUMBERED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the shipment
is encumbered or not
ENCUMBERED_DATE NULL DATE Date of encumbrance for the
shipment
UNENCUMBERED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Encumbered quantity to date
7.0)
FOB_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of free–on–board terms for
the shipment
FREIGHT_TERMS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of freight terms for the
RFQ or quotation shipment
TAXABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the shipment
is taxable
TAX_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) Tax code for the shipment
ESTIMATED_TAX_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Estimated tax amount for the
purchase order shipment (Unused
since release version 6.0)
FROM_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the RFQ
used to autocreate the
quotation
FROM_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the RFQ
line used to autocreate the
quotation line
FROM_LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the RFQ
shipment used to autocreate a
quotation shipment
START_DATE NULL DATE Effective date of the price
break (applies to RFQs and
quotations only)
END_DATE NULL DATE Expiration date of the price
quotations only)
LEAD_TIME NULL NUMBER Lead time for the price break
(applies to RFQs and quotations
only)
LEAD_TIME_UNIT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure for the lead
time
PRICE_DISCOUNT NULL NUMBER Discount percentage for price
quotations only)
APPROVED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the shipment
is approved
APPROVED_DATE NULL DATE Approval date for shipment
6.0)
CLOSED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) No longer used
CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the shipment
is cancelled or not
employee who cancelled the
shipment
CANCEL_DATE NULL DATE Cancellation date

CANCEL_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Cancellation reason provided by
the employee
FIRM_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicates whether the shipment
is firmed or not
FIRM_DATE NULL DATE No longer used
UNIT_OF_MEASURE_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure class (Unused
ENCUMBER_NOW NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the shipment
should be encumbered (Unused
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether shipment must
be inspected before the invoice
is paid
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether shipment must
be received before the invoice
is paid
QTY_RCV_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Maximum over–receipt tolerance
percentage
QTY_RCV_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes what action is taken
when the quantity received
tolerance is exceeded
ENFORCE_SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes what action is taken
when the receiving location
differs from the ship–to
location
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether substitute
items can be received in place
of the ordered items
DAYS_EARLY_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Maximum acceptable number of
days items can be received
early
DAYS_LATE_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Maximum acceptable number of
days items can be received late
RECEIPT_DAYS_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes what action is taken
when items are received earlier
or later than the allowed
number of days specified
INVOICE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Percentage tolerance within
which a shipment is
automatically closed for
invoicing when billed
RECEIVE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Percentage tolerance within
which a shipment is
automatically closed for
receiving

SHIP_TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Ship–to organization unique
identifier
SHIPMENT_NUM NULL NUMBER Shipment line number
SOURCE_SHIPMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the
planned purchase order shipment
that was referenced when
creating this scheduled release
shipment
SHIPMENT_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of the shipment
CLOSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Closure status of the shipment
context column
RECEIVING_ROUTING_ID NULL NUMBER Receipt routing unique
identifier
ACCRUE_ON_RECEIPT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether items are
accrued upon receipt
CLOSED_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Why the shipment is closed
CLOSED_DATE NULL DATE Date the shipment is closed
CLOSED_BY NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier of employee
who closed the shipment
identifier
QUANTITY_SHIPPED NULL NUMBER Quantity shipped
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
COUNTRY_OF_ORIGIN_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(2) Country of manufacture for
this shipment
TAX_USER_OVERRIDE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether somone
overrode the default tax
MATCH_OPTION NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether the
invoice for the shipment should
be matched to the purchase
order or the receipt
code
CALCULATE_TAX_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether tax needs
to be calculated
CHANGE_PROMISED_DATE_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reason for changing the
promised–by date
NOTE_TO_RECEIVER NULL VARCHAR2(240)
Indexes
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N10 NOT UNIQUE 5 CLOSED_DATE
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
2 PO_LINE_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 PROMISED_DATE
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_RELEASE_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 CLOSED_BY
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 CANCELLED_BY
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 SOURCE_SHIPMENT_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_N9 NOT UNIQUE 5 FROM_LINE_LOCATION_ID
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 LINE_LOCATION_ID
Sequences
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_S LINE_LOCATION_ID

PO_RELEASES_ALL
PO_RELEASES_ALL contains information about blanket and planned

purchase order releases. You need one row for each release you issue
for a blanket or planned purchase order. Each row includes the buyer,
date, release status, and release number. Each release must have at least
one purchase order shipment (PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL).
RELEASE_NUM is the number you assign to the release.
Foreign Keys
PO_AGENTS AGENT_ID HOLD_BY
PO_AGENTS AGENT_ID AGENT_ID
QuickCodes Columns
AUTHORIZATION_STATUS DOCUMENT STATE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
proved
Printing
celled
complete
not yet Accepted
Printed
jected
proved
the Document
turned by a Buyer

proved
Printing
celled
complete
not yet Accepted
Printed
jected
proved
the Document
turned by a Buyer
Column Descriptions
PO_RELEASE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Release unique identifier
identifier
RELEASE_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Release number
AGENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(9) Buyer unique identifier
RELEASE_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date of the release
REVISION_NUM NULL NUMBER Release revision number
REVISED_DATE NULL DATE Last revision date
APPROVED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the release
is approved or not
APPROVED_DATE NULL DATE Date the release was approved
PRINT_COUNT NULL NUMBER Number of times the release was
printed
PRINTED_DATE NULL DATE Date the release was printed

ACCEPTANCE_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether an acceptance
is required or not
ACCEPTANCE_DUE_DATE NULL DATE Date the acceptance is due
HOLD_BY NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier of the
employee who placed the release
on hold (Unused since release
version 8.0)
HOLD_DATE NULL DATE Date the release was placed on
hold (Unused since release
version 8.0)
HOLD_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reason the release was placed
on hold (Unused since release
version 8.0)
HOLD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the release
is on hold or not
CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the release
is cancelled or not
employee who cancelled the
release
CANCEL_DATE NULL DATE Date the release was cancelled
CANCEL_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reason for cancellation
FIRM_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Firm status
FIRM_DATE NULL DATE Date the release becomes firmed
AUTHORIZATION_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Authorization status of the
release
context column
CLOSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes the closure status of
the release
FROZEN_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the release
is frozen or not
RELEASE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Describes whether release is
for a blanket or planned
purchase order
NOTE_TO_VENDOR NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to the supplier

identifier
EDI_PROCESSED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) This flag is used by e–Commerce
Gateway to identify documents
that have been sent via EDI.
This flag is updated to Y by
the e–Commerce Gateway
extraction routines.
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
WF_ITEM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(8) Approval workflow item type
WF_ITEM_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Approval workflow item key
PCARD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier for the
procurement card used for the
order
PAY_ON_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether the
release will be paid upon
receipt

Indexes
PO_RELEASES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 AGENT_ID
PO_RELEASES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 WF_ITEM_TYPE
2 WF_ITEM_KEY
PO_RELEASES_U1 UNIQUE 1 PO_RELEASE_ID
PO_RELEASES_U2 UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
2 RELEASE_NUM
Sequences
PO_RELEASES_S PO_RELEASE_ID

PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_ALL
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_ALL contains requisition

information from other applications. Each row includes all the
information necessary to create approved or unapproved requisitions in
Oracle Purchasing. The Oracle Purchasing Requisition Import feature
uses this information to create new requisition headers, lines and
distributions.
You use the Submit Request window to launch the Requisition Import
program for any set of rows. You identify the set of rows you want to
import by setting the INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE and BATCH_ID
columns appropriately in the interface table.
The Requisition Import program validates your data, derives or defaults
additional information and writes an error message for every validation
that fails into the PO_INTERFACE_ERRORS table. Then the program
groups and numbers requisition lines according to the criteria you
specify in the GROUP_CODE and REQ_NUMBER_SEGMENT1
columns, and creates new requisitions.
Most of the columns in the PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_ALL table
are identical to the corresponding columns in the
PO_REQUISITIONS_HEADERS_ALL, PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL
and PO_REQ_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL tables. You can additionally enter
reference information in the INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID column.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID CHARGE_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID VARIANCE_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID BUDGET_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_RATES_R10 CONVERSION_RATE RATE
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES EXPENDITURE_TYPE EXPENDITURE_TYPE
PA_PROJECTS_ALL PROJECT_ID PROJECT_ID
PO_AGENTS AGENT_ID SUGGESTED_BUYER_ID
PO_AUTOSOURCE_DOCUMENTS_ALL DOCUMENT_HEADER_ID AUTOSOURCE_DOC_HEADER_ID

PO_DOCUMENT_TYPES_ALL_B DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE
PO_NOTES PO_NOTE_ID NOTE1_ID
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL REQUISITION_HEADER_ID REQUISITION_HEADER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL REQUISITION_LINE_ID REQUISITION_LINE_ID
PO_VENDORS VENDOR_ID SUGGESTED_VENDOR_ID
PO_VENDOR_CONTACTS VENDOR_CONTACT_ID SUGGESTED_VENDOR_CONTACT_ID
PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL VENDOR_SITE_ID SUGGESTED_VENDOR_SITE_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
Approval
yet Accepted
livery

REQUISITION_TYPE DOCUMENT SUBTYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
BLANKET Blanket
PLANNED Planned
SCHEDULED Scheduled
STANDARD Standard
SOURCE_TYPE_CODE REQUISITION SOURCE TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
INVENTORY Inventory Sourced Requisi-
tion
VENDOR Vendor Sourced Requisition
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Transaction unique identifier
PROCESS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(30)Transaction processing state
INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25)Interface transaction source
INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Interface transaction reference
column
SOURCE_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition source
REQUISITION_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition header unique
identifier
REQUISITION_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition line unique
identifier
identifier
REQUISITION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of requisition
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition destination type
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity ordered
UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price
AUTHORIZATION_STATUS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Authorization status type
BATCH_ID NULL NUMBER Import batch identifier
GROUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Import grouping code
DELETE_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release version
7.0
UPDATE_ENABLED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release version
7.0
APPROVER_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Approver unique identifier
APPROVER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Approver name
APPROVAL_PATH_ID NULL NUMBER Approval path unique identifier
NOTE_TO_APPROVER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to approver
PREPARER_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Preparer unique identifier
AUTOSOURCE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Controls automatic sourcing
REQ_NUMBER_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(20) Requisition number
REQ_NUMBER_SEGMENT2 NULL VARCHAR2(20) Key flexfield segment

HEADER_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Header description
HEADER_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
HEADER_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment
URGENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the
requisition is urgent or not
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether an RFQ is
required prior to placement on
a purchase order
JUSTIFICATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Purchase justification
NOTE_TO_BUYER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to buyer
NOTE_TO_RECEIVER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to receiver
ITEM_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Key flexfield segment
CHARGE_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique Identifier for the
General Ledger charge account
CHARGE_ACCOUNT_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(25) Key flexfield segment

CATEGORY_ID NULL NUMBER Category unique identifier
CATEGORY_SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Key flexfield segment
UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) 3–letter unit of measure code
LINE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Requisition line type unique
identifier
LINE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition line type name
UN_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(25) UN number
HAZARD_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(40) Hazard class

MUST_USE_SUGG_VENDOR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(10) Unused since release 8.0
REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Reference number
identifier
within a routing
identifier
PROJECT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Project accounting project
number
TASK_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Project accounting task number
EXPENDITURE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project accounting expenditure
type
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Source organization unique
identifier
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) 3–letter source organization
code
SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Source subinventory
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Destination organization unique
identifier
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) 3–letter destination
organization code
DESTINATION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Deliver–to–location unique
identifier
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Deliver–to–location code
DELIVER_TO_REQUESTOR_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Requestor unique identifier
DELIVER_TO_REQUESTOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Requestor name
SUGGESTED_BUYER_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Suggested buyer unique
identifier
SUGGESTED_BUYER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Suggested buyer name
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Suggested supplier name
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Suggested supplier unique
identifier
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_SITE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Suggested supplier site
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Suggested supplier site unique
identifier
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_CONTACT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Suggested supplier contact
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_CONTACT_ID NULL NUMBER Suggested supplier contact
unique identifier
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_PHONE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Suggested supplier phone number
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Suggested supplier item number
LINE_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
LINE_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment

NEED_BY_DATE NULL DATE Date the requisition is needed
internally
NOTE1_ID NULL NUMBER Note unique identifier
NOTE1_TITLE NULL VARCHAR2(80) Note title
GL_DATE NULL DATE Date the distribution should be
encumbered
DIST_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Descriptive flexfield structure
defining column
DISTRIBUTION_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment
PREPARER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Preparer name
ACCRUAL_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger accrual account
VARIANCE_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger variance account
BUDGET_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
General Ledger budget account
context column

CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Currency unique identifier
CURRENCY_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Currency unit price
RATE NULL NUMBER Exchange rate
RATE_DATE NULL DATE Exchange rate date
RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Exchange rate type
PREVENT_ENCUMBRANCE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether or not
encumbrance is needed
AUTOSOURCE_DOC_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Source document header unique
identifier
AUTOSOURCE_DOC_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Source document line number
PROJECT_ACCOUNTING_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project accounting descriptive
EXPENDITURE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Project accounting expenditure
unique identifier
identifier
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Project Manufacturing end item
unit number
EXPENDITURE_ITEM_DATE NULL DATE Project accounting expenditure
item date
DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Document type
identifier
ALLOCATION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Method of allocation across
distributions. Can be PERCENT.
ALLOCATION_VALUE NULL NUMBER Allocation Split Value
MULTI_DISTRIBUTIONS NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether this
requisition should have
multiple distributions
REQ_DIST_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Foreign key to
PO_REQ_DIST_INTERFACE table
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Primary key for the kanban card
EMERGENCY_PO_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) Purchase order number reserved
in advance for an emergency
requisition
AWARD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Award identifier
OKE_CONTRACT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER
OKE_CONTRACT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(120)
OKE_CONTRACT_VERSION_ID NULL NUMBER
OKE_CONTRACT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER
OKE_CONTRACT_LINE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(150)
OKE_CONTRACT_DELIVERABLE_ID NULL NUMBER
OKE_CONTRACT_DELIVERABLE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(150)
Indexes
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_ID
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQUEST_ID
2 REQ_NUMBER_SEGMENT1
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 PROCESS_FLAG

Indexes (Continued)
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_S TRANSACTION_ID

PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL stores information about

requisition headers. You need one row for each requisition header you
create. Each row contains the requisition number, preparer, status, and
description.
REQUISITION_HEADER_ID is the unique system–generated

requisition number. REQUISITION_HEADER_ID is invisible to the
user. SEGMENT1 is the number you use to identify the requisition in
forms and reports. Oracle Purchasing generates SEGMENT1 using the
PO_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER_CONTROL table if you choose to let Oracle
Purchasing generate requisition numbers for you.
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL is one of three tables storing

requisition information. PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL
corresponds to the Header region of the Requisitions window.
SEGMENT1 provides unique values for each row in the table in addition
to REQUISITION_HEADER_ID.
Foreign Keys
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_ALL INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_ALL INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
Approval
yet Accepted
proved
Printing

celled
complete
not yet Accepted
Printed
jected
proved
the Document
turned by a Buyer
TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE DOCUMENT TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
PA Purchase Agreement
PO Purchase Order
QUOTATION Quotation
RELEASE Purchase Order Release
REQUISITION Requisition
RFQ Request for Quotation
Column Descriptions
REQUISITION_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Requisition header unique
identifier
PREPARER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier of the
employee who prepared the
requisition
SEGMENT1 NOT NULL VARCHAR2(20) Requisition number
SUMMARY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key flexfield summary flag
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key flexfield enabled flag
SEGMENT2 NULL VARCHAR2(20) Key flexfield segment column
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key flexfield start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key flexfield end date

DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description for requisition
AUTHORIZATION_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Authorization status type
NOTE_TO_AUTHORIZER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to approver (Unused since
release 8.0)
TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition type
TRANSFERRED_TO_OE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether an internal
requisition has been
transferred to Order Management
ON_LINE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
PRELIMINARY_RESEARCH_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
RESEARCH_COMPLETE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
PREPARER_FINISHED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
PREPARER_FINISHED_DATE NULL DATE Unused since release 7.0
AGENT_RETURN_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
AGENT_RETURN_NOTE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Unused since release 7.0
CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
context column
INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source of requisition from
Requisition Import
INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Source requisition line
identifier from Requisition
Import
CLOSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Close status
identifier
WF_ITEM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(8) Approval workflow item type
WF_ITEM_KEY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Approval workflow item key
EMERGENCY_PO_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) Purchase order number reserved
in advance for an emergency
requisition
PCARD_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique dentifer for procurement
card used for the order

APPS_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Application source code,
indicating the creation method
for the requisition
Indexes
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PREPARER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 CREATION_DATE
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 AUTHORIZATION_STATUS
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSFERRED_TO_OE_FLAG
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 WF_ITEM_TYPE
2 WF_ITEM_KEY
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 REQUISITION_HEADER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_U2 UNIQUE 1 SEGMENT1
2 ORG_ID
Sequences
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_S REQUISITION_HEADER_ID

PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL
PO_REQUISITION_LINES stores information about requisition lines.

You need one row for each requisition line you create. Each row
contains the line number, item number, item category, item description,
need–by date, deliver–to location, item quantities, units, prices,
requestor, notes, and suggested supplier information for the requisition
line.
LINE_LOCATION_ID identifies the purchase order shipment line on

which you placed the requisition. LINE_LOCATION_ID is null if you
have not placed the requisition line on a purchase order.
BLANKET_PO_HEADER_ID and BLANKET_PO_LINE_NUM store the
suggested blanket purchase agreement or catalog quotation line
information for the requisition line. PARENT_REQ_LINE_ID contains
the REQUISITION_LINE_ID from the original requisition line if you
exploded or multisourced this requisition line.
PO_REQUISITION_LINES is one of three tables storing requisition

information. This table corresponds to the Lines region of the
Requisitions window.
Foreign Keys
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_RATES_R10 CONVERSION_DATE RATE_DATE
PO_AGENTS AGENT_ID SUGGESTED_BUYER_ID
PO_DOCUMENT_TYPES_ALL_B DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE
PO_HEADERS_ALL PO_HEADER_ID BLANKET_PO_HEADER_ID
PO_LINES_ALL LINE_NUM BLANKET_PO_LINE_NUM
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL LINE_LOCATION_ID LINE_LOCATION_ID
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL REQUISITION_HEADER_ID REQUISITION_HEADER_ID

PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL REQUISITION_LINE_ID PARENT_REQ_LINE_ID
PO_VENDOR_CONTACTS VENDOR_CONTACT_ID VENDOR_CONTACT_ID
QuickCodes Columns
proved
Printing
celled
complete
not yet Accepted
Printed
jected
proved
the Document
turned by a Buyer
livery
DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE SOURCE DOCUMENT TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
BLANKET Blanket Purchase Order
QUOTATION Quotation

SOURCE_TYPE_CODE REQUISITION SOURCE TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
INVENTORY Inventory Sourced Requisi-
tion
VENDOR Vendor Sourced Requisition
Column Descriptions
REQUISITION_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Requisition line unique
identifier
REQUISITION_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Requisition header unique
identifier
LINE_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Line number
LINE_TYPE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Line type
CATEGORY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item category unique identifier
ITEM_DESCRIPTION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Item description
UNIT_MEAS_LOOKUP_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure
UNIT_PRICE NOT NULL NUMBER Unit price in functional
currency
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Quantity ordered
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Deliver–to location unique
identifier
TO_PERSON_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(9) Requestor unique identifier
SOURCE_TYPE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition source type of item
QUANTITY_DELIVERED NULL NUMBER Quantity delivered to date
SUGGESTED_BUYER_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Suggested buyer unique
identifier
ENCUMBERED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the
distribution is encumbered.
When encumbrance is not
enabled, this column will be
used as an internal flag.
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether an RFQ is
required prior to placement on
a purchase order
NEED_BY_DATE NULL DATE Date the requisition is needed
internally
LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Document shipment schedule
unique identifier
MODIFIED_BY_AGENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether a buyer
modified this line or not
PARENT_REQ_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the parent
requisition line for a modified
requisition line
JUSTIFICATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Purchase justification
NOTE_TO_AGENT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to buyer
NOTE_TO_RECEIVER NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to deliverer
PURCHASING_AGENT_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier of the buyer
who modified the requisition
line
DOCUMENT_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source document type

BLANKET_PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Suggested source blanket
agreement or catalog quotation
header unique identifier
BLANKET_PO_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Suggested source blanket
agreement or catalog quotation
line number
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Unique identifier for the
currency
RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Currency conversion rate type
RATE_DATE NULL DATE Currency conversion rate date
CURRENCY_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Foreign currency unit price
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Suggested supplier name
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_LOCATION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Suggested supplier site name
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_CONTACT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Suggested supplier contact name
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_PHONE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Suggested supplier phone number
SUGGESTED_VENDOR_PRODUCT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Suggested supplier product
number
MUST_USE_SUGG_VENDOR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 8.0
REFERENCE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Reference number
ON_RFQ_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the
requisition line was placed on
an RFQ
URGENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the
requisition is urgent or not
CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the
requisition is cancelled or not
SOURCE_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory source organization
unique identifier
SOURCE_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Inventory source subinventory
name
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Destination type
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Destination organization unique
identifier
DESTINATION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory name
QUANTITY_CANCELLED NULL NUMBER Quantity cancelled
CANCEL_DATE NULL DATE Cancel date
CANCEL_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Cancel reason
CLOSED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Close status
AGENT_RETURN_NOTE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Unused since release 7.0
CHANGED_AFTER_RESEARCH_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
VENDOR_CONTACT_ID NULL NUMBER Supplier contact unique
identifier
RESEARCH_AGENT_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Unused since release 7.0
ON_LINE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Unused since release 7.0
identifier
identifier
within a routing

DESTINATION_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Destination descriptive
INVENTORY_SOURCE_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Inventory source descriptive
VENDOR_SOURCE_CONTEXT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier source descriptive
ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Descriptive flexfield segment .
context column
CLOSED_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Close reason
CLOSED_DATE NULL DATE Close date
QUANTITY_RECEIVED NULL NUMBER Quantity received
SOURCE_REQ_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Source requisition line
identifier
identifier
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Primary key for the Kanban Card
CATALOG_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Catalog type
CATALOG_SOURCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Catalog source
MANUFACTURER_ID NULL NUMBER Manufacturer unique identifier
MANUFACTURER_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Manufacturer name
MANUFACTURER_PART_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Manufacturer part number
REQUESTER_EMAIL NULL VARCHAR2(240) Requester e–mail address
REQUESTER_FAX NULL VARCHAR2(60) Requester facsimile number
REQUESTER_PHONE NULL VARCHAR2(60) Requester phone number
UNSPSC_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Standard Product and Service
Code
OTHER_CATEGORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Other category code
SUPPLIER_DUNS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Data Universal Numbering System
Code
TAX_STATUS_INDICATOR NULL VARCHAR2(30) Tax status
PCARD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator that this line is
ordered using a procurement
card
NEW_SUPPLIER_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator that this is a new
supplier
AUTO_RECEIVE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow auto–receiving
TAX_USER_OVERRIDE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether someone
overrode the default tax
code
NOTE_TO_VENDOR NULL VARCHAR2(240) Note to supplier
OKE_CONTRACT_VERSION_ID NULL NUMBER Stores the contract version
number
OKE_CONTRACT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Stores the header id of a
contract
ITEM_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER
SUPPLIER_REF_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(150)
Indexes
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 LINE_LOCATION_ID

Indexes (Continued)
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N10 NOT UNIQUE 5 DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N11 NOT UNIQUE 5 SUGGESTED_VENDOR_PRODUCT_CODE
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 CATEGORY_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 NEED_BY_DATE
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 TO_PERSON_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 SUGGESTED_VENDOR_NAME
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 SUGGESTED_BUYER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 BLANKET_PO_HEADER_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_N9 NOT UNIQUE 2 WIP_ENTITY_ID
6 WIP_RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
8 DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID
10 WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 REQUISITION_LINE_ID
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_U2 UNIQUE 1 REQUISITION_HEADER_ID
2 LINE_NUM
Sequences
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_S REQUISITION_LINE_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : JL_BR_PO_IMPORT_REQUISITIONS

Trigger Level : ROW
This trigger is executed on insert of a row in PO_REQUISTION_LINES_ALL when

TRANSACTION_REASON_CODE is null. TRANSACTION_REASON_CODE is populated from the inventory item,
if available, or from PO_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS. This is done only if the country is Brazil
(country_code = ’BR’) and the Latin America Localizations for Brazil (product_code = ’JL’) is
installed. For Brazilian PO localizations, TRANSACTION_REASON_CODE is a required field. In all
other cases, this trigger does nothing. new.transaction_reason_code is null

PO_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_ALL
PO_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_ALL stores default, control, and option

information you provide to customize Oracle Purchasing to your
company’s needs. PO_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_ALL corresponds to the
Purchasing Options window. This table has no primary key. The table
should never have more than one row.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ACCRUED_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE DEFAULT_RATE_TYPE
QuickCodes Columns
ENFORCE_FULL_LOT_QUANTITIES ENFORCE FULL LOT QUANTITIES PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ADVISORY The rounded quantity will be
displayed for information
only
MANDATORY Requested quantity will be
forced to the rounded quan-
tity
NONE No quantity rounding will be
performed
EXPENSE_ACCRUAL_CODE EXPENSE ACCRUAL OPTION PO_LOOKUP_CODES
PERIOD END Accrue at period end
RECEIPT Accrue on receipt of items
INVENTORY_ACCRUAL_CODE INVENTORY ACCRUAL OPTION PO_LOOKUP_CODES
RECEIPT Accrue on receipt of items
MANUAL_PO_NUM_TYPE NUMERIC OR ALPHANUMERIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ALPHANUMERIC Alphanumeric value
NUMERIC Numeric value
MANUAL_QUOTE_NUM_TYPE NUMERIC OR ALPHANUMERIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
MANUAL_RECEIPT_NUM_TYPE NUMERIC OR ALPHANUMERIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
MANUAL_REQ_NUM_TYPE NUMERIC OR ALPHANUMERIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
MANUAL_RFQ_NUM_TYPE NUMERIC OR ALPHANUMERIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
PRICE_BREAK_LOOKUP_CODE PRICE BREAK TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
CUMULATIVE Cumulative

NON CUMULATIVE Non–Cumulative
PRICE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE PRICE TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
COST FEE Cost Plus Fee
COST PERCENT Cost Plus Percentage
FIXED Fixed
INDEXED Indexed
VARIABLE Variable
RECEIVE_CLOSE_CODE RECEIVE CLOSE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ACCEPTED Upon Acceptance of Goods
DELIVERED Upon Delivery of Goods
RECEIVED Upon Receipt of Goods
REQIMPORT_GROUP_BY_CODE REQIMPORT GROUP BY PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ALL Group all Reqs together
BUYER Group by Buyer
CATEGORY Group by Category
ITEM Group by Item
LOCATION Group by Location
VENDOR Group by Vendor
USER_DEFINED_PO_NUM_CODE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
AUTOMATIC Automatic entry of numbers
MANUAL Manual entry of numbers
USER_DEFINED_QUOTE_NUM_CODE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
USER_DEFINED_RECEIPT_NUM_CODE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
USER_DEFINED_REQ_NUM_CODE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
USER_DEFINED_RFQ_NUM_CODE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC PO_LOOKUP_CODES
Column Descriptions
ACCRUED_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the
Receipt accrual General Ledger
account
PRICE_CHANGE_ALLOWANCE NULL NUMBER Price difference percentage you
allow between requisition and
purchase order price
REQ_CAN_AUTHORIZE NULL VARCHAR2(1) No longer used
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates
whether you require inspection
for items you order

ENFORCE_PRICE_CHANGE_ALLOWANCE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you enforce
the requisition price to
purchase order price tolerance
during purchase order approval
DEFAULT_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default currency rate type for
your documents
TAXABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates
whether your purchases are
taxable
USER_DEFINED_RECEIPT_NUM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receipt numbering type
MANUAL_RECEIPT_NUM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receipt number type
USER_DEFINED_QUOTE_NUM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Quotation numbering type
MANUAL_QUOTE_NUM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Quotation number type
USER_DEFINED_RFQ_NUM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) RFQ numbering type
MANUAL_RFQ_NUM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) RFQ number type
USER_DEFINED_PO_NUM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Purchase order numbering type
MANUAL_PO_NUM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Purchase order number type
USER_DEFINED_REQ_NUM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition numbering type
MANUAL_REQ_NUM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition number type
DEFAULT_QUOTE_WARNING_DELAY NULL NUMBER Default warning delay for
quotations
ENFORCE_BUYER_AUTHORITY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) No longer used
ENFORCE_BUYER_NAME_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you allow
changing the name of the buyer
on a purchase order to any name
ENFORCE_VENDOR_HOLD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you enforce
supplier holds during purchase
order approval
NOTIFY_IF_BLANKET_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you want to
notify requestors when a
blanket purchase order exists
for items they request
RFQ_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates
whether you require RFQs for
requisitions
PO_DOCUMENT_REPORT_ID NULL NUMBER No longer used
PO_DOCUMENT_PRINT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) No longer used
RFQ_DOCUMENT_REPORT_ID NULL NUMBER No longer used
RFQ_DOCUMENT_PRINT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) No longer used
LINE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the line
type you use on your documents
NEXT_APPROVER_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of next approver logic
RECEIVING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates
whether you require receipt for
items you order or not
ALLOW_ITEM_DESC_UPDATE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates
whether item descriptions can
be updated on document lines
DISPOSITION_WARNING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates
whether disposition messages
are displayed for items
ENFORCE_FULL_LOT_QUANTITIES NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default value that indicates
whether full lot quantities are
enforced
SECURITY_POSITION_STRUCTURE_ID NULL NUMBER Security hierarchy for document
types with hierarchy security
level
MIN_RELEASE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Default minimum release amount
for blanket and planned
purchase orders in functional
currency

PRICE_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default price type for purchase
orders
NOTIFICATION_WARNING_DELAY NULL NUMBER Not currently used
PRICE_BREAK_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default price break type for
catalog quotations and blanket
agreements
INVOICE_CLOSE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Not currently used
RECEIVE_CLOSE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default receiving close point
INVOICE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Default invoice close tolerance
percent
RECEIVE_CLOSE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Default receiving close
tolerance percent
CANCEL_REQS_ON_PO_CANCEL_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default value that indicates if
a requisition is cancelled when
the purchase order is cancelled
REQIMPORT_GROUP_BY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default Requisition Import
group–by method
EXPENSE_ACCRUAL_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Accrual option for expense
items
INVENTORY_ACCRUAL_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Accrual option for inventory
items
ORDER_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Order type for internal
requisitions
ORDER_SOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Order source for internal
requisitions
SALESREP_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
TERM_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
identifier
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
TAX_FROM_SHIP_TO_LOC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default tax code from ship–to
location
TAX_FROM_ITEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default tax code from the
inventory item
TAX_FROM_VENDOR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default tax code from the
supplier
TAX_FROM_VENDOR_SITE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default tax code from supplier
site
TAX_FROM_SYSTEM_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Default tax code from Financial
Options window
TAX_HIER_SHIP_TO_LOC NULL NUMBER(15) Ship–to location position in
tax code defaulting hierarchy
TAX_HIER_ITEM NULL NUMBER(15) Item position in the tax code
defaulting hierarchy
TAX_HIER_VENDOR NULL NUMBER(15) Supplier position in the tax
code defaulting hierarchy
TAX_HIER_VENDOR_SITE NULL NUMBER(15) Supplier Site position in the
tax code defaulting hierarchy
TAX_HIER_SYSTEM NULL NUMBER(15) Financial Options in the tax
code defaulting hierarchy
CREATE_DEBIT_MEMO_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether a debit
memo should be created
Indexes
PO_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORG_ID

PO_UN_NUMBERS_B
PO_UN_NUMBERS_B contains information about the United Nations

hazardous materials classification numbers that you use in your
business. Oracle Purchasing lets you record UN numbers information to
let you comply with Section 19 of the International Safety Rating
System. You need one row for each UN number you use.
Oracle Purchasing uses this information to let you provide UN number

information on your purchase orders, requisitions, RFQs, and
quotations.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
UN_NUMBER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
United Nations number

Indexes
PO_UN_NUMBERS_B_U1 UNIQUE 1 UN_NUMBER_ID
Sequences
PO_UN_NUMBERS_S UN_NUMBER_ID

PO_VENDORS
PO_VENDORS stores information about your suppliers. You need one

row for each supplier you define. Each row includes the supplier name
as well as purchasing, receiving, payment, accounting, tax, classification,
and general information. Oracle Purchasing uses this information to
determine active suppliers. VENDOR_ID is the unique
system–generated receipt header number invisible to the user.
SEGMENT1 is the system–generated or manually assigned number you
use to identify the supplier in forms and reports. Oracle Purchasing
generates SEGMENT1 using the
PO_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER_CONTROL table if you choose to let Oracle
Purchasing generate supplier numbers for you. This table is one of three
tables that store supplier information. PO_VENDORS corresponds to
the Suppliers window.
Foreign Keys
AP_DISTRIBUTION_SETS_ALL DISTRIBUTION_SET_ID DISTRIBUTION_SET_ID
FND_CURRENCIES CURRENCY_CODE INVOICE_CURRENCY_CODE
FND_CURRENCIES CURRENCY_CODE PAYMENT_CURRENCY_CODE
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ACCTS_PAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID DISC_LOST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID DISC_TAKEN_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID EXPENSE_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID PREPAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
PO_AGENTS AGENT_ID HOLD_BY
PO_VENDORS VENDOR_ID PARENT_VENDOR_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CREDIT_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE CREDIT STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
GOOD Good credit status
POOR Bad credit status
ORGANIZATION_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE ORGANIZATION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
CORPORATION Corporation
FOREIGN CORPORATION Foreign Corporation
FOREIGN GOVERNMENT AGENCY Foreign Government Agency
FOREIGN INDIVIDUAL Foreign Individual
FOREIGN PARTNERSHIP Foreign Partnership
GOVERNMENT AGENCY Government Agency
INDIVIDUAL Individual
PARTNERSHIP Partnership
PAYMENT_METHOD_LOOKUP_CODE PAYMENT METHOD AP_LOOKUP_CODES

PAY_DATE_BASIS_LOOKUP_CODE PAY DATE BASIS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
DISCOUNT Pay on Discount Date
DUE Pay on Due Date
forced
Services
forced
Services
VENDOR_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE VENDOR TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
EMPLOYEE Employee
VENDOR Vendor
WITHHOLDING_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE WITHHOLDING STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
EXEMPT Supplier is not subject to
withholding
INCORRECT TIN IRS informs of incorrect
TIN. Begin withholding in 30
days.
IRS WITHHOLD IRS requests immediate with-
holding
MISSING TIN Begin withholding immediate-
ly
WAIT 60 DAYS Wait for 60 days for suppli-
er to send TIN, then with-
hold
WAIT INDEFINITELY Wait for TIN, but do not
begin withholding
Column Descriptions
VENDOR_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Supplier unique identifier
VENDOR_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(80) Supplier name
VENDOR_NAME_ALT NULL VARCHAR2(320) Alternate supplier name for
kana value
SEGMENT1 NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier number
SUMMARY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key flexfield summary flag
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Key flexfield summary flag
SEGMENT2 NULL VARCHAR2(30) Key flexfield summary flag
EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER Employee unique identifier if
the supplier is an employee
VENDOR_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Supplier type

CUSTOMER_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Customer number with the
supplier
ONE_TIME_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the supplier
is a one–time supplier
PARENT_VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of the parent
supplier
MIN_ORDER_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Minimum purchase order amount
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Default ship–to location unique
identifier
BILL_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Default bill–to location unique
identifier
SHIP_VIA_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default carrier type
FREIGHT_TERMS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default freight terms type
FOB_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default free–on–board type
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER Set of Books unique identifier
CREDIT_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) No longer used
CREDIT_LIMIT NULL NUMBER Not used
ALWAYS_TAKE_DISC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether Oracle
Payables should always take a
discount for the supplier
PAY_DATE_BASIS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of payment date basis
PAY_GROUP_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Payment group type
PAYMENT_PRIORITY NULL NUMBER Payment priority
INVOICE_CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Default currency unique
identifier
PAYMENT_CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Default payment currency unique
identifier
INVOICE_AMOUNT_LIMIT NULL NUMBER Maximum amount per invoice
EXCHANGE_DATE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) No longer used
HOLD_ALL_PAYMENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether Oracle
Payables should place all
payments for this supplier on
hold or not
HOLD_FUTURE_PAYMENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether Oracle
Payables should place
upapproved payments for this
supplier on hold or not
HOLD_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reason for placing the supplier
on payment hold
DISTRIBUTION_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Distribution set unique
identifier
ACCTS_PAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
supplier liability account
DISC_LOST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER No longer used
DISC_TAKEN_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER No longer used
EXPENSE_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER Not used
PREPAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
general ledger account for
prepayment
NUM_1099 NULL VARCHAR2(30) Tax identification number
TYPE_1099 NULL VARCHAR2(10) Type of 1099
WITHHOLDING_STATUS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Withholding status type
WITHHOLDING_START_DATE NULL DATE Withholding start date
ORGANIZATION_TYPE_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) IRS organization type
VAT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) VAT code
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key flexfield start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Key flexfield end date
MINORITY_GROUP_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of minority–owned business

PAYMENT_METHOD_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default payment method type
BANK_ACCOUNT_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Name of the supplier bank
account
BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Number of the supplier bank
account
BANK_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Bank number for the supplier
BANK_ACCOUNT_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of bank account
WOMEN_OWNED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the supplier
is a woman–owned business
SMALL_BUSINESS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates that the supplier is
a small business
STANDARD_INDUSTRY_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Standard industry
classification number
HOLD_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether the
supplier is on purchasing hold
PURCHASING_HOLD_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Reason for placing the supplier
on purchasing hold
HOLD_BY NULL NUMBER(9) Unique identifier for the
employee who placed the
supplier on hold
HOLD_DATE NULL DATE Date the supplier was placed on
purchasing hold
TERMS_DATE_BASIS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of invoice payment
schedule basis
PRICE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Not used
INSPECTION_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether inspection is
required or not
RECEIPT_REQUIRED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether shipment must
be received before the invoice
is paid
QTY_RCV_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Quantity received tolerance
percentage
QTY_RCV_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Enforces, warns, or ignores
quantity receiving tolerance
ENFORCE_SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Action to be taken when the
receiving location differs from
the ship–to location
DAYS_EARLY_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Maximum acceptable number of
days items can be received
early
DAYS_LATE_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Maximum acceptable number of
days items can be received late
RECEIPT_DAYS_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Action to be taken when items
are received earlier or later
than the allowed number of days
specified
RECEIVING_ROUTING_ID NULL NUMBER Receipt routing unique
identifier
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether substitute
items can be received in place
of the ordered items
ALLOW_UNORDERED_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether unordered
receipts are allowed
HOLD_UNMATCHED_INVOICES_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether unmatched
invoices should be put on hold
EXCLUSIVE_PAYMENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates exclusive payment
AP_TAX_ROUNDING_RULE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Determines the rounding rule
for tax values
AUTO_TAX_CALC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Supplier level where the tax
calculation is done

AUTO_TAX_CALC_OVERRIDE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allows override of tax
calculation at supplier site
level
AMOUNT_INCLUDES_TAX_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Do amounts include tax from
this supplier?
TAX_VERIFICATION_DATE NULL DATE Tax verification date
NAME_CONTROL NULL VARCHAR2(4) Name control
STATE_REPORTABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) State reportable flag
FEDERAL_REPORTABLE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Federal reportable flag
OFFSET_VAT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) No longer used
VAT_REGISTRATION_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) VAT registration number
AUTO_CALCULATE_INTEREST_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether interest is
to be automatically calculated
VALIDATION_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Validation number
EXCLUDE_FREIGHT_FROM_DISCOUNT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Exclude supplier freight from
discount amount
TAX_REPORTING_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Tax reporting method name
CHECK_DIGITS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Check number used by Payables
BANK_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Bank number for Accounts
Payable
ALLOW_AWT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether Allow
Withholding Tax is enabled
AWT_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier for the
withholding tax group
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
EDI_TRANSACTION_HANDLING NULL VARCHAR2(25) Defines whether this supplier
is an EDI partner
EDI_PAYMENT_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(25) How payment is to be made
through EDI. Valid methods are
ACH, BOP, CWT, FEW, FWT, and
SWT.
EDI_PAYMENT_FORMAT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of information being
transmitted with the funds if
using EDI_PAYMENT_METHOD ACH.
Valid values are CCD, CCP, CTP,
CTX, PPD, and PPP.
EDI_REMITTANCE_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(25) How remittance advice will be
sent to the supplier
EDI_REMITTANCE_INSTRUCTION NULL VARCHAR2(256) Who will send the remittance
advice. Valid values are Bank
or payables system.
BANK_CHARGE_BEARER NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether this
supplier bears bank charges
BANK_BRANCH_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Which list the bank routing
number is on. Valid type are
ABA, CHIPS, SWIFT and OTHER.
MATCH_OPTION NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether to match
invoices to the purchase order
or the receipt for this
supplier
FUTURE_DATED_PAYMENT_CCID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Flexfield identifier
for the future dated payment
account
OFFSET_TAX_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether the
supplier uses offset taxes

Indexes
PO_VENDORS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 EMPLOYEE_ID
PO_VENDORS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 NUM_1099
PO_VENDORS_U1 UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_ID
PO_VENDORS_U2 UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_NAME
PO_VENDORS_U3 UNIQUE 1 SEGMENT1
Sequences
PO_VENDORS_S VENDOR_ID

PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL
PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL stores information about your supplier sites.

You need a row for each supplier site you define. Each row includes the
site address, supplier reference, purchasing, payment, bank, and general
information. Oracle Purchasing uses this information to store supplier
address information.
This table is one of three tables that store supplier information.

PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL corresponds to the Sites region of the
Suppliers window.
Foreign Keys
AP_DISTRIBUTION_SETS_ALL DISTRIBUTION_SET_ID DISTRIBUTION_SET_ID
FND_CURRENCIES CURRENCY_CODE INVOICE_CURRENCY_CODE
FND_CURRENCIES CURRENCY_CODE PAYMENT_CURRENCY_CODE
FND_USER USER_ID CREATED_BY
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID ACCTS_PAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID PREPAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
PAYMENT_METHOD_LOOKUP_CODE PAYMENT METHOD AP_LOOKUP_CODES
PAY_DATE_BASIS_LOOKUP_CODE PAY DATE BASIS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
DISCOUNT Pay on Discount Date
DUE Pay on Due Date
Column Descriptions
VENDOR_SITE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Supplier site unique identifier
VENDOR_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Supplier unique identifier
VENDOR_SITE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(15) Site code name
VENDOR_SITE_CODE_ALT NULL VARCHAR2(320) Alternate supplier site code
for Kana Value
PURCHASING_SITE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you can
purchase from this site

RFQ_ONLY_SITE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you can only
send RFQs to this site
PAY_SITE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether you can send
payments to this site
ATTENTION_AR_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the payments
should be sent to the Account
Receivables department
ADDRESS_LINE1 NULL VARCHAR2(35) First line of supplier address
ADDRESS_LINES_ALT NULL VARCHAR2(560) Alternate address line for Kana
Value
ADDRESS_LINE2 NULL VARCHAR2(35) Second line of supplier address
ADDRESS_LINE3 NULL VARCHAR2(35) Third line of supplier address
CITY NULL VARCHAR2(25) City name
STATE NULL VARCHAR2(25) State name or abbreviation
ZIP NULL VARCHAR2(20) Postal code
PROVINCE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Province
COUNTRY NULL VARCHAR2(25) Country name
AREA_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Area code
PHONE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Phone number
CUSTOMER_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Customer number with the
supplier site
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Default ship–to location unique
identifier
BILL_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Ship–to location unique
identifier
SHIP_VIA_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default carrier type
FREIGHT_TERMS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default freight terms type
FOB_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default free–on–board type
FAX NULL VARCHAR2(15) Customer site facsimile number
FAX_AREA_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Customer site
TELEX NULL VARCHAR2(15) Telex number
PAYMENT_METHOD_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Default payment method type
BANK_ACCOUNT_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(80) Bank account name
BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Bank account number
BANK_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Bank number
BANK_ACCOUNT_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Bank account type
TERMS_DATE_BASIS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of invoice payment
schedule basis
CURRENT_CATALOG_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) Not currently used
VAT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Value–added tax code
DISTRIBUTION_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Distribution set unique
identifier
ACCTS_PAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
supplier liability account
PREPAY_CODE_COMBINATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
general ledger account for
prepayment
PAY_GROUP_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Payment group type
PAYMENT_PRIORITY NULL NUMBER Payment priority
INVOICE_AMOUNT_LIMIT NULL NUMBER Maximum amount per invoice
PAY_DATE_BASIS_LOOKUP_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of payment date basis
ALWAYS_TAKE_DISC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether Oracle
Payables should always take a
discount for the supplier
INVOICE_CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Default currency unique
identifier

PAYMENT_CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Default payment currency unique
identifier
HOLD_ALL_PAYMENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether Oracle
Payables should place all
payments for this supplier on
hold
HOLD_FUTURE_PAYMENTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether Oracle
Payables should place
unapproved invoices for this
supplier on hold
HOLD_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(240) Hold that will be applied to
this supplier’s invoices
HOLD_UNMATCHED_INVOICES_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether unmatched
invoices should be put on hold
AP_TAX_ROUNDING_RULE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates the rounding rule for
tax values
AUTO_TAX_CALC_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Level for automatic tax
calculation for supplier
AUTO_TAX_CALC_OVERRIDE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allows override of tax
calculation at supplier site
level
AMOUNT_INCLUDES_TAX_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Do amounts include tax from
this supplier?
EXCLUSIVE_PAYMENT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Exclusive payment flag
TAX_REPORTING_SITE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Tax reporting site Flag
VALIDATION_NUMBER NULL NUMBER Validation number
EXCLUDE_FREIGHT_FROM_DISCOUNT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether the freight
amount is to be excluded from
the discount
VAT_REGISTRATION_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) VAT registration number
OFFSET_VAT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Offset VAT code
identifier
CHECK_DIGITS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Check digits for Accounts
Payable
BANK_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Bank number for Accounts
Payable
ADDRESS_LINE4 NULL VARCHAR2(35) Fourth line of address

COUNTY NULL VARCHAR2(25) Supplier site county
ADDRESS_STYLE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Style of address
LANGUAGE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Site language
ALLOW_AWT_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether Allow
Withholding Tax is enabled
AWT_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier for the
withholding tax group
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
EDI_TRANSACTION_HANDLING NULL VARCHAR2(25) ANSI standard code for EDI
transaction type
EDI_ID_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) EDI trading partner number for
the supplier site
EDI_PAYMENT_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(25) How payment is to be made
through EDI. Valid method are
ACH and BOP.
EDI_PAYMENT_FORMAT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of information being
transmitted with the funds if
using EDI_PATMENT_METHOD ACH.
Valid values are CCD, CCP, CTP,
CTX, PPD and PPP.

EDI_REMITTANCE_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(25) How remittance advice will be
sent to the supplier
BANK_CHARGE_BEARER NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether this
supplier site is a bank charge
bearer site
EDI_REMITTANCE_INSTRUCTION NULL VARCHAR2(256) Who will send the remittance
advice. Valid values are banks
or payables systems.
BANK_BRANCH_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Which list the bank routing
number is on. Valid types are
ABA, CHIPS, SWIFT, and OTHER.
PAY_ON_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) When to create an invoice.
Currently, the code ’RECEIPT’
is used. Future enhancements
could include ’DELIVERY’.
DEFAULT_PAY_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Payment site for the site in
which the receipt was entered.
PAY_ON_RECEIPT_SUMMARY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) If the PAY_ON_CODE is
’RECEIPT’, then this column
identifies how to consolidate
the receipts to create
invoices. Valid values are
PAY_SITE, PACKING_SLIP, and
RECEIPT.
TP_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER EDI transaction header unique
identifier
ECE_TP_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(35) Training partner location code
for e–Commerce Gateway
PCARD_SITE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether the site
allows use of procurement cards
MATCH_OPTION NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether to match
the invoices to the purchase
order or receipt
COUNTRY_OF_ORIGIN_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(2) Code for the country of
manufacture
FUTURE_DATED_PAYMENT_CCID NULL NUMBER(15) Accounting Flexfield identifier
for the future dated payment
account
OFFSET_TAX_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether offset tax
is used
SUPPLIER_NOTIF_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(25)
EMAIL_ADDRESS NULL VARCHAR2(2000)
Indexes
PO_VENDOR_SITES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 VENDOR_SITE_CODE
PO_VENDOR_SITES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 5 TP_HEADER_ID
10 ECE_TP_LOCATION_CODE
PO_VENDOR_SITES_U1 UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_SITE_ID
3 ORG_ID
PO_VENDOR_SITES_U2 UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_ID
2 VENDOR_SITE_CODE
3 ORG_ID
Sequences
PO_VENDOR_SITES_S VENDOR_SITE_ID

RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_ALL
This table stores information about each transaction type used for
invoices, commitments and credit memos. Each row includes
AutoAccounting information as well as standard defaults for the
resulting invoices. POST_TO_GL stores ’Y’ for Yes and ’N’ for No to
indicate whether this transaction can post to your general ledger.
ACCOUNTING_AFFECT_FLAG stores ’Y’ for Yes and ’N’ for No to
indicate whether this transaction can update your open receivables
balances. If this is ’Y’, you can see this transactions in your agings.
TYPE contains ’INV’ for invoices, ’CM’ for credit memos, ’DM for debit
memos, ’DEP’ for deposits, and ’GUAR’ for guarantees. If
AutoAccounting is based on transaction type, GL_ID_REV,
GL_ID_FREIGHT, and GL_ID_REC stores the default revenue, freight,
and receivables accounts. STATUS and CREDIT_MEMO_TYPE_ID are
required even though they are null allowed. The primary key for this
table is CUST_TRX_TYPE_ID.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID GL_ID_REV
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID GL_ID_FREIGHT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID GL_ID_REC
RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_ALL CUST_TRX_TYPE_ID CREDIT_MEMO_TYPE_ID
RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_ALL CUST_TRX_TYPE_ID SUBSEQUENT_TRX_TYPE_ID
RA_TERMS_B TERM_ID DEFAULT_TERM
QuickCodes Columns
TYPE INV/CM AR_LOOKUPS
CB Chargeback
CM Credit Memo
DEP Deposit
DM Debit Memo
GUAR Guarantee
INV Invoice
PMT Receipt
Column Descriptions
CUST_TRX_TYPE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Transaction type identifier
POST_TO_GL NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Y or N indicates whether
transactions should be posted
to the General Ledger

ACCOUNTING_AFFECT_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Y or N indicates whether
transactions affect open
receivable balances
CREDIT_MEMO_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Transaction type identifier of
subsequent credit memos
STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction type status flag.
Lookup code for CODE_STATUS
NAME NULL VARCHAR2(20) Transaction type name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(80) Transaction type description
TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Transaction Class, could be one
of: INV,CM,DM,GUAR,DEP,CB
DEFAULT_TERM NULL NUMBER(15) Term to default for invoices of
this type
DEFAULT_PRINTING_OPTION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(20) Printing option to default for
invoices of this type
DEFAULT_STATUS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(20) Status to default for invoices
of this type
GL_ID_REV NULL NUMBER(15) Revenue Account identifier
GL_ID_FREIGHT NULL NUMBER(15) Freight Account identifier
GL_ID_REC NULL NUMBER(15) Receivables Account identifier
SUBSEQUENT_TRX_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Invoice type for invoices
related to a commitment of this
type
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Set of books identifier
defining column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
ALLOW_FREIGHT_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Y or N indicates whether
freight is allowed with the
transaction
ALLOW_OVERAPPLICATION_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Y or N indicates whether
applications can exceed the
transaction amount
CREATION_SIGN NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Determines allowable signs for
transactions
END_DATE NULL DATE Transaction type end date
GL_ID_CLEARING NULL NUMBER(15) Clearing Account identifier
GL_ID_TAX NULL NUMBER(15) Tax Account identifier
GL_ID_UNBILLED NULL NUMBER(15) Unbilled Account identifier
GL_ID_UNEARNED NULL NUMBER(15) Unearned Account identifier
START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Transaction type start date

TAX_CALCULATION_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Y or N indicates whether tax is
allowed on transactions
column
column
column
column
column
NATURAL_APPLICATION_ONLY_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Yes or No flag indicates
whether you want to restrict
the direction in which items
with this transaction type can
be updated by applications
entered against them
ORG_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Operating unit identifier
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality

RULE_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Application rule set ID for
this transaction type
SIGNED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether or not the
drawee needs to accept the
Bills Receivable. If
acceptance is required the
value is Y, otherwise N.
DRAWEE_ISSUED_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether or not the
drawee issues the Bills
Receivable. If issued by the
drawee the value is Y,
otherwise N.
MAGNETIC_FORMAT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Code used to distinguish
between Accepted Bills
Receivable, Promissory Notes,
and Unsigned Bills Receivable.
FORMAT_PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier of the program that
will be used to format Bills
Receivable.
GL_ID_UNPAID_REC NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier of the Accounting
Flexfield for the Unpaid
Account.
GL_ID_REMITTANCE NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier of the Accounting
Flexfield for the Remittance
Account.
GL_ID_FACTOR NULL NUMBER(15) Identifier of the Accounting
Flexfield for the Factoring
Account.
ALLOCATE_TAX_FREIGHT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Determines if the system will
permit the allocation of tax
and freight against this type
of deposit.
Indexes
RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_U1 UNIQUE 1 CUST_TRX_TYPE_ID
3 ORG_ID
Sequences
RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_S CUST_TRX_TYPE_ID

RA_RULES
This table stores invoicing and accounting rules. You need one row for
each accounting rule you define. Oracle Receivables provides two
invoicing rules: ADVANCED INVOICE and ARREARS INVOICE.
Oracle Receivables uses this information to create invoices and to
schedule revenue recognition for invoices imported using AutoInvoice.
Oracle Receivables stores revenue recognition schedules in
RA_RULE_SCHEDULES.
QuickCodes Columns
DEFERRED_REVENUE_FLAG YES/NO AR_LOOKUPS
N No
Y Yes
TYPE RULE_TYPE AR_LOOKUPS
A Accounting, Fixed Duration
ACC_DUR Accounting, Variable Dura-
tion
I Invoicing
Column Descriptions
RULE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Revenue recognition rule
identifier
NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Revenue recognition rule name
TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Lookup code for RULE_TYPE
STATUS NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Rule status flag. Lookup code
for CODE_STATUS
FREQUENCY NULL VARCHAR2(15) Frequency (daily, weekly, etc.)
OCCURRENCES NULL NUMBER Number of accounting dates to
recognize revenue
defining column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column

column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
DEFERRED_REVENUE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Deferred revenue flag
Indexes
RA_RULES_U1 UNIQUE 1 RULE_ID
Sequences
RA_RULES_S RULE_ID

RA_TERMS_B
This table stores standard Payment Term information. You need one
row for each Payment Term you define in Oracle Receivables. Oracle
Receivables uses this information to calculate when a payment is due
and any discounts given for early payment. Oracle Receivables stores
payment schedules in AR_PAYMENT_SCHEDULES_ALL.
Column Descriptions
TERM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Payment term identifier
CREDIT_CHECK_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Credit checking flag
DUE_CUTOFF_DAY NULL NUMBER Cutoff day with proxima terms
when due date is extended one
month
PRINTING_LEAD_DAYS NULL NUMBER This is the number of days
between the print date and the
due date. If this column is
null, the invoice is printed on
the invoice date. If this
column is filled in, the
invoice is printed this number
of days before the due date.
START_DATE_ACTIVE NOT NULL DATE Date record becomes active
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Date record becomes inactive
defining column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
BASE_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Sum of the relative amount for
the installments
CALC_DISCOUNT_ON_LINES_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to calculate discounts on
line amounts only or on the
entire invoice amount

FIRST_INSTALLMENT_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(12) Flag to put freight, tax on the
first installment or to
allocate it over all
installments
IN_USE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate whether this
payment term has been
referenced in a transaction
PARTIAL_DISCOUNT_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to allow discounts on
partial payments
column
column
column
column
column
Indexes
RA_TERMS_B_U1 UNIQUE 1 TERM_ID
Sequences
RA_TERMS_S TERM_ID

RA_TERRITORIES
This table stores territory information that is assigned to salespersons in

the RA_SALESREP_TERRITORIES table.
Column Descriptions
TERRITORY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER(15) Unique identifier
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Enabled flag. Y means enabled,
N means disabled
SUMMARY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Standard flexfield combination
column
NAME NULL VARCHAR2(40) Territory name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the territory
STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Status of the territory
START_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Effective start date
END_DATE_ACTIVE NULL DATE Effective end date
SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(25) Accounting Flexfield segment
defining column
column
column
column
column
column
column

column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
column
Indexes
RA_TERRITORIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 TERRITORY_ID
Sequences
RA_TERRITORIES_S TERRITORY_ID

RCV_LOTS_INTERFACE
RCV_LOTS_INTERFACE holds temporary lot number transaction

records for a parent record in the RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE
table. Data in the RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE table will
eventually reside in RCV_LOT_TRANSACTIONS after being processed
by the receiving transaction processor.

due to the automatic save feature in the Lot Entry and Serial Number
forms. The receiving transaction processor deletes these orphan rows as
part of normal processing.
Foreign Keys
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID
Column Descriptions
INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Interface transaction unique
identifier
LOT_NUM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Lot quantity in transaction
unit of measure
EXPIRATION_DATE NULL DATE Lot number expiration date
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Lot quantity in terms of the
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier of receipt
shipment line
Indexes
RCV_LOTS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID

RCV_PARAMETERS
RCV_PARAMETERS stores receiving options for each organization in

which you want to be able to receive items. The table contains one row
for each organization.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
forced
Services
forced
Services
forced
Services
Column Descriptions
LAST_UPDATED_LOGIN NULL NUMBER Standard Who column
QTY_RCV_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Receiving quantity tolerance
QTY_RCV_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receiving quantity tolerance
exception level
ENFORCE_SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Ship–to location control
exception level
ALLOW_EXPRESS_DELIVERY_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow express delivery of items
DAYS_EARLY_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Number of days allowed for an
early receipt
DAYS_LATE_RECEIPT_ALLOWED NULL NUMBER Number of days allowed for a
late receipt
RECEIPT_DAYS_EXCEPTION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receipt days exception level
RECEIVING_ROUTING_ID NULL NUMBER Routing header identifier
ALLOW_SUBSTITUTE_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow receipt of substitute
items
ALLOW_UNORDERED_RECEIPTS_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow receipt of unordered
items

BLIND_RECEIVING_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Use blind receiving
RECEIVING_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving account identifier
ALLOW_CASCADE_TRANSACTIONS NULL VARCHAR2(1) Allow cascade delivery of items
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
RECEIPT_ASN_EXISTS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) This field holds the action to
be taken when the user selects
a purchase order shipment even
though an Advance Shipment
Notice (ASN) exists
USER_DEFINED_RECEIPT_NUM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Code for receipt number
generation – Manual or
Automatic
MANUAL_RECEIPT_NUM_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Type of numbers being generated
for manual setting – Numeric or
Alphanumeric
NEXT_RECEIPT_NUM NULL NUMBER Number for the next receipt

Indexes
RCV_PARAMETERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID

RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS
RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS stores information about receiving

routings.
Column Descriptions
ROUTING_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Receiving routing unique
identifier
ROUTING_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Receiving routing name
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Receiving routing description
Indexes
RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ROUTING_HEADER_ID
RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS_U2 UNIQUE 1 ROUTING_NAME
Sequences
RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS_S ROUTING_HEADER_ID

RCV_SERIALS_INTERFACE
RCV_SERIALS_INTERFACE holds temporary serial number transaction

records for a parent record in RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE.
Data in the RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE table will eventually
reside in RCV_SERIAL_TRANSACTIONS after they are processed by
the transaction processor.

due to the automatic save feature in the Lot Entry and Serial Numbers
forms. The receiving transaction processor deletes orphan rows during
normal processing.
Foreign Keys
RCV_LOTS_INTERFACE LOT_NUM LOT_NUM
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID
Column Descriptions
INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Interface transaction unique
identifier
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Serial transaction date
FM_SERIAL_NUM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Start of serial number range
TO_SERIAL_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) End of serial number range
SERIAL_PREFIX NULL VARCHAR2(30) Total serial numbers entered
LOT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Lot number that serial numbers
belong to
VENDOR_SERIAL_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not currently used
VENDOR_LOT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Not currently used
ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item that serial number is
assigned to
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization that serial number
is assigned to
Indexes
RCV_SERIALS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID

RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS stores common information about the

source of your receipts or expected receipts. You group your receipts by
the source type and the source of the receipt. Oracle Purchasing does not
allow you to group receipts from different sources under one receipt
header.
There are two receipt source types, Supplier and Internal Order, that you
need to use when receiving against different source document types.
You use a receipt source type of ’Supplier’ when receiving items that
you ordered from an external supplier using a purchase order. When
you receive items that are part of an inter–organization transfer, or when
receiving items that you request from your inventory using an internal
requisition, the receipt type would be ’Internal Order’. The ’Internal
Order’ receipt source type populates the ORGANIZATION_ID column.
Oracle Purchasing creates a receipt header when you are entering your
receipts or when you perform inter–organization transfers using Oracle
Inventory. When Oracle Inventory creates a receipt header for an
intransit shipment, the receipt number is not populated until you receive
the shipment.
Foreign Keys
ORG_FREIGHT_TL FREIGHT_CODE FREIGHT_CARRIER_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
RECEIPT_SOURCE_CODE SHIPMENT SOURCE TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
INTERNAL ORDER In Transit Shipment backed
by an Internal Requisition
INVENTORY In Transit Shipment
VENDOR Shipment from Vendor
Column Descriptions
SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Receipt header unique
identifier

RECEIPT_SOURCE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source type of the shipment
VENDOR_ID NULL NUMBER Source supplier unique
identifier
VENDOR_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Source supplier site unique
identifier
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Source organization unique
identifier
SHIPMENT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipment number assigned by the
shipment’s source
RECEIPT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Receipt number
identifier
BILL_OF_LADING NULL VARCHAR2(25) Bill of lading number
PACKING_SLIP NULL VARCHAR2(25) Packing slip number
SHIPPED_DATE NULL DATE Shipping date
FREIGHT_CARRIER_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Carrier responsible for
shipping
EXPECTED_RECEIPT_DATE NULL DATE Expected arrival date of the
shipment
EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Employee unique identifier
NUM_OF_CONTAINERS NULL NUMBER Number of containers in the
shipment
WAYBILL_AIRBILL_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) Waybill or airbill number
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Receiver’s comments
context column
ASN_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(25) The document type: ASN, ASBN or
Receive
EDI_CONTROL_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(10) EDI transaction control number
if data is imported via EDI
NOTICE_CREATION_DATE NULL DATE EDI transaction create
date/time at source if data is
imported via EDI
GROSS_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Shipment gross weight from
Advance Shipment Notice (ASN)

GROSS_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Shipment gross weight unit of
measure from ASN
NET_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Shipment net weight from ASN
NET_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Shipment net weight unit of
measure from ASN
TAR_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER Shipment tar (container) weight
from ASN
TAR_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Shipment tar (container) weight
unit of measure from ASN
PACKAGING_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(5) Shipment packaging code
CARRIER_METHOD NULL VARCHAR2(2) Carrier transportation method
code
CARRIER_EQUIPMENT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Carrier equipment description
method
CARRIER_EQUIPMENT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(10) Carrier equipment
identification number
CARRIER_EQUIPMENT_ALPHA NULL VARCHAR2(10) Carrier equipment
identification initials
SPECIAL_HANDLING_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Special handling code
HAZARD_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(1) Hazardous material qualifier
code of the shipment
HAZARD_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(4) Hazardous material class of
shipment
HAZARD_DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(80) Hazardous material description
FREIGHT_TERMS NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight payment method (user
defined, e.g. PREPAID, COLLECT)
FREIGHT_BILL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(35) Freight bill (PRO invoice)
number
INVOICE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(50) EDI transaction 857 invoice
number
INVOICE_DATE NULL DATE EDI transaction 857 invoice
date
INVOICE_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER EDI transaction 857 invoice
amount
TAX_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(15) EDI transaction 857 tax name
indicated at the header level
TAX_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER EDI transaction 857 tax amount
indicated at the header level
FREIGHT_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER EDI transaction 857 freight
bill amount
INVOICE_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Eligibility status for
automated Oracle Payables
invoice creation
ASN_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(10) ASN shipment status
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Code from purchase order
currency code or
PO_VENDOR_SITE.INVOICE_CURRENCY
_CODE. Used for ASN with
billing information (ASBN)
only.
CONVERSION_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Purchase order rate type. Used
for ASBN only.
CONVERSION_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Purchase order rate. Used for
ASBN only.
CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Purchase order rate date. Used
for ASBN only.
PAYMENT_TERMS_ID NULL NUMBER EDI transaction 857 payment
terms

MRC_CONVERSION_RATE_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
reporting Set of Books ID. Used
for ASBN only. Taken from
purchase order rate type pairs.
MRC_CONVERSION_DATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
purchase order rate date pairs.
MRC_CONVERSION_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
purchase order rate pairs.
SHIP_TO_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Ship–to organization unique
identifier
CUSTOMER_ID NULL NUMBER Customer unique identifier
CUSTOMER_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Customer site unique identifier
Indexes
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_NUM
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 VENDOR_SITE_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 RECEIPT_SOURCE_CODE
2 SHIPMENT_NUM
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 RECEIPT_NUM
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 EMPLOYEE_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 2 RECEIPT_NUM
4 SHIP_TO_ORG_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID
Sequences
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_S SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : RCV_MRC_SHIPMENT_HEADERS_BIUD

Trigger Level : ROW
executed when you perform an insert, update, or delete statement on the table
RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS. For each record being inserted/updated/deleted in RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS,
this trigger inserts/updates/deletes corresponding reporting currency records in the MRC
subtable, RCV_MC_SHIPMENT_HEADERS. In addition, this trigger also populates the MRC VARCHAR2
columns in RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS.

RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES stores information about items that have been

shipped and/or received from a specific receipt source.
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES also stores information about the default
destination for intransit shipments.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME TO_SUBINVENTORY
RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS ROUTING_HEADER_ID ROUTING_HEADER_ID
QuickCodes Columns
livery
SOURCE_DOCUMENT_CODE SHIPMENT SOURCE DOCUMENT TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
INVENTORY Inventory
PO PO
REQ Req
Column Descriptions
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Shipment line unique identifier
SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Shipment header unique
identifier

LINE_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER Shipment line number
CATEGORY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Item category unique identifier
QUANTITY_SHIPPED NOT NULL NUMBER Number of items shipped
QUANTITY_RECEIVED NULL NUMBER Number of items received
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Unit of measure of the shipment
ITEM_DESCRIPTION NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240) Item description
ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item identifier
ITEM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item revision number
VENDOR_ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Supplier’s item number
VENDOR_LOT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier’s lot number
UOM_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Not currently used
SHIPMENT_LINE_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receipt status of the shipment
line
SOURCE_DOCUMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source document type
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order header unique
identifier
PO_RELEASE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order release unique
identifier
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order line unique
identifier
PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order shipment unique
identifier
unique identifier
identifier
identifier
ROUTING_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving routing unique
identifier
FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Source organization unique
identifier
DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Requestor unique identifier
EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Receiver unique identifier
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Destination type for items
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Destination organization unique
identifier
TO_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default destination
subinventory
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Deliver–to location unique
identifier
CHARGE_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Intransit charge account unique
identifier
TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Intransit transportation
account unique identifier
SHIPMENT_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Item unit price
TRANSFER_COST NULL NUMBER Intransit transfer cost
TRANSPORTATION_COST NULL NUMBER Intransit transportation cost
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Receiver comments

identifier
context column
flexfield context
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary unit of measure for the
item
EXCESS_TRANSPORT_REASON NULL VARCHAR2(25) Excess transportation reason
code
EXCESS_TRANSPORT_RESPONSIBLE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Excess transportation
responsibility code
EXCESS_TRANSPORT_AUTH_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Excess transportation
authorization number
ASN_LINE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicates whether item is on an
Advance Shipment Notice (ASN).
Used by missing ASN Items
Processor to determine whether
shipped items were received.
ORIGINAL_ASN_PARENT_LINE_ID NULL VARCHAR2(1) Reference to original ASN Line
ORIGINAL_ASN_LINE_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Original ASN line flag
VENDOR_CUM_SHIPPED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Supplier’s quantity shipped
specified on the ASN –
populated for parent lines only
NOTICE_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER EDI transaction 857 unit price
of this item
indicated at the detail level
indicated at the detail level
INVOICE_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) EDI transaction 857 status code
to determine which line has
been transferred to Oracle
Payables
CUM_COMPARISON_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Not used
CONTAINER_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(35) Unique container identifier for
the line
TRUCK_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(35) Number of the truck
BAR_CODE_LABEL NULL VARCHAR2(35) Label for the barcode
TRANSFER_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER Transfer percentage for costing
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Unique identifier for the
ship–to location
manufacture

OE_ORDER_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Sales order unique identifier
OE_ORDER_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Sales order line unique
identifier
CUSTOMER_ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer’s item number
Indexes
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ITEM_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 EMPLOYEE_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 CONTAINER_NUM
2 TO_ORGANIZATION_ID
3 SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_LINE_ID
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_U2 UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID
2 LINE_NUM
Sequences
RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES_S SHIPMENT_LINE_ID

RCV_TRANSACTIONS
RCV_TRANSACTIONS stores historical information about receiving

transactions that you have performed. When you enter a receiving
transaction and the receiving transaction processor processes your
transaction, the transaction is recorded in this table.
Once a row has been inserted into this table, it will never be updated.
When you correct a transaction, the net transaction quantity is
maintained in RCV_SUPPLY. The original transaction quantity does not
get updated. You can only delete rows from this table using the Purge
feature of Oracle Purchasing.
Foreign Keys
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE
HR_LOCATIONS_ALL LOCATION_ID LOCATION_ID
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID INV_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE UOM_CODE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE SOURCE_DOC_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
ORG_DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT_CODE DEPARTMENT_CODE
RCV_ROUTING_STEPS ROUTING_STEP_ID ROUTING_STEP_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID PARENT_TRANSACTION_ID

QuickCodes Columns
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE RCV DESTINATION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
EXPENSE Expense
INVENTORY Inventory
MULTIPLE Multiple
RECEIVING Receiving
SHOP FLOOR Shop Floor
INSPECTION_STATUS_CODE INSPECTION STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ACCEPTED Accepted
NOT INSPECTED Not Inspected
REJECTED Rejected
INVENTORY Inventory
PO PO
REQ Req
TRANSACTION_TYPE RCV TRANSACTION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ACCEPT Accept items following an
inspection
CORRECT Correct a previous transac-
tion entry
DELIVER Deliver a shipment of items
to the requestor
MATCH Match unordered items to a
purchase order
RECEIVE Receive a shipment of items
REJECT Reject items following an
inspection
RETURN TO RECEIVING Return delivered items to
receiving
RETURN TO VENDOR Return Items to the supplier
SHIP Intransit shipment or inter-
nal order
TRANSFER Transfer items between re-
ceiving locations
UNORDERED Receive items without match-
ing to a source document
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Receiving transaction unique
identifier

TRANSACTION_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receiving transaction type
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction unit of measure
SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Receipt shipment header unique
identifier
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Receipt shipment line unique
identifier
USER_ENTERED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) User–entered or automatically
generated transaction
INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Interface transaction source
INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Interface transaction source
line
identifier
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in terms
of the item’s primary unit of
measure
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Item primary unit of measure
UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Abbreviated unit of measure
code
PARENT_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Parent receiving transaction
unique identifier
identifier
PO_RELEASE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order release unique
identifier
identifier
identifier
unique identifier
PO_REVISION_NUM NULL NUMBER Purchase order revision number
identifier
PO_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price at time of receipt
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Source document foreign
currency
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Foreign currency conversion
type
identifier
ROUTING_STEP_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID NULL NUMBER(9) Requestor unique identifier
identifier

ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Destination organization unique
identifier
SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory name
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Destination locator unique
identifier
identifier
identifier
within a routing
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving location unique
identifier
SUBSTITUTE_UNORDERED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Substitute or unordered receipt
indicator
RECEIPT_EXCEPTION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Receipt exception indicator
INSPECTION_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Quality inspection status
ACCRUAL_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receiving transaction accrual
status
INSPECTION_QUALITY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Quality inspection code
VENDOR_LOT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier lot number
RMA_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) RMA reference number
identifier
DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) WIP department name
identifier
flexfield context
LOCATOR_ATTRIBUTE NULL VARCHAR2(150) Locator flexfield context
CHILD_INSPECTION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Release 9 inspection
transaction indicator
SOURCE_DOC_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source document unit of measure
SOURCE_DOC_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in terms
of the source document’s unit
of measure
INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Original interface transaction
unique identifier

GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Original interface group unique
identifier
MOVEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Movement identification number
INVOICE_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction 857 Invoice unique
identifier
INVOICE_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Eligibility status for
automated Oracle Payables
invoice creation
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER Primary key for Oracle Quality
results
MRC_CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
reporting Set of Books ID,
foreign currency conversion
type pairs
MRC_CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
MRC_CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL VARCHAR2(2000) Multiple Reporting Currencies
manufacture
MVT_STAT_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Indicator of whether the
transaction has been processed
by the Movement Statistics
concurrent program
QUANTITY_BILLED NULL NUMBER Quantity billed
MATCH_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Indicator of whether the
purchase order or receipt must
be matched to an invoice
AMOUNT_BILLED NULL NUMBER Amount billed by Payable.
MATCH_OPTION NULL VARCHAR2(25) Indicator of whether the
invoice for this transaction
should be matched to the
purchase order or the receipt
identifier
CUSTOMER_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Customer site unique identifier
Indexes
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_TRANSACTION_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N10 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 WIP_LINE_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N11 NOT UNIQUE 1 INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N12 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N13 NOT UNIQUE 1 EMPLOYEE_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N14 NOT UNIQUE 1 DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N15 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_DATE
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N16 NOT UNIQUE 5 INVOICE_STATUS_CODE
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N17 NOT UNIQUE 1 OE_ORDER_HEADER_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N18 NOT UNIQUE 1 OE_ORDER_LINE_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 SHIPMENT_LINE_ID

Indexes (Continued)
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_HEADER_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQUISITION_LINE_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 1 REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_S TRANSACTION_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : RCV_MRC_TRANSACTIONS_BIUD

Trigger Level : ROW
executed when you perform an insert, update, or delete statement on the table RCV_TRANSACTIONS.
For each record being inserted/updated/deleted in RCV_TRANSACTIONS, this trigger
RCV_MC_TRANSACTIONS. In addition, this trigger also populates the MRC VARCHAR2 columns in
RCV_TRANSACTIONS.
Trigger Name : AX_RCV_TRANSACTIONS_ARI1

Trigger Level : ROW
NEW.transaction_type IN (’CORRECT’, ’RECEIVE’, ’RETURN TO VENDOR’) AND

NEW.source_document_code != ’INVENTORY’ AND NEW.destination_type_code != ’INVENTORY’
AND NEW.destination_type_code != ’EXPENSE’ This trigger captures accounting events
information for the Global Accounting Engine when Oracle Inventory and the set of books used
is defined as a subledger in the Global Accounting Engine application The information
is used to create Global Accounting Engine accounting events. This trigger may populate
the AX_EVENTS table. .
This trigger captures accounting events
related to Oracle Purchasing receiving transactions created by the transaction
processor. It executes when the transaction type is ’RECEIVE’, ’CORRECT’, or ’RETURN TO
VENDOR’, and the source document code is not ’INVENTORY’ and the destination type
code is not ’EXPENSE’ or ’INVENTORY’. Purpose: Capture
accounting events related to a PO receiving transaction whenit is created

RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE stores information about

receiving transactions that are waiting to be processed by the receiving
transaction processor or were rejected due to an error when the
transaction processor attempted to process the transaction.
When the receiving transaction processor successfully processes a
transaction, it deletes the transaction from this table.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT_ID
GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE
MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID INV_TRANSACTION_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE UOM_CODE
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UNIT_OF_MEASURE SOURCE_DOC_UNIT_OF_MEASURE
ORG_DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT_CODE DEPARTMENT_CODE
ORG_FREIGHT_TL FREIGHT_CODE FREIGHT_CARRIER_CODE
ORGANIZATION_ID FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID
PO_QUALITY_CODES CODE INSPECTION_QUALITY_CODE
RCV_ROUTING_STEPS ROUTING_STEP_ID ROUTING_STEP_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID PARENT_TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_OPERATIONS OPERATION_SEQ_NUM WIP_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID

QuickCodes Columns
AUTO_TRANSACT_CODE AUTO TRANSACT CODE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
DELIVER Create a shipment line ,a
receipt and deliver an item
RECEIVE Create a shipment line and a
receipt for an item
SHIP Create a shipment line for
an item
DESTINATION_TYPE_CODE RCV DESTINATION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
EXPENSE Expense
INVENTORY Inventory
MULTIPLE Multiple
RECEIVING Receiving
SHOP FLOOR Shop Floor
INSPECTION_STATUS_CODE INSPECTION STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ACCEPTED Accepted
NOT INSPECTED Not Inspected
REJECTED Rejected
PROCESSING_MODE_CODE RCV PROCESSING MODE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
BATCH Batch processing mode
IMMEDIATE Immediate processing mode
ONLINE On–line processing mode
PROCESSING_STATUS_CODE PROCESSING STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
COMPLETED Transaction has been pro-
cessed
PENDING Transaction is pending
RUNNING Transaction is currently
being processed
RECEIPT_SOURCE_CODE SHIPMENT SOURCE TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
INTERNAL ORDER In Transit Shipment backed
by an Internal Requisition
INVENTORY In Transit Shipment
VENDOR Shipment from Vendor
INVENTORY Inventory
PO PO
REQ Req
TRANSACTION_STATUS_CODE TRANSACTION STATUS PO_LOOKUP_CODES
COMPLETED Transaction has been suc-
cessfully processed
ERROR An Error occured during the
processing of the transac-
tion
PENDING Transaction is waiting to be
processed

TRANSACTION_TYPE RCV TRANSACTION TYPE PO_LOOKUP_CODES
ACCEPT Accept items following an
inspection
CORRECT Correct a previous transac-
tion entry
DELIVER Deliver a shipment of items
to the requestor
MATCH Match unordered items to a
purchase order
RECEIVE Receive a shipment of items
REJECT Reject items following an
inspection
RETURN TO RECEIVING Return delivered items to
receiving
RETURN TO VENDOR Return Items to the supplier
SHIP Intransit shipment or inter-
nal order
TRANSFER Transfer items between re-
ceiving locations
UNORDERED Receive items without match-
ing to a source document
Column Descriptions
INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Interface transaction unique
identifier
GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Interface processing group
identifier
TRANSACTION_TYPE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Receiving transaction type
PROCESSING_STATUS_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Processing status of the
interface row
PROCESSING_MODE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Processing mode to be used when
the interface row is processed
PROCESSING_REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of the concurrent
request that is processing the
interface row. Set by the
Receiving Transaction Processor
TRANSACTION_STATUS_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction status of the
interface row
QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity
UNIT_OF_MEASURE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(25) Transaction unit of measure
INTERFACE_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Source of the interface row
INTERFACE_SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Source line identifier of the
interface row
identifier

ITEM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Item revision number
UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Transaction unit of measure
code
AUTO_TRANSACT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Automatic transaction creation
code
SHIPMENT_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Receipt shipment header unique
identifier
SHIPMENT_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Receipt shipment line unique
identifier
identifier
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in terms
of the item’s primary unit of
measure
PRIMARY_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Primary unit of measure of the
item
RECEIPT_SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source of the receipt
FROM_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Source organization unique
identifier
FROM_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Source subinventory name
TO_ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Destination organization unique
identifier
INTRANSIT_OWNING_ORG_ID NULL NUMBER Organization that owns the
items while they are in transit
identifier
ROUTING_STEP_ID NULL NUMBER Not currently used
PARENT_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Parent receiving transaction
unique identifier
identifier
PO_REVISION_NUM NULL NUMBER Purchase order revision number
PO_RELEASE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order Release unique
identifier
identifier
identifier
PO_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER Unit price at time of receipt
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Source document currency code
unique identifier
identifier
identifier
CHARGE_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Charge account identifier
SUBSTITUTE_UNORDERED_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Substitute or unordered receipt
indicator
RECEIPT_EXCEPTION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Receipt exception indicator

ACCRUAL_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Accrual status of the items
INSPECTION_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Quality inspection status
INSPECTION_QUALITY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Quality inspection result code
DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID NULL NUMBER Requestor unique identifier
LOCATION_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving location unique
identifier
identifier
SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Destination subinventory name
LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Destination locator unique
identifier
identifier
DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) WIP department name
identifier
within a routing
SHIPMENT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier or source organization
shipment number
FREIGHT_CARRIER_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Freight carrier used to ship
items
BILL_OF_LADING NULL VARCHAR2(25) Bill of lading number
SHIPPED_DATE NULL DATE Date of shipping
EXPECTED_RECEIPT_DATE NULL DATE Expected arrival date
ACTUAL_COST NULL NUMBER Actual cost
TRANSFER_COST NULL NUMBER Cost of transferring items
between organizations
TRANSPORTATION_COST NULL NUMBER Cost of shipping items between
organizations
TRANSPORTATION_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Account to be charged for
transportation costs
NUM_OF_CONTAINERS NULL NUMBER Number of containers in the
shipment
WAYBILL_AIRBILL_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(20) Waybill or airbill number
VENDOR_ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Supplier’s item number
VENDOR_LOT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier’s lot number
RMA_REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(30) RMA reference number for
return–to–supplier items

SHIP_HEAD_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipment header descriptive
flexfield segment column
SHIP_HEAD_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Shipment header descriptive
SHIP_LINE_ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Shipment line descriptive
SHIP_LINE_ATTRIBUTE1 NULL VARCHAR2(150) Shipment line descriptive

context column
identifier
flexfield context
SOURCE_DOC_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity in terms
of the source document’s unit
of measure
SOURCE_DOC_UNIT_OF_MEASURE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Source document’s unit of
measure
MOVEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Movement identifier
HEADER_INTERFACE_ID NULL NUMBER Interface header unique
identifier if it exists
VENDOR_CUM_SHIPPED_QTY NULL NUMBER Supplier’s CUM quantity shipped
specified on the Advance
Shipment Notice (ASN)
ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(81) Buyer’s item number specified
on the ASN
DOCUMENT_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Purchase order number specified
on the ASN
DOCUMENT_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Purchase order line number
specified on the ASN
TRUCK_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(35) Truck number
SHIP_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(35) Ship–to location specified at
the item level on the ASN
CONTAINER_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(35) Container number
SUBSTITUTE_ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(81) Buyer’s substitute item number
specified on ASN
NOTICE_UNIT_PRICE NULL NUMBER EDI transaction 857 unit price
ITEM_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(81) Item category code – key
flexfield all segments
LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Ship–to/receiving location
VENDOR_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Supplier number
VENDOR_SITE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Supplier site code
FROM_ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) From organization code for
inter–organization transfers
TO_ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Ship–to organization code
INTRANSIT_OWNING_ORG_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) In–transit owning organization
code for inter–organization
transfers
ROUTING_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Receiving routing name
ROUTING_STEP NULL VARCHAR2(30) Upgrade step unique identifier
RELEASE_NUM NULL NUMBER Release number
DOCUMENT_SHIPMENT_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER Document shipment line number
DOCUMENT_DISTRIBUTION_NUM NULL NUMBER Document distribution number
DELIVER_TO_PERSON_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) Employee full name
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(20) Deliver–to location code

USE_MTL_LOT NULL NUMBER Flag used in lot processing
USE_MTL_SERIAL NULL NUMBER Flag used in serial processing
LOCATOR NULL VARCHAR2(81) Stock locator description
REASON_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Transaction reason name
VALIDATION_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1) Marked after open interface
validation
SUBSTITUTE_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Buyer’s substitute item unique
identifier
QUANTITY_SHIPPED NULL NUMBER Shipped Quantity
QUANTITY_INVOICED NULL NUMBER Invoiced quantity
REQ_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(25) Requisition number
REQ_LINE_NUM NULL NUMBER For the REQ_LINE_ID on ASNs
REQ_DISTRIBUTION_NUM NULL NUMBER For the REQ_DISTRIBUTION_ID on
ASNs
WIP_ENTITY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(24) For the WIP_ENTITY_ID on ASNs
WIP_LINE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) For the WIP_LINE_ID on ASNs
RESOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) For the REASON_ID on ASNs
SHIPMENT_LINE_STATUS_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(25) Status code for shipment line
BARCODE_LABEL NULL VARCHAR2(35) Barcoded detail label serial
number if indicated on ASN for
inner packaging of this item;
to be matched for
barcode–scanned receipts
updating
TRANSFER_PERCENTAGE NULL NUMBER Transfer percentage for costing
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER Primary key for Oracle Quality
results
manufacture
identifier
CUSTOMER_SITE_ID NULL NUMBER Customer unique identifier
CUSTOMER_ITEM_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(50) Customer’s item number
CREATE_DEBIT_MEMO_FLAG NULL VARCHAR2(1)
PUT_AWAY_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Inserted for WMS functionality
PUT_AWAY_STRATEGY_ID NULL NUMBER Part of WMS enhancement
LPN_ID NULL NUMBER License plate number Id (for
WMS use)
TRANSFER_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Transfer license plate number
ID
COST_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Cost Group for WMS
MOBILE_TXN NULL VARCHAR2(2) Y/N for a row created through
Mobile form (WMS)
MMTT_TEMP_ID NULL NUMBER Reference to original inventory
transaction for WMS
Indexes
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_TRANSACTION_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 EMPLOYEE_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 DELIVER_TO_PERSON_ID
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 PO_LINE_LOCATION_ID

Indexes (Continued)
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_U1 UNIQUE 1 INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE_S INTERFACE_TRANSACTION_ID
RCV_INTERFACE_GROUPS_S GROUP_ID

WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE
WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE contains information about cost

transactions that Oracle Work in Process needs to process. Each row
represents either a resource transaction, an overhead transaction, an
outside processing transaction, a cost update transaction, a period close
variance transaction, or a job close variance transaction. Each row
contains the transaction date, the job or repetitive schedule to charge, the
resource to charge, the primary unit of measure transaction quantity,
and the actual unit of measure transaction quantity. Each row also has
foreign key references to move and receiving transaction tables. Oracle
Work in Process uses this table to support all resource cost transactions
including transactions loaded from other systems through the Oracle
Work in Process Open Resource Transaction Interface.
Foreign Keys
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL UOM_CLASS PRIMARY_UOM_CLASS
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
WIP_PARAMETERS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity

ENTITY_TYPE WIP_ENTITY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Discrete job
2 Repetitive assembly
3 Closed discrete job
4 Flow schedule
PROCESS_PHASE WIP_RESOURCE_PROCESS_PHASE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Resource validation
2 Resource processing
3 Job close
4 Period close
PROCESS_STATUS WIP_PROCESS_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Pending
2 Running
3 Error
4 Complete
5 Warning
RESOURCE_TYPE BOM_RESOURCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Machine
2 Person
3 Space
4 Miscellaneous
5 Amount
1 Yes
2 No
TRANSACTION_TYPE WIP_TRANSACTION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Resource transaction
2 Overhead transaction
3 Outside processing
4 Cost update
5 Period close variance
6 Job close variance
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier
LAST_UPDATED_BY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(100)
Username of person that last
updated the record
CREATED_BY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(100) Username of person that created
the record
REQUEST_ID NULL NUMBER Enhanced Who column
PROGRAM_APPLICATION_ID NULL NUMBER Enhanced Who column
PROGRAM_ID NULL NUMBER Enhanced Who column
PROGRAM_UPDATE_DATE NULL DATE Enhanced Who column
GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group identifier

SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Code of the shop floor control
system that generated the
transaction record (null if
created by Oracle Work in
Process)
SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier used by source shop
floor control system (null if
Process)
PROCESS_PHASE NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction processing phase
PROCESS_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction processing status
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Transaction type
ORGANIZATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Short code that uniquely
identifies the organization
identifier
WIP_ENTITY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) WIP job or repetitive assembly
name
ENTITY_TYPE NULL NUMBER WIP entity type code
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP line identifier
LINE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Line name
PRIMARY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item identifier of
assembly that job or schedule
creates
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule
identifier (this column is
solely for internal use)
TRANSACTION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date transaction was performed
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Accounting period Identifier
within a routing
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource sequence number
DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Department Identifier
DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Short code that uniquely
identifies the department
EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER Employee Identifier
EMPLOYEE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30) Employee number
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource Identifier
RESOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Resource code
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Rate per assembly or amount per
job/schedule
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis for charging resource
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Method of charging the resource
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates whether the resource
is charged at the standard rate
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity
TRANSACTION_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure used for
transaction
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of transaction
expressed in assembly’s primary
unit of measure
PRIMARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure for the
resource
PRIMARY_UOM_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(10) Class to which the primary unit
of measure belongs
ACTUAL_RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Actual rate of the resource
CURRENCY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(15) Unique Identifier for the
currency

CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Foreign currency conversion
type
CURRENCY_ACTUAL_RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Actual resource rate in foreign
currency, used when the
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG is ’Y’
ACTIVITY_ID NULL NUMBER Activity Identifier
ACTIVITY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) Activity name
REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Standard transaction reason
identifier
REASON_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Standard transaction reason
name
REFERENCE NULL VARCHAR2(240) Transaction reference
descriptive text
MOVE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier for the
move that created the costing
transaction
COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier for the
Completion that created the
costing transaction
RCV_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier for the
receipt that created the
costing transaction
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order Identifier that
the receipt is against
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order line Identifier
that the receipt is against
RECEIVING_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER Receiving account Identifier
PROJECT_ID NULL NUMBER Project Identifier
TASK_ID NULL NUMBER Project task Identifier
defining column
PHANTOM_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates whether or not this
transaction is for a phantom
resource
Indexes
WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
2 TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID

Indexes (Continued)
WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE_N3 NOT UNIQUE 2 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_S TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_S GROUP_ID

WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS stores discrete job information. Each row

represents a discrete job, and contains information about the assembly
being built, the revision of the assembly, the job quantity, the status of
the job, the material control method, accounting information, and job
schedule dates. Oracle Work in Process uses this information to control
discrete production.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS BILL_SEQUENCE_ID COMMON_BOM_SEQUENCE_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID MATERIAL_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID RESOURCE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID OUTSIDE_PROC_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID STD_COST_ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID OVERHEAD_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
REVISION BOM_REVISION
MTL_ITEM_SUB_INVENTORIES INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
PROCESS_REVISION ROUTING_REVISION
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
SECONDARY_LOCATOR COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID BOM_REFERENCE_ID
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B INVENTORY_ITEM_ID ROUTING_REFERENCE_ID
WIP_ACCOUNTING_CLASSES CLASS_CODE CLASS_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
FIRM_PLANNED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No

JOB_TYPE WIP_DISCRETE_JOB MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Standard
3 Non–standard
STATUS_TYPE WIP_JOB_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Unreleased
10 Pending Routing Load
11 Failed Routing Load
12 Closed
13 Pending – Mass Loaded
14 Pending Close
15 Failed Close
3 Released
4 Complete
5 Complete – No Charges
6 On Hold
7 Cancelled
8 Pending Bill Load
9 Failed Bill Load
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
Column Descriptions
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP Job Identifier
SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of the source system
that generated the job record
SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Code of the process that
generated the job record(null
if created by Oracle Work In
Process)
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Descriptive text
STATUS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Status of job
PRIMARY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item Identifier for
the assembly the job creates
FIRM_PLANNED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Control for MRP rescheduling
JOB_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Type of discrete job
WIP_SUPPLY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Method of material consumption
within WIP

CLASS_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Accounting class associated
with job
MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate material charges for
a job
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate material overhead
charges for a job
RESOURCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate resource charges for
a job
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate outside processing
charges for a job
MATERIAL_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate material variances
for a job
RESOURCE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate resource variances
for a job
OUTSIDE_PROC_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
variances for a job
STD_COST_ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate standard cost
variances for a job
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate overhead charges for
a job
OVERHEAD_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General ledger account to
accumulate overhead variances
for a job
SCHEDULED_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date on which job is scheduled
to start
DATE_RELEASED NULL DATE Date on which job is released
SCHEDULED_COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last unit scheduled completion
date
DATE_COMPLETED NULL DATE Last unit actual completion
date
DATE_CLOSED NULL DATE Date on which job was closed
START_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Job start quantity
QUANTITY_COMPLETED NOT NULL NUMBER Current job quantity completed
QUANTITY_SCRAPPED NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units scrapped on the
current job
NET_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Number of assemblies netted to
supply by MRP
BOM_REFERENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly identifier used as
bill of material reference for
explosions of nonstandard job
ROUTING_REFERENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Assembly identifier used as
routing reference for
explosions of nonstandard job
COMMON_BOM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Bill of material identifier
when a common bill is used
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Routing identifier when a
common routing is used
BOM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) BOM revision for the primary
assembly
ROUTING_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Short code that uniquely
identifies the Routing revision

BOM_REVISION_DATE NULL DATE Date of assembly item revision
used to explode the bills of
material used in the job
ROUTING_REVISION_DATE NULL DATE Routing revision date
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Default lot number to assign to
assemblies completed from the
job
ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate bill of material used
in a job
ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate routing used in a job
COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default completion subinventory
for assemblies completed by the
job
COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Default completion locator
identifier for assemblies
completed by the job
MPS_SCHEDULED_COMPLETION_DATE NULL DATE Date used by MRP to relieve the
MPS for the job (used by MRP
only)
MPS_NET_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity used by MRP to relieve
MPS for the job (used by MRP
only)
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type of demand the job
satisfies
SCHEDULE_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier for the job schedule
group
BUILD_SEQUENCE NULL NUMBER Build sequence
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Production line Identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier for production
kanban replentished by the job
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Unit of
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_VALUE
(percent or amount)
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER Percent or amount above start
quantity that this job is
allowed to complete
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Assembly unit number identifier
to support Project
Manufacturing in Model Unit
Effectivity.
defining column

PO_CREATION_TIME NOT NULL NUMBER PO Creation Time for Outside
Processing
PRIORITY NULL NUMBER Priority of this job
DUE_DATE NULL DATE Due date of this job
EST_SCRAP_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Estimated Scrap account
EST_SCRAP_VAR_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER Estimated Scrap variance
account
EST_SCRAP_PRIOR_QTY NULL NUMBER Estimated quantity completed
for calculation of operation
yield
DUE_DATE_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Penalty incurred if job is late
(in days)
DUE_DATE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Number of days a job can be
late
COPRODUCTS_SUPPLY NULL NUMBER Flag indicating if this job
forms supply for co–products
also
Indexes
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 BOM_REFERENCE_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 2 ROUTING_REFERENCE_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 1 CLASS_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 ATTRIBUTE1
4 ATTRIBUTE2
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 1 FIRM_PLANNED_FLAG
2 STATUS_TYPE
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N6 NOT UNIQUE 2 SCHEDULE_GROUP_ID
4 BUILD_SEQUENCE
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N7 NOT UNIQUE 1 STATUS_TYPE
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
5 SCHEDULED_START_DATE
6 ATTRIBUTE1
8 ATTRIBUTE2
10 ATTRIBUTE3
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_N8 NOT UNIQUE 2 LINE_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_T5

Trigger Level : ROW
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_T5 calls PJM_PROJECT_LOCATOR.GET_JOB_PROJECTSUPPLY in order to update the

locator for the project, if any, that is associated with the job being updated.

Trigger Name : WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_BRU
Trigger Level : ROW
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_BRU calls the procedure WIP_MRP_RELIEF.WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_PROC if the

status_type of the job is (or was) < 7 and the job is a standard discrete job. This procedure
inserts rows into the table MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE to do MPS relief.
Trigger Name : WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_BRD

Trigger Level : ROW
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_BRD calls the procedure WIP_MRP_RELIEF.WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_PROC if the

status_type of the job was < 7 and the job is a standard discrete job. This procedure inserts
rows into the table MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE to do MPS relief.
Trigger Name : WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_T4

Trigger Level : ROW
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS_T4 calls PJM_PROJECT_LOCATOR.GET_JOB_PROJECTSUPPLY in order to find a locator

for the project, if any, that is associated with the job being created.

WIP_ENTITIES
WIP_ENTITIES stores information about jobs, repetitive assemblies, and

flow schedules. Each row includes a unique entity name, the entity type,
and the assembly being built. Oracle Work in Process uses this
information to control production activities and to ensure that entities
with duplicate names are not created.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
1 Discrete job
4 Flow schedule
Column Descriptions
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Job or schedule Identifier
WIP_ENTITY_NAME NOT NULL VARCHAR2(240)
WIP job or repetitive assembly
name or flow schedule reference
code
ENTITY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER WIP entity type code
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Description of the discrete job
or repetitive assembly
the assembly the job or
schedule creates
Indexes
WIP_ENTITIES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 2 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_ENTITIES_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
WIP_ENTITIES_U2 UNIQUE 3 WIP_ENTITY_NAME
4 ORGANIZATION_ID

Sequences
WIP_ENTITIES_S WIP_ENTITY_ID

WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES stores Work Order–less Flow schedule

information. Each row represents a Flow schedule and contains
information about the assembly being built, the assembly revision, the
schedule quantity, the status of the Flow schedule, and accounting
information. Oracle Work in Process uses this information to control
Flow schedule production.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR
ASSEMBLY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID MATERIAL_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID RESOURCE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID OUTSIDE_PROC_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID STD_COST_ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID OVERHEAD_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT
MTL_ITEM_REVISIONS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
REVISION BOM_REVISION
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
PROCESS_REVISION ROUTING_REVISION
QuickCodes Columns
STATUS WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULE_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Open
2 Closed

Column Descriptions
SCHEDULED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Whether a scheduled or
unscheduled assembly
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP Flow schedule Identifier
the assembly the Flow schedule
creates
with the Flow schedule
SCHEDULED_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Date on which the Flow schedule
is scheduled to start
DATE_CLOSED NULL DATE Last unit actual completion
date
PLANNED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Flow schedule initial planned
quantity
QUANTITY_COMPLETED NOT NULL NUMBER Current Flow schedule quantity
completed
MPS_SCHEDULED_COMPLETION_DATE NULL DATE Date used by MRP to relieve the
MPS for the Flow schedule (used
by MRP only)
MPS_NET_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity used by MRP to relieve
MPS for the Flow schedule (used
by MRP only)
BOM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Inventory item revision code
ROUTING_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision code
used to explode the bill of
materials used in the Flow
schedule
in a Flow schedule
ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR NULL VARCHAR2(10) Alternate routing used in a
Flow schedule
COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default completion subinventory
for assemblies completed by the
Flow schedule
COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Default completion locator
identifier for assemblies
completed by the Flow schedule
MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
a Flow schedule
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
charges for a Flow schedule
RESOURCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
a Flow schedule
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
charges for a Flow schedule

MATERIAL_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
for a Flow schedule
RESOURCE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
for a Flow schedule
OUTSIDE_PROC_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
variances for a Flow schedule
STD_COST_ADJUSTMENT_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
accumulate standard cost
variances for a Flow schedule
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
a Flow schedule
OVERHEAD_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
for a Flow schedule
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type of demand the schedule
satisfies
SCHEDULED_COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Scheduled completion date
SCHEDULE_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Schedule group for the Flow
schedule
BUILD_SEQUENCE NULL NUMBER Build sequence
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Production line Identifier
STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER WIP entity type code
SCHEDULE_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30) Flow schedule reference code
defining column
DEMAND_SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Sales order Identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_LINE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Sales order line Identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_DELIVERY NULL VARCHAR2(30) Delivery Identifier
DEMAND_SOURCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Demand source type
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Production kanban replentished
by the schedule
END_ITEM_UNIT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30) Assembly unit number Identifier
to support Project
Manufacturing in Model Unit
Effectivity
QUANTITY_SCRAPPED NOT NULL NUMBER Number of assemblies scrapped
for this schedule

CURRENT_LINE_OPERATION NULL NUMBER The line operation where the
assembly is in production
SYNCH_SCHEDULE_NUM NULL VARCHAR2(30)
SYNCH_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER
ROLL_FORWARDED_FLAG NULL NUMBER
Indexes
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
2 LINE_ID
3 SCHEDULE_GROUP_ID
4 BUILD_SEQUENCE
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 2 LINE_ID
4 SCHEDULE_GROUP_ID
6 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
8 BUILD_SEQUENCE
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_U2 UNIQUE 1 SCHEDULE_NUMBER
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_BRI

Trigger Level : ROW
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_BRI inserts a corresponding row in WIP_ENTITIES.
Trigger Name : WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_ARD

Trigger Level : ROW
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES_ARD deletes a corresponding row in WIP_ENTITIES.

WIP_LINES
WIP_LINES stores production line information. Each row includes a

line name, maximum and minimum rate information, throughput for
rate based lines (lead time), and the start and stop time information that
determines the amount of time per day that the line is available. Oracle
Work in Process uses this information when you associate a line with a
repetitive assembly and when you define a repetitive schedule on the
line. Production line information is optional for discrete jobs.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
LINE_SCHEDULE_TYPE WIP_LINE_SCHED_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Fixed
2 Routing–based
Column Descriptions
LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP line Identifier
LINE_CODE NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Line name
MINIMUM_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER Hourly minimum rate
MAXIMUM_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER Hourly maximum rate
FIXED_THROUGHPUT NULL NUMBER Fixed lead time hours
LINE_SCHEDULE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Method of calculating the lead
time for an assembly on the
line
SCHEDULING_METHOD_ID NULL NUMBER Scheduling method identifier
START_TIME NOT NULL NUMBER Start time of the line
STOP_TIME NOT NULL NUMBER Stop time of the line
defining column

ATP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifies ATP Rule, which is
used for ATP/CTP projects
EXCEPTION_SET_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(10) Exception set name used in
Planning
Indexes
WIP_LINES_U1 UNIQUE 1 LINE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_LINES_U3 UNIQUE 1 LINE_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
WIP_LINES_S LINE_ID

WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS stores information about shop floor

Move transactions. Each row represents a single Move transaction and
includes a unique transaction identifier, the transaction date, the job or
repetitive schedule in which the Move occurs, the Move quantity, as well
as information about the From and To operation sequence numbers,
operation codes, and intraoperation steps. Oracle Work in Process uses
this information to track Move transactions.
Foreign Keys
BOM_DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT_ID FM_DEPARTMENT_ID
BOM_DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT_ID TO_DEPARTMENT_ID
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID SCRAP_ACCOUNT_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE PRIMARY_UOM
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier
GROUP_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction group Identifier
Process)
Process)
Identifier
LINE_ID NULL NUMBER WIP line Identifier
assembly that the job or
schedule creates
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period Identifier
FM_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER From operation number

FM_OPERATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(4) Short code that uniquely
identifies the From operation
FM_DEPARTMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER From department Identifier
FM_INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER From intraoperation step
TO_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NOT NULL NUMBER To operation number
TO_OPERATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(4) Short code that uniquely
identifies the To operation
TO_DEPARTMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER To department Identifier
TO_INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER To intraoperation step
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction move quantity
code
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction move quantity in
assembly’s primary unit of
measure
PRIMARY_UOM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure code of the
assembly
SCRAP_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER General Ledger account charged
when material is scrapped
REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Standard reason Identifier for
performing the move transaction
descriptive text
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER Collection Identifier for
quality results
defining column
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion quantity
specified in the transaction
UOM
OVERCOMPLETION_PRIMARY_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion quantity derived
in the Primary UOM
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Links parent Move or Completion
transactions with a child Move
transaction for Overcompletions
WF_ITEMTYPE NULL VARCHAR2(8) Workflow Item Type
WF_ITEMKEY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Workflow Item Key
Indexes
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID

Indexes (Continued)
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_DATE
2 CREATION_DATE
3 TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 2 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
Sequences
WIP_WORKFLOW_S WF_ITEMKEY

WIP_MOVE_TXN_INTERFACE
WIP_MOVE_TXN_INTERFACE contains information about the shop

floor Move transactions that need to be processed. Each row contains
the transaction date, the job or repetitive schedule in which you are
moving assemblies, the primary unit of measure, the actual unit of
measure transaction quantities, the foreign keys necessary for WIP to
process the Move transaction as well as information about the From and
To operation sequence numbers, operation codes, and intraoperation
steps. This table supports all shop floor Move transactions including
transactions loaded from other systems, such as bar code readers, using
the Oracle Work in Process Open Move Transaction Interface.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID SCRAP_ACCOUNT_ID
MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL UOM_CODE PRIMARY_UOM
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM FM_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM TO_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
QuickCodes Columns
1 Discrete job
4 Flow schedule
PROCESS_PHASE WIP_MOVE_PROCESS_PHASE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Move validation
2 Move processing
3 Backflush setup
PROCESS_STATUS WIP_PROCESS_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Pending
2 Running
3 Error
4 Complete
5 Warning
TRANSACTION_TYPE WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Move transaction

2 Move and completion transac-
tion
3 Return and move transaction
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier
LAST_UPDATED_BY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(100)
User name of the person who
last updated the record
CREATED_BY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(100) User name of the person who
created the record
GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group Identifier
KANBAN_CARD_ID NULL NUMBER Kanban Card reference for Move
completions
Process)
Process)
PROCESS_PHASE NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction processing phase
PROCESS_STATUS NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction processing status
TRANSACTION_TYPE NULL NUMBER Transaction type
ORGANIZATION_ID NULL NUMBER Organization Identifier
Identifier
WIP_ENTITY_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(240) WIP job or repetitive assembly
name
ENTITY_TYPE NULL NUMBER WIP entity type code
assembly that the job or
schedule creates
LINE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Line name
Identifier (this column is
solely for internal use)
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NULL NUMBER Accounting period Identifier
FM_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER From operation sequence number
FM_OPERATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(4) From operation code
FM_DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER From operation Identifier
FM_DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) From department code
FM_INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE NULL NUMBER From intra–operation step

TO_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER To operation sequence number
TO_OPERATION_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(4) To operation code
TO_DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER To department Identifier
TO_DEPARTMENT_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10) To department code
TO_INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE NULL NUMBER To intraoperation step
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity (between
operations)
TRANSACTION_UOM NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure used in
transaction
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity of assembly being
moved between operations
expressed in the assembly’s
primary unit of measure
PRIMARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure for the
assembly
SCRAP_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER General Ledger account charged
when material is scrapped
REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Standard transaction reason
identifier
REASON_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30) Standard transaction reason
name
descriptive text
QA_COLLECTION_ID NULL NUMBER Collection Identifier for
quality results
defining column
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion quantity
specified in the transaction
UOM
OVERCOMPLETION_PRIMARY_QTY NULL NUMBER Overcompletion quantity derived
in the primary unit of measure
OVERCOMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Column that links parent
Move/Completion transaction
with a child Move transaction
for Overcompletions.
Indexes
WIP_MOVE_TXN_INTERFACE_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 GROUP_ID
2 TRANSACTION_ID

Sequences

WIP_OPERATIONS
WIP_OPERATIONS stores information about job and repetitive

schedule operations. Each row represents a specific operation and
includes an operation sequence number, which orders the operations for
the job or repetitive schedule. Each row also includes the assembly
quantity completed at an operation, the quantity at each intraoperation
step, the department associated with an operation, the scheduled start
and completion dates for an operation, the operation’s countpoint and
backflush types and other operation attributes. In general, Oracle Work
in Process uses this information to control and monitor assembly
production on the shop floor.
Foreign Keys
WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM PREVIOUS_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NEXT_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
QuickCodes Columns
1 Yes
2 No
2 No – autocharge
Column Descriptions
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP job or schedule Identifier
within a routing
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule
Identifier

OPERATION_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Operation sequence Identifier
STANDARD_OPERATION_ID NULL NUMBER Standard operation Identifier
DEPARTMENT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Department Identifier
SCHEDULED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units scheduled for
the operation
QUANTITY_IN_QUEUE NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units in Queue of the
operation
QUANTITY_RUNNING NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units in To Run of
the operation
QUANTITY_WAITING_TO_MOVE NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units waiting To Move
in the operation
QUANTITY_REJECTED NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units rejected from
the operation
QUANTITY_SCRAPPED NOT NULL NUMBER Number of units scrapped from
the operation
the operation
FIRST_UNIT_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE First unit scheduled receipt
date
FIRST_UNIT_COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE First unit scheduled completion
date
LAST_UNIT_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last unit scheduled receipt
date
LAST_UNIT_COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last unit scheduled completion
date
PREVIOUS_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Previous operation sequence
number
NEXT_OPERATION_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Next operation sequence number
COUNT_POINT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Operation move type
BACKFLUSH_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Backflush control code
MINIMUM_TRANSFER_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Minimum operation transfer
quantity
DATE_LAST_MOVED NULL DATE Operation last move date
defining column
WF_ITEMTYPE NULL VARCHAR2(8) Workflow Item Type
WF_ITEMKEY NULL VARCHAR2(240) Workflow Item Key
OPERATION_YIELD NULL NUMBER Operation yield for an
operation

yield is to be considered by
the cost processor
PRE_SPLIT_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Start Quantity of Parent job in
case of split transaction
Indexes
WIP_OPERATIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_OPERATIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 DEPARTMENT_ID
WIP_OPERATIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
3 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
WIP_WORKFLOW_S WF_ITEMKEY

WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES
WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES stores information about the resource

requirements associated with job and repetitive schedule operations.
Each row represents a resource requirement and contains a sequence
number, the resource’s unit of measure, its usage rate or amount, and
several other attributes that control how it is scheduled and costed.
Oracle Work in Process uses this information to schedule jobs and
repetitive schedules and to charge resources to jobs and schedules.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
SCHEDULED_FLAG BOM_RESOURCE_SCHEDULE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
3 Prior
4 Next
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP job or repetitive assembly
Identifier
within a routing

Identifier
UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure code
BASIS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Basis for scheduling and
charging resource
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Rate per assembly or amount per
job/schedule
SCHEDULED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Method of scheduling the
resource
ASSIGNED_UNITS NULL NUMBER Number of resources assigned to
do work
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Method of charging the resource
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether the resource
is charged at the standard rate
APPLIED_RESOURCE_UNITS NOT NULL NUMBER Amount of resource units
charged
APPLIED_RESOURCE_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER Value of resource units charged
START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Scheduled start date of the
resource
COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Scheduled completion date of
the resource
defining column
RELIEVED_RES_COMPLETION_UNITS NULL NUMBER Units of resource relieved due
to WIP completion
RELIEVED_RES_SCRAP_UNITS NULL NUMBER Units of resource relieved due
to WIP scrap
RELIEVED_RES_COMPLETION_VALUE NULL NUMBER Value of resource relieved due
to WIP completion
RELIEVED_RES_SCRAP_VALUE NULL NUMBER Value of resource relieved due
to WIP scrap

RELIEVED_VARIANCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER Value of variance relieved
TEMP_RELIEVED_VALUE NULL NUMBER Temporary column used in
completion cost implementation
RELIEVED_RES_FINAL_COMP_UNITS NULL NUMBER Units of resource relieved due
to negative final completion
DEPARTMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Department of this resource, if
different from that of parent
operation
PHANTOM_FLAG NULL NUMBER Indicates whether or not this
is a phantom routing resource
(1 for yes, 2 for no)
PHANTOM_OP_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Operation sequence number, if
part of a phantom routing
PHANTOM_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Item, if part of a phantom
routing
SCHEDULE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER schedule sequence number
SUBSTITUTE_GROUP_NUM NULL NUMBER substitution group number
REPLACEMENT_GROUP_NUM NULL NUMBER replacement group number
PRINCIPLE_FLAG NULL NUMBER principle flag, for aps
SETUP_ID NULL NUMBER
PARENT_RESOURCE_SEQ NULL NUMBER
Indexes
WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 RESOURCE_ID
WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
3 RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM
4 ORGANIZATION_ID

WIP_PARAMETERS
WIP_PARAMETERS stores organization level information used to

control Oracle Work in Process. Each row represents the settings for an
entire organization and contains default General Ledger accounts for
cost elements, scheduling methods, cost accounting methods, and
material control defaults.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID DEFAULT_PULL_SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME DEFAULT_PULL_SUPPLY_SUBINV
WIP_ACCOUNTING_CLASSES CLASS_CODE DEFAULT_DISCRETE_CLASS
QuickCodes Columns
BACKFLUSH_LOT_ENTRY_TYPE WIP_BACKFLUSH_LOT_ENTRY MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Manual selection, verify all
2 Receipt date fifo, verify
all
3 Receipt date fifo, verify
exceptions
4 Expiration date fifo, verify
all
5 Expiration date fifo, verify
exceptions
DYNAMIC_OPERATION_INSERT_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
MANDATORY_SCRAP_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
MOVES_OVER_NO_MOVE_STATUSES SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
REPETITIVE_VARIANCE_TYPE WIP_REPETITIVE_VARIANCE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 All schedules
2 Complete – no charges, Can-
celled schedules only
SO_CHANGE_RESPONSE_TYPE WIP_SO_CHANGE_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Never respond to sales order
changes
2 Always respond to sales
order changes
3 Respond to sales order
changes when linked 1 to 1
Column Descriptions
COMPONENT_ATP_RULE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifies the component’s ATP
Rule

ORGANIZATION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Organization Identifier
DEFAULT_PULL_SUPPLY_SUBINV NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default subinventory used for
pull requirements when no pull
subinventory has been specified
in the bill of materials or as
a default WIP supply
subinventory in Inventory
DEFAULT_PULL_SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Default locator used for pull
requirements when no pull
locator has been specified in
the bill of materials or as a
default WIP supply locator in
Inventory
LOT_NUMBER_DEFAULT_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Method used to determine
default lot number for a
discrete job
BACKFLUSH_LOT_ENTRY_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Method of entering lot numbers
during a backflush transaction
DEFAULT_DISCRETE_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default accounting class for
discrete jobs
DYNAMIC_OPERATION_INSERT_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Indicates whether operations
can be added to a routing from
the Move Transactions window
MANDATORY_SCRAP_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Used to mandate entering a
scrap account on moving
assemblies to the Scrap
intraoperation
SO_CHANGE_RESPONSE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Manner in which WIP responds to
changes made by Oracle Order
Management to sales order lines
linked to WIP
REPETITIVE_VARIANCE_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Controls whether variances are
relieved for all or completed
and cancelled schedules
AUTORELEASE_DAYS NOT NULL NUMBER On completion of a schedule, a
subsequent schedule is released
if its start date is within the
autorelease days
OSP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default shop floor status for
outside processing
defining column

functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
functionality
COMPLETION_COST_SOURCE NULL NUMBER Default completion cost source
for average costing
COST_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER Default cost type Identifier
for average costing
AUTO_COMPUTE_FINAL_COMPLETION NULL NUMBER Flag indicating automatic
computation of final
completions for average costing
MOVES_OVER_NO_MOVE_STATUSES NULL NUMBER Allow skipping of No Move shop
floor statuses during Move
transactions
SYSTEM_OPTION_ID NULL NUMBER System option Identifier
PO_CREATION_TIME NOT NULL NUMBER Determines whether or not a
purchase order is created for
outside processing, and when it
is created
DEFAULT_OVERCOMPL_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Default overcompletion
tolerance percentage
PRODUCTION_SCHEDULER_ID NULL NUMBER Production Scheduler Identifier

SHIPPING_MANAGER_ID NULL NUMBER Shipping Manager Identifier
USE_FINITE_SCHEDULER NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if the
constraint based scheduler is
used for this organization
MATERIAL_CONSTRAINED NULL NUMBER Flag to indicate if material
constraints should be used by
the constraint based scheduler
HORIZON_LENGTH NULL NUMBER Horizon length (in days) to be
used by the constraint based
scheduler
DEFAULT_SCRAP_ACCOUNT_ID NULL NUMBER The scrap account id for mobile
scrap transactions
SIMULATION_SET NULL VARCHAR2(10) Simulation set used when
scheduling
OPTIMIZATION NULL NUMBER The optimization used in
constraint scheduling
DUE_DATE_PENALTY NULL NUMBER Penalty incurred if job is late
(in days)
DUE_DATE_TOLERANCE NULL NUMBER Number of days a job can be
late
MAXIMUM_PENALTY NULL NUMBER
Indexes
WIP_PARAMETERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID

WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES
WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES stores summary accounting information for

jobs and schedules. Each row represents job or schedule charges within
a given accounting period, and contains the summary values for each
cost element. Oracle Work in Process uses this information to report job
and schedule values and to calculate job and period variances.
Foreign Keys
WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID
QuickCodes Columns
CLASS_TYPE WIP_CLASS_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Standard discrete
3 Asset non–standard
4 Expense non–standard
Column Descriptions
ACCT_PERIOD_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period Identifier
Identifier
Identifier
CLASS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting class type
TL_RESOURCE_IN NULL NUMBER This level resource value put
into the job or repetitive
schedule
TL_OVERHEAD_IN NULL NUMBER This level overhead value put
into the job or repetitive
schedule
TL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_IN NULL NUMBER This level outside processing
value put into the job or
repetitive schedule
PL_MATERIAL_IN NULL NUMBER Previous level material value
put into the job or repetitive
schedule
PL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_IN NULL NUMBER Previous level material
overhead value put into the job
or repetitive schedule
PL_RESOURCE_IN NULL NUMBER Previous level resource value
schedule

PL_OVERHEAD_IN NULL NUMBER Previous level overhead value
schedule
PL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_IN NULL NUMBER Previous level outside
processing value put into the
job or repetitive schedule
TL_MATERIAL_OUT NULL NUMBER This level material value taken
out of the job or repetitive
schedule
TL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_OUT NULL NUMBER This level material overhead
value taken out of the job or
repetitive schedule
TL_RESOURCE_OUT NULL NUMBER This level resource value taken
schedule
TL_OVERHEAD_OUT NULL NUMBER This level overhead value taken
schedule
TL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_OUT NULL NUMBER This level outside processing
value taken out of the job or
repetitive schedule
PL_MATERIAL_OUT NULL NUMBER Previous level material value
taken out of the job or
repetitive schedule
PL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_OUT NULL NUMBER Previous level material
overhead value taken out of the
job or repetitive schedule
PL_RESOURCE_OUT NULL NUMBER Previous level resource value
repetitive schedule
PL_OVERHEAD_OUT NULL NUMBER Previous level overhead value
repetitive schedule
PL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_OUT NULL NUMBER Previous level outside
processing value taken out of
the job or repetitive schedule
TL_MATERIAL_VAR NULL NUMBER This level material variance
TL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_VAR NULL NUMBER This level material overhead
variance
TL_RESOURCE_VAR NULL NUMBER This level resource variance
TL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_VAR NULL NUMBER This level outside processing
variance
TL_OVERHEAD_VAR NULL NUMBER This level overhead variance
PL_MATERIAL_VAR NULL NUMBER Previous level material
variance
PL_MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_VAR NULL NUMBER Previous level material
overhead variance
PL_RESOURCE_VAR NULL NUMBER Previous level resource
variance
PL_OVERHEAD_VAR NULL NUMBER Previous level overhead
variance
PL_OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_VAR NULL NUMBER Previous level outside
processing variance
TL_SCRAP_IN NULL NUMBER This level scrap in, applicable
only for WSM entities
TL_SCRAP_OUT NULL NUMBER This level scrap out,
applicable only for WSM
entities

TL_SCRAP_VAR NULL NUMBER This level scrap variance,
applicable only for WSM
entities
Indexes
WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES_U1 UNIQUE 1 ACCT_PERIOD_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 WIP_ENTITY_ID

WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS stores information about repetitive

assemblies and the production lines on which they are built. Each row
represents a particular assembly and line combination, and includes
information such as the line priority, the accounting class associated
with the line, the production rate, the supply type of the line, whether
the line is used in calculating the assembly’s lead time
(PRIMARY_LINE_FLAG), the completion subinventory and locator for
a line, and the alternate bill and/or routing used for a particular line.
Oracle Work in Process uses this information when you define repetitive
schedules. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain
Planning, as well as Oracle Capacity, use this information when mass
loading repetitive schedules and running capacity loads on repetitive
schedules.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR ALTERNATE_BOM_DESIGNATOR
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR ALTERNATE_ROUTING_DESIGNATOR
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS INVENTORY_ITEM_ID PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
SECONDARY_LOCATOR COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID
QuickCodes Columns
PRIMARY_LINE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom

7 Based on Bill
Column Descriptions
WIP_ENTITY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive assembly
Identifier
LINE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP line Identifier
PRIMARY_ITEM_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Inventory item Identifier for
assembly that the repetitive
schedule creates
for assembly
repetitive assembly
with the repetitive item
within WIP
COMPLETION_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Default subinventory for
completed units of assembly
COMPLETION_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Default locator Identifier for
completed units of assembly
LOAD_DISTRIBUTION_PRIORITY NOT NULL NUMBER Priority that determines load
distribution across lines for
repetitive mass load
PRIMARY_LINE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Flag indicating whether or not
the line is used for lead time
calculations
PRODUCTION_LINE_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER Number of assemblies that run
down the line per hour
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Unit of
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_VALUE
(percent or amount)
OVERCOMPLETION_TOLERANCE_VALUE NULL NUMBER Percent or amount above
expected quantity that can be
completed
defining column

Indexes
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 LINE_ID
2 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 CLASS_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 ATTRIBUTE1
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 LINE_ID
3 ORGANIZATION_ID

WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES stores repetitive schedule information.

Each row includes a repetitive schedule Identifier, information about the
schedule’s production line, start and end dates, rate, throughput,
revision, status, and information on the General Ledger accounts to
which charges for this schedule are written. Oracle Work in Process
uses this information to control repetitive production.
Foreign Keys
BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS BILL_SEQUENCE_ID COMMON_BOM_SEQUENCE_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS WIP_ENTITY_ID WIP_ENTITY_ID
LINE_ID LINE_ID
LINE_ID LINE_ID
QuickCodes Columns
FIRM_PLANNED_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
STATUS_TYPE WIP_JOB_STATUS MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Unreleased
10 Pending Routing Load
11 Failed Routing Load
12 Closed
13 Pending – Mass Loaded
14 Pending Close
15 Failed Close
3 Released
4 Complete
5 Complete – No Charges
6 On Hold
7 Cancelled
8 Pending Bill Load
9 Failed Bill Load
Column Descriptions
REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive schedule
Identifier

WIP_ENTITY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER WIP repetitive assembly
Identifier
LINE_ID NOT NULL NUMBER WIP line Identifier
DAILY_PRODUCTION_RATE NOT NULL NUMBER Schedule daily quantity
PROCESSING_WORK_DAYS NOT NULL NUMBER Processing work days
STATUS_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Status of repetitive schedule
FIRM_PLANNED_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Control for MRP rescheduling
in repetitive schedule
COMMON_BOM_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Common bill Identifier
BOM_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Inventory item revision code
used to explode the bill of
material used in the schedule
repetitive schedule
COMMON_ROUTING_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Common routing Identifier
ROUTING_REVISION NULL VARCHAR2(3) Routing revision code
FIRST_UNIT_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE First unit start date
FIRST_UNIT_COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE First unit completion date
LAST_UNIT_START_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last unit start date
LAST_UNIT_COMPLETION_DATE NOT NULL DATE Last unit completion date
DATE_RELEASED NULL DATE Date on which repetitive
schedule is released
DATE_CLOSED NULL DATE Date on which the repetitive
schedule is set to Complete –
No charges or to Cancelled
QUANTITY_COMPLETED NOT NULL NUMBER Current quantity completed on
the schedule
DEMAND_CLASS NULL VARCHAR2(30) Type of demand the schedule
satisfies
MATERIAL_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
a repetitive schedule
MATERIAL_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
charges for a repetitive
schedule
RESOURCE_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
OVERHEAD_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
OUTSIDE_PROCESSING_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
charges for a repetitive
schedule
MATERIAL_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
for a repetitive schedule
OVERHEAD_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
RESOURCE_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to

OUTSIDE_PROC_VARIANCE_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER General Ledger account to
variances for a repetitive
schedule
defining column
PO_CREATION_TIME NOT NULL NUMBER Determines whether or not a
purchase order is created for
an outside processing item, and
when it is created
Indexes
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 LINE_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 LINE_ID
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES_U1 UNIQUE 1 REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
Sequences
WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES_S REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID

WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS
WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS stores information about the

material requirements of jobs and schedules. Each row represents a
material requirement and contains information about the component
item, its usage quantities, the using department, requirement date, and
the material control method. Oracle Work in Process uses this
information to track the material usage of jobs and schedules.
Foreign Keys
MTL_ITEM_LOCATIONS INVENTORY_LOCATION_ID SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID
MTL_ITEM_SUB_INVENTORIES ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_INVENTORY SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES SECONDARY_INVENTORY_NAME SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY
MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
SECONDARY_LOCATOR SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID
QuickCodes Columns
MRP_NET_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
1 Push
2 Assembly Pull
3 Operation Pull
4 Bulk
5 Supplier
6 Phantom
7 Based on Bill
Column Descriptions
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Item Identifier
Identifier
within a routing

Identifier
COMPONENT_SEQUENCE_ID NULL NUMBER Bill of materials component
sequence Identifier
within WIP
DATE_REQUIRED NULL DATE Operation requirement start
date
REQUIRED_QUANTITY NOT NULL NUMBER Part quantity required
QUANTITY_ISSUED NOT NULL NUMBER Part quantity issued
QUANTITY_PER_ASSEMBLY NOT NULL NUMBER Part usage quantity
COMMENTS NULL VARCHAR2(240) Component comment descriptive
text
SUPPLY_SUBINVENTORY NULL VARCHAR2(10) Subinventory used to supply
component to WIP
SUPPLY_LOCATOR_ID NULL NUMBER Locator used to supply
component to WIP
MRP_NET_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Determines whether or not MRP
should consider the component
requirement in its netting
process
MPS_REQUIRED_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity used by MPS relief
process
MPS_DATE_REQUIRED NULL DATE Date used by MPS relief process
SEGMENT1 NULL VARCHAR2(40) Item flexfield segment, copied
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory

from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
from Inventory
defining column
RELIEVED_MATL_COMPLETION_QTY NULL NUMBER Material quantity relieved due
to WIP completion
RELIEVED_MATL_SCRAP_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Material quantity relieved due
to WIP scrap
RELIEVED_MATL_FINAL_COMP_QTY NULL NUMBER Material quantity relieved due
to negative final completion
Indexes
WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 DATE_REQUIRED
WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 REPETITIVE_SCHEDULE_ID
2 ORGANIZATION_ID
3 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 REQUIRED_QUANTITY
8 QUANTITY_ISSUED
WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 INVENTORY_ITEM_ID
3 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
4 ORGANIZATION_ID

WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUSES
WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUSES stores the status codes that you assign

to a discrete job or repetitive schedule. Each row contains the operation
sequence number and intraoperation step to which you assign the
status. Oracle Work in Process uses this information to determine which
operations and intraoperation steps you assigned statuses to in a job or
repetitive schedule.
Foreign Keys
LINE_ID LINE_ID
WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODES SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODE SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODE
QuickCodes Columns
INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE WIP_INTRAOPERATION_STEP MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Queue
2 Run
3 To move
4 Reject
5 Scrap
Column Descriptions
identifier
within a routing
SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Standard operation status code
LINE_ID (PK) NULL NUMBER WIP line identifier
INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Sub–operation within an
operation sequence
defining column

Indexes
WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUSES_U1 UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
2 OPERATION_SEQ_NUM
3 SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODE
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 LINE_ID
7 INTRAOPERATION_STEP_TYPE

WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODES
WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODES stores the status codes and

descriptions defined in the Shop Floor Statuses window in Oracle Work
in Process. Each row contains information such as the status name,
description, and whether the status prevents you from moving
assemblies out of an operation and interoperation step to which you
assign the status.
Foreign Keys
QuickCodes Columns
STATUS_MOVE_FLAG SYS_YES_NO MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Yes
2 No
Column Descriptions
SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODE (PK) NOT NULL VARCHAR2(10) Standard operation status code
DESCRIPTION NULL VARCHAR2(240) Shop floor status code
description
DISABLE_DATE NULL DATE Shop floor status code disable
date
STATUS_MOVE_FLAG NOT NULL NUMBER Shop floor status move type
defining columns

Indexes
WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODES_U1 UNIQUE 1 SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODE
2 ORGANIZATION_ID

WIP_TRANSACTIONS
WIP_TRANSACTIONS stores information about WIP resource

transactions. Each row represents a single resource transaction and
includes a unique transaction Identifier, a transaction date, the job or
repetitive schedule charged, the WIP operation and resource charges,
and the number of units of measure applied. Oracle Work in Process
uses this information to track resource charges and to calculate the
values stored in WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS.
Foreign Keys
WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID TRANSACTION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 WIP move
2 Manual
3 PO receipt
4 PO move
1 Item
2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
TRANSACTION_TYPE WIP_TRANSACTION_TYPE MFG_LOOKUPS
1 Resource transaction
2 Overhead transaction
3 Outside processing
4 Cost update
5 Period close variance
6 Job close variance
Column Descriptions
TRANSACTION_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction Identifier

Identifier
PRIMARY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER Inventory item Identifier of
the assembly that the job or
schedule creates
ACCT_PERIOD_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting period Identifier
TRANSACTION_TYPE NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction type
GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Transaction group Identifier
SOURCE_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(30) Code of the source system that
generated the transaction
record (null if created by
Oracle Work in Process)
SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier used by the source
Process)
within a routing
RESOURCE_SEQ_NUM NULL NUMBER Resource requirement sequence
number
EMPLOYEE_ID NULL NUMBER Employee Identifier
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource requirement Identifier
AUTOCHARGE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Method of charging the resource
STANDARD_RATE_FLAG NULL NUMBER Determines whether or not the
resource is charged at the
standard rate
USAGE_RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Rate per assembly or amount per
job/schedule
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis for charging the resource
requirement
TRANSACTION_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity
TRANSACTION_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Unit of measure used in the
transaction
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Quantity transacted expressed
in the primary unit of measure
PRIMARY_UOM NULL VARCHAR2(3) Primary unit of measure
ACTUAL_RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Actual rate of the resource
requirement
STANDARD_RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Standard rate of the resource
requirement
transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Date of the currency conversion
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Currency conversion type used
for the transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency conversion rate used
for the transaction
CURRENCY_ACTUAL_RESOURCE_RATE NULL NUMBER Actual resource rate converted
for the currency code

REASON_ID NULL NUMBER Reason Identifier
descriptive text
MOVE_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Move transaction Identifier
PO_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order header
Identifier
PO_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER Purchase order line Identifier
Identifier
defining column
COST_UPDATE_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier of the cost update
process that updated the record
PM_COST_COLLECTED NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag to indicate if costs have
been collected for project
manufacturing
PM_COST_COLLECTOR_GROUP_ID NULL NUMBER Group identifier used for
collecting costs for project
manufacturing
COMPLETION_TRANSACTION_ID NULL NUMBER Originating completion
transaction in
Indexes
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_DATE
2 CREATION_DATE
3 TRANSACTION_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 COST_UPDATE_ID
3 WIP_ENTITY_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 PM_COST_COLLECTED
4 PM_COST_COLLECTOR_GROUP_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_N5 NOT UNIQUE 2 PRIMARY_ITEM_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS_U1 UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID

Sequences
Database Triggers
Trigger Name : AX_WIP_TRANSACTIONS_ARI1

Trigger Level : ROW
application. This trigger captures accounting events related to WIP resource transactions. It
executes when an outside resource transaction is created and the source is from a receiving
system. It populates the AX_EVENTS table.

WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS stores the accounting information

for each resource transaction in WIP_TRANSACTIONS. These two
tables are joined by the column TRANSACTION_ID, and contain at
least two account rows for every resource transaction (unless the
resource is uncosted). Each row represents a debit or a credit accounting
entry, and the sum of all rows for a given transaction Identifier should
be zero. Each row includes the account, transaction date, transaction
value, purpose (ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE), and the source of the
charges (the job or repetitive schedule). The TRANSACTION_VALUE
and BASE_TRANSACTION_VALUE are transferred to the
GL_INTERFACE table through the period close or GL transfer
(INTCGL) process. Until this process is run, the GL_BATCH_ID is set to
–1. Oracle Work in Process uses the information in this table to track the
financial impact of resource transactions.
Foreign Keys
GL_CODE_COMBINATIONS CODE_COMBINATION_ID REFERENCE_ACCOUNT
ORG_GL_BATCHES ORGANIZATION_ID ORGANIZATION_ID
GL_BATCH_ID GL_BATCH_ID
WIP_TRANSACTIONS TRANSACTION_ID TRANSACTION_ID
QuickCodes Columns
1 Inv valuation
2 Account
rate variance
7 WIP valuation
8 WIP variance
99 Unknown
1 Item

2 Lot
3 Resource Units
4 Resource Value
5 Total Value
6 Activity
Column Descriptions
REFERENCE_ACCOUNT NOT NULL NUMBER Transaction reference account
WIP_ENTITY_ID NOT NULL NUMBER Charged entity Identifier (job
or schedule number)
Identifier
ACCOUNTING_LINE_TYPE NULL NUMBER Purpose or description for the
accounting entry
TRANSACTION_VALUE NULL NUMBER Accounting value in the
transaction currency(NULL if
the transaction is in the base
currency)
BASE_TRANSACTION_VALUE NOT NULL NUMBER Accounting value in the base
currency
CONTRA_SET_ID NULL NUMBER Offset account Identifier
PRIMARY_QUANTITY NULL NUMBER Transaction quantity for the
accounting row
RATE_OR_AMOUNT NULL NUMBER Resource requirement or
overhead rate/amount for the
transaction based on the
COST_ELEMENT_ID
BASIS_TYPE NULL NUMBER Basis for charging the resource
requirement
RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource requirement or
sub–element Identifier
COST_ELEMENT_ID NULL NUMBER Cost element Identifier
transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_DATE NULL DATE Currency conversion date for
the transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_TYPE NULL VARCHAR2(10) Currency conversion type for
the transaction
CURRENCY_CONVERSION_RATE NULL NUMBER Currency conversion rate for
the transaction
OVERHEAD_BASIS_FACTOR NULL NUMBER The resource requirement value
or resource units the overhead
is based upon
BASIS_RESOURCE_ID NULL NUMBER Resource requirement Identifier
for the resource overhead is
based on
GL_BATCH_ID NULL NUMBER Source General Ledger
transaction journal entry batch

GL_SL_LINK_ID NULL NUMBER Identifier linking to
GL_INTERFACE during GL transfer
Indexes
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 TRANSACTION_ID
2 REFERENCE_ACCOUNT
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 REFERENCE_ACCOUNT
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 WIP_ENTITY_ID
WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_N4 NOT UNIQUE 2 GL_BATCH_ID
4 ORGANIZATION_ID
6 TRANSACTION_DATE

WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS
Foreign Keys
REVISION REVISION
Column Descriptions
LPN_ID NOT NULL NUMBER
LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBER NOT NULL VARCHAR2(30)
INVENTORY_ITEM_ID NULL NUMBER
LOT_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30)
SERIAL_NUMBER NULL VARCHAR2(30)
SUBINVENTORY_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(10)
PARENT_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER
OUTERMOST_LPN_ID NULL NUMBER Outermost LPN Id
GROSS_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
GROSS_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER
CONTENT_VOLUME_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
CONTENT_VOLUME NULL NUMBER
TARE_WEIGHT_UOM_CODE NULL VARCHAR2(3)
TARE_WEIGHT NULL NUMBER
STATUS_ID NULL NUMBER
LPN_CONTEXT NULL NUMBER
SEALED_STATUS NULL NUMBER
LPN_REUSABILITY NULL NUMBER
HOMOGENEOUS_CONTAINER NULL NUMBER
ATTRIBUTE_CATEGORY NULL VARCHAR2(30)

SOURCE_TYPE_ID NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_HEADER_ID NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_LINE_ID NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_LINE_DETAIL_ID NULL NUMBER
SOURCE_NAME NULL VARCHAR2(30)
Indexes
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 PARENT_LPN_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_N2 NOT UNIQUE 1 OUTERMOST_LPN_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_N3 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
2 SUBINVENTORY_CODE
3 LOCATOR_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_U1 UNIQUE 1 LPN_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_U2 UNIQUE 1 LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBER
Sequences
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_S1 LPN_ID
WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS_S2 LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBER

WMS_STRATEGIES_B
WMS_STRATEGIES_B stores WMS strategies. A strategy is consist of

rules. The order of the rules in the strategy is important as it defines the
sequence of execution for the rules.
Foreign Keys
Column Descriptions
STRATEGY_ID (PK) NOT NULL NUMBER Strategy identifier
TYPE_CODE NOT NULL NUMBER Strategy type code
ENABLED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether or not
strategy is enabled to be used
for assignment to business
object (’Y’/’N’)
USER_DEFINED_FLAG NOT NULL VARCHAR2(1) Flag indicating whether or not
strategy is user–defined
(’Y’/’N’)
defining column
Indexes
WMS_STRATEGIES_B_N1 NOT UNIQUE 1 ORGANIZATION_ID
WMS_STRATEGIES_B_U1 UNIQUE 1 STRATEGY_ID
Sequences
WMS_STRATEGIES_S STRATEGY_ID

Index
A database diagrams, conventions, 2-5
Database triggers, 3-6
Application Building Block, 1-7
F
C Foreign keys, 3-3
Column descriptions, 3-4 Form, 1-8
Columns, Who, 3-4 Form List, 2-54
Concurrent Program List, 2-58 See also Form Definitions
See also Concurrent Program Definitions Forms and Table View List, 2-44
D I
Database Diagram, 1-7 Indexes, 3-6
Summary Database Diagram, 1-7 important note about, 3-6
Database Diagrams Internal View List, 2-48
average cost overview, 2-12
bill of material structures, 2-18
bills of material scheduling overview, 2-19 L
cost detail, 2-14
cost information, 2-13 Lookup types. See QuickCodes
deletes, 2-21
engineering change order, 2-22
periodic cost overview, 2-16 M
periodic distributions and IPV, 2-15
routings, 2-20 Module List, 2-54
standard cost overview, 2-17 See also Module Definitions
Index – 1
Modules, 1-7 AK_FLOW_PAGES_TL, 3-16
MultiLingual View List, 2-53 AK_FLOW_REGION_RELATIONS, 3-21
AK_FLOWS, 3-12
AK_FLOWS_TL, 3-13
AK_FOREIGN_KEY_COLUMNS, 3-25
O AK_FOREIGN_KEYS, 3-23
AK_FOREIGN_KEYS_TL, 3-24
Oracle8 sequences. See Sequences
AK_INST_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES, 3-26
AK_LOADER_TEMP, 3-27
AK_LOOKUP_CODES, 3-28
P AK_MULTIORG_VALIDATION_TEMP,
3-29
Public Table List, 2-23 AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_NAVIGATION,
Public View List, 2-42 3-37
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES, 3-33
AK_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_TL, 3-36
Q AK_OBJECT_VALUES_TEMP, 3-39
AK_OBJECTS, 3-30
QuickCodes, 1-8 AK_OBJECTS_TL, 3-32
Columns that contain, 3-3 AK_REGION_ITEMS, 3-43
AK_REGION_ITEMS_TL, 3-47
AK_REGIONS, 3-40
AK_REGIONS_TL, 3-42
R AK_RESP_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,
3-48
Relationship, 1-7
AK_UNIQUE_KEY_COLUMNS, 3-50
Report List, 2-55 AK_UNIQUE_KEYS, 3-49
See also Report Definitions AK_WEB_USER_SEC_ATTR_VALUES,
3-51
AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL,
S 3-52
AP_TAX_CODES_ALL, 3-65
Sequences, 3-6 BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_ALL_V, 3-69
BOM_ALT_DESIGNATORS_VAL_V, 3-71
Single Organization View List, 2-52 BOM_ALTERNATE_DESIGNATORS, 3-68
BOM_ATO_CONFIGURATIONS, 3-73
BOM_BILL_ALTERNATES_V, 2-44
T BOM_BILL_NO_HOLD_REVISIONS_V,
2-48
Table and View Definitions BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS, 3-74
ACTIVITY_COSTS, 3-7 BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_ARCHIVE,
AK_ATTRIBUTES, 3-8 3-77
AK_ATTRIBUTES_TL, 3-10 BOM_BILL_OF_MATERIALS_V, 2-44
AK_EXCLUDED_ITEMS, 3-11 BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_INTERFACE, 3-79
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGION_ITEMS, 3-19 BOM_BILL_OF_MTLS_QF_V, 2-44
AK_FLOW_PAGE_REGIONS, 3-17 BOM_BILL_RELEASED_REVISIONS_V,
AK_FLOW_PAGES, 3-14 2-48
Index – 2 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

BOM_CAL_WEEK_START_DATES, 3-89 BOM_EXCEPTION_SET_DATES, 3-123
BOM_CAL_YEAR_START_DATES, 3-90 BOM_EXCEPTION_SETS, 3-122
BOM_CALENDAR_DATES, 3-83 BOM_EXPL_INQUIRY_VIEW, 2-44
BOM_CALENDAR_EXCEPTIONS, 3-85 BOM_EXPLOSION_TEMP, 3-127
BOM_CALENDAR_MONTHS_VIEW, 2-48 BOM_EXPLOSION_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_CALENDAR_SHIFTS, 3-87 BOM_EXPLOSIONS, 3-124
BOM_CALENDAR_WEEKS_VIEW, 2-48 BOM_FORM_QUERY, 3-133
BOM_CALENDARS, 3-81 BOM_IMPL_INQUIRY_V, 2-44
BOM_CALENDARS_VIEW, 2-48 BOM_IMPL_INQUIRY_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_CMYTEMP, 3-91 BOM_IMPLOSION_TEMP, 3-134
BOM_COMPARISON_TEMP, 3-92 BOM_IMPLOSION_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_CONFIG_EXPLOSIONS, 3-94 BOM_INTERFACE_DELETE_GROUPS,
BOM_CONSOLIDATE_EXPLOSION_VIE 3-136
W, 2-48 BOM_INV_COMPS_INTERFACE_V, 2-44
BOM_CTO_ORDER_DEMAND, 3-98 BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS,
BOM_CTO_ORDER_LINES, 3-99 3-137
BOM_CTO_SRC_ORGS, 3-100 BOM_INVENTORY_COMPONENTS_V,
2-44
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES, 3-101
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_ARCHIVE,
BOM_DELETE_ENTITIES_V, 2-44
3-142
BOM_DELETE_ERRORS, 3-103
BOM_INVENTORY_COMPS_INTERFACE,
BOM_DELETE_ERRORS_V, 2-44 3-146
BOM_DELETE_GROUPS, 3-104 BOM_ITEM_BACKFLUSH_SUBINV,
BOM_DELETE_SQL_STATEMENTS, 3-151
3-106 BOM_ITEM_CURRENT_REV_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES, 3-108 BOM_ITEM_REVISIONS_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_DELETE_SUB_ENTITIES_V, 2-44 BOM_LINE_DETAILS_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_DEPARTMENT_CLASSES, 3-116 BOM_LINES_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES, BOM_LISTS, 3-152
3-117 BOM_LOW_LEVEL_CODES, 3-153
BOM_DEPARTMENT_RESOURCES_V, BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS,
2-44 3-154
BOM_DEPARTMENTS, 3-110 BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_CELLS_V,
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_ALL_V, 3-112 2-44
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_V, 2-44 BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_HEADER,
BOM_DEPARTMENTS_VAL_V, 3-114 3-155
BOM_DEPEND_DESC_ELEM_ARCHIVE, BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROC_V,
3-120 2-44
BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS, BOM_MIXED_MODEL_MAP_PROCESSE
3-119 S, 3-157
BOM_DEPENDENT_DESC_ELEMENTS_ BOM_OP_RESOURCES_ARCHIVE, 3-171
V, 2-44 BOM_OP_RESOURCES_INTERFACE,
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES, 3-121 3-173
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES_EMP_V, BOM_OP_RESOURCES_VIEW, 3-176
2-44 BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_ARCHIVE, 3-179
BOM_DEPT_RES_INSTANCES_EQP_V, BOM_OP_ROUTINGS_INTERFACE,
2-44 3-181
Index – 3
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_ARCHIVE, 3-184 BOM_RESOURCES_V, 2-45
BOM_OP_SEQUENCES_INTERFACE, BOM_RESOURCES_VAL_V, 3-209
3-186 BOM_ROUTING_ALTERNATES_V, 2-45
BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS, 3-162 BOM_ROUTING_REVISIONS_VIEW,
BOM_OPERATION_NETWORKS_V, 2-44 2-48
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES, 3-164 BOM_RTG_CURRENT_REV_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_EFC, BOM_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS_ARCHIVE,
3-166 3-221
BOM_OPERATION_RESOURCES_V, 2-44 BOM_SETUP_TRANSITIONS, 3-222
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES, 3-167 BOM_SETUP_TYPES, 3-223
BOM_OPERATION_SEQUENCES_V, 2-44 BOM_SETUP_TYPES_V, 2-45
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS, 3-159 BOM_SHIFT_DATES, 3-224
BOM_OPERATIONAL_ROUTINGS_V, BOM_SHIFT_EXCEPTIONS, 3-225
2-44 BOM_SHIFT_MONTHS_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_ORG_CAL_DATES_VIEW, 3-190 BOM_SHIFT_TIMES, 3-227
BOM_ORG_CAL_PERIODS_VIEW, 3-191 BOM_SHIFT_WEEKS_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_ORG_CAL_WEEKS_VIEW, 3-192 BOM_SMALL_EXPL_TEMP, 3-228
BOM_ORG_SHIFT_DATES_VIEW, 3-193 BOM_SMALL_IMPL_TEMP, 3-234
BOM_PARAMETERS, 3-194 BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS, 3-236
BOM_PERIOD_START_DATES, 3-196 BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_ALL_V,
BOM_PICKING_LINES_VIEW, 2-48 3-239
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_V, 2-45
BOM_PRODUCTFAMILY_MEM_V, 2-44
BOM_STANDARD_OPERATIONS_VAL_V,
BOM_REF_DESGS_INTERFACE, 3-200
3-242
BOM_REF_DESIGNATORS_VIEW, 2-48
BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES, 3-245
BOM_REFERENCE_DESGS_ARCHIVE,
BOM_STD_OP_RESOURCES_V, 2-45
3-197
BOM_STP_STD_OP_RESOURCES_V, 2-45
BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS,
BOM_SUB_COMPONENTS_VIEW, 2-48
3-198
BOM_SUB_COMPS_INTERFACE, 3-251
BOM_REFERENCE_DESIGNATORS_V,
BOM_SUB_COMPS_QF_V, 2-45
2-45
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCE_EF
BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES, 3-219
C, 3-256
BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES_EMP_
BOM_SUB_OPERATION_RESOURCES,
V, 2-45
3-254
BOM_RES_INSTANCE_CHANGES_EQP_
BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS,
V, 2-45
3-248
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES, 3-212 BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPONENTS_V,
BOM_RESOURCE_CHANGES_V, 2-45 2-45
BOM_RESOURCE_EMPLOYEES, 3-214 BOM_SUBSTITUTE_COMPS_ARCHIVE,
BOM_RESOURCE_EQUIPMENTS, 3-215 3-250
BOM_RESOURCE_FLEX_FENCES, 3-216 BOM_WORKDAY_PATTERNS, 3-257
BOM_RESOURCE_SETUPS, 3-217 CRP_RESOURCE_HOURS, 3-259
BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS, 3-218 CRP_SIMULATION_SETS, 3-262
BOM_RESOURCE_SHIFTS_V, 2-45 CST_ACCOUNTING_EVENT_TYPES_V,
BOM_RESOURCES, 3-203 2-48
BOM_RESOURCES_ALL_V, 3-206 CST_ACCOUNTING_LIBRARIES, 3-263
BOM_RESOURCES_EFC, 3-208 CST_ACCOUNTING_PACKAGES, 3-264

CST_ACCT_LIB_PACKAGES, 3-265 CST_COST_ELEMENTS, 3-289
CST_ACTIVITIES, 3-266 CST_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS, 3-293
CST_ACTIVITIES_V, 2-45 CST_COST_GROUP_ASSIGNMENTS,
CST_ACTIVITIES_VAL_V, 2-48 3-294
CST_ACTIVITY_COST_VIEW, 2-48 CST_COST_GROUPS, 3-291
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS, 3-268 CST_COST_GROUPS_V, 2-45
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_EFC, 3-269 CST_COST_HISTORY_V, 2-45
CST_ACTIVITY_COSTS_V, 2-45 CST_COST_TYPE_HISTORY, 3-297
CST_ACTIVITY_DEPT_COST_VIEW, 2-48 CST_COST_TYPES, 3-295
CST_ACTIVITY_FLEX_COST_VIEW, 2-49 CST_COST_TYPES_ALL_V, 2-49
CST_ACTIVITY_OP_COST_VIEW, 2-49 CST_COST_TYPES_V, 2-45
CST_AE_HEADERS, 3-270 CST_COST_TYPES_VAL_V, 2-49
CST_AE_HEADERS_EFC, 3-272 CST_COST_UPDATES, 3-299
CST_AE_LINES, 3-273 CST_COST_UPDATES_EFC, 3-301
CST_AE_LINES_EFC, 3-275 CST_COST_UPDATES_V, 2-45
CST_AEL_GL_INV_V, 2-49 CST_CQL_CIC_ITEM_COSTS_V, 2-45
CST_AEL_GL_WIP_V, 2-49 CST_DEFAULT_COST_VIEW, 2-49
CST_AEL_SL_INV_V, 2-49 CST_DEFAULT_DETAIL_COST_VIEW,
2-49
CST_AEL_SL_WIP_V, 2-49
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS, 3-302
CST_AP_VARIANCE_BATCHES, 3-276
CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_EFC,
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS, 3-277
3-304
CST_AP_VARIANCE_HEADERS_EFC, CST_DEPARTMENT_OVERHEADS_V,
3-278 2-45
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES, 3-279 CST_DEPOVH_COST_TYPES_V, 2-45
CST_AP_VARIANCE_LINES_EFC, 3-280 CST_DETAIL_COST_VIEW, 2-49
CST_AP_VARIANCE_V, 2-45 CST_DETAIL_COSTS_FOR_GL_VIEW,
CST_AVG_DIST_ACCTS_V, 2-49 2-49
CST_AVG_ELEM_COSTS_V, 2-45 CST_DISTRIBUTION_MASTER, 3-305
CST_BIS_MARGIN_BUILD, 3-281 CST_DISTRIBUTION_V, 2-45
CST_BIS_MARGIN_SUMMARY, 3-282 CST_DISTRIBUTION_VIEW, 2-49
CST_CG_COST_HISTORY_V, 2-45 CST_ELEMENT_ACTIVITY_COST_VIEW,
CST_CG_ITEM_COSTS_VIEW, 2-49 2-49
CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES, 3-285 CST_ELEMENT_CODE_COST_VIEW,
CST_CG_WIP_ACCT_CLASSES_V, 2-49 2-49
CST_CODE_ACTIVITY_COST_VIEW, CST_ELEMENT_COST_VIEW, 2-49
2-49 CST_ELEMENT_DEPT_COST_VIEW, 2-49
CST_CODE_COST_VIEW, 2-49 CST_ELEMENT_OP_COST_VIEW, 2-49
CST_CODE_DEPARTMENT_COST_VIEW, CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS, 3-306
2-49 CST_ELEMENTAL_COSTS_EFC, 3-307
CST_CODE_FLEX_COST_VIEW, 2-49 CST_ENCUMBRANCE_LINES, 3-308
CST_CODE_OPERATION_COST_VIEW, CST_EXPLOSION_TEMP, 3-310
2-49 CST_GL_TRANSLATION_VIEW, 2-49
CST_COMP_SNAP_INTERFACE, 3-287 CST_INQUIRY_TEMP, 3-311
CST_COMP_SNAP_TEMP, 3-288 CST_INQUIRY_TYPES, 3-312
CST_COMP_SNAPSHOT, 3-286 CST_INTERFACE_ERRORS, 3-315
CST_COST_ELEM_EXP_TYPES, 3-290 CST_INTRANSIT_VALUE_VIEW, 2-49
Index – 5
CST_INV_DISTRIBUTION_V, 2-45 CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_ACCOUNTS_TEMP,
CST_INV_LAYER_COST_DETAILS, 3-317 3-353
CST_INV_LAYERS, 3-316 CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_RECONCILE_TEMP
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS, 3-323 , 3-354
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC, 3-326 CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS,
CST_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_V, 2-45 3-356
CST_ITEM_COST_TYPE_V, 2-45 CST_PAC_ACCRUAL_WRITE_OFFS_EFC,
3-358
CST_ITEM_COSTS, 3-318
CST_PAC_AEL_GL_INV_V, 2-50
CST_ITEM_COSTS_EFC, 3-320
CST_PAC_AEL_GL_RCV_V, 2-50
CST_ITEM_COSTS_FOR_GL_VIEW, 2-49
CST_PAC_AEL_GL_WIP_V, 2-50
CST_ITEM_COSTS_INTERFACE, 3-321
CST_PAC_AEL_SL_INV_V, 2-50
CST_ITEM_COSTS_VIEW, 2-49 CST_PAC_AEL_SL_RCV_V, 2-50
CST_ITEM_CST_DTLS_INTERFACE, CST_PAC_AEL_SL_WIP_V, 2-50
3-327 CST_PAC_EXPLOSION_TEMP, 3-359
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS, CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS, 3-363
3-330
CST_PAC_ITEM_COST_DETAILS_EFC,
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_EFC 3-364
, 3-332 CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS, 3-360
CST_ITEM_OVERHEAD_DEFAULTS_V, CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_EFC, 3-362
2-45 CST_PAC_ITEM_COSTS_V, 2-46
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS, 3-333 CST_PAC_LEGAL_ENTITIES_V, 2-46
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_EFC, 3-334 CST_PAC_LOW_LEVEL_CODES, 3-365
CST_LAYER_COST_DETAILS_V, 2-50 CST_PAC_PERIODS, 3-366
CST_LE_COST_TYPES, 3-335 CST_PAC_PERIODS_V, 2-46
CST_LE_COST_TYPES_V, 2-46 CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES, 3-367
CST_LISTS, 3-337 CST_PAC_PROCESS_PHASES_V, 2-46
CST_LOW_LEVEL_CODES, 3-338 CST_PAC_QUANTITY_LAYERS, 3-368
CST_MARGIN_BUILD, 3-339 CST_PAC_RECEIVING_VALUES_V, 2-46
CST_MARGIN_SUMMARY, 3-340 CST_PAC_WIP_TXN_V, 2-46
CST_MARGIN_TEMP, 3-343 CST_PC_COST_DET_INTERFACE, 3-369
CST_MASS_EDITS, 3-346 CST_PC_ITEM_COST_INTERFACE, 3-370
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_KARDEX_DATA, CST_PC_TXN_HISTORY, 3-372
3-349 CST_PERIOD_BALANCES_VIEW, 2-50
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJ_PER_STATUSES, CST_PERIOD_VALUE_TEMP, 3-373
3-350 CST_PERIOD_VALUE_V, 2-46
CST_MGD_INFL_ADJUSTED_COSTS, CST_PM_MATL_TXN_V, 2-50
3-347 CST_PM_PENDING_TXN_V, 2-50
CST_MGD_INFL_TSF_ORG_ENTRIES, CST_PROJ_EXP_TYPES_VAL_V, 2-50
3-351 CST_PROJMFG_CMT_VIEW, 2-50
CST_MGD_LIFO_ITEM_COSTS_V, 2-46 CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS, 3-374
CST_MGD_LIFO_PERIODS_V, 2-46 CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_EFC, 3-376
CST_MTL_RCV_TXN_V, 2-46 CST_QUANTITY_LAYERS_V, 2-50
CST_OPERATION_LEVEL_COST_VIEW, CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS, 3-380
2-50 CST_RCV_ACQ_COST_DETAILS_EFC,
CST_ORG_COST_GROUP_ACCOUNTS, 3-382
3-352 CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS, 3-377

CST_RCV_ACQ_COSTS_EFC, 3-379 MTL_KANBAN_CARD_PRINT_TEMP,
CST_REPORT_TYPES, 3-383 3-401
CST_RESOURCE_COST_TYPES_V, 2-46 MTL_KANBAN_CARDS, 3-395
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS, 3-385 MTL_KANBAN_PULL_SEQUENCES,
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_EFC, 3-387 3-402
CST_RESOURCE_COSTS_V, 2-46 MTL_KANBAN_TEMPLATES, 3-405
CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS, 3-388 MTL_LE_ECONOMIC_ZONES, 3-407
CST_RESOURCE_OVERHEADS_V, 2-46 MTL_LOT_NUMBERS, 3-408
CST_ROLLUP_DATE_VIEW, 2-50 MTL_MANUFACTURERS, 3-412
CST_STD_COST_ADJ_TMP1_V, 2-50 MTL_MATERIAL_STATUS_HISTORY,
CST_STD_COST_ADJ_TMP2_V, 2-50 3-418
CST_STD_INV_ADJ_VIEW, 2-50 MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES, 3-413
CST_STD_WIP_ADJ_VIEW, 2-50 MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_B, 3-415
CST_TOTAL_COST_VIEW, 2-50 MTL_MATERIAL_STATUSES_TL, 3-417
CST_WIP_COST_ELEM_VARIANCES_V, MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS,
2-50 3-420
CST_WIP_ENTITY_V, 2-46 MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_EFC,
CST_WIP_ENTITY_VIEW, 2-50 3-427
CST_WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES_V, 2-50 MTL_MATERIAL_TRANSACTIONS_TEM
P, 3-428
CST_WIP_TXN_TYPE_VIEW, 2-50
MTL_MATERIAL_TXN_ALLOCATIONS,
CST_WIP_VARIANCES_V, 2-50
3-435
CZ_ATTRIBUTE_LIST_NAMES_V, 2-46
MTL_MFG_PART_NUMBERS, 3-436
CZ_AUTOSELECTION_ITEMS_V, 2-46
MTL_MGD_INVENTORY_POSITIONS,
CZ_AUTOSELECTION_RANGES_V, 2-46 3-438
CZ_COMPONENT_SELECTIONS_V, 2-46 MTL_MOVEMENT_PARAMETERS, 3-439
CZ_CONSTR_ATTR_LEFT_V, 2-46 MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS, 3-441
CZ_CONSTR_ATTR_RIGHT_V, 2-46 MTL_MOVEMENT_STATISTICS_EFC,
CZ_CONSTRAINT_ASSIGNMENTS_V, 3-447
2-46 MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_B, 3-450
CZ_CONSTRAINT_CLAUSES_V, 2-46 MTL_MVT_STATS_RULE_SETS_TL,
CZ_CONSTRAINTS_VL, 2-53 3-451
CZ_ERROR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_V, MTL_MVT_STATS_RULES, 3-448
2-46 MTL_OBJECT_EVENTS, 3-452
CZ_ERROR_CLAUSES_V, 2-46 MTL_OBJECT_GENEALOGY, 3-453
CZ_ERRORS_SUMMARY_V, 2-46 MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITIES, 3-455
CZ_ERRORS_V, 2-46 MTL_ONHAND_QUANTITY_TEMP,
CZ_INST_ATTR_VALUES_V, 2-46 3-457
CZ_ITEM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_V, 2-46 MTL_ORG_REPORT_TEMP, 3-459
CZ_SYSTEM_COMPONENTS_V, 2-46 MTL_ORGANIZATIONS, 2-47
ENG_WF_PROCESS_V, 2-47 MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAIL_EFC,
HR_ORGANIZATION_UNITS, 2-47 3-462
MRP_BOM_PLAN_NAME_LOV_V, 2-50 MTL_PAC_ACTUAL_COST_DETAILS,
MTL_DEFAULT_SETS_VIEW, 2-50 3-460
MTL_EMPLOYEES_VIEW, 2-47 MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS, 3-463
MTL_ITEM_FLEXFIELDS, 2-47 MTL_PAC_COST_SUBELEMENTS_EFC,
MTL_KANBAN_CARD_ACTIVITY, 3-398 3-464
Index – 7
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS, 3-465 MTL_SECONDARY_LOCATORS, 3-541
MTL_PAC_TXN_COST_DETAILS_EFC, MTL_SECONDARY_LOCS_INTERFACE,
3-466 3-542
MTL_PARAMETERS, 3-467 MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS, 3-544
MTL_PENDING_ITEM_STATUS, 3-474 MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_INTERFACE,
MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS, 3-479 3-550
MTL_PER_CLOSE_DTLS_EFC, 3-480 MTL_SERIAL_NUMBERS_TEMP, 3-553
MTL_PERIOD_CG_SUMMARY, 3-476 MTL_SHORT_CHK_PARAM, 3-556
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY, 3-477 MTL_SHORT_CHK_STATEMENTS, 3-561
MTL_PERIOD_SUMMARY_EFC, 3-478 MTL_SHORT_CHK_TEMP, 3-562
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS, 3-481 MTL_SO_RMA_INTERFACE, 3-563
MTL_PHYSICAL_ADJUSTMENTS_EFC, MTL_SO_RMA_RECEIPTS, 3-565
3-484 MTL_STAT_TYPE_USAGES, 3-569
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES, 3-485 MTL_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES,
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORIES_EFC, 3-567
3-488 MTL_STATUS_TRANSACTION_CONTRO
MTL_PHYSICAL_INVENTORY_TAGS, L, 3-568
3-489 MTL_SUMMARY_TEMP, 3-570
MTL_PHYSICAL_SUBINVENTORIES, MTL_SUPPLY, 3-571
3-492 MTL_SUPPLY_DEMAND_TEMP, 3-576
MTL_PICKING_RULES, 3-493 MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B, 3-579
MTL_PLANNERS, 3-495 MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_B_EFC, 3-599
MTL_PURGE_HEADER, 3-496 MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_INTERFACE,
3-600
MTL_QOH_ITEM_TMP, 3-497
MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS_TL, 3-617
MTL_QOH_LOCATOR_TMP, 3-498
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS, 3-628
MTL_QOH_LOT_TMP, 3-499
MTL_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS_EFC,
MTL_QOH_REV_TMP, 3-500 3-631
MTL_QOH_SUB_TMP, 3-501 MTL_TRANSACTION_LOT_NUMBERS,
MTL_RELATED_ITEMS, 3-502 3-639
MTL_RELATED_ITEMS_INTERFACE, MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_INTERFACE
3-504 , 3-632
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS, 3-506 MTL_TRANSACTION_LOTS_TEMP, 3-635
MTL_REPLENISH_HEADERS_INT, 3-509 MTL_TRANSACTION_REASONS, 3-642
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES, 3-512 MTL_TRANSACTION_TYPES, 3-643
MTL_REPLENISH_LINES_INT, 3-515 MTL_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE,
MTL_RESERVATIONS, 3-517 3-618
MTL_RESERVATIONS_INTERFACE, MTL_TXN_COST_DET_INTERFACE,
3-520 3-645
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVISIONS, 3-528 MTL_TXN_REQUEST_HEADERS, 3-646
MTL_RTG_ITEM_REVS_INTERFACE, MTL_TXN_REQUEST_LINES, 3-648
3-530 MTL_TXN_SOURCE_TYPES, 3-652
MTL_SAFETY_STOCKS, 3-532 MTL_UNIT_TRANSACTIONS, 3-656
MTL_SALES_ORDERS, 3-534 MTL_UNITS_OF_MEASURE_TL, 3-654
MTL_SEASONALITY_INDICES, 3-536 MTL_UOM_CLASS_CONVERSIONS,
MTL_SECONDARY_INVENTORIES, 3-660
3-537 MTL_UOM_CLASSES_TL, 3-659

MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS, 3-662 RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES, 2-52
MTL_UOM_CONVERSIONS_VIEW, 2-47 RA_RULES, 3-764
MTL_UPDATE_RECORDS_TEMP, 3-664 RA_TERMS_B, 3-766
MTL_USER_DEMAND, 3-665 RA_TERRITORIES, 3-768
MTL_USER_SUPPLY, 3-667 RCV_LOTS_INTERFACE, 3-770
ORG_ACCESS, 3-669 RCV_PARAMETERS, 3-771
ORG_ACCT_PERIODS, 3-670 RCV_RECEIVING_VALUE_VIEW, 2-50
ORG_FREIGHT_TL, 3-672 RCV_ROUTING_HEADERS, 3-774
ORG_GL_BATCHES, 3-674 RCV_SERIALS_INTERFACE, 3-775
ORG_ORGANIZATION_DEFINITIONS, RCV_SHIPMENT_HEADERS, 3-776
2-47 RCV_SHIPMENT_LINES, 3-780
ORG_ORGANIZATION_DEFINITIONS2, RCV_TRANSACTIONS, 3-784
2-47 RCV_TRANSACTIONS_INTERFACE,
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES, 3-677 3-790
PA_EXPENDITURE_TYPES_EXPEND_V, SO_HEADERS, 2-52
2-50 SO_LINES, 2-52
PA_ORGANIZATIONS_EXPEND_V, 2-50 SO_ORDER_LINE_STATUS, 2-51
PAY_COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX, SO_ORDER_TYPES_115, 2-52
3-675 WIP_COST_TXN_INTERFACE, 3-799
PER_PEOPLE_X, 2-47 WIP_DISCRETE_JOBS, 3-804
PJM_UNIT_NUMBERS, 3-679 WIP_ENTITIES, 3-810
PJM_UNIT_SERIAL_HISTORY, 3-681 WIP_FLOW_SCHEDULES, 3-812
PO_AGENTS, 3-682 WIP_LINES, 3-816
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS, 2-52 WIP_MOVE_TRANSACTIONS, 3-818
PO_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL, 3-684 WIP_MOVE_TXN_INTERFACE, 3-821
PO_HAZARD_CLASSES_B, 3-691 WIP_NON_STANDARD_CLASSES_VAL_V,
PO_HEADERS, 2-52 2-51
PO_HEADERS_ALL, 3-693 WIP_OPERATION_RESOURCES, 3-828
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS, 2-52 WIP_OPERATIONS, 3-825
PO_LINE_LOCATIONS_ALL, 3-708 WIP_PARAMETERS, 3-831
PO_LINES, 2-52 WIP_PERIOD_BALANCES, 3-835
PO_LINES_ALL, 3-701 WIP_REPETITIVE_CLASSES_VAL_V,
PO_RELEASES_ALL, 3-716 2-51
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS, 2-52 WIP_REPETITIVE_ITEMS, 3-838
PO_REQUISITION_HEADERS_ALL, WIP_REPETITIVE_SCHEDULES, 3-841
3-730 WIP_REQUIREMENT_OPERATIONS,
PO_REQUISITION_LINES_ALL, 3-734 3-844
PO_REQUISITIONS_INTERFACE_ALL, WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUS_CODES,
3-721 3-849
PO_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_ALL, 3-741 WIP_SHOP_FLOOR_STATUSES, 3-847
PO_UN_NUMBERS_B, 3-746 WIP_STANDARD_CLASSES_VAL_V, 2-51
PO_VENDOR_SITES_ALL, 3-755 WIP_TRANSACTION_ACCOUNTS, 3-855
PO_VENDORS, 3-748 WIP_TRANSACTIONS, 3-851
RA_CUST_TRX_LINE_GL_DIST, 2-52 WMS_LICENSE_PLATE_NUMBERS,
RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES_ALL, 3-760 3-858
RA_CUSTOMER_TRX, 2-52 WMS_STRATEGIES_B, 3-860
Index – 9
Tables
See also Table and View Definitions
V
Column descriptions, 3-4
View Definitions. See Table and View
Foreign keys, 3-3
Definitions
Indexes. See Indexes
Primary Keys, 3-4 Views
QuickCodes Columns, 3-3 See also Table and View Definitions; View List
Who columns, 3-4, 3-5 Derivation, 3-6

Reader’s Comment Form
Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual
A90197–01
Oracle Corporation welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness
of this publication. Your input is an important part of the information we use for revision.
• Did you find any errors?
• Is the information clearly presented?
• Do you need more information? If so, where?
• Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples?
• What features did you like most about this manual? What did you like least about it?
If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, please indicate the topic, chapter,
and page number below:
Please send your comments to:

Oracle Applications Documentation Manager
Oracle Corporation
500 Oracle Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
Phone: (650) 506–7000 Fax: (650) 506–7200
If you would like a reply, please give your name, address, and telephone number below:
Thank you for helping us improve our documentation.

Bomtrm

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationOracler Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual RELEASE 11i. This manual contains proprietary information of Oracle Corporation. It is provided under an Oracle Corporation agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure.

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bomtrm

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bomtrm

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Oracler Bills of Material

Restricted Rights Legend

T his Technical Reference Manual in any form –– software or

Chapter 2 High–Level Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

Chapter 3 Detailed Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 1

continued from Volume 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 393

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

vi Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

T he Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual provides the

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

About this Manual

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

1–2 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

How This Manual is Organized

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

1–4 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

How Not To Use This Manual

Do not use this manual to plan modifications

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

Do not rely on upward compatibility of the data model

About Oracle Application Object Library

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

1–6 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

A Few Words About Terminology

Summary Database Diagram

Application Building Block

Other Information Sources

Oracle Designer Online Documentation

Oracle Applications Developer’s Guide

1–8 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

Oracle Applications User Interface Standards

Oracle Bills of Material User Guide

Oracle Self–Service Web Applications Online Documentation

Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide

Oracle Workflow Guide

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

Multiple Reporting Currencies in Oracle Applications

Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications

Oracle Manufacturing, Distribution, Sales and Service Open

Oracle Applications Messages Manual

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

1 – 10 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

Oracle Applications Installation Release Notes

Oracle Applications Concepts

Installing Oracle Applications

Using the AD Utilities

Upgrading Oracle Applications

Oracle Applications System Administrator’s Guide

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

Oracle Self–Service Web Applications Implementation Manual

Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User Guide

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

1 – 12 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

Oracle Proprietary, Confidential Information––Use Restricted by Contract

1 – 14 Oracle Bills of Material Technical Reference Manual